Title 33—Navigation and Navigable Waters--Volume 3

§ 109.01 Purpose.

The purpose of the rules and regulations in this subchapter is to implement certain laws and set forth the requirements for anchorage areas.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17727, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD 79-096, 44 FR 51585, Sept. 4, 1979; USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35526, June 30, 1998]

§ 109.05 Anchorage grounds.

(a) Section 7 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of March 4, 1915 (33 U.S.C. 471), authorizes the establishment of anchorage grounds for vessels in navigable waters of the United States whenever it is apparent that these are required by the maritime or commercial interests of the United States for safe navigation. The statute also authorizes the adoption of suitable rules and regulations regarding the establishment of anchorage grounds, which are enforced by the Coast Guard. The authority conferred by this statute was transferred to and vested in the Secretary of Homeland Security by section 902(j) of the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2006 (Pub. L. 109-241, 120 Stat. 516), and delegated to the Commandant of the U.S. Coast Guard in Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. The Commandant redelegated the authority to establish anchorage grounds to each Coast Guard District Commander as provided in 33 CFR 1.05-1(e)(1)(i).

(b) District Commanders will, whenever matters relating to the anchorage of vessels are under consideration, ascertain the view of the District and Division Engineer, Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army, and the proper representatives of other departments likely to be interested, including the Commandant of the Naval District concerned and the medical officer in charge of the quarantine station at localities where quarantine anchorages are involved, in order that they may arrange for suitable representation at such hearings. The views of the medical officer in charge of the quarantine station relating to the proposed location and boundaries of the quarantine anchorage will be accepted insofar as practicable and consistent with the establishment of other anchorage areas. (An Act of Congress approved July 1, 1944, as amended (42 U.S.C. 267), authorizes the Surgeon General, with the approval of the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, to designate the boundaries of the quarantine grounds and quarantine anchorages for vessels which are reserved for use at each United States quarantine station.) A notice of public hearing concerning changes to the Anchorage Regulations will be issued by the District Commander and will be mailed to all known interested parties. After providing an opportunity for public participation, the District Commander will, if circumstances so warrant, issue changes to the Anchorage Regulations, or in appropriate cases forward recommendations for such changes to the Commandant.

(c) As soon as publication has been noted in the Federal Register, the District Commander will publish changes to the Anchorage Regulations in the Local Notice to Mariners.

(33 U.S.C. 471, 180, 258, 322, and 499; 49 CFR 1.46(c) and 1.45(b))

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17727, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD 79-096, 44 FR 51585, Sept. 4, 1979; USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35526, June 30, 1998; USCG-2007-27887, 72 FR 45902, Aug. 16, 2007]

§ 109.07 Anchorages under Ports and Waterways Safety Act.

The provisions of section 4 (a) and (b) of the Ports and Waterways Safety Act as delegated to the Commandant of the U.S. Coast Guard in Pub. L. 107-296, 116 Stat. 2135, authorize the Commandant to specify times of movement within ports and harbors, restrict vessel operations in hazardous areas and under hazardous conditions, and direct the anchoring of vessels. The sections listed in § 110.1a of this subchapter are regulated under the Ports and Waterways Safety Act.

[CGD 3-81-1A, 47 FR 4063, Jan. 28, 1982, as amended by USCG-2003-14505, 68 FR 9535, Feb. 28, 2003]

§ 109.10 Special anchorage areas.

An Act of Congress of April 22, 1940, provides for the designation of special anchorage areas wherein vessels not more than sixty-five feet in length, when at anchor, will not be required to carry or exhibit anchorage lights. Such designation is to be made after investigation, by rule, regulation, or order, the procedure for which will be similar to that followed for anchorage grounds under section 7 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of March 4, 1915, as referred to in § 109.05. The areas so designated should be well removed from the fairways and located where general navigation will not endanger or be endangered by unlighted vessels. The authority to designate special anchorage areas was transferred to and vested in the Secretary of Homeland Security by section 902(j) of the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2006 (Pub. L. 109-241, 120 Stat 516), and delegated to the Commandant of the U.S. Coast Guard in Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. The Commandant redelegated the authority to establish anchorage grounds to each Coast Guard District Commander as provided in 33 CFR 1.05-1(e)(1)(i).

[USCG-2007-27887, 72 FR 45902, Aug. 16, 2007]

§ 109.15 Enforcement proceedings.

Proceedings against a vessel violating the Anchorage Regulations are to be brought in the name of the officer of the Coast Guard assigned for the time being as Captain of the Port. When the vessel is at a port where there is no Coast Guard officer, proceedings will be initiated in the name of the District Commander.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17727, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2007-27887, 72 FR 45903, Aug. 16, 2007]

§ 109.20 Publication; notice of proposed rule making.

(a) Section 4 of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553), requires publication of general notice of proposed rule making in the Federal Register (unless all persons subject thereto are named and either personally served or otherwise have actual notice thereof in accordance with law), except to the extent that there is involved (1) any military, naval, or foreign affairs function of the United States or (2) any matter relating to agency management or personnel or to public property, loans, grants, benefits, or contracts. Except where notice or hearing is required by statute, this requirement does not apply to interpretative rules, general statements of policy, rules of agency organization, procedure, or practice, or in any situation in which the agency for good cause finds (and incorporates the finding and a brief statement of the reasons therefor in the rules issued) that notice and public procedure thereon are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.

(b) General notice of proposed rule making published in accordance with the above will include (1) a statement of the time, place, and nature of public rule making proceedings; (2) reference to the authority under which the rule is proposed; and (3) either the terms or substance of the proposed rule or a description of the subjects and issues involved.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17727, Dec. 12, 1967]

§ 110.1 General.

(a) The areas described in subpart A of this part are designated as special anchorage areas for the purposes of rule 30 (33 CFR 83.30) and rule 35 (33 CFR 83.35) of the Inland Navigation Rules, 33 CFR Chapter I, Subchapter E. Vessels of less than 20 meters in length; and barges, canal boats, scows, or other nondescript craft, are not required to sound signals required by rule 35 of the Inland Navigation Rules. Vessels of less than 20 meters are not required to exhibit anchor lights or shapes required by rule 30 of the Inland Navigation Rules.

(b) The anchorage grounds for vessels described in subpart B of this part are established, and the rules and regulations in relation thereto adopted, pursuant to the authority contained in section 7 of the act of March 4, 1915, as amended (38 Stat. 1053; 33 U.S.C. 471).

(c) All bearings in the part are referred to true meridian.

(d) Geographic coordinates expressed in terms of latitude or longitude, or both, are not intended for plotting on maps or charts whose reference horizontal datum is the North American Datum of 1983 (NAD 83), unless such geographic coordinates are expressly labeled NAD 83. Geographic coordinates without the NAD 83 reference may be plotted on maps or charts referenced to NAD 83 only after application of the appropriate corrections that are published on the particular map or chart being used.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD 86-082, 52 FR 33811, Sept. 8, 1987; USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35526, June 30, 1998; USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38432, July 7, 2014]

§ 110.1a Anchorages under Ports and Waterways Safety provisions.

(a) The anchorages listed in this section are regulated under 46 U.S.C. Chapter 700, “Ports and Waterways Safety”:

(1) Section 110.155 Port of New York.

(2) [Reserved]

(b) [Reserved]

[CGD 3-81-1A, 47 FR 4063, Jan. 28, 1982, as amended by CGD 96-052, 62 FR 16703, Apr. 8, 1997; USCG-2018-1049, 84 FR 7813, Mar. 5, 2019]

§ 110.3 USCG Northeast District Special Anchorage Areas.

Regulations designating special anchorage areas in the USCG Northeast District appear in §§ 110.4 through 110.60.

Note 1 to § 110.3:

Those planning to use these special anchorage areas are advised that state ordinances, local ordinances, or both, may apply. The local harbormaster is often the best source of information about any such ordinances.

[USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.4 Penobscot Bay, Maine.

(a) Rockland Harbor. Beginning at a point bearing 244°, 1,715 yards, from Rockland Breakwater Light; thence 260°, 490 yards, to a point bearing 248° from Rockland Breakwater Light; thence 350°, 580 yards, to a point bearing 263° from Rockland Breakwater Light; thence 83°, 480 yards, to a point bearing 263° from Rockland Breakwater Light; and thence 169°, 550 yards, to the point of beginning. This area is limited to vessels no greater than 20 meters in length.

(b) Camden Harbor, Sherman Cove and adjacent waters—(1) Anchorage A. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at Eaton Point at latitude 44°12′31″ N, longitude 069°03′34″ W; thence to latitude 44°12′28″ N, longitude 069°03′33″ W; thence to latitude 44°12′32″ N, longitude 069°02′49″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning. DATUM: NAD83

(2) Anchorage B. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at Dillingham Point at latitude 44°12′12″ N, longitude 069°03′20″ W.; thence to latitude 44°12′14″ N, longitude 069°02′58″ W.; thence to latitude 44°12′19″ N, longitude 069°03′08″ W; thence to latitude 44°12′28″ N, longitude 069°03′13″ W; thence to latitude 44°12′26″ N, longitude 069°03′39″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning. DATUM: NAD83

(c) Stonington Harbor, Deer Island Thorofare—(1) Crotch Island. All of the waters bound by the following points beginning at the northeast shore of Crotch Island located at: latitude 44°08′51.0″ N, longitude 068°40′06.0″ W; thence southerly along the shoreline to latitude 44°08′36.0″ N, longitude 068°40′07.02″ W; thence to latitude 44°08′36.0″ N, longitude 068°40′04.02″ W; thence to latitude 44°08′46.98″ N, longitude 068°40′00.0″ W; thence to latitude 44°08′55.02″ N, longitude 068°39′49.02″ W; thence to latitude 44°08′54.0″ N, longitude 068°40′06.0″ W thence back to origin.

DATUM: NAD 83.

(2) [Reserved]

(d) Passagassawakeag River, Belfast Bay, Belfast, Maine—(1) Special anchorage area A. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 44°25′47.2458″ N, longitude 069°00′7.5943″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′48″ N, longitude 068°59′57″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′39″ N, longitude 068°59′17″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′33″ N, longitude 068°59′15″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′30″ N, longitude 068°58′48″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′23.9162″ N, longitude 068°58′54.0838″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′42.7050″ N, longitude 068°59′55.2686″ W thence to the point of beginning.

(2) Special anchorage area B. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 44°25′45.3309″ N, longitude 069°00′09.0265″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′41.1720″ N, longitude 068°59′58.2017″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′27.7645″ N, longitude 068°59′23.3130″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′18.2707″ N, longitude 068° 58′58.6083″ W; thence to latitude 44°24′56″ N, longitude 068°59′23″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′ 21.0416″ N, longitude 068°59′37.5019″ W; thence to latitude 44°25′35.5413″ N, longitude 068°59′58.1933″ W; thence to the point of beginning.

[CGD01-02-129, 68 FR 44888, July 31, 2003, as amended by CGD01-06-084, 72 FR 466, Jan. 5, 2007; USCG-2007-0198, 73 FR 38923, July 8, 2008; USCG-2016-0989, 84 FR 32271, July 8, 2019; 85 FR 21774, Apr. 20, 2020; 85 FR 50784, Aug. 18, 2020; USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.5 Casco Bay, Maine.

(a) Beals Cove, West side of Orrs Island, Harpswell. The entire cove as defined by the shoreline and a line across the entrace bearing 215° and tangent to the shore on the north side.

(a-1) Merriconeag Sound, Harpswell. The area comprises that portion of the Sound beginning at a point on the shoreline about 1,000 feet northeasterly from the southwesterly extremity of Orrs Island at latitude 43°45′09″, longitude 69°59′14″, thence extending 290° to a point at latitude 43°45′10″, longitude 69°59′20″, thence extending 20° to a point at latitude 43°45′34″, longitude 69°59′05″, thence extending 110° to a point on the shoreline at latitude 43°45′33″, longitude 69°58′58″, thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(a-2) Mackerel Cove, Bailey Island, Harpswell. The water area of Mackerel Cove lying northeasterly of a line from a point on Abner Point at latitude 43°43′28″ N., longitude 70°00′19″ W., to a point on Bailey Island at latitude 43°43′18.2″ N., longitude 70°00′12.2″ W.

(b) Harpswell Harbor, east side of Harpswell Neck, Harpswell. The entire area lying westerly of a line bearing 8° from the eastern extremity of Stovers Point to the point of land at the northerly end of the harbor, said point of land bearing approximately 275° from the observatory on Orrs Island.

(c) Basin Cove, west side of Harpswell Neck, Harpswell. All of the area lying northeasterly of a line bearing 350° from the northwest corner of the entrance to the cove.

(c-1) Basin Point, Potts Harbor, east side of Basin Point. The water area east of Basin Point enclosed by a line beginning at the southernmost extremity of Basin Point at latitude 43°44′17″ N., longitude 70°02′36″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 43°44′17″ N., longitude 70°02′19″ W.; thence north northeasterly to a point on the shoreline at latitude 43°44′43″ N., longitude 70°02′05″ W.; thence following the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(d) Mussel Cove and adjacent waters at Falmouth Foreside, Falmouth. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at the Dock House (F.S.) located at latitude 43°44′22″ N, longitude 70°11′41″ W; thence to latitude 43°44′19″ N, longitude 70°11′33″ W; thence to latitude 43°44′00″ N, longitude 70°11′44″ W; thence to latitude 43°43′37″ N, longitude 70°11′37″ W; thence to latitude 43°43′04″ N, longitude 70°12′13″ W; thence to latitude 43°41′56″ N, longitude 70°12′53″ W; thence to latitude 43°41′49″ N, longitude 70°13′05″ W; thence to latitude 43°42′11″ N, longitude 70°13′30″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning. DATUM: NAD 83.

(e) Harraseeket River. That portion of the Harraseeket River within the mean low water lines, between Stockbridge Point and Weston Point, excluding therefrom a thoroughfare, 100 feet wide, the center line of which follows the natural channel.

(f) Yarmouth Harbor and adjacent waters—(1) Littlejohn Island/Doyle Point Cousins Island Special Anchorage. All of the waters enclosed by a line connecting the following points: Starting from the northernmost point of Littlejohn Island at latitude 43°45′51.6″ N, longitude 70°06′57.0″ W; thence to latitude 43°45′46.8″ N, longitude 70°06′53.4″ W; thence to latitude 43°45′25.8″ N, longitude 70°07′22.8″ W; thence to latitude 43°45′16.8″ N, longitude 70°07′40.8″ W; thence to latitude 43°44′57.0″ N, longitude 70°08′27.0″ W; thence to latitude 43°44′59.9″ N, longitude 70°08′30.0″ W. DATUM: NAD 83.

(2) Madeleine and Sandy Point Special Anchorage. All of the waters enclosed by a line connecting the following points: Starting from a point northeast of Birch Point on Cousins Island at latitude 43°45′15.1″ N, longitude 70°09′16.8″ W; thence to latitude 43°45′21.0″ N, longitude 70°09′30.0″ W; thence to latitude 43°45′37.8″ N, longitude 70°09′10.8″ W; thence to latitude 43°45′57.0″ N, longitude 70°08′58.8″ W; thence to latitude 43°46′01.3″ N, longitude 70°08′45.0″ W. DATUM: NAD 83.

(3) Drinkwater Point and Princes Point Special Anchorage. All of the waters enclosed by a line connecting the following points: Starting south of Drinkwater Point in Yarmouth, Maine at latitude 43°46′26.8″ N, longitude 70°09′17.0″ W; thence to latitude 43°46′21.0″ N, longitude 70°09′09.6″ W; thence to latitude 43°46′04.2″ N, longitude 70°09′46.2″ W; thence to latitude 43°45′28.8″ N, longitude 70°10′24.0″ W; thence to latitude 43°45′43.2″ N, longitude 70°10′24.0″ W. DATUM: NAD 83.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 110.5, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 110.6 Portland Harbor, Portland, Maine (between Little Diamond Island and Great Diamond Island).

Beginning at the southeasterly corner of the wharf, at the most southerly point of Great Diamond Island at latitude 43°40′13″, longitude 70°12′00″; thence extending southwesterly to the northeasterly corner of the wharf on the easterly side of Little Diamond Island at latitude 43°40′03″, longitude 70°12′15″; thence extending along the northerly side of the wharf to its shoreward end at latitude 43°40′03″, longitude 70°12′17″; thence extending along the shoreline of Little Diamond Island to latitude 43°40′11″, longitude 70°12′20″; thence extending northeasterly to the shoreline of the southerly side of Great Diamond Island at latitude 43°40′21″, longitude 70°12′06″; thence extending along the shoreline of Great Diamond Island to the shoreward end of a wharf at latitude 43°40′15″, longitude 70°12′02″; thence extending along the southwesterly side of the wharf to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.6a Fore River, Portland Harbor, Portland, Maine.

The water area beginning at a point on the shoreline near the Coast Guard Base in Position 43-38 43″ N and 070-14 49″ W; thence 319 to position 43-38 55″ N, 070-15 03″ W; thence 50 to position 43-39 06″ N: 070-14 43″ W: thence 161 to mainland; and thence southwesterly along the shore to the point of beginning.

[CGD 01-87-02, 52 FR 9829, Mar. 27, 1987]

§ 110.8 Lake Champlain, N.Y. and Vt.

(a) Ticonderoga, N.Y. An area shoreward of a line bearing 312° from Ticonderoga Light to the southeast corner of the New York State Boat Launching Ramp.

(b) Essex, N.Y. A small cove at the westerly side of Lake Champlain, shoreward of a line connecting the offshore ends of two promontories located at Essex.

(c) Shelburne, Vt. An area shoreward of a line bearing 142° from the eastern point of Collymer Pt. to Allen Hill.

(c-1) Shelburne Bay. Beginning at a point on the shoreline at latitude 44°25′53.0″ N., longitude 73°14′47.3″ W.; thence north to a point at latitude 44°26′04.8″ N., longitude 73°14′46.6″ W.; thence northwesterly to a point on the shoreline at latitude 44°26′06.9″ N., longitude 73°14′50.2″ W.; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(c-2) Shelburne Bay Allen Hill to La Platte River. That portion of the waters of Shelburne Bay west of the line from a point at Allen Hill at latitude 44°24′35″ N., longitude 73°14′14″ W.; to a point near the mouth of the La Platte River at latitude 44°24′03″ N., longitude 73°14′05″ W.

(d) Mallets Bay, Vt. The southwesterly portion of Mallets Bay, south of Coates Island and west of a line bearing 170° from the most easterly point of Coates Island to the mainland.

(e) Mallets Bay, Vt. An area in the northwesterly portion of Mallets Bay, south of a line extending from the northeasterly end of Mallets Head to the northeasterly end of Marble Island, and west of a line extending from the northeasterly end of Marble Island to the northeasterly side of Cave Island, and southerly to the point on the lower east side of Mallets Head.

(f) St. Albans Bay, Vt. An area in the northerly portion of St. Albans Bay westward of the State Pier at St. Albans Bay State Park, northeasterly of a line bearing 296°30′ from the southwesterly corner of the State Pier, and southeasterly of a line parallel to and 500 feet west of the west side of the State Pier.

(g) Charlotte, Vt. An area shoreward of a line bearing 080 T from 44°16′12″ N, 73°17′18″ W, on Thompson's Point to 44°16′16″ N, 73°16′40″ W., on William's Point.

(h) Burlington Harbor, VT. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

44°28′14.4″ N | 73°13′16.5″ W

44°28′14.4″ N | 73°13′19.5″ W

44°28′24.4″ N | 73°13′18.4″ W

and thence along the shoreline to the point of the beginning. These positions have been converted to North American Datum 83.

(i) Point Au Roche, New York. The waters of Deep Bay north of a line drawn shore to shore along the 44°46′14″ N line of Latitude.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGFR 70-16A, 35 FR 8823, June 6, 1970; CCGD3-80-2A, 45 FR 54755, July 18, 1980; CGD3-85-02, 51 FR 4593, Feb. 6, 1986; CGD1-90-063, 56 FR 12120, Mar. 22, 1991; CGD1 91-063, 58 FR 21104, Apr. 19, 1993; USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.9 Wells Harbor, Maine.

(a) Anchorage “A”. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 43°19′15.7″ N, longitude 070°33′42.1″ W; thence to latitude 43°19′15.7″ N, longitude 070°33′40.3″ W; thence to latitude 43°19′3.7″ N, longitude 070°33′42.6″ W; thence to latitude 43°19′2.6″ N, longitude 70°33′45.7″ W; thence to the point of beginning. This area is approximately 5,800 sq. yards, encompassing the central portion of Wells Harbor.

(b) Anchorage “B”. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 43°19′11.1″ N, longitude 070°33′49.8″ W; thence to latitude 43°19′10.5″ N, longitude 070°33′47.3″ W; thence to latitude 43°19′8.3″ N, longitude 070°33′47.3″ W; thence to latitude 43°19′8.7″ N, longitude 070°33′50.6″ W; thence to the point of beginning. This area is approximately 25,000 sq. yards, encompassing the western portion of Wells Harbor.

(c) Anchorage “C”. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 43°19′17.7″ N, longitude 070°33′34.0″ W; thence to latitude 43°19′18.4″ N, longitude 070°33′32.9″ W; thence to latitude 43°19′13.8″ N, longitude 070°33′25.5″ W; thence to latitude 43°19′13.0″ N, longitude 070°33′26.2″ W; thence to the point of beginning. This area is approximately 8,200 sq. yards, encompassing the eastern portion of Wells Harbor.

[USCG-2011-0231, 77 FR 25590, May 1, 2012]

§ 110.10 Portsmouth Harbor, New Hampshire, north of Newcastle Island.

From the northern most point of Goat Island to latitude 43°04′25″ N, longitude 070°43′37″ W; thence 089°30′ for 1025 yards; thence 120° for 285 yards, thence 213° to the shoreline of Newcastle Island, thence along the shoreline of Newcastle Island and across the breakwater to Goat Island and to the point of beginning.

[CGD 83-1R, 48 FR 56578, Dec. 22, 1983]

§ 110.25 Salem Sound, Mass.

(a) Beverly Harbor, north of Salem Neck, Salem, MA. A line extending from the northerly end of the Salem Willows Yacht Club House 360 yards bearing 281° true to position latitude 42°32′14.3″ N., longitude 70°52′24.17″ W.; thence north 275 yards to Monument Bar Beacon thence 540 yards bearing 080° to position latitude 42°32′25.3″ N., longitude 70°52′2.1″ W., thence 365 yards bearing 175° to position latitude 42°32′14.3″ N., longitude 70°52′1.1″ W.; thence 237° to the shore. [NAD83]

(b) Bass River. All of the area upstream of the highway bridge (Popes Bridge) outside of the dredged channel.

(c) South Channel. Bounded by a line commencing at the northern most point of Peach's Point at position latitude 42°31′08.6″ N., longitude 70°50′32.8″ W.; thence westerly to a point, at position latitude 42°31′21.9″ N., longitude 70°51′15.1″ W. off Fluen Point; thence westerly to a point at latitude 42°31′19.3″ N., longitude 70°51′47.4″ W. off Naugus Head; thence southwesterly to a point at latitude 42°31′00.3″ N., longitude 70°51′16.6″ W. east of Folger Point; thence to a point at latitude 42°30′38.3″ N., longitude 70°52′34.6″ W.; thence easterly to a point on Long Point at latitude 42°30′52.6″ N., longitude 70°53′05″ W. The areas will be principally for use by yachts and other recreational craft.

(d) Beverly and Mackerel Coves, north side of Beverly Harbor. The water area enclosed by a line commencing at the southernmost point of Curtis Point in Beverly; thence bearing 238°, 1,400 yards to latitude 42°32′29.7″ N., 70°51′32.1″ W.; thence 284°, 1,475 yards to the western shoreline of Mackerel Cove; thence north northeasterly to the point of beginning.

(e) Collins Cove, Salem, MA. The water area enclosed by a line beginning at Monument Bar Beacon; thence 242°, 580 yards to latitude 42°32′14.5″ N., longitude 70°52′46.3″ W.; thence 284°, 220 yards to latitude 42°32′16″ N., longitude 70°52′55″ W.; thence 231°, 525 yards to a point on the shoreline; thence following the shoreline and the western boundary of the special anchorage area as described in 33 CFR 110.25(a) to the point of beginning.

[USCG-2009-0416, 74 FR 27438, June 10, 2009, as amended by USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38432, July 7, 2014; USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.26 Marblehead Harbor, Marblehead, Mass.

The area comprises that portion of the harbor lying between the extreme low water line and southwestward of a line bearing 336° from Marblehead Neck Light to a point on Peach Point at latitude 42°31′03″, longitude 70°50′30″.

[CGFR 68-96, 33 FR 12550, Sept. 5, 1968; CGFR 68-157, 34 FR 1380, Jan. 29, 1969, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.27 Lynn Harbor in Broad Sound, Mass.

North of a line bearing 244° from the tower of the Metropolitan District Building, extending from the shore to a point 100 feet from the east limit of the channel; east of a line bearing 358°, extending thence to a point 100 feet east of the northeast corner of the turning basin; south of a line bearing 88°, extending thence to the shore; and south and west of the shoreline to its intersection with the south boundary.

[USCG-2009-0416, 74 FR 27439, June 10, 2009]

§ 110.29 Boston Inner Harbor, Mass.

(a) Vicinity of Pleasant Park Yacht Club, Winthrop. Southerly of a line bearing 276° from a point on the west side of Pleasant Street, Winthrop, 360 feet from the southwest corner of its intersection with Main Street; westerly of a line bearing 186° from a point on the south side of Main Street 140 feet from the southwest corner of its intersection with Pleasant Street; northerly of a line bearing 256° from a point on the west side of Pleasant Street 550 feet from the southwest corner of its intersection with Main Street and easterly of a line bearing 182° from a point on the south side of Main Street 640 feet from the southwest corner of its intersection with Pleasant Street.

(b) Mystic River, east side of Tobin Bridge. Beginning at a line running from a point on the Tobin Bridge at latitude 42°23′08.5″ N. 071°02′48.2″ W. to a point at latitude 42°23′06.4″ N. 071°02′43.7″ W.; thence northwest to a point at latitude 42°23′09.1″ N. 071°02′43.2″ W. along the shoreline to the western side of Tobin Bridge, thence to the point of origin.

(c) Mystic River, west side of Tobin Bridge. Beginning at a line running from a point on the Tobin Bridge at latitude 42°23′08.8″ N. 071°02′48.6″ W. to a point at latitude 42°23′10.5″ N. 071°05′52″ W.; thence northwest to the southeasterly corner of the pier at latitude 42°23′13.4″ N. 071°02′57.1″ W. along the pier to the shoreline to the eastern side of Tobin Bridge, thence to the point of origin.

(d) Boston Inner Harbor A. The waters of the western side of Boston Inner Harbor north of the entrance to the Fort Point Channel bound by the following points beginning at latitude 42°21′32″ N., longitude 071°02′50″ W; thence to latitude 42°21′33″ N., longitude 071°02′44″ W.; thence to latitude 42°21′26″ N., longitude 071°02′36″ W.; thence to latitude 42°21′26″ N., longitude 071°02′53″ W.; thence to point of origin. [NAD83].

[USCG-2009-0416, 74 FR 27439, June 10, 2009, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.30 Boston Harbor, Mass.

(a) Vicinity of South Boston Yacht Club, South Boston. Northerly of a line bearing 96° from the stack of the heating plant of the Boston Housing Authority in South Boston; easterly of a line bearing 5° from the west shaft of the tunnel of the Boston Main Drainage Pumping Station; southerly of the shoreline; and westerly of a line bearing 158° from the northeast corner of the iron fence marking the east boundary of the South Boston Yacht Club property.

(b) Dorchester Bay, in vicinity of Savin Hill Yacht Club. Northerly of a line bearing 64° from the stack of the old power plant of the Boston Elevated Railway on Freeport Street in Dorchester; westerly of a line bearing 163° from the stack of the Boston Main Drainage Pumping Station on the Cow Pasture in Dorchester; and southerly and easterly of the shoreline.

(c) Dorchester Bay, in vicinity of Dorchester Yacht Club. Eastward of a line bearing 21° from the stack located a short distance northwestward of the Dorchester Yacht Club; southward of a line bearing 294° from the southerly channel pier of the highway bridge; westward of the highway bridge and the shoreline; and northward of the shoreline.

(d) Quincy Bay, in vicinity of Wollaston and Squantum Yacht Clubs. Northwesterly of a line bearing 36°30′ from a point on the shore 2,600 feet easterly of the east side of the Wollaston Yacht Club landing; southwesterly of a line bearing 129°15′ from the water tank in Squantum; and southeasterly and northeasterly of the shoreline.

(e) Quincy Bay, in vicinity of Merrymount Yacht Club. South of a line starting from a point bearing 246°, 3,510 yards, from the stack of the pumping station on Nut Island, and extending thence 306° to the shore; west of a line bearing 190° from the aforesaid point to the shore; and north and east of the shoreline.

(f) Weymouth Fore River, in vicinity of Quincy Yacht Club. A line from the position latitude 42°16′46.9″ N. 70°57′12.5″ W. to position latitude 42°16′48.8″ N. 70°57′5.5″ W.; thence to latitude 42°16′31″ N. 70°56′23.1″ W. to the northerly end of Raccoon Island at position latitude 42°15′48″ N. 70°56′43.4″ W.; thence along the western shoreline of Raccoon Island to the point latitude 42°15′46.4″ N. 70°56′55.4″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′43″ N. 70°57′5.8″ W.; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin. [NAD83]

(g) Weymouth Fore River, in vicinity of Wessagussett Yacht Club. Southwesterly of a line bearing 117° from channel light “4”; southeasterly of a line 150 feet from and parallel to the meandering easterly limit of the dredged channel; easterly of a line bearing 188° from the eastern extremity of Rock Island Head; and northwesterly of the shoreline.

(h) Weymouth Fore River, in the vicinity of Gull Point (PT). All of the waters bound by the following points beginning at latitude 42°15′05″ N., longitude 70°57′26″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′00″ N., longitude 70°57′26″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′15″ N., longitude 70°56′50″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′18″ N., longitude 70°56′50″ W.; thence to the point of the beginning. [NAD83]

(i) Weymouth Back River, in vicinity of Eastern Neck. The cove on the north side of the river lying northerly of a line bearing 264°30′ from the southwesterly corner of the American Agricultural Chemical Company's wharf (Bradley's Wharf) to the shore of Eastern Neck, about 2,200 feet distant.

(j) Area No. 1 in Allerton Harbor. That area north of Spinnaker Island beginning at latitude 42°18′15.3″ N. 70°53′44.1″ W.; thence due east to latitude 42°18′15.3″ N. longitude 70°53′27.6″ W.; thence due south to latitude 42°18′07.8″ N. longitude 70°53′27.6″ W.; thence due west to latitude 42°18′07.8″ N. longitude 70°53′44.1″ W.; thence due north to the point of beginning. [NAD83]

(k) Area No. 2 in Hull Bay. That area south of Hog Island beginning at latitude 42°17′50.8″ N. longitude 70°54′05.1″ W.; thence due east to latitude 42°17′50.8″ N. longitude 70°53′27.6″ W.; thence due south to latitude 42°17′30.3″ N. longitude 70°53′27.6″ W.; thence due west to latitude 42°17′30.3″ N. longitude 70°54′5.1″ W.; thence due north to the point of beginning. [NAD83]

(l) Area No. 3 in Hull Bay. That area north of Bumkin Island beginning at position latitude 42°17′22.3″ N. longitude 70°54′5.1″ W.; thence due east to latitude 42°17′22.3″ N. longitude 70°53′15.6″ W.; thence due south to latitude 42°17′01.3″ N. longitude 70°53′15.6″ W.; thence due west to latitude 42°17′01.3″ N. longitude 70°54′5.17″ W.; thence due north to the point of beginning. [NAD83].

(m) Hingham Harbor Area 1. Beginning at position latitude 42°15′39.3″ N. longitude 70°53′22.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′53.8″ N. longitude 70°53′30.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′56.3″ N. longitude 70°53′21.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′42.3″ N. longitude 70°53′13.1″ W.; thence to point of beginning. [NAD83]

(n) Hingham Harbor Area 2. Beginning at position latitude 42°15′30.6″ N. longitude 70°53′0.5″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′30.3″ N. longitude 70°53′11.6″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′27.8″ N. longitude 70°53′16.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′28.8″ N. longitude 70°53′29.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′35.3″ N. longitude 70°53′32.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′36.3″ N. longitude 70°53′34.6″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′41.3″ N. longitude 70°53′32.6.5″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′31.3″ N. longitude 70°53′26.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′31.8″ N. longitude 70°53′01.1″ W.; thence to point of beginning. [NAD83]

(o) Hingham Harbor Area 3. Beginning at latitude 42°15′33.3″ N. longitude 70°52′59.6″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′33.8″ N. longitude 70°53′17.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°15′35.8″ N. longitude 70°53′00.1″ W.; thence to point of beginning. [NAD83]

(p) Hingham Harbor Area 4. Beginning at position latitude 42°14′47.3″ N. longitude 70°53′07.6″ W.; thence to latitude 42°14′48.8″ N. longitude 70°53′9.6″ W.; thence to latitude 42°14′54.3″ N. longitude 70°53′6.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°14′56.9″ N. longitude 70°52′56.6″ W.; thence to point of beginning. [NAD83]

(q) Hingham Harbor Area 5. Beginning at position latitude 42°14′48.3″ N. longitude 70°52′55.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°14′48.8″ N. longitude 70°53′0.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°14′58.3″ N. longitude 70°52′49.1″ W.; thence to latitude 42°14′53.8″ N. longitude 70°52′48.1″ W.; thence to point of beginning. [NAD83]

[USCG-2009-0416, 74 FR 27439, June 10, 2009, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.31 Hull Bay and Allerton Harbor at Hull, Mass.

(a) Area No. 1 in Allerton Harbor. That area north of Hog Island beginning at latitude 42°18′15″, longitude 70°53′46″; thence due east to latitude 42°18′15″, longitude 70°53′29.5″; thence due south to latitude 42°18′07.5″, longitude 70°53′29.5″; thence due west to latitude 42°18′07.5″, longitude 70°53′46″; thence due north to the point of beginning.

(b) Area No. 2 in Hull Bay. That area south of Hog Island beginning at latitude 42°17′50.5″, longitude 70°54′07″; thence due east to latitude 42°17′50.5″, longitude 70°53′29.5″; thence due south to latitude 42°17′30″, longitude 70°53′29.5″; thence due west to latitude 42°17′30″, longitude 70°54′07″; thence due north to the point of beginning.

(c) Area No. 3 in Hull Bay. That area north of Bumkin Island beginning at latitude 42°17′22″, longitude 70°54′07″; thence due east to latitude 42°17′22″, longitude 70°53′17.5″; thence due south to latitude 42°17′01″, longitude 70°53′17.5″; thence due west to latitude 42°17′01″, longitude 70°54′07″; thence due north to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 68-160, 34 FR 392, Jan. 10, 1969; 34 FR 939, Jan. 22, 1969, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.32 Hingham Harbor, Hingham, Mass.

(a) Area 1. Beginning at latitude 42°15′39″, longitude 70°53′24″; thence to latitude 42°15′53.5″, longitude 70°53′32″; thence to latitude 42°15′56″, longitude 70°53′23″; thence to latitude 42°15′42″, longitude 70°53′15″; thence to point of beginning.

(b) Area 2. Beginning at latitude 42°15′30″, longitude 70°53′02.5″; thence to latitude 42°15′30″, longitude 70°53′13.5″; thence to latitude 42°15′27.5″, longitude 70°53′18″; thence to latitude 42°15′28.5″, longitude 70°53′31″; thence to latitude 42°15′35″, longitude 70°53′34″; thence to latitude 42°15′36″, longitude 70°53′36.5″; thence to latitude 42°15′41″, longitude 70°53′34.5″; thence to latitude 42°15′31″, longitude 70°53′28″; thence to latitude 42°15′31.5″, longitude 70°53′03″; thence to point of beginning.

(c) Area 3. Beginning at latitude 42°15′33″, longitude 70°53′01.5″; thence to latitude 42°15′33.5″, longitude 70°53′19″; thence to latitude 42°15′35.5″, longitude 70°53′02″; thence to point of beginning.

(d) Area 4. Beginning at latitude 42°14′47″, longitude 70°53′09.5″; thence to latitude 42°14′48.5″, longitude 70°53′11.5″; thence to latitude 42°14′54″, longitude 70°53′08″; thence to latitude 42°14′56.5″, longitude 70°52′58.5″; thence to point of beginning.

(e) Area 5. Beginning at latitude 42°14′48″, longitude 70°52′57″; thence to latitude 42°14′48.5″, longitude 70°53′02″; thence to latitude 42°14′58″, longitude 70°52′51″; thence to latitude 42°14′53.5″, longitude 70°52′50″; thence to point of beginning.

[CGFR 68-89, 33 FR 11077, Aug. 3, 1968, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.37 Sesuit Harbor, Dennis, Mass.

All the waters of Sesuit Harbor southerly of a line extending between the outer end of the jetties on each side of the entrance to the Harbor.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.38 Edgartown Harbor, Mass.

An area in the inner harbor easterly of the project channel and south of Chappaquiddick Point bounded as follows: Beginning at latitude 41°23′19″, longitude 70°30′32″; thence southeasterly along the shore to latitude 41°22′52″, longitude 70°30′12″; thence 287°30′ 1,600 feet; thence 327°30′, 700 feet; thence 359° true, 800 feet; thence 24°15′ approximately 900 feet to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.40 Silver Beach Harbor, North Falmouth, Mass.

All the waters of the harbor northward of the inner end of the entrance channel.

§ 110.45 Onset Bay, Mass.

Northerly of a line extending from the northernmost point of Onset Island to the easternmost point of Wickets Island; easterly of a line extending from the easternmost point of Wickets Island to the southwest extremity of Point Independence; southerly of the shore line; and westerly of the shore line and of a line bearing due north from the northernmost point of Onset Island.

§ 110.45a Mattapoisett Harbor, Mattapoisett, Mass.

(a) Area No. 1 beginning at a point on the shore at latitude 41°39′23″ N., longitude 70°48′50″ W.; thence 138.5° T. to latitude 41°38′45″ N., longitude 70°48′02″ W.; thence 031° T. to latitude 41°39′02″ N., longitude 70°47′48″ W.; thence along the shore to the point of beginning.

(b) Area No. 2 beginning at a point on the shore at latitude 41°39′24″ N., longitude 70°49′02″ W.; thence 142.5° T. to latitude 41°38′10″ N., longitude 70°47′45″ W.; thence 219° T. to latitude 41°37′54″ N., longitude 70°48′02″ W.; thence along the shore to the point of beginning.

[CGD 83-2R, 49 FR 25445, June 21, 1984; 49 FR 27320, July 3, 1984, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.46 Newport Harbor, Newport, R.I.

(a) Area No. 1. The waters of Brenton Cove south of a line extending from latitude 41°28′50″ N., longitude 71°18′58″ W.; to latitude 41°28′45″ N., longitude 71°20′08″ W.; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(b) Area No. 2. The waters east of Goat Island beginning at a point bearing 090°, 245 yards from Goat Island Shoal Light; thence 007°, 505 yards; thence 054°, 90 yards; thence 086°, 330 yards; thence 122°, 90 yards; thence 179°, 290 yards; thence 228°, 380 yards; thence 270°, 250 yards to the point of beginning.

(c) Area No. 3. The waters north of Goat Island Causeway Bridge beginning at Newport Harbor Light; thence 023° to the southwest corner of Anchorage E; thence 081° following the southerly boundary of Anchorage E to the shoreline; thence south along the shoreline to the east foot of the Goat Island Causeway bridge; thence west following Goat Island Causeway Bridge to the shoreline of Goat Island; thence north following the east shore of Goat Island to the point of beginning.

[CGD 76-104, 44 FR 21792, Apr. 12, 1979]

§ 110.47 Little Narragansett Bay, Watch Hill, R.I.

All of the navigable waters of Watch Hill Cove southeasterly of a line beginning at the shore end of the United States project groin on the southerly shore of the cove and running 41°30′ true, to the northerly shore of the cove at a point about 200 feet west of the west side of the shore end of Meadow Lane, with the exception of a 100-foot wide channel running from the westerly end of the cove in a southeasterly direction to the Watch Hill Yacht Club pier, thence along in front of the piers on the easterly side of the cove northerly to the shore at the north end of the cove.

§ 110.48 Thompson Cove on east side of Pawcatuck River below Westerly, R.I.

Eastward of a line extending from the channelward end of Thompson Dock at the northern end of Thompson Cove 184° to the shore at the southern end of Thompson Cove.

§ 110.50 Stonington Harbor, Conn.

(a) Area No. 1. Beginning at the southeastern tip of Wamphassuc Point; thence to the northwesterly end of Stonington Inner Breakwater; thence along the breakwater to longitude 71°54′50.5″; thence to latitude 41°20′25.3″, longitude 71°54′50.5″; thence to a point on the shoreline at latitude 41°20′32″, longitude 71°54′54.8″; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(b) Area No. 2. Beginning at a point on the shoreline at latitude 41°19′55.8″, longitude 71°54′28.9″; thence to latitude 41°19′55.8″, longitude 71°54′37.1″; thence to latitude 41°20′01.6″, longitude 71°54′38.8″; thence to a point on the shoreline at latitude 41°20′02″, longitude 71°54′34.3″; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(c) Area No. 3. Beginning at a point on the shoreline at latitude 41°20′29.5″, longitude 71°54′43″; thence to latitude 41°20′25.6″, longitude 71°54′48.5″; thence to latitude 41°20′10.7″, longitude 71°54′48.5″; thence to the shoreline at latitude 41°20′10.7″; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 68-164, 34 FR 1380, Jan. 29, 1969, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.50a Fishers Island Sound, Stonington, Conn.

An area on the east side of Mason Island bounded as follows:

Beginning at the shore line on the easterly side of Mason Island at latitude 41°20′06″; thence due east about 600 feet to latitude 41°20′06″, longitude 71°57′37″; thence due south about 2,400 feet to latitude 41°19′42″, longitude 71°57′37″; thence due west about 1,000 feet to the shore line on the easterly side of Mason Island at latitude 41°19′42″; thence along the shore line to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.50b Mystic Harbor, Groton and Stonington, Conn.

(a) Area No. 1. Beginning at Ram Point on the westerly side of Mason Island at latitude 41°19′44″, longitude 71°58′42″; thence to latitude 41°19′30″, longitude 71°58′43″; thence to latitude 41°19′36″, longitude 71°58′58″; thence to latitude 41°19′45″, longitude 71°58′56″; thence to the point of beginning.

(b) Area No. 2. Beginning at a point about 250 feet southerly of Area 1 and on line with the easterly limit of Area 1 at latitude 41°19′27″, longitude 71°58′44″; thence to latitude 41°19′19″, longitude 71°58′45″; thence to latitude 41°19′25″, longitude 71°58′59″; thence to latitude 41°19′33″, longitude 71°58′58″; thence to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.50c Mumford Cove, Groton, Conn.

(a) Area No. 1. Beginning at a point on the easterly shore of Mumford Cove at latitude 41°19′36″, longitude 72°01′06″; thence to latitude 41°19′30″, longitude 72°01′04″; thence to the shoreline at latitude 41°19′31″, longitude 72°01′00″; and thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(b) Area No. 2. Beginning at a point on the easterly shore of Mumford Cove at latitude 41°19′15″, longitude 72°00′54″; thence to latitude 41°19′14.5″, longitude 72°00′59″; thence to latitude 41°19′11″, longitude 72°00′58″; thence to latitude 41°19′10″, longitude 72°00′54″; thence to latitude 41°19′12.5″, longitude 72°00′52″; thence to latitude 41°19′14″, longitude 72°00′55″; and thence to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.50d Mystic Harbor, Noank, Conn.

The area comprises that portion of the harbor off the easterly side of Morgan Point beginning at a point at latitude 41°19′15″, longitude 71°59′13.5″; thence to latitude 41°19′15″, longitude 71°59′00″; thence to latitude 41°19′02.5″, longitude 71°59′00″; thence to latitude 41°19′06″, longitude 71°59′13.5″; and thence to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 68-3, 33 FR 4738, Mar. 20, 1968, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.51 Groton, Conn.

The waters between an unnamed cove and Pine Island.

(a) Beginning at a point on the shoreline of Avery Point at latitude 41°19′01.4″, longitude 072°03′42.8″; thence to a point in the cove at latitude 41°19′02.5″, longitude 72°03′36.2″; thence southeasterly to a point at latitude 41°18′56.2″, longitude 072°03′34.2″; thence northeasterly to latitude 41°19′02.5″, longitude 072°03′19.2″ thence terminating at the tip of Jupiter Point at latitude 41°19′04.4″, longitude 072°03′19.7″. DATUM: NAD 83

(b) Beginning at a point on the shoreline of Pine Island at latitude 41°18′47.1″, longitude 072°03′36.8″; thence northerly to latitude 41°18′54.1″, longitude 072°03′35.4″; thence northeasterly to a point at latitude 41°19′01.2″, longitude 072°03′19.3″; thence terminating at a point at latitude 41°18′54.0″, longitude 072°03′17.5″. DATUM: NAD 83

[CGD01-97-014, 63 FR 34815, June 26, 1998, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.52 Thames River, New London, Conn.

(a) Area No. 1. An area in the westerly part of Greens Harbor bounded as follows: Beginning at a point on the shore 100 yards southeasterly of the southerly side of Thames Street extended; thence 84°, 420 yards; thence 156°, 425 yards; thence 240°, 210 yards, to the shore; and thence northwesterly along the shore to the point of beginning.

(b) Area No. 2. An area in the westerly part of Greens Harbor bounded as follows: Beginning at a point on the shore 15 yards southeasterly of the southerly side of Converse Place extended; thence 54°, 170 yards; thence 114°30′, 550 yards; thence 266°30′, 250 yards; thence 234°, 230 yards, to the shore; and thence northwesterly along the shore to the point of beginning.

(c) Area No. 3. An area on the westerly side of the Thames River in the vicinity of Jacobs Rock, the location of the U.S. Coast Guard Academy Sailing Center, bounded as follows: Beginning at the point on the shore where the north side of the Jacobs Rock causeway meets the western shoreline; thence northerly along the western shore of the Thames River a distance of 200 yards: thence 090°, 240 yards; thence 180°, 200 yards to the Jacobs Rock causeway; thence westerly along the causeway to the point of beginning.

(d) Area No. 4. An area in the western part of the Thames River, north of the highway bridge, bounded as follows: Beginning at a point 125 yards north of the highway bridge at latitude 41°21′56″ N., longitude 72°05′32″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 41°21′56″ N., longitude 72°05′27″ W.; thence northerly to latitude 41°22′12″ N., longitude 72°05′27″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 41°22′12″ N., longitude 72°05′47″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 41°22′02″ N., longitude 72°05′40″ W.; thence downriver along the charted foul grounds to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD3-84-37, 49 FR 36840, Sept. 20, 1984; CGD3 85-67, 51 FR 32317, Sept. 11, 1986, USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.53 Niantic, Conn.

Beginning on the shoreline at latitude 41°18′25.3″, longitude 72°12′16.3″; thence to latitude 41°18′23.3″, longitude 72°12′11.6″; thence to latitude 41°18′50.7″, longitude 72°11′51.5″; thence to the shoreline at latitude 41°18′56.5″, longitude 72°12′05.6″; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 69-24, 34 FR 6480, Apr. 15, 1969, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.54 Long Island Sound, on west side of entrance to Pataguanset River, Conn.

An area east of Giants Neck (formerly known as Grant Neck) described as follows: Beginning at a point bearing 114°, 75 feet, from the outer end of the breakwater at the south end of Giants Neck; thence 90°, 1,050 feet; thence 22°17′30″, 2,140 feet; thence 283°- 27′15.5″, 240 feet; thence 220°36′39″, 1,252.6 feet; thence 295°23′16.5″, 326.5 feet; thence 269°02′42.6″, 240 feet; thence 261°46′50.9″, 181.9 feet; thence 226°28′07.7″, 275.9 feet; thence 147°43′27.7″, 449.4 feet; thence 238°01′35.8″, 379.6 feet; and thence approximately 156°31′05.8″, 462.11 feet, to the point of beginning.

§ 110.55 Connecticut River, Conn.

(a) West of Calves Island at Old Saybrook. Beginning at a point bearing 254°09′16″, 153 yards, from Calves Island 20 Light; thence 157°, 1,037 yards; thence 175°, 150 yards; thence 265°, 250 yards; thence 350°, 660 yards; thence 337°, 460 yards; and thence approximately 67°, 135 yards, to the point of beginning.

(a-1) Area No. 1, at Essex. Beginning at a point on the shore on the west side of Haydens Point bearing approximately 211°, 270 yards, from Haydens Point Light; thence 270°, 160 yards; thence due north, 140 yards; thence 300°, 190 yards; thence 330°, 400 yards; thence 90°, 60 yards; thence 150°, 350 yards; thence 120°, about 434 yards to a point on the shore; thence along the shore southwesterly to the point of beginning.

(b) Area No. 2, at Essex. Beginning at a point latitude 41°21′22″, longitude 72°22′53″; thence 205°30′, 375 yards; thence 194°31′, 100 yards; thence 185°00′, 440 yards; thence 153°30′, 80 yards; thence 121°00′, 220 yards; thence due north approximately 1060 yards to the point of beginning.

(c) West of Brockway Island at Essex. That portion of the waters northwest of a line ranging 238° from latitude 41°22′20.7″, longitude 72°22′49.8″ to the shoreline; southwest of a line connecting a point at latitude 41°22′20.7″, longitude 72°22′49.8″ and a point at latitude 41°22′28.2″, longitude 72°22′56″; and southeast of a line ranging 238° from latitude 41°22′28.2″, longitude 72°22′56″ to the shoreline.

(d) Upper Bay—(1) Anchorage No. 20-A. (i) All waters bound by the following points: latitude 40°42′06.9″ N., longitude 074°02′18.0″ W.; thence to latitude 40°42′05.4″ N., longitude 074°01′56.9″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′54.9″ N., longitude 074°01′57.7″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′54.0″ N., longitude 074°02′12.0″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′54.4″ N., longitude 074°02′11.7″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′57.5″ N., longitude 074°02′07.5″ W.; thence to latitude 40°42′06.1″ N., longitude 074°02′19.1″ W.; thence to the point of origin (NAD 83).

(ii) See 33 CFR 110.155(d)(6), (d)(16), and (l).

(2) Anchorage No. 20-B. (i) All waters bound by the following points: latitude 40°41′46.2″ N., longitude 074°02′23.0″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′42.4″ N., longitude 074°02′00.5″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′35.7″ N., longitude 074°02′02.7″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′30.3″ N., longitude 074°02′06.3″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′41.9″ N., longitude 074°02′29.2″ W.; thence to the point of origin (NAD 83).

(ii) See 33 CFR 110.155(d)(6), (d)(16), and (l).

(3) Anchorage No. 20-C. (i) All waters bound by the following points: latitude 40°41′42.4″ N., longitude 074°02′41.5″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′25.8″ N., longitude 074°02′09.2″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′02.1″ N., longitude 074°02′24.7″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′09.4″ N., longitude 074°02′40.0″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′13.3″ N., longitude 074°02′41.5″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′15.8″ N., longitude 074°02′32.6″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′25.3″ N., longitude 074°02′29.1″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′33.0″ N., longitude 074°02′44.5″ W.; thence to latitude 40°41′32.5″ N., longitude 074°02′48.8″ W.; thence to the point of origin (NAD 83).

(ii) See 33 CFR 110.155(d)(6), (d)(16), and (l).

(e) Area No. 2, at Lord Island. Beginning at latitude 41°26′11″, longitude 72°27′16″; thence extending south southeasterly to latitude 41°26′03″, longitude 72°27′02″; thence extending southeasterly to latitude 41°25′59″, longitude 72°26′51″; thence extending southwesterly to latitude 41°25′58″, longitude 72°26′52″; thence extending northwesterly to latitude 41°26′05″, longitude 72°27′11″; thence extending north northwesterly to latitude 41°26′10″, longitude 72°27′20″; thence extending easterly to the point of beginning.

(e-1) Area No. 1 at Chester. Beginning at a point about 600 feet southeasterly of the entrance of Chester Creek, at latitude 41°24′23″, longitude 72°25′41″; thence due south about 1,800 feet to latitude 41°24′05″, longitude 72°25′41″; thence due east about 600 feet to latitude 41°24′05″, longitude 72°25′32″; thence due north about 1,800 feet to latitude 41°24′23″, longitude 72°25′32″; thence due west about 600 feet to the point of beginning.

(e-2) Area No. 2 at Chester. That area south of latitude 41°24′43.9″, west of longitude 72°25′35″, north of latitude 41°24′33.4″, and east of longitude 72°25′40.8″.

(f) Vicinity of Mouse Island Bar below Portland. On the north side of the river shoreward of lines described as follows: (1) Beginning at a point bearing 02°, 175 yards, from Mouse Island 73 Light; thence 270°, 480 yards; and thence due north, approximately 230 yards, to the shore. (2) Beginning at the said point bearing 02°, 175 yards, from Mouse Island 73 Light; thence 70°, 400 yards; and thence 350°, approximately 250 yards, to the shore.

(g) Area at Portland. Beginning at a point on the shore, about 700 feet southeasterly from the easterly end of the New York, New Haven and Hartford Railroad Company bridge, at latitude 41°33′55″, longitude 72°38′43″; thence 250° to latitude 41°33′54″, longitude 72°38′46″; thence 160° to latitude 41°33′48″, longitude 72°38′43″; thence 145° to latitude 41°33′44″, longitude 72°38′39″; thence 55° to a point on the shore at latitude 41°33′47″, longitude 72°38′32″; thence along the shore to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGFR 68-137, 33 FR 18279, Dec. 10, 1968; CGFR 68-139, 33 FR 18437, Dec. 12, 1968; USCG-2009-0416, 74 FR 27440, June 10, 2009; USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.55a Five Mile River, Norwalk and Darien, Conn.

The water area of the Five Mile River beginning at a point on the southeast shore of Butler Island at latitude 41°03′27.5″ N., longitude 73°26′52″ W.; thence following the shoreline northerly along the westerly side of Five Mile River to the highway bridge at Route 136 (White Bridge); thence easterly along the southerly side of the highway bridge to the easterly side of Five Mile River; thence following the shoreline southerly along the easterly side of Five Mile River to a point on the southwest shore at Rowayton at latitude 41°03′30″ N., longitude 73°26′47″ W., thence 242° to the point of beginning, except those areas within the designated project channel as shown by dotted lines on the Five Mile River on Chart No. 12368 (formerly C and GS Chart No. 221) issued by National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.

[CGD 76-44, 41 FR 40467, Sept. 20, 1976, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16187, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.55b Connecticut River, Old Saybrook, Connecticut.

(a) Special anchorage area A. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 41°19′54.75″ N., longitude 072°21′08.40″ W.; thence to latitude 41°19′21.50″ N., longitude 072°20′49.65″ W.; thence to latitude 41°19′17.80″ N., longitude 072°20′49.25″ W.; thence to latitude 41°19′17.05″ N., longitude 72°20′59″ W.; thence to latitude 41°19′25.40″ N., longitude 72°21′00.95″ W.; thence to latitude 41°19′29.50″ N., longitude 72°21′17.60″ W.; thence to latitude 41°19′35.40″ N., longitude 72°21′22.90″ W.; thence to latitude 41°19′52.35″ N., longitude 72°21′26.10″ W.; thence to the point of beginning.

(b) Special anchorage area B. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 41°17′26″ N., longitude 072°21′04″ W.; thence to latitude 41°17′24.60″ N., longitude 072°21′16″ W.; thence to latitude 41°17′20″ N., longitude 072°21′09″ W.; thence to latitude 41°17′16″ N., longitude 072°21′05″ W.; thence to latitude 41°17′16″ N., longitude 072°21′03″ W.; thence to latitude 41°17′21.5″ N., longitude 072°21′04.5″ W.; thence to the point of beginning.

(c) Special anchorage area C. All of the waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 41°17′27″ N., longitude 072°21′35″ W.; thence to latitude 41°17′24″ N., longitude 072°22′01″ W.; thence to latitude 41°17′16″ N., longitude 072°22′00″ W.; thence to latitude 41°17′19″ N., longitude 072°21′33″ W.; thence to the point of beginning.

[USCG-2012-0806, 81 FR 12823, Mar. 11, 2016, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16188, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.56 Noroton Harbor, Darien, Conn.

(a) Beginning at a point on the southwesterly side of Long Neck Point at latitude 41°02′10″, longitude 73°28′44″; thence northwesterly to latitude 41°02′17″, longitude 73°29′11″; thence in a north-northwesterly direction to the southeast side of Pratt Island at latitude 41°02′28″, longitude 73°29′17″; thence following the shoreline around the easterly and northerly sides of Pratt Island, the westerly and northerly sides of Pratt Cove, and the westerly side of the Darien River to the causeway and dam at Gorham Pond on the north; thence along the downstream side of the causeway and dam to the easterly side of the Darien River, thence along the easterly shoreline to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 68-122, 33 FR 18238, Dec. 7, 1968, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16188, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.58 Cos Cob Harbor, Greenwich, Conn.

(a) Area A. Beginning at the mean low water line about 2,800 feet downstream from the easterly end of the New York, New Haven and Hartford Railroad Bridge at latitude 41°01′23″, longitude 73°35′40″; thence extending True west to latitude 41°01′23″, longitude 73°35′42″; thence extending southwesterly to a point at latitude 41°01′02″, longitude 73°35′50″; thence True east to a point on the shoreline at latitude 41°01′02″, longitude 73°35′48″; thence extending along the mean low water line to the point of beginning.

(b) Area B. Beginning at the mean low water line about 700 feet downstream from the westerly end of the New York, New Haven and Hartford Railroad Bridge at latitude 41°01′42″, longitude 73°35′47″; thence True east to latitude 41°01′42″, longitude 73°35′45″; thence southeasterly to latitude 41°01′23″, longitude 73°35′44″; thence southwesterly to latitude 41°01′04″, longitude 73°35′52″, thence southwesterly to latitude 41°01′02″, longitude 73°35′55″; thence True west to a point on shore on the northerly side of Goose Island at latitude 41°01′02″, longitude 73°36′00″; thence True north to a point at the mean low water line at latitude 41°01′05″, longitude 73°36′00″; thence along the mean low water line to the point of beginning.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16188, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.59 Eastern Long Island, NY.

(a) Huntington Harbor. Beginning on the shoreline at latitude 40°54′19.5″, longitude 73°26′07.9″; thence to latitude 40°54′19.5″, longitude 73°26′02.4″; thence along the eastern shoreline to the Mill Dam Road Bridge; thence along the downstream side of the bridge to the westerly side of Huntington Harbor; thence along the western shoreline to the point of beginning.

(b) Centerport Harbor. Beginning at the shoreline at latitude 40°54′00″ , longitude 73°22′55.3″; thence to latitude 40°54′03.8″, longitude 73°22′52.1″; thence along the eastern shoreline to the Mill Dam Bridge; thence along the downstream side of the bridge to the westerly side of Centerport Harbor; thence along the western shoreline to the point of beginning.

(c) Northport Harbor. Beginning on the shoreline at 40°54′25″ N., 73°22′05″ W.; thence to 40°54′37.5″ N., 73°21′32.9″ W.; thence along the eastern shoreline to 40°53′33.1″ N., 73°21′28.2″ W.; thence to 40°53′25.8″ N., 73°21′37.7″ W.; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(d) Cold Spring Harbor. That portion of the waters of Cold Spring Harbor easterly of a line ranging from the cupola in the extreme inner harbor through Cold Spring Harbor Light; southerly of a line ranging from the southernmost point of an L-shaped pier off Wawepex Grove through the Clock Tower at Laurelton and northerly of a line ranging from the outer end of the Socony Mobil Oil Company's pier at Cold Spring Harbor through the Clock Tower at Laurelton, with the exception of an area within a 300-foot radius of the outer end of the Socony Mobil Oil Company's pier.

(e) Oyster Bay Harbor, New York. That portion of Oyster Bay Harbor adjacent to the easterly side of Centre Island, westerly of a line on range with Cold Spring Harbor Light and the Stone House on the end of Plum Point, Centre Island.

(f) Harbor of Oyster Bay, Oyster Bay, New York. The water area north of the town of Oyster Bay enclosed by a line beginning on the shoreline at latitude 40°52′35.5″ N., longitude 73°32′17″ W.; thence to latitude 40°52′59.5″ N., longitude 73°32′18″ W.; thence to latitude 40°53′00″ N., longitude 73°30′53″ W.; thence to latitude 40°52′39″ N., longitude 73°30′54″ W.; thence to the shoreline at latitude 40°52′25″ N., longitude 73°31′18″ W.; thence following the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(g) Harbor of Oyster Bay, New York, Moses Point to Brickyard Point. That portion of the waters of the Harbor of Oyster Bay enclosed by a line beginning at Moses Point on Centre Island at latitude 40°53′11″ N., longitude 73°31′14″ W.; thence to latitude 40°53′02″ N., longitude 73°31′22″ W.; thence to latitude 40°53′02″ N., longitude 73°32′00″ W.; thence to Brickyard Point on Centre Island at 40°53′06″ N., longitude 73°32′00″ W.; thence following the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(h) Coecles Harbor at Shelter Island, New York. That portion of Coecles Harbor bounded on the North by a line drawn between the northernmost point of land at Sungic Point and latitude 41°04′09″ North, longitude 72°17′54″ West, thence eastward along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(i) West Neck Harbor at Shelter Island, New York. That portion of West Neck Harbor bounded on the North by a line drawn between latitude 41°02′48″ North, longitude 72°20′27″ West and a point on Shell Beach located at latitude 41°02′29″ North, longitude 72°20′59″ West; thence eastward along the shoreline to the point of origin.

[USCG-2008-0179, 73 FR 35009, June 19, 2008, as amended by USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38432, July 7, 2014; USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16188, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.60 Captain of the Port, New York.

(a) Western Long Island Sound. (1) Glen Island. All waters surrounding Glen Island bound by the following points: 40°52′53.1″ N, 073°46′58.9″ W; thence to 40°52′46.6″ N, 073°47′02.7″ W; thence to 40°53′01.3″ N, 073°47′22.6″ W; thence to a line drawn from 40°53′24.4″ N, 073°46′56.7″ W to 40°53′20.6″ N, 073°46′51.2″ W, excluding all waters within 25 feet of the 50-foot channel west and south of Glen Island.

(2) Echo Bay. All waters northwest of a line drawn from 40°54′10.0″ N, 073°45′52.9″ W to 40°54′25.0″ N, 073°45′38.4″ W.

(3) Glen Island, East. All waters east of Glen Island, bound by the following points: 40°53′01.4″ N, 073°46′51.4″ W; thence to 40°53′03.1″ N, 073°46′44.4″ W; thence to 40°53′06.2″ N, 073°46′38.0″ W; thence to 40°53′15.0″ N, 073°46′44.0″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(4) City Island, Eastern Shore. All waters bound by the following points: 40°50′12.0″ N, 073°46′57.3″ W; thence to 40°50′31.9″ N, 073°46′18.3″ W; thence to 40°51′17.0″ N, 073°46′49.9″ W; thence to 40°51′19.8″ N, 073°46′51.3″ W; thence to 40°51′47.0″ N, 073°47′02.5″ W; thence to 40°51′28.5″ N, 073°47′31.7″ W; thence to 40°51′25.1″ N, 073°47′29.9″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin, excluding the Cable and Pipeline Area between City and Hart Islands.

(5) City Island, Western Shore. All waters bound by the following points: 40°50′11.6″ N, 073°46′58.4″ W; thence to 40°50′02.5″ N, 073°47′23.3″ W; thence to 40°50′43.7″ N, 073°47′56.0″ W; thence to 40°51′15.9″ N, 073°47′36.0″ W; thence to 40°51′15.9″ N, 073°47′28.6″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(6) Eastchester Bay, Western Shore. All waters shoreward of a line connecting the following points: 40°49′31.3″ N, 073°48′26.3″ W; thence to 40°50′56.4″ N, 073°48′49.2″ W; thence to 40°50′55.3″ N, 073°48′55.4″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(7) Eastchester Bay, Locust Point. All waters west of a line drawn from 40°48′56.3″ N, 073°47′56.2″ W to 40°48′34.4″ N, 073°47′56.2″ W.

(8) Manhasset Bay, Plum Point. All waters bound by the following points: 40°50′02.9″ N, 073°43′37.3″ W; thence to 40°49′54.0″ N, 073°43′14.9″ W; thence to 40°50′06.6″ N, 073°42′51.0″ W; thence to 40°50′18.6″ N, 073°42′51.0″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin; excluding the seaplane restricted area described in § 162.

(9) Manhasset Bay, Toms Point. All waters bound by the following points: 40°50′20.6″ N, 073°42′49.5″ W; thence to 40°50′05.3″ N, 073°42′49.4″ W; thence to 40°49′58.6″ N, 073°42′39.0″ W; thence to 40°49′48.9″ N, 073°42′55.6″ W; thence to 40°49′49.3″ N, 073°42′20.4″ W; thence to 40°50′02.5″ N, 073°42′14.2″ W; thence to 40°50′11.8″ N, 073°42′15.4″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(10) Manhasset Bay, at Port Washington. All waters bound by the following points: 40°49′44.9″ N, 073°42′11.3″ W; thence to 40°49′44.3″ N, 073°43′03.2″ W; thence to 40°49′06.8″ N, 073°42′46.6″ W; thence to 40°49′07.0″ N, 073°42′16.2″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(11) Manhasset Bay, West Shore. All waters bound by the following points: 40°49′24.6″ N, 073°43′40.2″ W; thence to 40°49′33.2″ N, 073°43′28.3″ W; thence to 40°49′43.8″ N, 073°43′53.5″ W; thence to 40°49′39.2″ N, 073°43′57.9″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(12) Manhasset Bay, Plandome. All waters bound by the following points: 40°48′41.6″ N, 073°42.31.7″ W; thence to 40°48′43.6″ N, 073°42′42.5″ W; thence to 40°48′29.0″ N, 073°42′44.4″ W; thence to 40°48′27.3″ N, 073°42′35.6″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(13) Elm Point. All waters bound by the following points: 40°49′01.0″ N, 073°45′41.9″ W; thence to 40°49′04.4″ N, 073°45′45.3″ W; thence to 40°49′13.8″ N, 073°45′38.7″ W; thence to 40°49′18.9″ N, 073°45′28.3″ W; thence to 40°49′08.9″ N, 073°45′17.5″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(14) Little Neck Bay. All waters east of a line drawn from 40°47′39.4″ N, 073°46.27.1″ W; thence to 40°48′36.6″ N, 073°45′58.5″ W; thence to 40°48′36.4″ N, 073°45.48.4″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(15) Hempstead Harbor, Mosquito Neck. All waters bound by the following points: 40°51′43.0″ N, 073°39′37.1″ W; thence to 40°51′09.4″ N, 073°39′32.4″ W; thence to 40°51′14.6″ N, 073°39′08.9″ W; thence to 40°51′20.0″ N, 073°38′56.1″ W; thence along the shoreline and breakwater to the point of origin.

(16) Hempstead Harbor, Sea Cliff. All waters bound by the following points: 40°51′16.7″ N, 073°38′51.9″ W; thence to 40°51′12.9″ N, 073°39′07.2″ W; thence to 40°51′03.6″ N, 073°39′31.6″ W; thence to 40°50′24.7″ N, 073°39′26.4″ W; thence to 40°50′22.0″ N, 073°39′10.2″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(b) East River and Flushing Bay. (1) Flushing Bay, College Point North. All waters bound by the following points: 40°47′37.5″ N, 073°51′13.4″ W; thence to 40°47′10.3″ N, 073°51′34.0″ W; thence to 40°47′09.1″ N, 073°51′32.6″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(2) Flushing Bay, College Point South. All waters bound by the following points: 40°47′01.8″ N, 073°51′29.2″ W; thence to 40°47′01.8″ N, 073°51′33.2″ W; thence to 40°46′31.7″ N, 073°51′15.9″ W; thence to 40°46′46.1″ N, 073°50′58.6″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(3) Flushing Bay, Cape Ruth. All waters bound by the following points: 40°46′39.9″ N, 073°50′56.1″ W; thence to 40°46′29.2″ N, 073°51′14.3″ W; thence to 40°46′12.3″ N, 073°51′04.3″ W; thence to 40°46′15.2″ N, 073°50′55.2″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(4) Flushing Bay, Southeast Area. All waters south of a line drawn from 40°45′41.4″ N, 073°50′57.2″ W to 40°45′51.7″ N, 073°50′34.2″ W.

(5) Flushing Bay, Southwest Area. All waters bound by the following points: 40°45′36.7″ N, 073°51′16.3″ W; thence to 40°45′48.5″ N, 073°50′58.4″ W; thence to 40°45′51.3″ N, 073°50′59.2″ W; thence to 40°45′49.4″ N, 073°51′07.5″ W; thence to 40°45′58.7″ N, 073°51′13.4″ W; thence to 40°46′02.1″ N, 073°51′20.1″ W; thence to 40°45′54.8″ N, 073°51′28.7″ W; thence to 40°45′46.2″ N, 073°51′35.3″ W; thence northward along the shoreline and breakwater to the point of origin.

(6) Flushing Bay, West Area. All waters bound by the following points: 40°46′51.1″ N, 073°52′07.3″ W; thence to 40°47′11.2″ N, 073°51′47.1″ W; thence to 40°47′01.9″ N, 073°51′39.6″ W; thence to 40°46′28.3″ N, 073°51′20.0″ W; thence to the point of origin.

(7) Bowery Bay. All waters bound by the following points: 40°46′58.4″ N, 073°53′44.1″ W; thence to 40°47′03.3″ N, 073°53′37.4″ W; thence to 40°47′00.3″ N, 073°53′29.3″ W; thence to 40°46′57.0″ N, 073°53′29.8″ W; thence to 40°46′59.9″ N, 073°53′34.2″ W; thence to 40°46′58.5″ N, 073°53′35.8″ W; thence to 40°46′57.1″ N, 073°53′33.8″ W; thence to 40°46′55.9″ N, 073°53′35.2″ W; thence to 40°46′58.2″ N, 073°53′39.0″ W; thence to 40°46′56.1″ N, 073°53′41.4″ W; thence along the shoreline and pier to the point of origin.

(c) Hudson River. (1) Yonkers, Greystone Station. All waters bound by the following points: 40°58′19.8″ N, 073°53′22.8″ W; thence to 40°58′21.1″ N, 073°53′28.7″ W; thence to 40°58′42.7″ N, 073°53′20.3″ W; thence to 40°58′41.8″ N, 073°53′15.4″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(2) Yonkers, North Glenwood. All waters bound by the following points: 40°57′26.8″ N, 073°53′46.6″ W; thence to 40°57′27.3″ N, 073°53′48.8″ W; thence to 40°57′55.3″ N, 073°53′34.4″ W; thence to 40°57′53.6″ N, 073°53′28.6″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(3) Nyack. That portion of the Hudson River bound by the following points: 41°06′06.8″ N, 073°54′55.5″ W; thence to 41°06′06.8″ N, 073°54′18.0″ W; thence to 41°05′00.0″ N, 073°54′18.0″ W; thence to 41°05′00.0″ N, 073°55′02.2″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin (NAD 1983), excluding a fairway in the charted cable area that is marked with buoys.

(4) Manhattan, Fort Washington Point. All waters bound by the following points: 40°51′08.1″ N, 073°56′36.7″ W; thence to 40°51′09.4″ N, 073°56′40.9″ W; thence to 40°52′08.3″ N, 073°55′56.6″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(5) Yonkers, Main Street. All waters bound by the following points 40°56′15.4″ N, 073°54′11.2″ W; thence to 40°56′16.7″ N, 073°54′20.2″ W; thence to 40°56′08.9″ N, 073°54′22.6″ W; thence to 40°56′07.9″ N, 073°54′16.9″ W; thence to 40°56′07.0″ N, 073°54′17.3″ W.

(6) Yonkers, JFK Marina. All waters bound by the following points: 40°57′28.5″ N, 073°53′46.0″ W; thence to 40°57′30.5″ N, 073°53′56.8″ W; thence to 40°57′07.5″ N, 073°54′06.2″ W; thence to 40°57′06.0″ N, 073°53′59.5″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(7) Hastings-on-Hudson. All waters bound by the following points: 40°59′56.0″ N, 073°53′05.4″ W; thence to 40°59′56.3″ N, 073°53′09.6″ W; thence to 41°00′05.1″ N, 073°53′09.2″ W; thence to 41°00′14.7″ N, 073°53′06.4″ W; thence to 41°00′14.5″ N, 073°53′00.5″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(8) Tarrytown. All waters bound by the following points: 41°04′21.0″ N, 073°52′03.4″ W; thence to 41°04′21.0″ N, 073°52′11.3″ W; thence to 41°04′13.6″ N, 073°52′11.0″ W; thence to 41°04′13.6″ N, 073°52′00.5″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(9) West Point. All waters west of a line drawn from 41°23′10.0″ N, 073°57′18.1″ W to 41°23′23.5″ N, 073°57′11.5″ W.

(10) Haverstraw. That portion of the Hudson River bound by the following points: 41°11′25.2″ N, 073°57′19.9″ W; thence to 41°11′34.2″ N, 073°57′00.8″ W; thence to 41°11′41.9″ N, 073°57′07.5″ W; thence to 41°11′31.8″ N, 073°57′26.5″ W; thence to 41°11′30.8″ N, 073°57′24.9″ W; thence to the point of origin.

(11) Cedar Hill. All waters bound by the following points: 42°32′33.1″ N, 073°45′33.1″ W; thence to 42°32′33.1″ N, 073°45′28.3″ W; thence to 42°32′49.2″ N, 073°45′26.6″ W; thence to 42°32′49.3″ N, 073°45′31.1″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(12) 79th Street Boat Basin South. All waters of the Hudson River enclosed by a line beginning at the northwest corner of the 70th Street pier at approximate position 40°46′47.10″ N, 073°59′29.13″ W; thence to 40°47′02.60″ N, 073°59′17.88″ W; thence to 40°46′59.73″ N, 073°59′13.01″ W; thence along the shoreline and pier to the point of beginning.

(13) 79th Street Boat Basin North. All waters of the Hudson River enclosed by a line beginning on the shoreline near West 110th Street at approximate position 40°48′21.06″ N, 073°58′15.72″ W; thence to 40°48′21.06″ N, 073°58′24.00″ W; thence to 40°47′14.70″ N, 073°59′09.00″ W; thence to 40°47′11.84″ N, 073°59′08.90″ W; thence along the breakwater and shoreline to the point of beginning.

(d) New York Harbor—(1) Newark Bay, Southeast. All waters bound by the following points: 40°39′27.9″ N, 074°08′07.1″ W; thence to 40°39′31.7″ N, 074°08′13.4″ W; thence to 40°39′31.4″ N, 074°08′24.6″ W; thence to 40°39′52.4″ N, 074°08′11.7″ W; thence to 40°39′47.8″ N, 074°07′59.4″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(2) Great Kills Harbor. All waters northeast of a line connecting the following points: 40°32′06.4″ N, 074°08′24.5″ W; thence to 40°32′06.9″ N, 074°08′25.8″ W; thence to 40°32′19.0″ N, 074°08′21.1″ W; thence to 40°32′28.1″ N, 074°08′24.3″ W; thence to 40°32′40.3″ N, 074°08′08.4″ W; thence to 40°32′45.2″ N, 074°08′11.4″ W; thence along the northern and eastern shoreline to the point of origin.

(3) Jamaica Bay, Canarsie Beach. All waters bound by the following points: 40°37′22.0″ N, 073°53′43.5″ W; thence to 40°37′18.4″ N, 073°53′32.9″ W; thence to 40°37′37.6″ N, 073°53′06.5″ W; thence to 40°37′42.9″ N, 073°53′14.4″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(4) Jamaica Bay, East Broad Channel. All waters bound by the following points: 40°35′48.5″ N, 073°49′12.5″ W; thence to 40°35′50.2″ N, 073°49′04.7″ W; thence to 40°36′23.4″ N, 073°48′56.3″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(5) Sheepshead Bay, West. All waters bound by the following points: 40°35′00.0″ N, 073°56′54.8″ W; thence to 40°34′58.9″ N, 073°57′09.6″ W; thence to 40°34′56.6″ N, 073°57′09.1″ W; thence to 40°34′57.5″ N, 073°56′54.4″ W; thence to the point of origin.

(6) Sheepshead Bay, North. All waters bound by the following points: 40°34′58.5″ N, 073°56′00.5″ W; thence to 40°34′58.6″ N, 073°56′26.0″ W; thence to 40°34′56.6″ N, 073°56′26.8″ W; thence to 40°34′54.8″ N, 073°56′24.8″ W; thence to 40°34′55.4″ N, 073°56′10.1″ W; thence to 40°34′57.9″ N, 073°56′00.5″ W; thence to the point of origin.

(7) Sheepshead Bay, South. All waters bound by the following points: 40°34′54.2″ N, 073°56′01.8″ W; thence to 40°34′53.6″ N, 073°56′27.2″ W; thence to 40°34′55.8″ N, 073°56′43.6″ W; thence to 40°34′54.5″ N, 073°56′43.6″ W; thence to 40°34′52.0″ N, 073°56′34.0″ W; thence to 40°34′53.1″ N, 073°56′01.6″ W; thence to the point of origin.

(8) Lower Bay, Point Comfort. All waters bound by the following points: 40°27′18.5″ N, 074°08′24.5″ W; thence to 40°27′37.4″ N, 074°08′51.8″ W; thence to 40°27′51.4″ N, 074°08′31.9″ W; thence to 40°27′49.7″ N, 074°07′44.9″ W; thence to 40°27′15.3″ N, 074°07′45.7″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(9) Perth Amboy, NJ. All waters bound by the following points: 40°30′26.00″ N, 074°15′42.00″ W; thence to 40°30′24.29″ N, 074°15′35.20″ W; thence to 40°30′02.79″ N, 074°15′44.16″ W; thence to 40°29′35.70″ N, 074°16′08.88″ W; thence to 40°29′31.00″ N, 074°16′20.75″ W; thence to 40°29′47.26″ N, 074°16′49.82″ W; thence to 40°30′02.00″ N, 074°16′41.00″ W, thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(e) Datum. All positions are NAD 1983.

[USCG-2008-0179, 73 FR 35010, June 19, 2008, as amended by USCG-2008-0047, 74 FR 46010, Sept. 8, 2009; USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 36282, June 25, 2010; USCG-2011-0563, 78 FR 51064, Aug. 20, 2013; USCG-2015-0038, 81 FR 18496, Mar. 31, 2016; USCG-2019-0952, 88 FR 16188, Mar. 16, 2023]

§ 110.67 Delaware River, Essington, Pa.

North of Little Tinicum Island, between the mouth of Darby Creek and Jansen Avenue, Essington, bounded as follows: Beginning at a point (approximately latitude 39°51′31″, longitude 75°17′43″) on a line in prolongation of the westerly line of Jansen Avenue 135 yards southerly from the mean high water line; thence 184°, 300 yards; thence 274°30′, 1,700 yards; thence 04°, 425 yards; thence 100°, 1,225 yards; and thence 95°, 490 yards, to the point of beginning.

§ 110.70a Northeast River, North East, Md.

The water area west of North East Heights, Maryland enclosed by a line beginning on the shoreline at latitude 39°34′26″ N., longitude 75°57′18″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 39°34′26″ N., longitude 75°57′29″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 39°34′30″ N., longitude 75°57′27″ W.; thence easterly to the shoreline at latitude 39°34′30″ N., longitude 75°57′18″ W.; thence southerly following the shoreline to the point of beginning.

[CGD 73-189R, 39 FR 5314, Feb. 12, 1974]

§ 110.71 Jacobs Nose Cove, Elk River, Md.

The water area of Jacobs Nose Cove, on the west side of the mouth of Elk River, Maryland, comprising the entire cove south of Jacobs Nose as defined by the shoreline and a line bearing 046°—226° true across the entrance of the cove tangent to the shore on both the north and south sides.

[CGD 77-143, 44 FR 18663, Mar. 29, 1979]

§ 110.71a [Reserved]

§ 110.71b Wye River, Wye, Md.

The waters of a cove on the western shore of Wye River opposite Drum Point enclosed by a line drawn from latitude 38°53′17″ N., longitude 76°11′23″ W., to latitude 38°53′18″ N., longitude 76°11′23″ W., to latitude 38°53′18″ N., longitude 76°11′13″ W.; thence following the shoreline to the point of beginning.

[CGD 78-026, 44 FR 6910, Feb. 5, 1979]

§ 110.72 Blackhole Creek, Md.

The waters on the west side of Blackhole Creek, a tributary of Magothy River, southwest of a line bearing 310°30′ from the most northerly tip of an unnamed island located 0.16 mile upstream from the mouth of the creek approximately 660 feet to the west shore of the creek; northwest of a line ranging from the southwesterly tip of the island toward the point of land on the west shore of the creek immediately southwest thereof; and north of a line 100 feet from and parallel to the shore of the creek to its intersection with the south property line extended of the Potapskut Sailing Association, Inc., thence northwesterly along the said property line extended to the shore.

§ 110.72a Chester River, southeast of Chestertown, Md.

The waters of the Chester River enclosed by a line beginning at a point on the Rolph Marina pier at latitude 39°10′25″ N., longitude 76°02′17″ W.; thence 327° to a point 400 feet southwest of the entrance to Hambleton Creek at latitude 39°10′55″ N., longitude 76°02′40″ W.; thence northeasterly to the eastern side of the entrance to Hambleton Creek; thence southerly following the shoreline to the Rolph Point Marina pier; thence southwesterly along the Rolph Point Marina pier to the point of beginning.

[CGD 73-10R, 38 FR 33973, Dec. 10, 1973]

§ 110.72aa Elizabeth River Spectator Vessel Anchorage Areas, between Norfolk and Portsmouth, Virginia.

(a) Special Anchorage Areas. (1) The waters of the Elizabeth River bounded by the shore and a line drawn between Hospital Point at latitude Latitude 36°50′50.5″ North, longitude 76°18′09.0″ West, and the tip of the channelside pier at the Holiday Inn Marina at latitude 36°50′29.5″ North, longitude 76°17′52.5″ West.

(2) The waters of the Elizabeth River adjacent to the Port Norfolk Reach section of the Elizabeth River, bounded by the shore and a line drawn between Hospital Point at latitude 36°50′50.55″ North, longitude 76°18′14.509.0″ West, and the tip of the southern most railroad pier at Port Norfolk at latitude 36°51′14.5″ North, longitude 76°18′44.0″ West.

(b) Effective period. These special anchorage areas in paragraph (a) of this section are only in effect when the regulations in § 100.501 of this title are in effect.

[CGD05-88-12, 53 FR 20320, June 3, 1988]

§ 110.72b St. Simons Island, Georgia.

The area beginning at a point southwest of Frederica River Bridge, St. Simons Island Causeway at latitude 31°09′58″ N., longitude 81°24′55″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 31°09′42″ N., longitude 81°25′10″ W.; thence westerly to the shoreline at latitude 31°09′45″ N., longitude 81°25′20″ W.; thence northeasterly along the shoreline to latitude 31°10′02″ N., longitude 81°25′00″ W.; thence southeasterly to the point of origin.

[CGD 76-47, 42 FR 40694, Aug. 11, 1977]

§ 110.72c Lake Murray, S.C.

(a) The area beginning at the 125 foot pier of the Columbia Sailing Club, approximately latitude 34°03′51″ N., longitude 81°13′37″ W.; thence 167° to latitude 34°03′43.6″ N., longitude 81°13′39.2″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 34°03′45″ N., longitude 81°13′32.1″ W.; thence 347° to the shoreline, thence along the shoreline to the beginning.

[CGD 77-189, 43 FR 14470, Apr. 6, 1978]

§ 110.72d Ashley River, SC.

All waters on the southwest portion of the Ashley River encompassed within the following points: Beginning at latitude 32°46′40″ N, longitude 79°57′27″ W; thence continuing north-northeasterly to latitude 32°46′44″ N, longitude 79°57′25″ W; thence continuing southeasterly to latitude 32°46′40″ N, longitude 79°57′22″ W; thence continuing southeasterly to latitude 32°46′27″ N, longitude 79°57′03″ W; thence continuing west-southwesterly to latitude 32°46′25″ N, longitude 79°57′09″ W; thence continuing northwesterly to the beginning point at latitude 32°46′40″ N, longitude 79°57′27″ W. All coordinates are North American Datum 1983.

[USCG-2013-0819, 79 FR 62570, Oct. 20, 2014]

§ 110.73 St. Johns River, Fla.

(a) Area A. The waters lying within an area bounded by a line beginning at a point located at the west bank of St. Johns River at latitude 30°15′11″, longitude 81°41′23″; thence to latitude 30°15′13″, longitude 81°41′14″; thence to latitude 30°15′03″, longitude 81°41′11″; thence to latitude 30°15′04″, longitude 81°41′20″; and thence to the point of beginning.

(b) Area B. The waters lying within an area bounded by a line beginning at latitude 30°15′03″, longitude 81°41′28″; thence to latitude 30°15′02″, longitude 81°41′10″; thence to latitude 30°14′56″, longitude 81°41′08″; thence to latitude 30°14′54.5″, longitude 81°41′10.5″; and thence to the point of beginning.

§ 110.73a Indian River at Sebastian, Fla.

Beginning at a point on the shoreline at latitude 27°49′40″ N., longitude 80°28′26″ W.; thence 060° to latitude 27°49′46″ N., longitude 80°28′13″ W.; thence 156° to latitude 27°49′31″ N., longitude 80°28′05″ W.; thence 242° to latitude 27°49′25″ N., longitude 80°28′18″ W.; thence northerly along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

Note:

This area is principally for use by commercial fishing vessels less than 65 feet in length.

[CGD 74-104, 40 FR 2689, Jan. 15, 1975]

§ 110.73b Indian River at Vero Beach, Fla.

(a) Area A. Beginning at a point located on the eastern shore of Fritz Is. at latitude 27°39′32.5″ N., longitude 80°22′20.6″ W. following the shoreline northward to the northwest point at latitude 27°39′46″ N., longitude 80°22′25.9″ W., thence due east to a point on Orchid Is. at approximately latitude 27°39′46″ N., longitude 80°22′16.2″ W., thence southerly along the shoreline of Orchid Is. to latitude 27°39′32.5″ N., longitude 80°22′13.4″ W., thence due west to the point of beginning.

(b) Area B. Beginning at a point located at the entrance channel marker No. 2 at latitude 27°39′12″ N., longitude 80°22′17.3″ W., thence northeasterly to channel marker No. 4 at latitude 27°39′21″ N., longitude 80°22′15.8″ W., thence due east to Orchid Is. at approximately latitude 27°39′21″ N., longitude 80°22′11.8″ W., thence southerly along the western shoreline of Orchid Is. to latitude 27°39′12″ N., longitude 80°22′15.6″ W., thence due west to the point of beginning.

(c) Vessels shall be so anchored so that no part of the vessel obstructs the turning basin or channels adjacent to the special anchorage areas.

[CGD7-84-40, 51 FR 395, Jan. 6, 1986]

§ 110.73c Okeechobee Waterway, St. Lucie River, Stuart, FL.

The following is a special anchorage area: Beginning on the Okeechobee Intracoastal Waterway between mile marker 7 and 8 on the St. Lucie River, bounded by a line beginning at 27°12′06.583″ N, 80°15′33.447″ W; thence to 27°12′07.811″ N, 80°15′38.861″ W; thence to 27°12′04.584″ N, 80°15′41.437″ W; thence to 27°11′49.005″ N, 80°15′44.796″ W; thence to 27°11′47.99″ N, 80°15′44.78″ W; thence to 27°11′42.51″ N, 80°15′49.36″ W; thence to 27°11′41.40″ N, 80°15′47.70″ W; thence to 27°11′40.44″ N, 80°15′44.64″ W; thence to 27°11′43.49″ N, 80°15′40.74″ W; thence to 27°11′46.82″ N, 80°15′37.9647″ W; thence to 27°11′47.881″ N, 80°15′38.271″ W; thence back to the original point. All coordinates reference Datum NAD:83.

Note:

This area is principally used by recreational vessels. The mooring of vessels in this area is administered by the local Harbormaster, City of Stuart, Florida.

[CGD07-99-058, 65 FR 2877, Jan. 19, 2000, as amended by CGD07-03-110, 69 FR 5275, Feb. 4, 2004]

§ 110.74 Marco Island, Marco River, Fla.

Beginning at a point approximately 300 feet east of the Captains Landing Docks at latitude 25°58′04″ N., longitude 81°43′31″ W.; thence 108°, 450 feet; thence 198°, 900 feet; thence 288°, 450 feet; thence 018°, 900 feet to the point of beginning.

Note:

The area is principally for use by yachts and other recreational craft. Fore and aft moorings will be allowed. Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors in place will be allowed. Fixed mooring piles or stakes are prohibited. All moorings shall be so placed that no vessel, when anchored, shall at any time extend beyond the limits of the area.

[CGFR 70-53A, 35 FR 14506, Sept. 16, 1970]

§ 110.74a Manatee River, Bradenton, Fla.

The waters of the Manatee River enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 27°31′18.6″ N. longitude 82°36′49.2″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 27°31′21″ N., longitude 82°37′7.2″ W.; thence northwesterly to latitude 27°31′22.2″ N., longitude 82°37′8.4″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 27°31′25.8″ N., longitude 82°37′00″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 27°31′24″ N., longitude 82°36′44.4″ W.; thence to the point of beginning.

[CGD 79-118, 45 FR 32673, May 19, 1980]

§ 110.74b Apollo Beach, Fla.

Beginning at a point approximately 300 feet south of the Tampa Sailing Squadron at latitude 27°46′50.2″ N., longitude 82°25′27.8″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 27°46′45.6″ N., longitude 82°25′23.2″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 27°46′35.8″ N., longitude 82°25′34.8″ W., thence northwesterly to latitude 27°46′39.9″ N., longitude 82°25′39.6″ W., thence to the point of beginning.

[CGD 7-80-03, 45 FR 79031, Nov. 28, 1980]

§ 110.74c Bahia de San Juan, PR.

The waters of San Antonio Channel, Bahia de San Juan, eastward of longitude 66°05′45″ W.

[CGD 7-83-29, 49 FR 48540, Dec. 13, 1984]

§ 110.75 Corpus Christi Bay, Tex.

(a) South area. Southward of the southernmost T-head pier at the foot of Cooper Avenue and of a line bearing 156°44′, 340.6 feet, from the southerly corner of said pier to a point on the rubble breakwater; westward and northward of said breakwater; and eastward of the Corpus Christi sea wall.

§ 110.77 Amistad Reservoir, Tex.

(a) Diablo East, Tex. That portion of the Amistad Reservoir enclosed by a line connecting the following points, excluding a 300-foot-wide fairway extending northerly from the launching ramp as established by the Superintendent of Amistad Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longitude

“a” 29°28′54″ N. | 101°01′10″ W.

“b” 29°28′21″ N. | 101°01′08″ W.

“c” 29°28′34″ N. | 101°00′32″ W.

“d” 29°28′54″ N. | 101°00′32″ W.

(b) Rough Canyon, Tex. That portion of the Amistad Reservoir enclosed by a line connecting the following points, excluding a 300-foot-wide fairway extending westerly from the launching ramp to the Devils River main channel as established by the Superintendent of Amistad Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longitude

“a” 29°34′43″ N. | 100°58′54″ W.

“b” 29°34′05″ N. | 100°58′46″ W.

“c” 29°34′16″ N. | 100°58′20″ W.

“d” 29°34′27″ N. | 100°58′11″ W.

“e” 29°34′27″ N. | 100°58′36″ W.

“f” 29°34′52″ N. | 100°58′35″ W.

(c) Laughlin Air Force Base Site, Tex. That portion of Amistad Reservoir enclosed by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

“a” 29°28′29″ N. | 101°02′26″ W.

“b” 29°28′13″ N. | 101°02′03″ W.

“c” 29°28′30″ N. | 101°01′45″ W.

“d” 29°28′42″ N. | 101°02′00″ W.

Note:

The areas will be principally for use by yachts and other recreational craft. The anchoring of vessels and the placing of temporary moorings will be under the jurisdiction and at the discretion of the Superintendent, Amistad Recreation Area.

[CGFR 70-12, 35 FR 3807, Feb. 27, 1970]

§ 110.77a Duluth-Superior Harbor, Duluth, Minn.

The area adjacent to Park Point in Duluth-Superior Harbor within the following boundaries: beginning at latitude 46°45′19.3″ N., longitude 92°04′43″ W.; thence to latitude 46°45′11.7″ N., longitude 92°05′01″ W.; thence to latitude 46°44′21.2″ N., longitude 92°04′15.7″ W.; thence to latitude 46°44′29.4″ N., longitude 92°03′57.5″ W.; thence to the point of beginning.

[CGD 79-170, 45 FR 32673, May 19, 1980]

§ 110.77b Madeline Island, Wisconsin.

The waters off of La Pointe Harbor, Madeline Island, Wisconsin, encompassed by the following: starting at 46°46′44.8″ N, 090°47′14.0″ W; then south southwesterly to 46°46′35.5″ N, 090°47′17.0″ W; then south southeasterly to 46°46′27″ N, 090°47′12.8″ W; then east southeasterly to 46°46′22.6″ N, 090°46′58.8″ W; then following the shoreline back to the starting point (NAD 83).

[CGD09-03-284, 69 FR 32445, June 10, 2004]

§ 110.78 Sturgeon Bay, Sturgeon Bay, Wis.

(a) Area 1. Beginning at a point bearing 126°, 3,000 feet from the fixed green Sturgeon Bay Canal Leading Light mounted on the highway bridge; thence 120°, 1,200 feet, this line being parallel to and 150 feet from the channel edge; thence 222°, 500 feet; thence 300°, 1,200 feet; thence 042°, 500 feet to the point of beginning.

(b) Area 2. Beginning at a point 160 feet from the shoreline and on the east line of 15th Avenue extended; thence south 530 feet to a point 100 feet from the northern edge of the channel; thence southeasterly 2,350 feet along a line parallel to the northern edge of the channel to a point on the east line of 18th Avenue extended, using that portion of 18th Avenue that runs in a true north-south direction perpendicular to Utah Street; thence north 530 feet along this line of 18th Avenue extended to a point approximately 400 feet from the shoreline; thence northwesterly 2,350 feet along a line parallel to the northern edge of the channel to the point of beginning.

Note:

An ordinance of the City of Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin, requires moorings to be approved by the Harbor Master of the City of Sturgeon Bay and provides for other regulation of the use of vessels and moorings in this area.

[CGFR 70-15A, 35 FR 8823, June 6, 1970, as amended by CGFR 70-86A, 35 FR 18374, Dec. 3, 1970; CGD9 92-29, 58 FR 9543, Feb. 22, 1993]

§ 110.79a Neenah Harbor, Neenah, Wis.

(a) Area 1. The area of Neenah Harbor south of the main shipping channel within the following boundary: A line beginning at a point bearing 117.5°, 1,050 feet from the point where the southeasterly side of the First Street/Oak Street Bridge crosses the south shoreline of the river; thence 254°, 162 feet; thence 146°, 462 feet; 164°, 138 feet; 123°, 367 feet; 068°, 400 feet; 044°, 400 feet; thence 320°, 107 feet; thence 283°, 1,054 feet to the point of beginning.

(b) Area 2. Commencing at a point where the west line of Second Street extended meets the north edge of the harbor, thence south to intersect the north edge of the channel at latitude 44°11′04.2″ North, longitude 88°27′13.2″ West, thence northwesterly to a point at latitude 44°11′06.3″ North, longitude 88°27′16.4″ West, thence north to the easterly end of the Neenah Dam Spillway.

Note:

An ordinance of the City of Neenah, Wis., requires approval of the Neenah Police Department for the location and type of individual moorings placed in this special anchorage area.

[CGD9 85-017, 50 FR 49844, Dec. 5, 1985]

§ 110.79b Millers Bay, Lake Winnebago, Oshkosh, WI.

The area adjacent to Menominee Park in Millers Bay within the following boundaries: beginning at latitude 44°01′47″ N., longitude 88°31′05″ W.; thence to latitude 44°01′46″ N., longitude 88°31′00″ W.; thence to latitude 44°01′34″ N., longitude 88°31′04″ W.; thence to latitude 44°01′36″ N., longitude 88°31′08″ W.; thence to point of beginning.

[CGD 09-80-01, 47 FR 18333, Apr. 29, 1982]

§ 110.79c Fish Creek Harbor, Fish Creek, Wisconsin.

The area within the following boundaries: Beginning at latitude 45°07′52″ N., longitude 87°14′42″ W.; thence to latitude 45°07′53″ N., longitude 87°14′37″ W.; thence to latitude 45°07′47″ N., longitude 87°14′30″ W.; thence to latitude 45°07′42″ N., longitude 87°14′37″ W.; thence to latitude 45°07′44″ N., longitude 87°14′40″ W.; thence to latitude 45°07′48″ N., longitude 87°14′38″ W.; thence to the point of beginning.

Note 1 to § 110.79c:

An ordinance of the Town of Gibraltar, WI, requires moorings to be approved by the Harbor Commission of the Town of Gibraltar and provides for other regulation of the use of vessels and moorings in this area.

[USCG-2016-0498, 82 FR 35080, July 28, 2017]

§ 110.80 Milwaukee Harbor, Milwaukee, Wis.

(a) McKinley Park. The water area east of McKinley Park enclosed by a line beginning at McKinley Park Jetty Light; thence 090°, 500 feet to a point on the breakwater; thence northerly and northwesterly following the breakwater, piers, jetty and natural shoreline to the point of beginning.

(b) South Shore Park. The water area northeast of South Shore Park enclosed by a line beginning at the northeast corner of the jetty at latitude 43°00′07.5″ N., longitude 87°53′08″ W.; thence to latitude 43°00′05″ N., longitude 87°53′01″ W.; thence to latitude 42°59′55″ N., longitude 87°52′53″ W.; thence to latitude 42°59′40″ N., longitude 87°52′33.5″ W.; thence to a point of the shoreline at latitude 42°59′34″ N., longitude 87°52′43.5″ W.; thence following the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(c) Bay View Park. The water area east of Bay View Park enclosed by a line beginning on the shoreline at latitude 42°59′28.5″ N., longitude 87°52′35″ W.; thence to latitude 42°59′35.5″ N., longitude 87°52′27″ W.; thence to latitude 42°59′08″ N., longitude 87°51′37″ W.; thence to a point on the shoreline at latitude 42°58′59″ N., longitude 87°51′46″ W.; thence following the shoreline to the point of beginning.

Note:

An ordinance of the City of Milwaukee, Wisconsin requires the approval of the Milwaukee Harbor Master for the location and type of moorings placed in these special anchorage areas.

[CGD 73-48R, 39 FR 12007, Apr. 2, 1974]

§ 110.80a Lake Macatawa, Mich.

An area located on the south side of Lake Macatawa near the entrance to Lake Michigan, shoreward (south) of a line commencing offshore of Macatawa Park at a point 960 feet S 156° E from the light on the south pier at the entrance to the Lake, and extending 1,550 feet N 82° E toward the northwest corner of the Macatawa Bay Yacht Club pier.

§ 110.80b Marquette Harbor, Marquette, Mich.

The area within Marquette Harbor beginning at latitude 46°32′38″ N., longitude 87°22′46″ W.; thence to latitude 46°32′37″ N., longitude 87°22′54″ W.; thence to latitude 46°32′33″ N., longitude 87°22′54″ W.; thence to latitude 46°32′33″ N., longitude 87°22′46″ W., thence to point of origin.

Note:

An ordinance of the City of Marquette authorizes the Harbormaster to direct the location and length of time any watercraft may anchor in this area.

[CGD 79-018, 44 FR 50040, Aug. 27, 1979]

§ 110.81 Muskegon Lake, Mich.

(a) Muskegon Lake West. The waters of the southwest side of Muskegon Lake enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 43°13′24″ N., longitude 86°19′18.5″ W.; thence 145°T to latitude 43°13′07.5″ N., longitude 86°19′02.5″ W.; thence 230°T to latitude 43°13′04″ N., longitude 86°19′08.5″ W.; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(b) Muskegon Lake East. The waters of the southeast side of Muskegon Lake enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 43°14′04″ N., longitude 86°15′47″ W.; thence 277°T to latitude 43°14′06.5″ N., longitude 86°16′27″ W.; thence 205°T to the shore; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

Note:

Administration of the Special Anchorage Area is exercised by the City of Muskegon pursuant to local ordinances.

[CGD 79-171, 46 FR 48195, Oct. 1, 1981]

§ 110.81a Lake Betsie, Frankfort, MI.

The area within the following boundaries:

Beginning at latitude 44°37′47″ North, longitude 86°13′52.5″ West; thence to latitude 44°37′51.4″ North, longitude 86°13′49″ West; thence to latitude 44°37′46.4″ North, longitude 86°13′37.8″ West; then to latitude 44°37′44.8″ North, longitude 86°13′44.2″ West; thence to point of beginning.

[CGD 09-82-06, 48 FR 33263, July 21, 1983]

§ 110.82 Charlevoix Harbor, Mich.

The waters on the north side of Round Lake northward of a line beginning at a point approximately 200 feet south of the north shore bearing 60°, 280 feet, from the northeast corner of the Charlevoix Municipal Wharf, and bearing thence 92°, 400 feet, thence 129°, 1,160 feet, and thence 110° to the westerly end of the southwest side of Park Island.

§ 110.82a Little Traverse Bay, Lake Michigan, Harbor Springs, Mich.

(a) Area 1. Beginning at latitude 45°25′42.2″ N., Longitude 84°59′7.5″ W.; thence to latitude 45°25′39.5″ N., longitude 84°59′09″ W.; thence to latitude 45°25′35″ N., longitude 84°59′07″ W.; thence to latitude 45°25′35″ N., longitude 84°58′55.2″ W.; thence to latitude 45°25′42.2″ N., longitude 84°58′56.5″ W., thence to the point of beginning.

(b) Area 2. Beginning at latitude 45°25′42.2″ N., longitude 84°58′54″ W.; thence to latitude 45°25′35″ N., longitude 84°58′53″ W.; thence to latitude 45°25′35″ N., longitude 84°58′24.8″ W.; thence to latitude 45°25′36.1″ N., longitude 84°58′23″ W.; thence to latitude 45°25′42.2″ N., longitude 84°58′39″ W., thence to the point of beginning.

[CGD 09-85-02, 50 FR 24194, June 10, 1985]

§ 110.83 Chicago Harbor, Ill.

(a) Grant Park North-A. Beginning at a point 2,120 feet South of the intersection of the North line of the Chicago Yacht Club bulkhead, as constructed in 1927, and the harbor line approved by the Department of the Army on August 3, 1940, along the West side of the harbor, said harbor line runs parallel to the overall alignment of said Grant Park bulkhead between its North and South ends, said intersection is approximately 800 feet South of the South face of the former Naval Armory Dock, and 100 feet East of said bulkhead, that point being approximately on the harbor line; thence North along a straight line parallel to said harbor line and bulkhead, 1,705 feet to a point that is 100 feet East of said harbor line and 150 feet East of the Grant Park bulkhead; thence East at a right angle, 150 feet; thence North at a right angle, parallel to the first described line, passing 100 feet East of the Chicago Yacht Club bulkhead, 440 feet; thence Northeasterly 850 feet to a point 1,070 feet East of the aforesaid Grant Park bulkhead; thence Southeasterly 740 feet to a point 1,600 feet East of said harbor line; thence Southerly 1,960 feet to a point approximately 1,555 feet East of said harbor line and about 1,560 feet East of said Grant Park bulkhead; thence Southwesterly 295 feet to a point 1,180 feet due East, in a direction perpendicular to the West line hereof, from the point of beginning; and thence West to the point of beginning.

(b) Grant Park North-B. Beginning at a point 145 feet North of the North line of the Chicago Yacht Club bulkhead, as constructed in 1927, and 320 feet East of the harbor line approved by the Department of the Army on August 3, 1940, along the West side of the harbor, said Chicago Yacht Club bulkhead extends due East, perpendicular to the Grant Park bulkhead's overall alignment between its North and South ends, said bulkhead runs parallel to the aforesaid harbor line and is approximately 800 feet South of the South face of the former Naval Armory Dock, said point is 20 feet East of the East face of the Chicago Park District jetty; thence North parallel to said jetty, 230 feet to a point 20 feet South of the South face of the Lake Shore Drive bulkhead, said bulkhead runs Easterly and Westerly in a curved direction; thence Easterly along a line parallel to said curved bulkhead to a point 20 feet Southwest and perpendicular to a line extended along the Southwest side of the Columbia Yacht Club pier to said curved bulkhead; thence Southeasterly parallel to said extended line, 160 feet; thence Southwesterly to the point of beginning.

(c) Grant Park North-C. Beginning at a point 970 feet North of the North line of the Chicago Yacht Club bulkhead, as constructed in 1927, which extends due East and perpendicular from the harbor line approved by the Department of the Army on August 3, 1940, said Chicago Yacht Club bulkhead line is approximately 800 feet South of the South face of the former Naval Armory Dock, and 1,170 feet East of said harbor line, said point of beginning is 20 feet East of the East face of the Columbia Yacht Club pier and 20 feet South of the South face of a breakwater, which runs in a East and West direction; thence East along a line parallel to the South face of said East-West breakwater, 540 feet to a point 20 feet West of the West face of a breakwater, which runs in a North and South direction; thence South along a line parallel to the West face of said North-South breakwater, approximately 965 feet; thence Northwesterly to a point 20 feet Southeast and perpendicular to the Southeast side of the aforesaid Columbia Yacht Club pier; thence Northerly along a line parallel to the East face of said pier to the point of beginning.

(d) Grant Park South. Beginning at a point 2,220 feet South of the intersection of the North line of the Chicago Yacht Club bulkhead, as constructed in 1927, and the harbor line approved by the Department of the Army on August 3, 1940, along the West side of the harbor, said harbor line runs parallel to the overall alignment of the Grant Park bulkhead between its North and South ends, said intersection is approximately 800 feet South of the South face of the former Naval Armory Dock, and 100 feet East of said Grant Park bulkhead, that point being approximately on the harbor line; thence East, perpendicular to the overall alignment of the Grant Park bulkhead, and perpendicular to said harbor line, 1,180 feet; thence Southeasterly 330 feet to a point 1,510 feet East of said Grant Park bulkhead and 225 feet South of an extension of the first described line; thence South perpendicular to the first described line, 220 feet; thence Southwesterly 2,375 feet along a line generally 100 feet Northwesterly from and parallel to the Northwesterly face of the narrow section of the U.S. Inner Breakwater; thence Northwesterly 100 feet to a point 150 feet East of said Grant Park bulkhead (or 100 feet East of the aforesaid harbor line), and 4,570 feet South of the North line of the aforesaid Chicago Yacht Club bulkhead; and thence North 2,350 feet of the point of beginning.

Note:

The Chicago Park District controls the location and type of any moorings placed in the special anchorage areas in this section.

[CGD09-83-02, 50 FR 27581, July 5, 1985]

§ 110.83a Cedar Point, Sandusky, Ohio.

The water area enclosed by the break wall beginning at latitude 41°28′13″ N., longitude 82°40′39″ W.; thence along the break wall to latitude 41°28′21″ N., longitude 82°40′53″ W.; thence along a straight line southwesterly to latitude 41°28′20″ N., longitude 82°40′55″ W.; thence along the break wall to latitude 41°28′33″ N., longitude 82°40′58″ W.; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

[CGD 79-169, 45 FR 32674, May 19, 1980]

§ 110.84 Black Rock Channel opposite foot of Porter Avenue, Buffalo, N.Y.

An area extending northwesterly between Black Rock Channel and Bird Island Pier opposite the foot of Porter Avenue, bounded as follows: Beginning at Triangulation Marker “N-5” on Bird Island Pier; thence southeasterly along the pier a distance of approximately 745 feet; thence 60°52′ true, approximately 300 feet to a point 50 feet westerly of the westerly limit of Black Rock Channel; thence northwesterly along an arc of a circle parallel to and 50 feet westerly of the westerly limit of the channel to a point approximately 360 feet southerly of Bird Island Pier Light No. 17; thence 276°20′ true, approximately 135 feet to Bird Island Pier; thence southwesterly and southerly along the pier a distance of approximately 1,355 feet to the point of beginning.

§ 110.84b Buffalo, N.Y.

The area within the Port of Buffalo known as Port of Buffalo Small Boat Harbor commencing at a point on shore at latitude 42°51′05″ N., longitude 78°51′55″ W.; thence 240° to rip-rap dike thence following the dike to the shoreline; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

[CGD 77-47, 43 FR 35480, Aug. 10, 1978; 43 FR 56040, Nov. 30, 1978]

§ 110.85 Niagara River, Youngstown, N.Y.

(a) Area 1. Beginning at a point at the intersection of the south line of Swain Street extended with the east shoreline of the Niagara River at latitude 43°14′33″ N, longitude 79°03′7.5″ W; thence westerly to a point at latitude 43°14′33″ N, longitude 79°03′9.5″ W; thence Southerly to a point at latitude 43°14′15.5″ N, longitude 79°03′10″ W; thence Westerly to a point at latitude 43°14′15.5″ N, longitude 79°03′17″ W; thence northerly to a point at latitude 43°14′54.5″ N, longitude 79°03′14″ W; thence southeasterly to a point at latitude 43°14′52.3″ N, longitude 73°03′09″ W; thence southerly to a point at latitude 43°14′51.4″ N. longitude 73°03′09″ W; thence easterly to a point at latitude 43°14′51.5″ N; longitude 79°03′6.5″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(b) Area 2. Beginning at a point at latitude 43°14′53.2″ N., longitude 79°03′08″ W.; thence northwesterly to a point at latitude 43°14′56″ N., longitude 79°03′14″ W.; thence northerly to a point at latitude 43°15′07″ N., longitude 79°03′13″ W.; thence northwesterly to a point at latitude 43°15′9.5″ N., longitude 79°03′13.5″ W.; thence southeasterly to a point at latitude 43°15′7.5″ N., longitude 79°03′08″ W.; thence southerly to the point of beginning.

(c) Area 3. Beginning at a point at latitude 43°15′7.9″ N., longitude 79°03′03″ W.; thence westerly to a point at latitude 43°15′7.9″ N., longitude 79°03′04″ W.; thence northwesterly to a point at latitude 43°15′11.8″ N., longitude 79°03′14″ W.; thence northerly to a point at latitude 43°15′14″ N., longitude 79°03′14″ W.; thence northwesterly to a point at latitude 43°15′22″ N., longitude 79°03′21.5″ W.; thence northeasterly to a point at latitude 43°15′25.5″ N., longitude 79°03′13″ W.; thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

Note:

The Youngstown Harbor Commission controls the location, type, and assignment of moorings placed in the special anchorage areas in this section.

[CGD 79-098, 45 FR 32674, May 19, 1980, as amended by CGD9-85-10, 50 FR 43387, Oct. 25, 1985]

§ 110.86 Sodus Bay, NY.

The water area in Sodus Bay, New York, south of Sand Point, two separate sections, enclosed by:

(a) Eastern Section, beginning at a point on the shoreline at:

Latitude | Longitude

43°15′58.1″ N | 076°58′34.0″ W, to

43°15′51.9″ N | 076°58′33.5″ W, to

43°15′53.5″ N | 076°58′47.5″ W, to

43°16′01.8″ N | 076°58′43.0″ W,

thence along the natural shoreline and structures to:

43°15′58.1″ N | 076°58′34.0″ W.

(b) Western Section, beginning at a point on the shoreline at:

Latitude | Longitude

43°16′02.5″ N | 076°58′45.0″ W, to

43°15′54.0″ N | 076°58′50.0″ W, to

43°15′54.8″ N | 076°59′00.1″ W, to

43°16′07.0″ N | 076°59′47.0″ W,

thence along the natural shoreline and structures to:

43°16′02.5″ N | 076°58′45.0″ W.

[CGD 09-93-029, 58 FR 40740, July 30, 1993]

§ 110.87 Henderson Harbor, N.Y.

(a) Area A. The area in the southern portion of Henderson Harbor west of the Henderson Harbor Yacht Club bounded by a line beginning at latitude 43°51′08.8″ N, longitude 76°12′08.9″ W, thence to latitude 43°51′09.0″ N, longitude 76°12′19.0″ W, thence to latitude 43°51′33.4″ N, longitude 76°12′19.0″ W, thence to latitude 43°51′33.4″ N, longitude 76°12′09.6″ W, thence to the point of beginning. All nautical positions are based on North American Datum of 1983.

(b) Area B. The area in the southern portion of Henderson Harbor north of Graham Creek Entrance Light bounded by a line beginning at latitude 43°51′21.8″ N, longitude 76°11′58.2″ W, thence to latitude 43°51′21.7″ N, longitude 76°12′05.5″ W, thence to latitude 43°51′33.4″ N, longitude 76°12′06.2″ W, thence to latitude 43°51′33.6″ N, longitude 76°12′00.8″ W, thence to the point of beginning. All nautical positions are based on North American Datum of 1983.

[CGD09-99-081, 65 FR 11893, Mar. 7, 2000, as amended by USCG-2009-0854, 74 FR 49815, Sept. 29, 2009]

§ 110.90 San Diego Harbor, Calif.

(a) Area A-1. In North San Diego Bay, the Shelter Island Yacht Basin Anchorage, the water area enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 32°42′56.7″ N., longitude 117°13′47.1″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 32°42′53.6″ N., longitude 117°13′51.3″ W.; thence northwesterly to latitude 32°43′01.3″ N., longitude 117°13′59.1″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 32°43′02.6″ N., longitude 117°13′55.5″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 32°42′59.8″ N., longitude 117°13′50.4″ W.; thence southeasterly to the point of beginning.

(b) Area A-1a. In North San Diego Bay, the Shelter Island Roadstead Anchorage east of Shelter Island, the water area 55 feet either side of a line beginning at latitude 32°42′33.6″ N., longitude 117°13′48.3″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 32°42′36.0″ N., longitude 117°13′45.1″ W.

(c) Area A-1b. The water area off Shelter Island's eastern shore, 210 feet shoreward of a line beginning at latitude 32°42′43.9″ N., longitude 117°13′34.3″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 32°42′52.8″ N., longitude 117°13′22.4″ W.

(d) Area A-1c. The water area off Shelter Island's eastern shore, 210 feet shoreward of a line beginning at latitude 32°42′55.0″ N., longitude 117°13′19.4″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 32°43′03.5″ N., longitude 117°13′07.6″ W.

(e) Area A-2. In North San Diego Bay, the America's Cup Harbor Anchorage, the water area enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 32°43′13.7″ N, longitude 117°13′23.8″ W; thence northeasterly to latitude 32°43′16.7″ N., longitude 117°13′16.4″ W.; thence northwesterly to latitude 32°43′22.6″ N., longitude 117°13′25.8″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 32°43′22.5″ N., longitude 117°13′29.6″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 32°43′19.0″ N., longitude 117°13′32.6″ W.; thence southeasterly to the point of beginning.

(f) Area A-3. In North San Diego Bay, the Laurel Street Roadstead Anchorage, the water area enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 32°43′30.5″ N., longitude 117°10′28.5″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 32°43′29.8″ N., longitude 117°10′34.2″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 32°43′25.8″ N., longitude 117°10′36.1″ W.; thence southerly to latitude 32°43′20.2″ N., longitude 117°10′36.1″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 32°43′20.2″ N., longitude 117°10′52.9″ W.; thence northeasterly to 32°43′29.8″ N., longitude 117°10′48.0″ W., thence northeasterly following a line parallel to, and 200 feet bayward of, the shoreline of San Diego Bay adjoining Harbor Drive to the point of beginning.

(g) Area A-4. In Central San Diego Bay, the Bay Bridge Roadstead Anchorage, the water area enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 32°41′32.1″ N., longitude 117°09′43.1″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 32°41′19.1″ N., longitude 117°09′46.1″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 32°41′17.8″ N., longitude 117°09′44.3″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 32°41′14.9″ N., longitude 117°09′37.9″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 32°41′26.9″ N., longitude 117°09′35.1″ W., thence southwesterly to the point of beginning.

(h) Area A-5. In Central San Diego Bay, the Glorietta Bay Anchorage, the water area enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 32°40′42.2″ N., longitude 117°10′03.1″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 32°40′41.2″ N., longitude 117°10′06.6″ W.; thence northwesterly to latitude 32°40′46.2″ N., longitude 117°10′15.6″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 32°40′46.7″ N., longitude 117°10′14.1″ W.; thence southeasterly to the point of beginning.

(i) Area A-6. In Fiddler's Cove, the water enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 32°39′10.4″ N., longitude 117°08′49.4″ W.; thence northwesterly to latitude 32°39′14.9″ N., longitude 117°08′51.8″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 32°39′17.6″ N., longitude 117°08′47.5″ W.; thence northwesterly to latitude 32°39′19.8″ N., longitude 117°08′48.8″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 32°39′24.4″ N., longitude 117°08′41.4″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 32°39′15.7″ N., longitude 117°08′36.0″ W.; thence southwesterly to the point of beginning.

Note:

This area is located on Federal property owned by the United States Navy, and it is reserved for active duty military, their dependents, retirees, and DOD employees only.

(j) Area A-8. In South San Diego Bay, the Sweetwater Anchorage, the water enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 32°39′12.2″ N., longitude 117°07′45.1″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 32°39′12.2″ N., longitude 117°07′30.1″ W.; thence southerly to latitude 32°38′45.2″ N., longitude 117°07′30.1″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 32°38′45.2″ N., longitude 117°07′45.1″ W.; thence northerly to the point of beginning.

(k) Area A-9. In North San Diego Bay, the Cruiser Anchorage, the water enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 32°43′35.9″ N., longitude 117°11′06.2″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 32°43′31.5″ N., longitude 117°11′13.2″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 32°43′28.9″ N., longitude 117°11′11.0″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 32°43′25.9″ N., longitude 117°11′07.7″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 32°43′34.8″ N., longitude 117°11′03.2″ W., thence northwesterly to the point of beginning. All coordinates in this section use Datum: NAD 83.

Note:

Mariners anchoring in these anchorages, excluding Anchorage A-6, should consult applicable local ordinances of the San Diego Unified Port District. Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors are allowed. Fixed moorings, piles or stakes are prohibited. All moorings shall be positioned so that no vessel, when anchored, shall at any time extend beyond the limits of the area. See Captain of the Port Notice 6-97, a copy of which can be obtained by calling (619) 683-6495.

[CGD11-97-007, 63 FR 16688, Apr. 6, 1998]

§ 110.91 Mission Bay, Calif.

(a) Area M-1. In San Juan Cove, the entire water area west of a line drawn from latitude 32°46′53.6″ N., longitude 117°14′52.5″ W.; to El Carmel Point North Light; latitude 32°46′48.0″ N., longitude 117°14′50.1″ W.

Note:

Control over the anchoring of vessels and placing of temporary moorings in this area is exercised by the City of San Diego Park and Recreation Department pursuant to local ordinances.

(b) Area M-2. In Santa Barbara Cove, the entire water area west of a line drawn from latitude 32°46′40.0″ N., longitude 117°14′47.0″ W.; to latitude 32°46′33.5″ N., longitude 117°14′45.5″ W.

Note:

Control over the anchoring of vessels and the placing of temporary moorings in this area is exercised by the City of San Diego Park and Recreation Department pursuant to local ordinances.

(c) Area M-3. In Mariners Basin, the entire water area west of a line drawn from latitude 32°45′49.2″ N., longitude 117°14′42.9″ W.; to Mission Point Light; latitude 32°45′43.7″ N., longitude 117°14′41.9″ W.

Note:

Control over the anchoring of vessels and the placing of temporary moorings in this area is exercised by the City of San Diego Park and Recreation Department pursuant to local ordinances.

(d) Area M-4. In Quivira Basin, the entire water area enclosed by that portion of a circle of 45 yard radius from latitude 32°45′42.8″ N., longitude 117°14′25.6″ W.; through the arc from 354° T to 088° T.

Note:

Control over the anchoring of vessels and the placing of temporary moorings in this area is exercised by the City of San Diego Park and Recreation Department pursuant to local ordinances.

[CGD11-85-02, 51 FR 2882, Jan. 22, 1986]

§ 110.93 Dana Point Harbor, Calif.

The area in Dana Point Harbor, Calif. commencing at a point at latitude 33°27′36.2″ N., longitude 117°42′20.4″ W.; thence 016°20′ True for 612 feet to a point at latitude 33°27′42.1″ N., longitude 117°42′18.4″ W.; thence 106°20′ True for 85 feet to a point at latitude 33°27′41.8″ N., longitude 117°42′17.7″ W.; thence 196°20′ True for 222 feet to a point at latitude 33°27′39.7″ N., longitude 117°42′18.2″ W.; thence 182°20′ True 234 feet to a point at latitude 33°27′37.4″ N., longitude 117°42′18.2″ W.; thence 166°20′ True for 499 feet to a point at latitude 33°27′32.6″ N., longitude 117°42′16.8″ W.; thence 320° True for 470 feet to the point of origin.

[CGD 76-197, 42 FR 44985, Sept. 8, 1977]

§ 110.95 Newport Bay Harbor, Calif.

(a) Area A-1. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′09.3″ N., longitude 117°53′52.6″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′11.4″ N., longitude 117°53′51.2″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′04.0″ N., longitude 117°53′33.4″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′03.9″ N., longitude 117°53′20.4″ W.; thence to 33°36′01.1″ N., longitude 117°53′09.9″ W.; thence to 33°36′01.1″ N., longitude 117°53′32.7″ W.; thence to 33°36′03.9 N., longitude 117°53′41.9″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′09.3″ N., longitude 117°53′52.6″ W.

(b) Area A-2. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′12.9″ N., longitude 117°53′44.2″ W; thence to latitude 33°36′14.2″ N., longitude 117°53′44.3″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′14.2″ N., longitude 117°53′20.6″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′10.8″ N., longitude 117°53′20.5″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′12.7″ N., longitude 117°53′29.9″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′12.7″ N., longitude 117°53′35.4″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′12.9″ N., longitude 117°53′37.0″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′12.9″ N., longitude 117°53′44.2″ W.

(c) Area A-3. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′22.7″ N., longitude 117 54′12.6″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′24.9″ N., longitude 117°54′12.6″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′26.2″ N., longitude 117°54′11.3″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′18.7″ N., longitude 117°54′00.5″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′16.2″ N., longitude 117°54′02.9″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′22.7″ N., longitude 117°54′12.6″ W.

(d) Area A-4. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′32.7″ N., longitude 117°53′56.6″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′33.6″ N., longitude 117°53′56.6″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′33.5″ N., longitude 117°53′26.2″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′32.9″ N., longitude 117°53′26.2″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′32.6″ N., longitude 117°53′33.8″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′32.4″ N., longitude 117°53′36.7″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′31.7″ N., longitude 117°53′40.9″ W.; thence to 33°36′31.7″ N., longitude 117°53′46.3″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′32.6″ N., longitude 117°53′50.9″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′32.7″ N., longitude 117°53′56.6″ W.

(e) Area A-5. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′29.1″ N., longitude 117°54′55.3″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′27.8″ N., longitude 117°54′55.8″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′24.1″ N., longitude 117°54′41.8″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′26.7″ N., longitude 117°54′40.8″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′26.7″ N., longitude 117°54′46.3″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′29.1″ N., longitude 117°54′55.3″ W.

(f) Area A-6. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′43.3″ N., longitude 117°54′26.4″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′51.7″ N., longitude 117°54′22.8″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′51.4″ N., longitude 117°54′21.5″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′42.9″ N., longitude 117°54′25.2″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′43.3″ N., longitude 117°54′26.4″ W.

(g) Area A-7. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′32.1″ N., longitude 117°55′12.5″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′37.7″ N., longitude 117°55′11.0″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′35.1″ N., longitude 117°55′01.3″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′30.4″ N., longitude 117°55′02.6″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′31.2″ N., longitude 117°55′06.7″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′32.1″ N., longitude 117°55′12.5″ W.

(h) Area A-8. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′34.2″ N., longitude 117°55′27.3″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′36.2″ N., longitude 117°55′26.7″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′39.5″ N., longitude 117°55′20.9″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′38.9″ N., longitude 117°55′15.4″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′37.9″ N., longitude 117°55′11.7″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′32.1″ N., longitude 117°55′13.3″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′34.2″ N., longitude 117°55′27.3″ W.

(i) Area A-9. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′53.5″ N., longitude 117°55′28.2″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′54.0″ N., longitude 117°55′27.0″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′43.4″ N., longitude 117°55′20.4″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′42.9″ N., longitude 117°55′21.6″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′53.5″ N., longitude 117°55′28.2″ W.

(j) Area A-10. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′07.4″ N., longitude 117°53′19.2″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′14.2″ N., longitude 117°53′19.4″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′14.2″ N., longitude 117°53′06.9″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′08.1″ N., longitude 117°53′04.9″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′06.5″ N., longitude 117°53′08.9″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′06.5″ N., longitude 117°53′16.3″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′07.4″ N., longitude 117°53′19.2″ W.

(k) Area A-11. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′04.7″ N., longitude 117°53′01.9″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′06.1″ N., longitude 117°53′00.5″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′06.2″ N., longitude 117°52′59.0″ W.; thence to latitude 33°35′59.4″ N., longitude 117°52′51.1″ W.; thence to latitude 33°35′57.5″ N., longitude 117°52′50.9″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′01.9″ N., longitude 117°52′57.3″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′03.0″ N., longitude 117°53′00.4″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′04.7″ N., longitude 117°53′01.9″ W.

(l) Area A-12. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′27.9″ N., longitude 117°54′40.4″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′23.9″ N., longitude 117°54′41.8″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′20.8″ N., longitude 117°54′29.9″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′28.5″ N., longitude 117°54′20.2″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′27.9″ N., longitude 117°54′40.4″ W.

(m) Area B-1. The entire water area within beginning at latitude 33°36′35.1″ N., longitude 117°54′28.8″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′32.1″ N., longitude 117°54′22.1″ W.; thence to latitude 33°36′30.6″ N., longitude 117°54′22.8″ W; thence to latitude 33°36′30.5″ N., longitude 117°54′30.9″ W.; returning to latitude 33°36′35.1″ N., longitude 117°54′28.8″ W.

Note to § 110.95:

These anchorage areas are reserved for recreational and other small craft. Local law, including the City of Newport Beach Municipal Code 17.25.020, may provide for fore and aft moorings for recreational and small craft of such size and alignment as permitted by the harbor master.

[USCG-2010-0929, 77 FR 22491, Apr. 16, 2012]

§ 110.100 Los Angeles and Long Beach Harbors, Calif.

(a) [Reserved]

(b) Area A-2. Consisting of two parts in the outer basin of Fish Harbor on the east and west sides of Fish Harbor Entrance Channel described as follows:

(1) Part 1. Beginning at a point at the intersection of westerly side of Fish Harbor Entrance Channel and the outer jetty; thence southwesterly along the jetty about 900 feet to the shore; thence northerly about 500 feet; thence northeasterly about 650 feet, on a line parallel to jetty; thence southeasterly about 500 feet, along the westerly side of Fish Harbor Entrance Channel to the point of beginning.

(2) Part 2. Beginning at a point at the intersection of the east side of Fish Harbor Entrance Channel and Fish Harbor mole (outer Fish Harbor); thence northwesterly along channel line about 850 feet to the southerly side of the Fairway; thence northeasterly and easterly along the southerly side of the Fairway, about 478 and 565 feet respectively to its intersection with Fish Harbor mole; thence southerly and southwesterly along the mole to the point of beginning.

(c) Area B-1. Long Beach outer harbor along east side of Pier 400 beginning at latitude 33°44′22.8″ N., longitude 118°13′51.0″ W.; thence south to latitude 33°43′54.5″ N., longitude 118°13′50.0″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 33°43′46.0″ N., longitude 118°14′13.6″ W.; thence northwesterly to latitude 33°44′15.3″ N., longitude 118°14′26.6″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 33°44′25.1″ N., longitude 118°14′15.6″ W.; thence easterly to the beginning point.

(d) Area C-1. Long Beach outer harbor between Island Freeman and Island Chaffee beginning at latitude 33°44′20.0″ N., longitude 118°08′26.2″ W.; thence west to latitude 33°44′23.5″ N., longitude 118°09′32.6″ W.; thence north to latitude 33°44′52.8″ N., longitude 118°09′33.2″ W.; thence southeast to latitude 33°44′25.5″ N., longitude 118°08′26.2″ W.; thence south to the beginning point.

(e) Area E-1. Long Beach outer harbor northwest of Island Freeman beginning at latitude 33°44′55.0″ N., longitude 118°09′40.0″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 33°44′37.0″ N., longitude 118°09′48.5″ W.; thence northwesterly to latitude 33°44′52.0″ N., longitude 118°10′32.0″ W.; thence north to latitude 33°45′11.0″ N., longitude 118°10′32.0″ W.

(f) Restrictions. Special anchorage areas B-1, C-1, and E-1 are reserved for barges on mooring balls, unless otherwise authorized by the Captain of the Port Los Angeles-Long Beach.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD11-04-005, 71 FR 15036, Mar. 27, 2006]

§ 110.111 Marina del Rey Harbor, Calif.

An area in the main channel encompassed within the following described boundaries: Beginning at the northeasterly corner in position latitude 33°58′41.6″ N., longitude 118°26′50.8″ W.; thence southerly to latitude 33°58′30.2″ N., longitude 118°26′50.8″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 33°58′30.2″ N., longitude 118°26′55.1″ W.; thence northerly to latitude 33°58′41.6″ N., longitude 118°26′55.1″ W.; thence easterly to the point of origin. All coordinates referenced North American Datum 1983.

Note to 110.111:

The Marina del Rey Harbor Master, Los Angeles County, prescribes local regulations for mooring and boating activities in this area.

[USCG-2014-0142, 82 FR 2896, Jan. 10, 2017]

§ 110.115 Santa Barbara Harbor, Calif.

North of the Santa Barbara breakwater; seaward of the line of mean high water; and southwest of a line bearing 46°30′ from the north corner of Bath Street and Cabrillo Boulevard to the end of the Santa Barbara breakwater; excluding a fairway 225 feet wide, 100 feet from each side of and parallel to the Navy pier.

Note:

Fore and aft moorings will be allowed in this area conforming to the City of Santa Barbara Harbor Ordinance No. 2106 for yachts and small craft of such size and alignment as permitted by the harbor master.

§ 110.120 San Luis Obispo Bay, Calif.

(a) Area A-1. Area A-1 is the water area bounded by the San Luis Obispo County wharf, the shoreline, a line drawn from the southernmost point of Fossil Point to latitude 35°10′18.5″ N., longitude 120°43′38.5″ W.; thence to the southeast corner of the San Luis Obispo County wharf.

(b) Area A-2. Area A-2 is the water area enclosed by a line drawn from the outer end of Whaler Island breakwater at latitude 35°09′22″ N., longitude 120°44′56″ W., to the Marré Chimney at latitude 35°10′56″ N., longitude 120°44′31″ W.

Note:

The Port San Luis Harbor District prescribes local regulations for mooring and boating activities in these areas.

[CGD 72-24R, 38 FR 1928, Jan. 19, 1973]

§ 110.125 Morro Bay Harbor, Calif.

(a) Area A-1. Opposite the City of Morro Bay, beginning 50 feet west of the intersection of the west channel line and the prolongation of the center line of Seventh Street; thence in a generally southeasterly direction and parallel to the channel line for a distance of 450 yards; thence 166° and parallel to the revetment for a distance of 1,025 yards; thence 270° for a distance of 200 yards; thence 346° for a distance of about 1,425 yards to meet the prolongation of the center line of Seventh Street; and thence to the point of beginning.

(b) Area A-2. Beginning at a point 322° and 150 feet from the high water line on the most westerly part of Fairbanks Point; thence continuing on this bearing for a distance of 1,346 feet; thence 52° for a distance of 450 feet and thence generally southeasterly parallel to and 150 feet from the mean high water line to the point of beginning.

Note:

Moorings and boating activities will be allowed in these areas conforming to applicable City of Morro Bay ordinances and regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

§ 110.126 Monterey Harbor, Calif.

The waters of Monterey Harbor between the shoreline and the following coordinates: Beginning at a point on the shoreline at latitude 36°36′27.5″ N., longitude 121°53′35.0″ W.; thence to latitude 36°36′32.4″ N., longitude 121°53′31.0″ W., in an easterly direction to latitude 36°36′28.8″ N., 121°53′19.0″ W.; thence south to latitude 36°36′23.1″ N., longitude 121°53′19.0″ W.; thence to the north end of Municipal Wharf No. 1 at latitude 36°36′20.0″ N., longitude 121°53′28.0″ W.

[CGD 82-091, 47 FR 45878, Oct. 14, 1982]

§ 110.126a San Francisco Bay, Calif.

Richardson Bay Anchorage. That portion of Richardson Bay, north of a line bearing 257° from Peninsula Point to the shore at Sausalito, except for federally-maintained channels, and all channels approved for private use therein.

Note:

Mariners anchoring in the special anchorage area should consult applicable ordinances of the Richardson Bay Regional Agency and the County of Marin. These ordinances establish requirements on matters including the anchoring of vessels, placement of moorings, and use of anchored and moored vessels within the special anchorage area. Information on these local agency requirements may be obtained from the Richardson Bay Harbor Administrator.

[CGFR 69-109, 34 FR 17771, Nov. 4, 1969, as amended by CGD 78-126, 45 FR 10760, Feb. 19, 1980; CGD11-99-009, 65 FR 20086, Apr. 14, 2000]

§ 110.127 Lake Mohave and Lake Mead, Nevada and Arizona.

(a) Willow Beach, Ariz. That portion of Lake Mohave enclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 100-foot-wide fairway, extending westerly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longitude

“a” 35°52′30″ N. | 114°39′35″ W.

“b” 35°52′10″ N. | 114°39′35″ W.

(b) Katherine, Ariz. That portion of Lake Mohave inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 100-foot-wide fairway, extending westerly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longitude

“a” 35°13′33″ N. | 114°34′38″ W.

“b” 35°13′05″ N. | 114°34′40″ W.

(c) El Dorado Canyon, Nev. That portion of Lake Mohave inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 50-foot-wide fairway, extending easterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longitude

“a” 35°42′37″ N. | 114°42′21″ W.

“b” 35°42′08″ N. | 114°42′10″ W.

(d) Cottonwood Cove, Nev. That portion of Lake Mohave inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 200-foot-wide fairway extending northeasterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longitude

“a” 35°29′46″ N. | 114°40′55″ W.

“b” 35°29′33″ N. | 114°40′45″ W.

(e) Overton Beach, Nev—(1) Area “A”. That portion of Lake Mead inclosed by the shore and lines connecting the following points, excluding two 300-foot-wide fairways, extending northwesterly and southwesterly from the launching ramps, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longitude

“a” 36°27′05″ N. | 114°21′48″ W.

“b” 36°27′15″ N. | 114°21′20″ W.

“c” 36°26′32″ N. | 114°20′45″ W.

“d” 36°25′49″ N. | 114°20′50″ W.

“e” 36°25′00″ N. | 114°21′27″ W.

“f” 36°25′19″ N. | 114°22′10″ W.

(f) Echo Bay, Nev. That portion of Lake Mead inclosed by the shore and lines connecting the following points, excluding a 100-foot-wide fairway, extending southwesterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 36°18′30″ N. | 114°25′10″ W.

“b” 36°18′20″ N. | 114°24′00″ W.

“c” 36°17′35″ N. | 114°24′05″ W.

“d” 36°17′40″ N. | 114°24′27″ W.

(g) Callville Bay, Nev. That portion of Lake Mead inclosed by the shore and lines connecting the following points, excluding a 200-foot-wide fairway, extending southeasterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 36°09′00″ N. | 114°42′40″ W.

“b” 36°08′10″ N. | 114°42′03″ W.

“c” 36°08′06″ N. | 114°42′40″ W.

(h) Las Vegas Wash, Nev. That portion of Lake Mead inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 200-foot-wide fairway, extending easterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 36°07′23″ N. | 114°49′45″ W.

“b” 36°06′29″ N. | 114°49′45″ W.

(i) Hemenway Harbor, Nev. That portion of Lake Mead inclosed by the shore and lines connecting the following points, excluding a 100-foot-wide fairway, extending easterly from the launching ramp at Boulder Beach and a 600-foot-wide fairway, extending northeasterly from the launching ramp at Hemenway Harbor, both as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 36°04′05″ N. | 114°48′15″ W.

“b” 36°03′25″ N. | 114°48′10″ W.

“c” 36°01′20″ N. | 114°45′15″ W.

(j) Kingman Wash, Ariz. That portion of Lake Mead inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 100-foot-wide fairway, extending westerly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 36°02′34″ N. | 114°42′50″ W.

“b” 36°02′05″ N. | 114°43′05″ W.

(k) Temple Bar, Ariz. That portion of Lake Mead inclosed by the shore and lines connecting the following points, excluding a 200-foot-wide fairway, extending southwesterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 36°02′21″ N. | 114°19′29″ W.

“b” 36°02′34″ N. | 114°18′46″ W.

“c” 36°02′03″ N. | 114°18′13″ W.

(l) Greggs, Ariz. That portion of Lake Mead inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 100-foot-wide fairway, extending northerly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 36°00′35″ N. | 114°13′49″ W.

“b” 36°00′35″ N. | 114°14′10″ W.

(m) Pierce Ferry, Ariz. That portion of Lake Mead inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 100-foot-wide fairway, extending easterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 36°08′42″ N. | 113°59′24″ W.

“b” 36°07′18″ N. | 113°58′32″ W.

(n) South Bay, Ariz. That portion of Lake Mead inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding one 100-foot wide fairway, extending westerly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 36°06′26″ N. | 114°06′13″ W.

“b” 36°05′00″ N. | 114°06′50″ W.

“c” 36°05′00″ N. | 114°06′13″ W.

Note:

Fixed moorings, piles, or stakes are prohibited. Single and fore-and-aft temporary moorings will be allowed. The anchoring of vessels and the placing of temporary moorings will be under the jurisdiction and at the discretion of the Superintendent, Lake Mead Recreation Area, National Park Service.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGFR 69-36, 34 FR 6577, Apr. 17, 1969; CGD 79-045, 44 FR 60091, Oct. 18, 1979]

§ 110.127a Lake Powell, Utah-Arizona.

(a) Castel Butte, Utah. That portion of Lake Powell inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 300-foot-wide fairway extending in an east-west direction perpendicular to the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Glen Canyon National Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 37°43′45″ N. | 110°27′00″ W.

“b” 37°42′30″ N. | 110°27′57″ W.

(b) Bullfrog Basin, Utah. That portion of Lake Powell inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 300-foot-wide fairway, extending southeasterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Glen Canyon National Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 37°29′17″ N. | 110°42′28″ W.

“b” 37°28′44″ N. | 110°43′40″ W.

(c) Halls Crossing, Utah. That portion of Lake Powell inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 300-foot-wide fairway, extending northwesterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Glen Canyon National Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 37°28′24″ N. | 110°42′57″ W.

“b” 37°28′00″ N. | 110°43′21″ W.

“c” 37°27′46″ N. | 110°43′16″ W.

(d) Dangling Rope Canyon, Utah. That portion of Dangling Rope Canyon, Lake Powell, enclosed by the shoreline and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 200-foot-wide fairway, extending southerly from the marina, as established by the Superintendent, Glen Canyon National Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 37°06′48″ N. | 111°05′00″ W.

“b” 37°07′15″ N. | 111°05′03″ W.

“c” 37°07′19″ N. | 111°04′49″ W.

“d” 37°08′08″ N. | 111°04′00″ W.

“e” 37°07′30″ N. | 111°04′30″ W.

“f” 37°07′20″ N. | 111°04′15″ W.

(e) Wahweap, Arizona-Utah. That portion of Lake Powell inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 200-foot-wide fairway, extending northeasterly from the northerly launching ramp and a 300-foot-wide fairway, extending easterly from the southerly launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Glen Canyon National Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 37°00′21″ N. | 111°30′30″ W.

“b” 37°00′40″ N. | 111°30′00″ W.

“c” 36°59′10″ N. | 111°28′48″ W.

“d” 36°59′10″ N. | 111°29′24″ W.

Note:

Fixed moorings, piles, or stakes are prohibited. Single and fore-and-aft temporary moorings will be allowed. The anchoring of vessels and the placing of temporary moorings will be under the jurisdiction and at the discretion of the Superintendent, Glen Canyon National Recreation Area.

(f) Hite, Utah. That portion of Lake Powell enclosed by the shore and by lines connecting the following two sets of points, excluding a 200-foot-wide fairway extending westerly from the launching ramp on the far shore, as established by the Superintendent, Glen Canyon National Recreation area:

East Shore

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 37°51′40″ N. | 110°23′45″ W.

“b” 37°51′40″ N. | 110°24′05″ W.

“c” 37°52′30″ N. | 110°24′00″ W.

“d” 37°52′30″ N. | 110°23′35″ W.

North Wash

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 37°52′00″ N. | 110°24′45″ W.

“b” 37°52′40″ N. | 110°24′45″ W.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD 11-84-05, 49 FR 47603, Dec. 6, 1984]

§ 110.127b Flaming Gorge Lake, Wyoming-Utah.

(a) Buckboard Crossing, Wyo. That portion of Flaming Gorge Lake inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 150-foot-wide fairway, extending southeasterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Flaming Gorge National Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 41°14′50″ N. | 109°35′22″ W.

“b” 41°14′37″ N. | 109°35′12″ W.

(b) Squaw Hollow, Wyo. That portion of Flaming Gorge Lake inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 100-foot-wide fairway, extending southeasterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Flaming Gorge National Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 41°09′55″ N. | 109°33′18″ W.

“b” 41°09′48″ N. | 109°33′20″ W.

(c) Antelope Flat, Utah. That portion of Flaming Gorge Lake inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 150-foot-wide fairway, extending southeasterly from the launching ramp to a point beyond the floating breakwater and then westerly, as established by the Superintendent, Flaming Gorge National Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 40°57′46″ N. | 109°33′30″ W.

“b” 40°57′37″ N. | 109°33′37″ W.

(d) Lucerne Valley, Utah. That portion of Flaming Gorge Lake inclosed by the shore and a line connecting the following points, excluding a 300-foot-wide fairway extending southeasterly from the launching ramp, as established by the Superintendent, Flaming Gorge National Recreation Area:

Latitude | Longtitude

“a” 40°59′07″ N. | 109°34′54″ W.

“b” 40°58′54″ N. | 109°35′00″ W.

Note:

Fixed moorings, piles, or stakes are prohibited. Single and fore-and-aft temporary moorings will be allowed. The anchoring of vessels and the placing of temporary moorings will be under the jurisdiction and at the discretion of the Superintendent, Flaming Gorge National Recreation Area.

§ 110.127c Trinidad Bay, Calif.

The waters of Trinidad Bay, beginning at the southernmost point of Trinidad Head at latitude 41°03′04″ N., longitude 124°08′56″ W.; thence east to Prisoner Rock at latitude 41°03′09″ N., longitude 124°08′37″ W.; thence east to latitude 41°03′09″ N., longitude 124°08′19″ W., thence north to latitude 41°03′26″ N., longitude 124°08′21″ W.; thence following the shoreline to Trinidad Bay in a westerly and southerly direction to the point of beginning.

Note:

The area will be principally for use by sport and commercial fishing vessels. Temporary floats and buoys for anchoring will be allowed in the area. Fixed moorings, piles or stakes are prohibited. All moorings shall be placed so that no vessel when anchored or moored shall at any time extend beyond the limits of the area. The anchoring of all vessels and placing of all moorings will be under the supervision of the City of Trinidad or such other authority as may be designated by the City Council of the City of Trinidad, California.

[CGD 76-105, 42 FR 37811, July 25, 1977, as amended by CGD12 86-06, 51 FR 10198, Mar. 25, 1986]

§ 110.128 Columbia River at Portland, Oreg.

The waters of the Columbia River between Sand Island and Government Island, bounded on the west by pile dike U.S. 5.75 and a line extending true north from the northerly end of the dike to the south shore of Sand Island and bounded on the east by a line bearing 339°15′ true, from a point on Government Island at latitude 45°35′10″, longitude 122°32′41″, to the southerly shore of Sand Island.

§ 110.129 Island of Hawaii, Hawaii.

(a) Hilo Bay. The waters of Hilo Bay enclosed by a line beginning at 19°43′55.5″ N. latitude, 155°03′30″ W. longitude; thence to 19°44′08″ N. latitude, 155°04′19″ W. longitude; thence to 19°43′51″ N. latitude, 155°04′30″ W. longitude; thence to 19°44′10″ N. latitude, 155°05′29″ W. longitude; thence along the shoreline to the beginning point. (Datum: OHD)

(b) Kuhio Bay. The waters of Kuhio Bay enclosed by a line beginning at 19°44′13″ N. latitude, 155°03′25″ W. longitude; thence to 19°44′15″ N. latitude, 155°03′25″ W. longitude; thence along the shoreline to the beginning point. (Datum: OHD)

[CGD 76-186, 42 FR 62001, Dec. 8, 1977, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33663, June 28, 1996. Redesignated by USCG-2018-0533, 85 FR 8173, Feb. 13, 2020]

§ 110.129a Island of Kauai, Hawaii.

(a) Nawiliwili Bay. The waters of Nawiliwili Bay enclosed by a line beginning at 21°57′12.5″ N. latitude, 159°21′38″ W. longitude; thence to 21°57′26″ N. latitude, 159°21′39.5″ W. longitude; thence along the shoreline to the beginning point. (Datum: OHD)

(b) [Reserved]

[CGD 76-186, 42 FR 62001, Dec. 8, 1977, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33663, June 28, 1996. Redesignated by USCG-2018-0533, 85 FR 8173, Feb. 13, 2020]

§ 110.129b Island of Oahu, Hawaii. (Datum: OHD)

(a) Kaneohe Bay. (1) The waters of Kaneohe Bay enclosed by a line beginning at 21°26′28″ N. latitude, 157°46′00″ W. longitude; thence to 21°26′00″ N. latitude, 157°46′14″ W. longitude; thence to 21°26′20″ N. latitude, 157°47′24″ W. longitude; thence to 21°27′00″ N. latitude, 157°48′25″ W. longitude; thence to 21°26′46″ N. latitude, 157°48′37″ W. longitude; thence along the shoreline to the beginning point.

(b) Kaneohe Bay (2). The waters of Kaneohe Bay enclosed by a line beginning at 21°27′28″ N. latitude, 157°49′08″ W. longitude; thence to 21°28′10″ N. latitude, 157°50′03″ W. longitude; thence to 21°29′10″ N. latitude, 157°50′40″ W. longitude; thence to 21°30′46″ N. latitude, 157°50′14″ W. longitude; thence along the shoreline to the beginning point.

(c) Keehi Lagoon. The waters of Keehi Lagoon bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

21°19′35.0″ N | 157°54′06.0″ W

21°19′37.7″ N | 157°53′58.0″ W

21°19′06.4″ N | 157°53′41.9″ W

21°19′00.8″ N | 157°53′44.1″ W

21°18′59.9″ N | 157°53′49.7″ W

21°19′04.9″ N | 157°53′50.0″ W

and thence to the point of beginning.

(d) Sans Souci Beach. The waters of Sans Souci Beach enclosed by a line beginning at 21°15′49″ N. latitude, 157°49′31″ W. longitude; thence to 21°15′49.2″ N. latitude, 157°49′29″ W. longitude; thence to 21°15′56.2″ N. latitude, 157°49′31″ W. longitude; thence to 21°15′56″ N. latitude, 157°49′33″ W. longitude; thence to the beginning point.

(e) Iroquois Point Lagoon. The waters of Iroquois Point Lagoon enclosed by a line beginning at 21°19′53″ N. latitude, 157°58′30″ W. longitude; thence to 21°19′56″ N. latitude, 157°58′31″ W. longitude; thence along the shoreline to the beginning point.

(f) Hickam AFB Marina (1)a. The waters of Hickam AFB Marina enclosed by a line beginning at 21°19′13″ N. latitude, 157°57′40″ W. longitude; thence to 21°18′45″ N. latitude, 157°57′40″ W. longitude; thence to 21°18′45″ N. latitude, 157°57′28.5″ W. longitude; thence to 21°19′10″ N. latitude, 157°57′28.5″ W. longitude; thence along the shoreline to the beginning point.

(g) Hickam AFB Marina (2). The waters of Hickam AFB Marina enclosed by a line beginning at 21°19′11″ N. latitude, 157°57′10″ W. longitude; thence to 21°18′46.2″ N. latitude, 157°57′20″ W. longitude; thence to 21°18′46.2″ N. latitude, 157°57′05.2″ W. longitude; thence along the shoreline to the beginning point.

(h) Aiea Bay. The waters of Aiea Bay enclosed by a line beginning at 21°22′20″ N. latitude, 157°56′30″ W. longitude; thence to 21°22′27″ N. latitude, 157°56′40.5″ W. longitude; thence to 21°22′30″ N. latitude, 157°56′40.5″ W. longitude; thence to 21°22′37″ N. latitude, 157°56′22.5″ W. longitude; thence to 21°22′37″ N. latitude, 157°56′19″ W. longitude; thence along the shoreline to the beginning point.

[CGD 76-186, 42 FR 62001, Dec. 8, 1977, as amended at 43 FR 21881, May 22, 1978; CGD14-90-01, 56 FR 13762, Apr. 4, 1991. Redesignated by USCG-2018-0533, 85 FR 8173, Feb. 13, 2020]

§ 110.129c Apra Harbor, Guam. (Datum: WGS 84)

(a) The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

13°27′45.5″ N | 144°39′34.8″ E

13°27′32.0″ N | 144°39′36.3″ E

and thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(b) The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

13°26′53.6″ N | 144°40′03.8″ E

13°27′04.0″ N | 144°40′04.8″ E

13°27′04.0″ N | 144°40′09.8″ E

13°27′10.0″ N | 144°40′09.8″ E

13°27′10.0″ N | 144°40′23.8″ E

13°26′51.0″ N | 144°40′23.8″ E

13°26′51.0″ N | 144°40′06.0″ E

and thence to the point of beginning.

[CGD14-89-01, 55 FR 27465, July 3, 1990. Redesignated by USCG-2018-0533, 85 FR 8173, Feb. 13, 2020]

§ 110.130 Bar Harbor, Maine.

(a) Anchorage grounds. (1) Anchorage “A” is that portion of Frenchman Bay, Bar Harbor, ME enclosed by a rhumb line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

44°23′43″ N | 068°12′00″ W; thence to

44°23′52″ N | 068°11′22″ W; thence to

44°23′23″ N | 068°10′59″ W; thence to

44°23′05″ N | 068°11′32″ W; returning to start.

(2) Anchorage “B” is that portion of Frenchman Bay, Bar Harbor, ME enclosed by a rhumb line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

44°24′33″ N | 068°13′09″ W; thence to

44°24′42″ N | 068°11′47″ W; thence to copied

44°24′11″ N | 068°11′41″ W; thence to

44°24′02″ N | 068°13′03″ W; returning to start.

(b) Regulations. (1) Anchorage A is a general anchorage ground reserved for passenger vessels, small commercial vessels and pleasure craft. Anchorage B is a general anchorage ground reserved primarily for passenger vessels 200 feet and greater.

(2) These anchorage grounds are authorized for use year round.

(3) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors will be allowed in all anchorage areas.

(4) Fixed moorings, piles or stakes are prohibited.

(5) Any vessels anchored in this area shall be capable of moving and when ordered to move by the Captain of the Port shall do so with reasonable promptness.

(6) The anchoring of vessels is under the coordination of the local Harbormaster.

[CGD-01-02-027, 67 FR 68518, Nov. 12, 2002]

§ 110.131 Sheepscot River in the vicinity of Edgecomb, Maine.

(a) Anchorage grounds. All of the waters enclosed by a line starting from a point located at the southwestern end of Davis Island at latitude 43°59.655′ N., longitude 69°39.617′ W.; thence to latitude 43°59.687′ N., longitude 69°39.691′ W.; thence to latitude 43°59.847′ N., longitude 69°39.743′ W.; thence to latitude 43°59.879′ N., longitude 69°39.559′ W.; thence to latitude 43°59.856′ N., longitude 69°39.488′ W.; thence to latitude 43°59.771′ N., longitude 69°39.585′ W.; thence to the point of beginning. DATUM: NAD 83

(b) Regulations. (1) This anchorage is reserved for vessels of all types, with drafts of 3 to 12 feet.

(2) These anchorage grounds are authorized for use from May through October.

(3) Vessels are limited to a maximum stay of 1 week.

(4) Fixed moorings, piles or stakes are prohibited.

(5) Vessels must not anchor so as to obstruct the passage of other vessels proceeding to or from other anchorage spaces.

(6) Anchors must not be placed in the channel and no portion of the hull or rigging of any anchored vessel shall extend outside the limits of the anchorage area.

(7) The anchorage of vessels is under the coordination of the local Harbormaster.

[CGD01-07-011, 72 FR 70514, Dec. 12, 2007]

§ 110.132 Rockland Harbor, Maine.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Anchorage A. Beginning at a point bearing 158°, 1,075 yards, from Rockland Breakwater Light; thence 252°, 2,020 yards, to a point bearing 224° from Rockland Breakwater Light; thence 345°, 740 yards, to a point bearing 242° from Rockland Breakwater Light; thence 72°, 1,300 yards, to a point bearing 222° from Rockland Breakwater Light; and thence 120°, 1,000 yards, to the point of beginning.

(2) Anchorage B. Beginning at a point bearing 273°, 400 yards, from Rockland Breakwater Light; thence 273°, 700 yards, to a point bearing 273° from Rockland Breakwater Light; thence 349°, 850 yards, to a point bearing 305° from Rockland Breakwater Light; thence 89°, 700 yards, to a point bearing 328° from Rockland Breakwater Light; and thence 169°, 900 yards, to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. (1) Anchorages A and B are general anchorage grounds reserved for merchant vessels, commercial vessels or passenger vessels over 65 feet in length. Fixed moorings, piles or stakes are prohibited.

(2) A distance of approximately 500 yards shall be left between Anchorages A and B for vessels entering or departing from the Port of Rockland. A distance of approximately 100 yards shall be left between Anchorage A and the Special Anchorage Area for vessels entering or departing facilities in the vicinity of Atlantic Point. Any vessel anchored in these anchorages shall be capable of moving and when ordered to move by the Captain of the Port shall do so with reasonable promptness.

(3) All other vessels within the Rockland Harbor area are prohibited from anchoring within 300 yards or operating within 100 feet of any navy yard, shipbuilding plant, power plant, oil terminal, marine terminal, munitions plant, military or naval arsenal or depot, warehouse, or freight pier without permission from the Captain of the Port, Rockland, Maine, or his authorized representative.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967. Redesignated by CGD-01-02-027, 67 FR 68518, Nov. 12, 2002; CGD-01-02-129, 68 FR 44888, July 31, 2003]

§ 110.133 Kennebec River in vicinity of Bath, Maine.

(a) The anchorage grounds. Vessels may anchor only within the following limits:

(1) Northward of a line bearing 54° true and extending from a point on Passmore's wharf in prolongation with the north side of Commerce Street, Bath, Maine, to a point on the shore in Woolwich, approximately 1,200 feet north of the Maine Central Railroad wharf.

(2) Southward of a line drawn from the derrick on the Bath Iron Works wharf to Sassanoa Point in Woolwich.

(b) The regulations. (1) Vessels in the north anchorage shall be so anchored as to leave a clear fairway of 150 feet channelward of the established harbor lines at Bath, and a clear fairway 200 feet from the east or Woolwich shore, for the passage of steamers, tows, rafts, and other watercraft.

(2) The launching of vessels into the waters between the anchorages or the bringing up of such vessels by their anchors will be permitted: Provided, That the vessels so launched shall be removed therefrom within 12 hours from the time of anchorage.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967. Redesignated by CGD-01-02-027, 67 FR 68518, Nov. 12, 2002]

§ 110.134 Portland Harbor, Maine.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Anchorage A (general). Beginning at latitude 43°39′37″ N, longitude 070°14′35″ W; thence approximately 090° for 1550 yards to Fort Gorges Island Ledge Buoy 4; thence 350° for 300 yards; thence 025° for 780 yards; thence 303° for 750 yards; thence 254° for 560 yards; thence 186° for 750 yards and thence to the point of beginning.

(2) Anchorage B (general—primarily intended for deep draft vessels). Beginning at Fort Gorges Island Ledge Buoy 4; thence 062° to Little Diamond Island; thence along the southwestern shore to the pier on the southern end of Little Diamond Island; 133° for 1200 yards; 270° to House Island Light; thence along the western shore of House Island to Fort Scammel Point Light; thence 325° for 1700 yards to the point of beginning.

(3) Anchorage C. Bounded on the northwest by House Island; on the north by a line running 90° from House Island Light to Peak Island; on the east by the western shore of Peak Island, by a line running 198° from the westernmost point on Peak Island to Cushing Island, and by the shore of Cushing Island to its westernmost point; and on the southwest by a line running from the westernmost point on Cushing Island to Fort Scammel Point Light.

(b) The regulations. (1) Anchorage B is intended for general purposes, but especially for use by oil tankers and other large deep-draft ships entering harbor at night and intending to proceed to the dock allotted at daylight the following morning or as soon as practicable. This area is also to be used for quarantine anchorage. Vessels must be so anchored in this area as to leave at all times an open usable channel at least 100 feet wide for passage of ferry and other boats between Portland, Peak Island, and Bay Points. Any vessels anchored in this area shall be ready to move on short notice when ordered to do so by the Captain of the Port.

(2) Anchorage C is intended for use only by small vessels and for temporary anchorage.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD 83-1R, 48 FR 56578, Dec. 22, 1983. Redesignated by CGD-01-02-027, 67 FR 68518, Nov. 12, 2002]

§ 110.136 Lake Champlain, NY and VT.

(a) Burlington Harbor, Vt. (1) The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

44°28′26.9″ N | 73°13′31.9″ W

44°28′26.4″ N | 73°13′25.6″ W

44°28′22.0″ N | 73°13′24.6″ W

44°28′12.0″ N | 73°13′32.5″ W

and thence along the breakwater to the point of the beginning. These positions have been converted to North American Datum 83.

(2) No vessel greater than 35 feet in length may use this anchorage and no vessel may remain at anchor longer than 7 days in any period unless specifically permitted to do so by the City of Burlington, Harbormaster.

(b) [Reserved]

[CGD1-90-064, 56 FR 12120, Mar. 22, 1991. Redesignated by CGD-01-02-027, 67 FR 68518, Nov. 12, 2002]

§ 110.138 Boston Harbor, Mass.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Bird Island Anchorage. Beginning at a point bearing 93°, 1,400 yards, from the aerial beacon on top of the Boston Custom House tower; thence to a point bearing 81°, 1,600 yards, from the aerial beacon on top of the Boston Custom House tower; thence to a point bearing 102°, 3,100 yards, from the aerial beacon on top of the Boston Custom House tower; thence to a point bearing 109°, 3,050 yards, from the aerial beacon on top of the Boston Custom House tower; and thence to the point of beginning.

(2) President Roads Anchorage—(i) 40-foot anchorage. Beginning at a point bearing 237°, 522 yards from Deer Island Light; thence to a point bearing 254°, 2,280 yards from Deer Island Light; thence to a point bearing 261°, 2,290 yards from Deer Island Light; thence to a point bearing 278°, 2,438 yards from Deer Island Light; thence to a point bearing 319°, 933 yards from Deer Island Light; thence to a point bearing 319°, 666 yards from Deer Island Light; and thence to point of beginning.

(ii) 35-foot anchorage. Beginning at a point bearing 256°, 2,603 yards from Deer Island Light; thence to a point bearing 258°30′, 3,315 yards from Deer Island Light; thence to a point bearing 264°, 3,967 yards from Deer Island Light; thence to a point bearing 261°, 2,290 yards from Deer Island Light; and thence to point of beginning.

(3) Long Island Anchorage. East of Long Island, bounded as follows: Beginning at the southwesternmost point of Gallups Island; thence 270° to Long Island; thence southerly along the eastern shore line of Long Island to Bass Point; thence to the northernmost point of Rainsford Island; thence to Georges Island Gong Buoy 6; and thence to the point of beginning.

(4) Castle Island Anchorage. Bounded on the north by Castle Island and adjacent land; on the east by a line between Castle Rocks Fog Signal Light and Old Harbor Shoal Buoy 2; on the southeast by a line between Old Harbor Shoal Buoy 2 and Old Harbor Buoy 4; and on the west by a line running due north from Old Harbor Buoy 4 to the shore line at City Point.

(5) Explosives anchorage. In the lower harbor, bounded on the northeast by a line between the northeast end of Peddocks Island and the northeast end of Rainsford Island; on the northwest by Rainsford Island; on the southwest by a line between the western extremity of Rainsford Island and the westernmost point of Peddocks Island; and on the southeast by Peddocks Island.

(b) The regulations. (1) The Captain of the Port may authorize the use of the President Roads Anchorage as an explosives anchorage when he finds that the interests of commerce will be promoted and that safety will not be prejudiced thereby. Vessels anchored in this area shall move promptly upon notification by the Captain of the Port.

(2) In the Long Island Anchorage vessels shall anchor in the position designated by the Captain of the Port.

(3) Floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in all areas. Fixed mooring piles or stakes are prohibited.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967. Redesignated by CGD-01-02-027, 67 FR 68518, Nov. 12, 2002]

§ 110.140 Buzzards Bay, Nantucket Sound, and adjacent waters, Mass.

(a) New Bedford Outer Harbor—(1) Anchorage A. West of Sconticut Neck, and shoreward of a line described as follows: Beginning at a point 100 yards southwest of Fort Phoenix Point; thence 154° along a line which passes 100 yards east of New Bedford Channel Buoys 8, 6, and 4, to a point bearing approximately 130°, 225 yards, from New Bedford Channel Buoy 4; thence 87°, 340 yards; thence 156° along a line approximately one mile to its intersection with a line ranging 87° from the cupola on Clarks Point; thence 87° to Sconticut Neck.

(2) Anchorage B. All waters bounded by a line beginning at 41°36′42.3″ N, 070°54′24.9″ W; thence to 41°36′55.5″ N, 070°54′06.6″ W; thence to 41°36′13.6″ N, 070°53′40.2″ W; thence to 41°36′11.1″ N, 070°54′07.6″ W; thence along the shoreline to the beginning point.

(b) Buzzards Bay near entrance to approach channel to Cape Cod Canal—(1) Anchorage C. West of a line parallel to and 850 feet westward from the centerline of Cleveland Ledge Channel; north of a line bearing 129° from the tower on Bird Island; east of a line bearing 25°30′ and passing through Bird Island Reef Bell Buoy 13; and south of a line bearing 270° from Wings Neck Light. Each vessel must obtain permission to proceed to Anchorage C from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Cape Cod Canal Control traffic controller.

(2) Anchorage D. Beginning at a point bearing 185°, 1,200 yards, from Hog Island Channel 4 Light; thence 129° to a point bearing 209°, approximately 733 yards, from Wings Neck Light; thence 209° to Southwest Ledge Buoy 10; thence 199° along a line to its intersection with a line bearing 129° from the tower on Bird Island; thence 309° to a point 850 feet easterly, right angle distance, from the centerline of Cleveland Ledge Channel; thence northeasterly along a line parallel to and 850 feet eastward from the centerline of Cleveland Ledge Channel to its intersection with a line bearing 218° 30′ from the point of beginning; thence 38°30′ to the point of beginning. Each vessel must obtain permission to proceed to Anchorage D from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Cape Cod Canal Control traffic controller.

(3) Anchorage L. The area of water bounded by lines connecting the following points: 41°30′11″ N, 070°48′10″ W to 41°30′46″ N, 070°48′45″ W, to 41°32′24″ N, 070°45′50″ W to 41°31′48″ N, 070°45′15″ W and thence to start.

(4) Anchorage M—(west side). The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points: 41-35-35N/70-44-47W to 41-36-24N/70-45-53W to 41-35-00N/70-47-53W to 41-34-12N/70-46-47W and thence to the beginning

(5) Each vessel that anchors in these anchorages must notify the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Cape Cod Canal Control traffic controller when it anchors, and provide the vessel's name, length, draft, cargo, and its position.

(6) Each vessel anchored in these anchorages must notify U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Cape Cod Canal Control traffic controller when it weighs anchor.

(7) No vessel may anchor unless it maintains a bridge watch, guards and answers Channel 16 FM, and maintains an accurate position plot.

(8) No vessel may anchor unless it maintains the capability to get underway within 30 minutes; except with prior approval of the Coast Guard Captain of the Port Southeastern New England.

(9) No vessel may anchor in a “dead ship” status (propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) without the prior approval of the Coast Guard Captain of the Port Southeastern New England.

(10) No vessel may conduct lightering operations within these anchorages.

(c) Vineyard and Nantucket Sounds—(1) Anchorage E. South of a line beginning at a point bearing 180° about 3.25 miles from Cuttyhunk Light; thence 65° to a point bearing 180°, 0.625 mile from Nashawena Lighted Whistle Buoy; thence 57°30′ passing 600 yards northerly of Middle Ground Lighted Bell Buoy 25A, to a point bearing 145°, 1.25 miles from Nobska Point Light; southwest of a line ranging 113° through West Chop Buoy 25 to East Chop Flats Bell Buoy 23; and west of a line bearing 163° between East Chop Flats Bell Buoy 23 and Lone Rock Buoy 1; and northerly of a line bearing 269° between Lone Rock Buoy 1 and a point on the mainland at Oak Bluffs about 0.30 mile southerly of Oak Bluffs Wharf.

(2) Anchorage F. Southeast of the Elizabeth Islands, north of a line ranging 97°30′ from Cuttyhunk Light toward Nashawena Lighted Whistle Buoy to a point 0.375 mile from that buoy; northwest of a line bearing 57°30′ from the last-named point to a point opposite the entrance to Woods Hole; and southwest of a line from the shore of Nonamesset Island bearing 114° and ranging through West Chop Light and East Chop Light.

(3) Anchorage G. South of a line beginning at a point on the mainland at Oak Bluffs about 0.30 mile southerly of Oak Bluffs Wharf bearing 89° to Lone Rock Buoy 1; thence 113° from Lone Rock Buoy 1 to Outer Flats Bell Buoy 17; thence 86° to Cross Rip Lightship; thence 118°30′ to Tuckernuck Shoal Bell Buoy 7; thence ranging 149° toward Brant Point Light to the breakwater at Brant Point.

(4) Anchorage H. In the vicinity of Squash Meadow shoal, east of a line ranging 163° through Squash Meadow West End Buoy 21; north of lines parallel to and 0.5 mile northerly from lines joining Lone Rock Buoy 1, Outer Flats Bell Buoy 17, and Cross Rip Lightship; and south of a line ranging 97° from East Chop Light toward Cross Rip Lightship.

(5) Anchorage I. Northerly of a line ranging 109° from Nobska Point Light toward Hedge Fence Lighted Horn and Gong Buoy 16, and of a line ranging 97°30′ through Hedge Fence East End Buoy to Halfmoon Shoal Lighted Bell Buoy 12, thence 73° to Handkerchief Shoal Buoy 16, and thence to the westernmost point of Monomoy Island.

(6) Anchorage J. East of a line bearing 329°, parallel to and 0.875 mile northeasterly of a line running from Brant Point Light through Tuckernuck Shoal Bell Buoy 7, from Coatue Beach to a point 1.25 miles southeasterly from a line between Halfmoon Shoal Lighted Bell Buoy 12 and Handkerchief Shoal Buoy 16; thence 73°, parallel to and 1.25 miles southeasterly from a line running from Halfmoon Shoal Lighted Bell Buoy 12 through Handkerchief Shoal Buoy 16, to a point bearing 215° from Stone Horse North End Lighted Bell Buoy 9; thence 35° to Stone Horse North End Lighted Bell Buoy 9; thence 70° to a point bearing 207° from Pollock Rip Lightship; and thence 27° through, and to a point 5.0 miles northeasterly from, Pollock Rip Lightship.

(7) Anchorage K. North of a line tangent to the southeasterly edge of Monomoy Point and extending to Bearse Shoal North End Buoy 2A and west of a line bearing 7° from Bearse Shoal North End Buoy 2A to Chatham Bar Buoy 2.

(d) The regulations. (1) Floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in all areas. Fixed mooring piles or stakes are prohibited.

(2) Except in cases of great emergency, no vessels shall be anchored in New Bedford Outer Harbor, Buzzards Bay near the entrance to the approach channel to Cape Cod Canal, or Vineyard and Nantucket Sounds, outside of the anchorage areas defined in paragraphs (a) to (c) of this section.

(3) Anchors must not be placed outside the anchorage areas, nor shall any vessel be so anchored that any portion of the hull or rigging will at any time extend outside the boundaries of the anchorage area.

(4) Any vessel anchoring under the circumstances of great emergency outside any anchorage area must be placed near the edge of the channel and in such position as not to interfere with the free navigation of the channel, nor obstruct the approach to any pier nor impede the movement of any boat, and shall move away immediately after the emergency ceases or upon notification by an officer of the Coast Guard.

(5) A vessel upon being notified to move into the anchorage limits or to shift its position in anchorage grounds must get under way at once or signal for a tug, and must change position as directed with reasonable promptness.

(6) Whenever the maritime or commercial interests of the United States so require, any officer of the Coast Guard is hereby empowered to shift the position of any vessel anchored within the anchorage areas, of any vessel anchored outside the anchorage areas, and of any vessel which is so moored or anchored as to impede or obstruct vessel movements in any channel.

(7) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the owner or person in charge of any vessel from the penalties of the law for obstructing navigation or for obstructing or interfering with range lights, or for not complying with the navigation laws in regard to lights, fog signals, or for otherwise violating the law.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD1 90-125, 56 FR 22644, May 16, 1991; 56 FR 40360, Aug. 14, 1991; CGD01-04-004, 70 FR 2355, Jan. 13, 2005; USCG-2006-25556, 72 FR 36327, July 2, 2007; USCG-2010-1119, 76 FR 35744, June 20, 2011]

§ 110.142 Nantucket Harbor, Mass.

(a) The anchorage grounds. In the Nantucket Harbor, beginning at a point 210 yards, 90°, from Brant Point Light; thence easterly to latitude 41°17′23″, longitude 70°05′14.5″; thence southerly to latitude 41°17′03″, longitude 70°05′14.5″; thence southwesterly to latitude 41°16′54″, longitude 70°05′23″; thence northwesterly to latitude 41°16′55″, longitude 70°05′31″; thence northeasterly to latitude 41°17′07.5″, longitude 70°05′27″; thence northeasterly to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. The anchorage is for the use of commercial and pleasure craft. Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed. Fixed mooring piles or stakes are prohibited. The anchoring of vessels including the placing of anchors and moorings is subject to the supervision and approval of the local harbor master.

§ 110.145 Narragansett Bay, R.I.

(a) East Passage—(1) Anchorage A. East of Conanicut Island, beginning at the easterly extremity of the Dumplings; extending 9° to a point at latitude 41°29′28″, longitude 71°21′05.5″; thence 356° for 5,350 feet; thence 24° for 5,700 feet; thence 12° for 1,100 feet; thence 311°30′ for 2,300 feet; thence 351° for 5,350 feet; thence 270° for 3,200 feet to the easterly side of Conanicut Island; thence generally along the easterly side of the island to a point on the easterly side of the island due west of the Dumplings; and thence due east to the point of beginning; excluding the approach of the Jamestown Ferry, a zone 900 feet wide to the southward of a line ranging 103° from a point, 300 feet north of the existing ferry landing toward the spire of Trinity Church, Newport.

(i) That portion of the area to the northward of the approach of the Jamestown Ferry shall be restricted for the anchorage of vessels of the U.S. Navy. In that portion of the area to the southward of the approach of the Jamestown Ferry, the requirements of the Navy shall predominate.

(ii) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place shall be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(2) Anchorage B. Off the west shore of Aquidneck Island to north of Coggeshall Point, northerly of a line ranging 075° from a point on the easterly end of Gould Island, latitude 41°32′13″, longitude 71°20′40.5″, toward the shore of Aquidneck Island; east of a line ranging 019° from the easternmost of the Dumplings to latitude 41°36′16″, longitude 71°17′48″; thence northeast to latitude 41°36′53″, longitude 71°17′07.5″; thence east to latitude 41°36′53″, longitude 71°16′40″; thence southwesterly to latitude 41°35′54″, longitude 71°17′17.5″; thence southeasterly to the shore at the easterly end of the north boundary of the cable area in the vicinity of Coggeshall Point; excluding the cable area in the vicinity of Coggeshall Point.

(i) Anchorage B-1. Off the southerly end of Prudence Island beginning at a point at latitude 41°34′08.9″, longitude 71°19′25.8″; thence 19° for 1,900 feet; thence 289° for 1,900 feet; thence 199° for 1,900 feet; thence 109° for 1,900 feet to the point of beginning.

(a) In this area the requirements of the Navy shall predominate.

(b) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(ii) [Reserved]

(3) Anchorage C.

(i) [Reserved]

(ii) West of Coasters Harbor Island, west of a line bearing 351° from Tracey Ledge Buoy 5 through Seventeen-foot Spot Buoy northeast of Gull Rocks; south of a line bearing 292° from the cupola at the Naval War College; east of a line ranging 19° from the easternmost of The Dumplings toward Dyer Island North Point Shoal Lighted Bell Buoy 12A; and north of latitude 41°30′22″ which parallel passes through a point 230 yards north of Rose Island Shoal Northeast End Buoy 8.

(iii) In this area the requirements of the Navy shall predominate.

(iv) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(4) Anchorage D. West of Goat Island, an area bounded by the following coordinates:

Northeast Corner: 41°29.484′ N, 071°19.975′ W

Northwest Corner: 41°29.484′ N, 071°20.578′ W

Southwest Corner: 41°29.005′ N, 071°20.578′ W

Southeast Corner: 41°29.005′ N, 071°19.975′ W

(i) In this area the requirements of the Navy shall predominate from May 1 to October 1, subject at all times to such adjustments as may be necessary to accommodate all classes of vessels which may require anchorage room.

(ii) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(iii) Should any part of an anchored vessel extend into the recommended vessel route in the East Passage of Narragansett Bay, a securite call notifying mariners of the vessel's exact position and status shall be made at least hourly on VHF channels 13 and 16.

(iv) As much as practicable vessels anchoring will do so in the following order:

(A) Primary anchoring point: 41°29.25′ N, 071°20.15′ W

(B) Secondary anchoring point: 41°29.38′ N, 071°20.45′ W

(C) Tertiary anchoring point: 41°29.15′ N, 071°20.50′ W

Note to paragraph (a):

“Anchoring point” is the intended position of the anchor at rest on the bottom of the anchorage. All coordinates referenced use datum: NAD 83.

(5) Anchorage E. South of Coasters Harbor Island, east of a line bearing 341° from the outer end of Briggs Wharf to the southwestern shore of Coasters Harbor Island near the War College Building; and north of a line ranging 265° from the flagstaff at Fort Greene toward Rose Island Light.

(i) In this area the requirements of the naval service will predominate from May 1 to October 1, but will at all times be subject to such adjustment as may be necessary to accommodate all classes of vessels that may require anchorage room.

(ii) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(b) West Passage—(1) Anchorage H. North of a line 1,000 yards long bearing 88° from Bonnet Point; west of a line bearing 3° from the eastern end of the last-described line; and south of a line ranging 302° through a point 200 yards south of the Kearny wharf toward the church spire at South Ferry, Boston Neck.

(i) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(2) Anchorage I. North of a line 1,000 yards long bearing 88° from Bonnet Point to the shore at Austin Hollow; east of a line bearing 183° from Dutch Island Light; and south of a line ranging 302° through a point 200 yards south of the Kearny wharf toward the church spire at South Ferry, Boston Neck.

(i) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(3) Anchorage J. At Saunderstown, south of a line ranging 110° from the south side of the ferry wharf toward the cable crossing sign on Dutch Island; west of a line ranging 192° from Plum Beach Shoal Buoy 1 PB toward the east shore of The Bonnet; and north of a line from the shore ranging 108° toward Dutch Island Light and the north end of the wharf at Beaver Head.

(i) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(4) Anchorage K. In the central and southern portion of Dutch Island Harbor, north of a line ranging 106° from Beaver Head Point Shoal Buoy 2 toward the Jamestown standpipe; east of a line ranging 14° from Beaver Head Point Shoal Buoy 2 toward the inshore end of the engineer wharf, Dutch Island; southeast of a line ranging 50° from Dutch Island Light toward the windmill north of Jamestown; and south of a line parallel to and 100 yards southwesterly from a line ranging 132° from the engineer wharf, Dutch Island, and the west ferry wharf, Jamestown.

(i) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(5) Anchorage L. North of a line ranging 101° from a point on shore 300 yards northerly of the Saunderstown ferry wharf toward the entrance to Round Swamp, Conanicut Island; west of a line bearing 15° parallel to and 1,000 feet westerly from a line joining the western point of Dutch Island and Twenty-three Foot Rock Buoy 4, and a line ranging 6° from Dutch Island Light toward Warwick Light; and south of a line ranging 290° from Sand Point, Conanicut Island, to Wickford Harbor Light, and a line bearing 226° from Wickford Harbor Light to Poplar Point tower.

(i) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(6) Anchorage M. East and north of Dutch Island, northeast of a line ranging 316° from the inshore end of the west ferry wharf, Jamestown, toward the north end of Dutch Island to a point bearing 88°, 200 yards, from the engineer wharf, Dutch Island, thence ranging 3° toward the shore of Conanicut Island at Slocum Ledge; north of a line 200 yards off the Dutch Island shore ranging 281° from the entrance to Round Swamp toward a point on shore 300 yards northerly from the Saunderstown ferry wharf; east of a line ranging 15° from the western point of Dutch Island to Twenty-three Foot Rock Buoy 4; and south of a line bearing 77° from Twenty-three Foot Rock Buoy 4 to the shore.

(i) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(7) Anchorage N. West of the north end of Conanicut Island, south of a line bearing 262° from Conanicut Island Light; east of a line bearing 8° from Twenty-three Foot Rock Buoy 4; and north of a line ranging 290° from Sand Point toward Wickford Harbor Light.

(i) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(c) Bristol Harbor—(1) Anchorage O. South of the south line of Franklin Street extended westerly; west of a line bearing 164°30′ parallel to and 400 feet westerly from the State harbor line between Franklin and Constitution Streets, and of a line ranging 244° from a point on the north line of Constitution Street extended 400 feet beyond the State harbor line toward Usher Rock Buoy 3; and north of the north line of Union Street extended to the Popasquash Neck shore.

(i) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(d) The regulations. (1) Except in cases of great emergency, no vessel shall be anchored in the entrances to Narragansett Bay, in Newport Harbor, or in Bristol Harbor, outside of the anchorage areas defined in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this section.

(2) Anchors must not be placed outside the anchorage areas, nor shall any vessel be so anchored that any portion of the hull or rigging shall at any time extend outside the boundaries of the anchorage area. However, Anchorage D (paragraph (a)(4) of this section) is exempt from this requirement.

(3) Any vessel anchoring under the circumstances of great emergency outside the anchorage areas must be placed near the edge of the channel and in such position as not to interfere with the free navigation of the channel, nor obstruct the approach to any pier, nor impede the movement of any boat, and shall move away immediately after the emergency ceases, or upon notification by an officer of the Coast Guard.

(4) A vessel upon being notified to move into the anchorage limits or to shift its position on anchorage grounds must get under way at once or signal for a tug, and must change position as directed with reasonable promptness.

(5) Whenever the maritime or commercial interests of the United States so require, any officer of the Coast Guard is hereby empowered to shift the position of any vessel anchored within the anchorage areas, of any vessel anchored outside the anchorage areas, and of any vessel which is so moored or anchored as to impede or obstruct vessel movements in any channel.

(6) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the owner or person in charge of any vessel from the penalties of the law for obstructing navigation or for obstructing or interfering with range lights, or for not complying with the navigation laws in regard to lights, fog signals, or for otherwise violating the law.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 110.145, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 110.146 Long Island Sound.

(a) Anchorage grounds—

(1) Bridgeport Anchorage Ground. That portion of Long Island Sound enclosed by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

41°04′52″ N | 73°14′04″ W; thence to

41°03′45″ N | 73°14′04″ W; thence to

41°03′45″ N | 73°11′39″ W; thence to

41°02′50″ N | 73°12′08″ W; thence to

41°02′50″ N | 73°16′18″ W; thence to

41°04′52″ N | 73°16′18″ W; returning to point of origin.

(2) New Haven North Anchorage Ground. That portion of Long Island Sound enclosed by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

41°12′18″ N | 72°52′36″ W; thence to

41°12′18″ N | 72°49′36″ W; thence to

41°10′12″ N | 72°48′18″ W; thence to

41°10′12″ N | 72°52′12″ W; thence to

41°11′06″ N | 72°53′06″ W; returning to point of origin.

(3) New Haven South Anchorage Ground. That portion of Long Island Sound enclosed by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

41°09′30″ N | 72°47′48″ W; thence to

41°08′36″ N | 72°47′24″ W; thence to

41°08′36″ N | 72°51′24″ W; thence to

41°09′30″ N | 72°51′24″ W; returning to point of origin.

(4) New London Anchorage Ground. That portion of Long Island Sound enclosed by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

41°14′11″ N | 072°15′38″ W; thence to

41°15′05″ N | 072°16′02″ W; thence to

41°15′39″ N | 072°13′21″ W; thence to

41°14′45″ N | 072°12′57″ W; returning to point of origin.

(5) Northport Anchorage Ground. That portion of Long Island Sound enclosed by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

40°58′48″ N | 073°16′30″ W; thence to

40°57′42″ N | 073°11′42″ W; thence to

40°56′30″ N | 073°13′30″ W; thence to

40°57′36″ N | 073°18′12″ W; returning to point of origin.

(6) Port Jefferson Anchorage Ground. That portion of Long Island Sound enclosed by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

41°01′48″ N | 073°04′54″ W; thence to

41°01′48″ N | 073°00′00″ W; thence to

41°00′18″ N | 073°00′00″ W; thence to

41°00′18″ N | 073°04′54″ W; returning to point of origin.

(7) Riverhead Anchorage Ground. That portion of Long Island Sound enclosed by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

41°03′00″ N | 072°42′00″ W; thence to

41°04′00″ N | 072°36′00″ W; thence to

41°02′00″ N | 072°35′24″ W; thence to

41°01′24″ N | 072°41′24″ W; returning to point of origin.

(8) All coordinates referenced use datum: NAD 83.

(b) General regulations. (1) These anchorages are designated for general purposes, but are intended primarily for use by commercial vessels of 300 gross tons and greater and all tank vessels including tank barges. Except in emergencies, commercial vessels of 300 gross tons and greater and all tank vessels, including tank barges, anchoring in the Captain of the Port Long Island Sound Zone inside the line of demarcation shall anchor in the anchorage grounds described above.

(2) Prior to anchoring in the anchorage area, all vessels shall notify the Coast Guard Captain of the Port via VHF-FM Channel 16.

(3) In anchorages where lightering and bunkering operations are authorized, the Captain of the Port must be notified at least four hours in advance of a vessel conducting lightering or bunkering operations, as required by 156.118 of this title. In addition, all lightering and bunkering operations must be done in accordance with 156.120 of this title.

(4) Within an anchorage, navigation is prohibited within 500 yards of an anchored vessel that is conducting bunkering or lightering operations. In accordance with the “Regulated Navigation Area: Long Island Sound Marine Inspection and Captain of the Port Zone,” 33 CFR 165.153(d)(7), navigation also is prohibited within 100 yards of a vessel engaged in commercial service.

(5) Any vessel conducting lightering or bunkering operations shall display by day a red flag at its mast head or at least 10 feet above the upper deck if the vessel has no mast, and by night the flag must be illuminated by spotlight. These signals shall be in addition to day signals, lights, and whistle signals required by rules 30 (33 U.S.C. 2030) and 35 (33 U.S.C. 2035) of the Inland Navigation Rules when at anchor in a general anchorage area.

(6) Except as otherwise provided, a vessel may not occupy an anchorage for more than 30 days, unless the vessel obtains written permission from the Captain of the Port.

(7) If a request is made for the long-term lay up of a vessel, the Captain of the Port may establish special conditions with which the vessel must comply in order for such a request to be approved.

(8) The Captain of the Port may prescribe specific conditions for vessels anchoring within the anchorage grounds described in this section, pursuant to 33 CFR 109.05. These conditions may include, but are not limited to: The number and location of anchors; scope of chain; readiness of the engineering plant and equipment; use of tugs; and requirements for maintaining communication guards on selected radio frequencies.

(9) No vessel in such condition that it is likely to sink or otherwise become a menace or obstruction to navigation or anchorage of other vessels shall occupy an anchorage, except in cases where unforeseen circumstances create conditions of imminent peril to personnel, and then only for such period as may be authorized by the Captain of the Port.

(10) All vessels anchored within the designated anchorage grounds shall comply with the regulations found in 33 CFR 164.19 and shall maintain a continuous bridge watch by a licensed deck officer proficient in English, monitoring VHF-FM Channel 16. This individual shall confirm that the ship's crew performs frequent checks of the vessel's position to ensure the vessel is not dragging anchor. A second VHF-FM radio monitoring Channel 13 is strongly recommended.

(11) Anchors shall be placed well within the anchorage grounds so that no portion of the hull or rigging will at any time extend outside of the anchorage area.

(12) The Coast Guard Captain of the Port may close the anchorage area and direct vessels to depart the anchorage during periods of adverse weather or at other times as deemed necessary in the interest of port safety and security.

(13) Any vessel anchored in these grounds must be capable of getting underway if ordered by the Captain of the Port and must be able to do so within two (2) hours of notification by the Captain of the Port. If a vessel will not be able to get underway within two (2) hours of notification, permission must be requested from the Captain of the Port to remain in the anchorage. No vessel shall anchor in a “dead ship” status (propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(14) Fixed moorings, piles or stakes are prohibited.

[USCG-2008-0171, 75 FR 76277, Dec. 8, 2010]

§ 110.147 New London Harbor, Conn.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Anchorage A. In the Thames River east of Shaw Cove, bounded by lines connecting points which are the following bearings and distances from Monument, Groton (latitude 41°21′18″ N., longitude 72°04′48″ W.): 243°, 1,400 yards; 246°, 925 yards; 217°, 1,380 yards; and 235°, 1,450 yards.

(2) Anchorage B. In the Thames River southward of New London, bounded by lines connecting points which are the following bearings and distances from New London Harbor Light (latitude 41°18′59″ N., longitude 72°05′25″ W.): 002°, 2,460 yards; 009°, 2,480 yards; 026°, 1,175 yards; and 008°, 1,075 yards.

(3) Anchorage C. In the Thames River southward of New London Harbor, bounded by lines connecting a point bearing 100°, 450 yards from New London Harbor Light, a point bearing 270°, 575 yards from New London Ledge Light (latitude 41°18′21″ N., longitude 72°04′41″ W.), and a point bearing 270°, 1,450 yards from New London Ledge Light.

(4) Anchorage D. In Long Island Sound approximately two miles west-southwest of New London Ledge Light, bounded by lines connecting points which are the following bearings and distances from New London Ledge Light: 246°, 2.6 miles; 247°, 2.1 miles; 233°, 2.1 miles; and 235°, 2.6 miles.

(5) Anchorage E. The waters at the mouth of New London Harbor one mile southeast of New London Ledge Light beginning at latitude 41°17′26″ N., longitude 72°04′21″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 41°17′38″ N., longitude 72°03′54″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 41°16′50″ N., longitude 72°03′16″ W.; and thence southwesterly to latitude 41°16′38″ N. longitude 72°03′43″ W.; and thence northwesterly to the point of beginning.

(6) Anchorage F. The waters off the mouth of New London Harbor two miles southeast of New London Ledge Light beginning at latitude 41°16′00″ N., longitude 72°03′13″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 41°16′00″ N., longitude 72°03′38″ W.; thence northerly to latitude 41°16′35″ N., longitude 72°03′38″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 41°16′35″ N., longitude 72°03′13″ W.; and thence southerly to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. (1) Anchorage A is for barges and small vessels drawing less than 12 feet.

(2) Anchorage F is reserved for the use of naval vessels and, except in cases of emergency, no other vessel may anchor in Anchorage F without permission from the Captain of the Port, New London, CT.

(3) Except in emergencies, vessels shall not anchor in New London Harbor or the approaches thereto outside the anchorages defined in paragraph (a) of this section unless authorized to do so by the Captain of the Port.

[CGD3-80-4A, 46 FR 48193, Oct. 1, 1981, as amended by CGD3 85-56, 51 FR 32318, Sept. 11, 1986]

§ 110.148 Johnsons River at Bridgeport, Conn.

(a) The anchorage grounds. In Johnsons River, beginning at a point “A” latitude 41°10′12.3″, longitude 73°09′50.2″; thence westerly to a point “B” latitude 41°10′12.3″, longitude 73°09′52.1″; thence southwesterly to point “C” latitude 41°10′10″, longitude 73°09′54.9″; thence south southwesterly to point “D” latitude 41°10′05″, longitude 73°09′56.1″; thence southeasterly to point “E” latitude 41°10′04″, longitude 73°09′55.9″; thence northeasterly to point “F” latitude 41°10′05″, longitude 73°09′54.5″; thence northerly to point “G” latitude 41°10′05.8″, longitude 73°09′54.5″; thence northeasterly to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. The anchorage is for use by commercial and pleasure craft. Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings will be allowed. The anchoring of vessels and placing of temporary anchors or mooring piles are under the jurisdiction of the local harbor master. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

§ 110.149 Narragansett Bay, RI.

(a) Brenton Point anchorage ground. An area bounded by the following coordinates: 41°22′37.1″ N, 71°14′40.3″ W; thence to 41°20′42.8″ N, 71°14′40.3″ W; thence to 41°18′24.1″ N, 71°20′32.5″ W; thence to 41°20′22.6″ N, 71°20′32.5″ W; thence back to point of origin.

(b) The following regulations apply in the Brenton Point anchorage ground.

(1) Prior to anchoring within the anchorage area, all vessels shall notify the Coast Guard Captain of the Port via VHF-FM Channel 16.

(2) Except as otherwise provided, no vessel may occupy this anchorage ground for a period of time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(3) If a request is made for the long-term lay up of a vessel, the Captain of the Port may establish special conditions with which the vessel must comply in order for such a request to be approved.

(4) No vessel in such condition that it is likely to sink or otherwise become a menace or obstruction to navigation or anchorage of other vessels shall occupy an anchorage except in cases where unforeseen circumstances create conditions of imminent peril to personnel and then only for such period as may be authorized by the Captain of the Port.

(5) Anchors shall be placed well within the anchorage areas so that no portion of the hull or rigging will at any time extend outside of the anchorage area.

(6) The Coast Guard Captain of the Port may close the anchorage area and direct vessels to depart the anchorage during periods of adverse weather or at other times as deemed necessary in the interest of port safety and security.

(7) Any vessel anchored in these grounds must be capable of getting underway if ordered by the Captain of the Port and must be able to do so within two hours of notification by the Captain of the Port. If a vessel will not be able to get underway within two hours of notification, permission must be requested from the Captain of the Port to remain in the anchorage. No vessel shall anchor in a “dead ship” status (propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(8) Brenton Point anchorage ground is a general anchorage area reserved primarily for commercial vessels waiting to enter Narragansett Bay.

(9) Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes will not be allowed.

(10) All coordinates referenced use datum: NAD 83.

[USCG-2009-1131, 77 FR 43517, July 25, 2012]

§ 110.150 Block Island Sound, N.Y.

(a) The anchorage ground. A 3/4- by 2-mile rectangular area approximately 3 miles east-northeast of Gardiners Island with the following coordinates: latitude 41°06′12″ N., longitude 72°00′05″ W., latitude 41°07′40″ N., longitude 72°01′54″ W.; latitude 41°08′12″ N., longitude 72°01′10″ W.; latitude 41°06′46″ N., longitude 71°59′18″ W.

(b) The regulations. This anchorage ground is for use of U.S. Navy submarines. No vessel or person may approach or remain within 500 yards of a U.S. Navy submarine anchored in this anchorage ground.

[CGFR 70-114A, 36 FR 5604, Mar. 25, 1971]

§ 110.155 Port of New York.

(a) Long Island Sound—(1) Anchorage No. 1. Southwest of a line between Neptune Island and Glen Island ranging from Aunt Phebe Rock Light and tangent to the north edge of Glen Island; southwest of a line tangent to the northeast edge of Glen Island and Goose Island breakwater; southwest of a line bearing southeasterly from the southwest end of Goose Island breakwater and on range with the south gable of the Casino on the northeast end of Glen Island; west of a line ranging from the east edge of Goose Island breakwater to the west edge of the north end of Hart Island; west of Hart Island; and northwest of a line extending from Hart Island Light to Locust Point; excluding from this area, however, (i) the waters northeast of a line ranging 303° from the southwest end of Hart Island; northwest of a line ranging from the water tank at the north end of Davids Island 207°40′ to the northwest end of City Island; and south of latitude 40°52′12″; and (ii) the waters west of Hunter Island; and south of a line ranging from the most southerly end of Glen Island tangent to the most northerly end of Hunter Island.

(i) Boats shall not anchor in this area in buoyed channels.

(ii) Boats shall be so anchored as to leave at all times an open, usable channel, at least 50 feet wide, west and south of Glen Island.

Note:

Special anchorage areas in this anchorage are described in § 110.60.

(2) [Reserved]

(b) East River—(1) Anchorage No. 6. On Hammond Flats north of a line bearing 260° from the head of the pier on Throgs Neck at the foot of Pennyfield Avenue to the north tower of Bronx-Whitestone Bridge at Old Ferry Point.

(2) [Reserved]

(3) Anchorage No. 8. North of a line bearing 259° between the north tower of the Bronx-Whitestone Bridge at Old Ferry Point and a point at latitude 40°47′57″, longitude 73°52′16″; thence east of a line bearing 0° to latitude 40°48′06″; thence southeast of a line parallel to the bulkhead extending northeasterly to latitude 40°48′20″; thence north of a line bearing 296° to shore.

(4) Anchorage No. 9. East of a line from College Point Reef Light tangent to the west side of College Point; and south of a line from College Point Reef Light to Whitestone Point.

(5) Anchorage No. 10. An area in Flushing Bay, beginning at a point on shore at La Guardia Airport at latitude 40°46′49″, longitude 73°52′21″; thence to latitude 40°47′20″, longitude 73°51′55″; and thence to a point on shore at College Point at latitude 40°47′38″, longitude 73°51′15″; and an area on the west side of Bowery Bay, beginning at a point on shore at latitude 40°46′58″, longitude 73°53′46″; thence to latitude 40°47′03″, longitude 73°53′39″; thence to latitude 40°47′00″, longitude 73°53′31″; thence to latitude 40°46′55″, longitude 73°53′32″; and thence to a point on shore at latitude 40°46′49″, longitude 73°53′39″.

Note:

Special anchorage areas in this anchorage are described in § 110.60.

(6) Anchorage No. 11. An area in East River beginning at a point on a pierhead at latitude 40°47′55″, longitude 73°53′19.5″; thence to latitude 40°47′40″, longitude 73°51′58″; and thence to a point on shore at latitude 40°47′16″, longitude 73°52′15″.

(7) [Reserved]

(8) Anchorage No. 14. In Hallets Cove, east of a line from a point on shore 100 feet west of the southerly prolongation of 2d Street, Astoria, to Gibbs Point.

(c) Hudson River—(1) Anchorage No. 16. North of a line on a range with the north side of the north pier of the Union Dry Dock and Repair Company Shipyard, Edgewater, New Jersey; west of a line ranging 25° from a point 120 yards east of the east end of said pier to a point (500 yards from the shore and 915 yards from the Fort Lee flagpole) on a line ranging approximately 100°22′ from the Fort Lee flagpole toward the square chimney on the Medical Center Building at 168th Street, Manhattan; and south of said line ranging between the Fort Lee flagpole and the square chimney on the Medical Center Building.

(i) When the use of Anchorage No. 16 is required by naval vessels, the vessels anchored therein shall move when the Captain of the Port directs them.

(ii) [Reserved]

(2) Anchorage No. 17. All waters of the Hudson River bound by the following points: 40°56′26.66″ N, 073°55′12.06″ W; thence to 40°56′22.54″ N, 073°54′49.77″ W; thence to 40°55′56.00″ N, 073°54′58.00″ W; thence to 40°55′54.15″ N, 073°54′46.96″ W; thence to 40°54′18.43″ N, 073°55′21.12″ W; thence to 40°52′27.59″ N, 073°56′14.32″ W; thence to 40°51′34.20″ N, 073°56′52.64″ W; thence to 40°51′20.76″ N, 073°57′31.75″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin (NAD 83).

(i) When the use of Anchorage No. 17 is required by naval vessels, the vessels anchored therein shall move when the Captain of the Port directs them.

(ii) [Reserved]

(3) Anchorage No. 18-A. East of lines bearing 8° from the northwest corner of the crib icebreaker north of the New York Central Railroad Company drawbridge across Spuyten Duyvil Creek (Harlem River) to a point 250 yards offshore and on line with the New York Central Railroad signal bridge at the foot of West 231st Street, extended, at Spuyten Duyvil, Bronx, New York; thence bearing 19° to the channelward face of the Mount St. Vincent Dock at the foot of West 261st Street, Riverdale, Bronx, New York.

(i) When the use of Anchorage No. 18-A is required by naval vessels the vessels anchored therein shall move when the Captain of the Port directs them.

(4) Anchorage No. 18. All waters of the Hudson River bound by the following points: 40°56′54.0″ N, 073°54′40.0″ W; thence to 40°56′51.0″ N, 073°54′24.0″ W; thence to 40°55′53.0″ N, 073°54′40.0″ W; thence to 40°55′56.0″ N, 073°54′58.0″ W; thence to the point of origin (NAD 83).

(i) This anchorage ground is reserved for use by ships only.

(ii) [Reserved]

(5) Anchorages No. 19 East and 19 West—(i) Anchorage No. 19 East. All waters of the Hudson River bound by the following points: 40°49′42.6″ N, 073°57′14.7″ W; thence to 40°49′45.9″ N, 073°57′22.0″ W; thence to 40°49′52.0″ N, 073°57′22.0″ W; thence to 40°50′08.3″ N, 073°57′10.8″ W; thence to 40°50′55.4″ N, 073°56′59.7″ W; thence to 40°51′02.5″ N, 073°56′57.4″ W; thence to 40°51′00.8″ N, 073°56′49.4″ W; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(ii) Anchorage No. 19 West. All waters of the Hudson River bound by the following points: 40°46′56.3″ N, 073°59′42.2″ W; thence to 40°47′36.9″ N, 073°59′11.7″ W; thence to 40°49′31.3″ N, 073°57′43.8″ W; thence to 40°49′40.2″ N, 073°57′37.6″ W; thence to 40°49′52.4″ N, 073°57′37.6″ W; thence to 40°49′57.7″ N, 073°57′47.3″ W; thence to 40°49′32.2″ N, 073°58′12.9″ W; thence to 40°49′00.7″ N, 073°58′33.1″ W; thence to 40°48′28.7″ N, 073°58′53.8″ W; thence to 40°47′38.2″ N, 073°59′31.2″ W; thence to 40°47′02.7″ N, 073°59′57.4″ W; thence to the point of origin.

(iii) The following regulations apply to 33 CFR 110.155(c)(5)(i) and (ii):

(A) No vessel may conduct lightering operations in these anchorage grounds without permission from the Captain of the Port. When lightering is authorized, the Captain of the Port New York must be notified at least four hours in advance of a vessel conducting lightering operations as required by 156.118 of this title.

(B) Any vessel conducting lightering or bunkering operations shall display by day a red flag (46 CFR 35.30-1; Pub 102; International Code of Signals signaling instructions) at its mast head or at least 10 feet above the upper deck if the vessel has no mast, and by night the flag must be illuminated by spotlight. These signals shall be in addition to day signals, lights and whistle signals as required by rules 30 (33 U.S.C 2030 and 33 CFR 83.30) and 35 (33 USC 2035 and 33 CFR 83.35) of the Inland Navigation Rules when at anchor in a general anchorage area.

(C) Within an anchorage, fishing and navigation are prohibited within 500 yards of an anchored vessel displaying a red flag.

(D) These anchorage grounds are only authorized for use by tugs and/or barges.

(E) No vessel may occupy this anchorage ground for a period of time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(F) No vessel may anchor in Anchorage No. 19 East or No. 19 West without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(G) Each vessel shall report its position within Anchorage No. 19 East or No. 19 West to the Captain of the Port immediately after anchoring.

(H) All coordinates referenced use datum: NAD 83.

(6) Anchorage No. 19-A. An area located west of Hyde Park enclosed by the coordinates starting at 41°48′35″ N 073°57′00″ W; to 41°48′35″ N 073°56′44″ W; to 41°47′32″ N 073°56′50″ W; to 41°47′32″ N 073°57′10″ W; thence back to 41°48′35″ N 073°57′00″ W (NAD 1983).

(i) No vessel may anchor in Anchorage 19-A from December 16 to the last day of February without permission from the Captain of the Port, New York.

(ii) No vessel less than 20 meters in length may anchor in Anchorage 19-A without prior approval of the Captain of the Port, New York.

(d) Upper Bay—(1) Anchorage No. 20-A. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°42′02.5″ N., 74°02′25.5″ W.; to 40°42′06.5″ N., 74°02′19.5″ W.; to 40°42′05.0″ N., 74°01′58.4″ W.; to 40°41′54.5″ N., 74°01′59.2″ W.; thence to 40°41′53.0″ N., 74°02′23.0″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(6), (d)(16), and (l).

(2) Anchorage No. 20-B. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°41′47.0″ N., 74°02′31.5″ W.; to 40°41′42.0″ N., 74°01′02.0″ W.; to 40°41′35.3″ N., 74°02′04.2″ W., to 40°41′29.9″ N., 74°02′07.8″ W.; to 40°41′42.6″ N., 74°02′32.7″ W.; thence back to 40°41′47.0″ N., 74°02′31.5″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(6), (d)(16), and (l).

(3) Anchorage No. 20-C. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°41′42.0″ N., 74°02′43.0″ W.; to 40°41′25.4″ N., 74°02′10.7″ W.; to 40°41′01.7″ N., 74°02′26.2″ W.; to 40°41′09.0″ N., 74°02′41.5″ W.; to 40°41′20.0″ N., 74°02′59.2″ W.; thence back to 40°41′42.0″ N., 74°02′43.0″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(6), (d)(16), and (l).

(4) Anchorage No. 20-D. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°41′09.5″ N., 74°02′49.5″ W.; to 40°40′59.2″ N., 74°02′27.9″ W.; to 40°40′44.5″ N., 74°02′37.5″ W.; to 40°40′42.7″ N., 74°03′07.6″ W.; thence back to 40°41′09.5″ N., 74°02′49.5″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(6), (d)(16), and (l).

(5) Anchorage No. 20-E. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°40′38.2″ N., 74°02′59.6″ W.; to 40°40′39.4″ N., 74°02′40.9″ W.; to 40°40′09.2″ N., 74°03′00.7″ W.; to 40°40′24.4″ N., 74°03′24.6″ W.; thence back to 40°40′38.2″ N., 74°02′59.6″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(6), (d)(16), and (l).

(6) No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of time in excess of 72 hours without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(7) Anchorage No. 20-F. All waters bound by the following points: 40°40′12.2″ N, 074°03′39.9″ W; thence to 40°39′53.9″ N, 074°03′09.6″ W; thence to 40°39′38.9″ N, 074°03′19.5″ W; thence to 40°39′53.5″ N, 074°03′53.7″ W; thence to the point of origin (NAD 83).

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(9), (d)(16), and (l).

(ii) [Reserved]

(8) Anchorage No. 20-G. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°39′30.1″ N., 74°04′08.0″ W.; to 40°39′32.0″ N., 74°03′53.5″ W.; to 40°39′27.5″ N., 74°03′42.5″ W.; to 40°39′13.0″ N., 74°03′51.0″ W.; to 40°39′09.5″ N., 74°04′23.1″ W.; thence back to 40°39′30.1″ N., 74°04′08.0″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(9), (d)(16), and (l).

(9) This anchorage is designated a naval anchorage. The Captain of the Port may permit commercial vessels to anchor temporarily in this anchorage, ordinarily not more than 24 hours, when the anchorage will not be needed for naval vessels. Upon notification of an anticipated naval arrival, any commercial vessel so anchored must relocate at its own expense.

(10) Anchorage No. 21-A. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°40′22.5″ N., 74°01′35.2″ W.; to 40°40′20.5″ N., 74°01′27.7″ W.; to 40°39′48.9″ N., 74°01′22.4″ W.; to 40°38′54.7″ N., 74°02′18.9″ W.; to 40°39′03.0″ N., 74°02′26.3″ W.; thence back to 40°40′22.5″ N., 74°01′35.2″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(16) and (l).

(ii) No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(11) Anchorage No. 21-B. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°40′23.8″ N., 74°02′10.9″ W.; to 40°40′26.2″ N., 74°01′49.5″ W.; to 40°40′22.5″ N., 74°01′35.2″ W.; to 40°39′03.0″ N., 74°02′26.3″ W.; to 40°38′54.7″ N., 74°02′18.9″ W.; to 40°38′43.7″ N., 74°02′30.3″ W.; to 40°39′19.3″ N., 74°03′03.3″ W.; to 40°39′22.3″ N., 74°03′02.4″ W.; to 40°40′18.6″ N., 74°02′25.5″ W.; thence back to 40°40′23.8″ N., 74°02′10.9″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(16) and (l).

(ii) No vessel with a draft of 10 feet (3.048 meters) or less may occupy this anchorage without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(iii) No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(12) Anchorage No. 21-C. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°39′19.3″ N., 74°03′03.3″ W.; to 40°38′43.7″ N., 74°02′30.3″ W.; to 40°38′41.6″ N., 74°02′32.5″ W.; to 40°38′03.0″ N., 74°02′48.7″ W.; to 40°38′03.0″ N., 74°03′03.5″ W.; to 40°38′38.4″ N., 74°03′15.5″ W.; thence back to 40°39′19.3″ N., 74°03′03.3″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(16) and (l).

(ii) No vessel with a draft of 33 feet (10.0584 meters) or less may occupy this anchorage without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(iii) No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(13) Anchorage No. 23-A. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°38′36.5″ N., 74°04′13.5″ W.; to 40°38′37.0″ N., 74°03′49.0″ W.; to 40°38′23.4″ N., 74°03′37.2″ W.; to 40°37′49.5″ N., 74°03′25.7″ W.; to 40°37′49.8″ N., 74°03′50.1″ W.; to 40°37′50.0″ N., 74°03′50.2″ W.; to 40°37′53.0″ N., 74°04′07.0″ W.; thence back to 40°38′36.5″ N., 74°04′13.5 W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155 (d)(16) and (l).

(ii) No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of time in excess of 48 hours without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(iii) No vessel with a length overall in excess of 670 feet (204.216 meters) may occupy this anchorage without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(iv) No vessel with a draft of 40 feet (12.192 meters) or more may occupy this anchorage without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port unless it anchors within 5 hours after ebb current begins at the Narrows.

(v) See 33 CFR 334.85 for information on anchoring near the U.S. Navy restricted area adjacent to this anchorage.

(14) Anchorage No. 23-B. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°37′49.8″ N., 74°03′50.1″ W.; to 40°37′49.5″ N., 74°03′25.7″ W.; to 40°37′27.0″ N., 74°03′18.1″ W.; to 40°37′23.0″ N., 74°03′59.0″ W.; to 40°37′30.0″ N., 74°04′04.0″ W.; to 40°37′37.5″ N., 74°03′46.0″ W.; thence back to 40°37′49.8″ N., 74°03′50.1″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155(d)(13) (ii) and (iv), (d)(16), and (l).

(ii) No vessel with a length overall of 670 feet (204.216 meters) or less may occupy this anchorage without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(iii) See 33 CFR 334.85 for information on anchoring near the U.S. Navy restricted area adjacent to this anchorage.

(15) Anchorage No. 24. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°37′23.0″ N., 74°03′59.0″ W.; to 40°37′27.0″ N., 74°03′18.1″ W.; to 40°36′40.1″ N., 74°03′02.2″ W.; to 40°36′25.5″ N., 74°02′56.4″ W.; to 40°36′21.0″ N., 74°03′11.0″ W.; to 40°36′25.0″ N., 74°03′17.5″ W.; thence back to 40°37′23.0″ N., 74°03′59.0″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155(d)(13) (ii) and (iv), (d)(16), and (l).

(ii) No vessel with a length overall of less than 800 feet (243.84 meters), or with a draft of less than 40 feet (12.192 meters) may occupy this anchorage without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(16) Any vessel anchored in or intending to anchor in Federal Anchorage 20-A through 20-G, 21-A through 21-C, 23-A and 23-B, 24 or 25 must comply with the following requirements:

(i) No vessel may anchor unless it notifies the Captain of the Port when it anchors, of the vessel's name, length, draft, and its position in the anchorage.

(ii) Each vessel anchored must notify the Captain of the Port when it weighs anchor.

(iii) No vessel may conduct lightering operations unless it notifies the Captain of the Port before it begins lightering operations.

(iv) Each vessel lightering must notify the Captain of the Port at the termination of lightering.

(v) No vessel may anchor unless it maintains a bridge watch, guards and answers Channel 16 FM, and maintains an accurate position plot.

(vi) If any vessel is so close to another that a collision is probable, each vessel must communicate with the other vessel and the Captain of the Port on Channel 16 FM and shall act to eliminate the close proximity situation.

(vii) No vessel may anchor unless it maintains the capability to get underway within 30 minutes except with prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(viii) No vessel may anchor in a “dead ship” status (propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(ix) Each vessel in a “dead ship” status must engage an adequate number of tugs alongside during tide changes. A tug alongside may assume the Channel 16 FM radio guard for the vessel after it notifies the Captain of the Port.

(x) No vessel may lighter in a “dead ship” status without prior approval from the Captain of the Port.

(e) Lower Bay—(1) Anchorage No. 25. That area enclosed by coordinates starting at 40°35′58.2″ N., 74°02′18.4″ W.; to 40°36′12.0″ N., 74°01′29.0″ W.; to 40°36′03.0″ N., 74°00′52.5″ W., to 40°34′57.5″ N., 74°00′25.0″ W.; to 40°34′40.0″ N., 74°01′03.0″ W.; to 40°34′53.0″ N., 74°01′56.1″ W.; to 40°35′23.9″ N., 74°02′04.8″ W.; thence back to 40°35′58.2″ N., 74°02′18.4″ W.

(i) See 33 CFR 110.155(d)(16) and (l).

(ii) When the use of this anchorage is required by naval vessels, any commercial vessels anchored therein must move when directed by the Captain of the Port.

(iii) No vessel may occupy this anchorage for a period of time in excess of 96 hours without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(f) Lower Bay, Raritan Bay, Sandy Hook Bay, and Atlantic Ocean—(1) Anchorage No. 26. In Raritan and Sandy Hook Bays all waters bound by the following points: 40°30′06.74″ N., 074°10′04.96″ W.; thence to 40°28′59.44″ N., 074°05′00.00″ W.; thence to 40°28′44.94″ N., 074°05′00.00″ W.; thence to 40°29′05.02″ N., 074°07′30.56″ W.; thence to 40°29′17.49″ N., 074°10′16.50″ W.; thence to the point of origin (NAD 83).

(2) Anchorage No. 27. In the Atlantic Ocean all waters bound by the following points: 40°28′49.27″ N., 074°00′12.13″ W.; thence to 40°28′52.12″ N., 074°00′00.56″ W.; thence to 40°28′40.88″ N., 073°58′51.95″ W.; thence to 40°25′57.91″ N., 073°54′55.56″ W.; thence to 40°23′45.55″ N., 073°54′54.89″ W.; thence to 40°23′45.38″ N., 073°58′32.10″ W.; thence along the shoreline to the point of origin (NAD 83).

(3) Anchorage No. 28. In Lower Bay all waters bound by the following points: 40°30′02.30″ N., 074°08′52.69″ W.; thence to 40°29′10.10″ N., 074°04′59.65″ W.; thence to 40°29′09.99″ N., 074°02′57.75″ W.; thence to 40°31′52.89″ N., 074°02′39.89″ W.; thence to 40°31′59.72″ N., 074°03′25.13″ W.; thence to 40°31′28.57″ N., 074°03′40.70″ W.; thence to 40°30′26.24″ N., 074°05′11.46″ W.; thence to 40°30′19.01″ N., 074°06′21.37″ W.; thence to 40°30′21.53″ N., 074°08′46.19″ W.; thence to the point of origin (NAD 83).

(g)-(h) [Reserved]

(i) Arthur Kill—(1) Anchorage No. 41. The passage between Pralls Island and Staten Island included between a line running 29° from the extreme northwest point of Pralls Island to a point on Staten Island and a line from the southern point of Pralls Island to the north side of the mouth of Neck Creek at Travis, Staten Island.

(2) Anchorage No. 42. East of lines ranging from the head of the Tottenville Shipyard Company pier at Tottenville, Staten Island, to the first pier of the Outerbridge Crossing west from the Staten Island shore, thence to Arthur Kill Light 10, thence to Arthur Kill Light 14, and thence to Arthur Kill Lighted Buoy 16; and south of a line from thence to Smoking Point.

(j) Raritan Bay—(1) Anchorage No. 44. An area in Raritan Bay located at the junction of Arthur Kill and Raritan River, beginning at a point at latitude 40°30′07″, longitude 74°15′30″; thence to latitude 40°30′01″, longitude 74°15′30″; thence to latitude 40°29′27″, longitude 74°15′06″; thence to latitude 40°29′24″, longitude 74°15′01″; thence to latitude 40°29′15″, longitude 74°14′55″; thence to latitude 40°29′14″, longitude 74°15′25″; thence to latitude 40°29′48″, longitude 74°15′48″; and thence to the point of beginning.

(i) The anchorage is restricted to deep-draft vessels except that barges may moor in that portion of the anchorage southerly of latitude 40°29′22″.

(ii) No vessel shall occupy the deep-draft portion of the anchorage for a longer period than 48 hours without a permit from the Captain of the Port.

(2) Anchorage No. 45. West of the Raritan Bay Channel leading into Arthur Kill; north of the Raritan River Channel leading into Raritan River; and east of the Cutoff Channel between Raritan River and Arthur Kill, except that part of the said area occupied by Anchorage No. 44.

(i) Vessels must not anchor in the channel to Keyport Harbor west of lines ranging from Keyport Channel Buoy 1 to Keyport Channel Buoy 9, thence through Keyport Channel Buoys 11 and 13 to the northeast corner of the easterly steamboat wharf; and east of a line extending from a point 400 yards west of Keyport Channel Buoy 1 tangent to the west shore at the mouth of Matawan Creek.

(ii) [Reserved]

(k) [Reserved]

(l) General regulations. (1) No vessel in excess of 800 feet (243.84 meters) in length overall or 40 feet (12.192 meters) in draft may anchor unless it notifies the Captain of the Port at least 48 hours prior to entering Ambrose Channel.

(2) Except in cases of great emergency, no vessel shall be anchored in the navigable waters of the Port of New York outside of the anchorage areas established in this section, nor cast anchor within a cable or pipe line area shown on a Government chart, nor be moored, anchored, or tied up to any pier, wharf, or vessel in such manner as to obstruct or endanger the passage of any vessel in transit by, or to or from, adjacent wharves, piers, or slips.

(3) No vessel shall occupy for a longer period than 30 days, unless a permit is obtained from the Captain of the Port for that purpose, any anchorage for which the time of occupancy is not otherwise prescribed in this section. No vessel in a condition such that it is likely to sink or otherwise become a menace or obstruction to navigation or anchorage of other vessels shall occupy an anchorage except in an emergency, and then only for such period as may be permitted by the Captain of the Port.

(4) Whenever, in the opinion of the Captain of the Port, such action may be necessary, that officer may require any or all vessels in any designated anchorage area to moor with two or more anchors.

(5) Every vessel whose crew may be reduced to such number that it will not have sufficient men on board to weigh anchor at any time shall be anchored with two anchors, with mooring swivel put on before the crew shall be reduced or released, unless the Captain of the Port shall waive the requirement of a mooring swivel.

(6) Anchors of all vessels must be placed well within the anchorage areas, so that no portion of the hull or rigging shall at any time extend outside the boundaries of the anchorage area.

(7) Any vessel anchoring under circumstances of great emergency outside of the anchorage areas must be placed near the edge of the channel and in such position as not to interfere with the free navigation of the channel nor obstruct the approach to any pier nor impede the movement of any boat, and shall move away immediately after the emergency ceases, or upon notification by the Captain of the Port.

(8) Operations near commercial mooring buoys permitted by the District Engineer, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.

(i) No vessel shall continuously occupy a mooring when a vessel in regular traffic requires the berth or when navigation would be menaced or inconvenienced thereby.

(ii) No vessel shall moor or anchor in any anchorage in such a manner as to interfere with the use of a duly authorized mooring buoy. Nor shall any vessel moored to a buoy authorized by the District Engineer, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers be moored such that any portion of that vessel comes within 50 feet of a marked or dredged channel.

(iii) No vessel shall be operated within the limits of an anchorage at speed exceeding 6 knots when in the vicinity of a moored vessel.

(iv) In an emergency the Captain of the Port may shift the position of any unattended vessel moored in or near any anchorage.

(9) Barge dispensing stations and stake boats may be anchored in such places as the Captain of the Port may designate.

(10) Upon approval of the District Engineer, Corps of Engineers, the Captain of the Port may permit wrecking plant or other vessels legally engaged in recovering sunken property, or in laying or repairing pipe lines or cables legally established, or plant engaged in dredging operations, to anchor within channels of the Port of New York. Permit issued by the Captain of the Port is not necessary for plant engaged upon works of river and harbor improvement under the supervision of the District Engineer, but the District Engineer will notify the Captain of the Port in advance of all such proposed work.

(11) Whenever the maritime or commercial interests of the United States so require, the Captain of the Port is hereby empowered to shift the position of any vessel anchored within the anchorage areas, of any vessel anchored outside the anchorage areas, of any vessel which is so moored or anchored as to impede or obstruct vessel movements in any channel or obstruct or interfere with range lights and of any vessel which, lying at the exterior end of a pier or alongside an open bulkhead, obstructs or endangers the passage of vessels in transit by, or to or from, adjacent wharf property or impedes the movements of vessels entering or leaving adjacent slips.

(12) A vessel upon being notified to move into the anchorage limits or to shift its position on anchorage grounds, shall get under way at once or signal for a tug, and shall change position as directed, with reasonable promptness.

(13) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving any vessel or the owner or person in charge of any vessel from the penalties of law for obstructing navigation or for obstructing or interfering with range lights, or for not complying with the navigation laws in regard to lights, fog signals, or for otherwise violating law.

(14) Any vessel prohibited by these rules from anchoring in a specific anchorage because of the vessel's length or draft may anchor in the anchorage with permission from the Captain of the Port.

(m) Anchorages for vessels carrying explosives. (1) [Reserved]

(2) Anchorage No. 49-F (emergency naval anchorage). That portion of Sandy Hook Bay bounded by a line bearing 170°, 3,800 yards, from a point bearing 281°30′, 2,050 yards from Sandy Hook Light; thence 260°, 500 yards; thence 350°, 3,800 yards; thence 080°, 500 yards, to the point of beginning.

(i) This anchorage is to be used for the anchorage of naval vessels during emergencies only.

(ii) No pleasure or commercial craft shall navigate or moor within this area at any time when naval vessels which are moored in the area display a red flag by day or a red light by night.

(3) Anchorage No. 49-G (naval anchorage). That portion of Sandy Hook Bay bounded by a line bearing 208°, 1,350 yards, from a point bearing 292°30′, 3,600 yards, from Sandy Hook Light; thence 298°, 620 yards; thence 002°, 1,250 yards; thence 107°, 1,150 yards, to the point of beginning.

(i) No pleasure or commercial craft shall navigate or moor within this area at any time when vessels which are moored in the area display a red flag by day or a red light by night.

(n) Regulations for explosive anchorages. (1) Anchorages Nos. 49-F and 49-G are reserved for vessels carrying explosives. All vessels carrying explosives shall be within these areas when anchored, except as provided in paragraph (n)(6) of this section.

(2) A written permit shall be obtained from the Captain of the Port before vessels carrying explosives, or on which explosives are to be loaded, may proceed to the anchorages provided for them; and no vessel shall occupy a berth in such anchorage except by authority of such permit, which permit may be revoked at any time.

(3) Vessels used in connection with loading or unloading explosives on vessels in anchorage areas, including tugs and stevedore boats, shall carry a written permit from the Captain of the Port. The Captain of the Port may, in his discretion, require every person having business on board vessels which are being loaded with explosives, other than members of the crew, to have a pass from the Captain of the Port in such form as he shall prescribe. Such permit or pass shall be shown whenever required by him or by his authorized agents.

(4) Whenever any vessel not fitted with mechanical power anchors in the explosives anchorages while carrying explosives, the Captain of the Port may require the attendance of a tug upon such vessel when in his judgment such action is necessary.

(5) Vessels carrying explosives shall comply with the general regulations in paragraph (l) of this section when applicable.

(6) The District Engineer, Corps of Engineers, may authorize, in writing, a vessel carrying explosives for use on river and harbor works or on other work under Federal permit issued by the District Engineer to anchor in or near the vicinity of such work without a permit from the Captain of the Port. The District Engineer will prescribe the quantities of such explosives allowed on such vessel and the conditions under which they are to be stored and handled, and will furnish the Captain of the Port with a copy of such safety instructions together with a copy of his written authorization.

(7) Every vessel loading, unloading, transporting, or containing explosives shall display by day a red flag at least 16 square feet in area at its masthead, or at least 10 feet above the upper deck if the vessel has no mast, and shall display by night a red light in the same position specified for the flag.

(8) When local regulations of any place require previous local authority for the transfer of explosives or fireworks between vessels or between a vessel and a wharf or other place ashore, the Captain of the Port will permit the removal from the anchorage of such vessel containing explosives to any place covered by such local regulations only when he is satisfied that the required local authority has been granted.

Note:

The anchorage in this section are regulated under Title I, Ports and Waterways Safety Act of 1972 as stated in § 110.1a(a) of this part. The penalties for violating regulations under this Act are stated in § 110.1a(b) of this part.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 110.155, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 110.156 Randall Bay, Freeport, Long Island, N.Y.

(a) The anchorage grounds. Southward of a line 312 feet south of and parallel to the south side of Casino Street; eastward of a line 215 feet east of and parallel to the east side of West Side Avenue, said line extending southerly to a point 233 feet north of the prolonged north side of Clinton Street; northeastward of a line from the last-mentioned point to a point 243 feet southerly of the prolonged south side of Clinton Street and 210 feet east of the east side of Prospect Street; eastward of a line 210 feet east of and parallel to the east side of Prospect Street; northward of a line 25 feet north of and parallel to the prolonged north side of Suffolk Street; westward of a line 210 feet west of and parallel to the west side of South Long Beach Avenue, said line extending northerly to a point 222 feet south of the prolonged south side of Queens Street; southwestward of a line from the last-mentioned point to a point 74 feet northerly of the prolonged north side of Queens Street and 120 feet west of the west side of Roosevelt Avenue; and westward of a line 120 feet west of and parallel to the west side of Roosevelt Avenue.

(b) The regulations. (1) When applied for, a berth in this anchorage, if available, may be assigned to any vessel by the Captain of the Port of Long Island Sound.

(2) The Captain of the Port is authorized to issue permits for maintaining mooring buoys within the anchorage. The method of anchoring these buoys shall be as prescribed by the Captain of the Port.

(3) No vessel shall anchor in the anchorage in such manner as to interfere with the use of a duly authorized mooring buoy.

(4) No vessel shall be navigated within the anchorage at a speed exceeding six knots.

(5) In case of emergencies, the Captain of the Port is authorized to shift the position of any unattended vessel moored in or near the anchorage.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37313, June 21, 2012]

§ 110.157 Delaware Bay and River.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Anchorage A off the entrance to the Mispillion River. In Delaware Bay southwest of Brandywine Channel beginning at latitude 38°53′57″ N., longitude 75°08′00″ W., thence northwesterly to latitude 39°01′22″ N., longitude 75°13′25″ W., thence southwesterly to latitude 39°00′49″ N., longitude 75°14′57″ W., thence southeasterly to latitude 38°53′22″ N., longitude 75°09′26″ W., thence northeasterly to the point of beginning. Supervision over the anchoring of vessels and over all cargo transfer operations in Anchorage A is exercised by the Captain of the Port, Philadelphia. The regulations of paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section do not apply to this anchorage.

(2) Anchorage 1 off Bombay Hook Point. On the southwest side of the channel along Liston Range, in the waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°17′14.0″ N | 075°22′21.0″ W

39°16′55.2″ N | 075°22′50.5″ W

39°20′34.1″ N | 075°26′56.8″ W

39°20′53.5″ N | 075°26′28.0″ W

(DATUM: NAD 83)

(3) Anchorage 2 northwest of Artificial Island. On the east side of the channel along Reedy Island Range, bounded as follows: Beginning at a point bearing 105° from the northernmost point of Reedy Island, 167 yards easterly of the east edge of the channel along Reedy Island Range; thence 105°, 800 yards; thence 195°, 4,500 yards; thence 285°, 800 yards to a point (approximately latitude 39°28′58″, longitude 75°33′37″) opposite the intersection of Reedy Island and Baker Ranges; and thence 15°, 4,500 yards, to the point of beginning.

(4) Anchorage 3 southeast of Reedy Point. Southeast of the entrance to the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal at Reedy Point, in the waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°33′09.0″ N | 075°32′38.0″ W

39°32′34.6″ N | 075°32′38.2″ W

39°31′29.0″ N | 075°33′01.0″ W

39°31′31.8″ N | 075°33′16.2″ W

39°32′14.6″ N | 075°33′08.3″ W

39°33′09.0″ N | 075°33′10.0″ W

(DATUM: NAD 83)

(5) Anchorage 4 north of Reedy Point. North of the entrance to the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal at Reedy Point, on the west side of the river, bounded as follows: Beginning at a point (approximately latitude 39°33′51″, longitude 75°33′35″) 344°58′ true, 160 yards from Chesapeake and Delaware Canal Light 2; thence 306°26′, 1,442 yards; thence 36°26′, 377 yards; thence 126°26′, 1,442 yards; thence 216°26′, 377 yards to the point of beginning.

(6) Anchorage 5 southeast of Pea Patch Island. On the northeast side of the channel along New Castle Range, bounded as follows: Beginning at latitude 39°34′28″, longitude 75°33′06″; thence 334°, 2,343 yards; thence 64°, 512 yards; thence 154°, 2,343 yards; and thence 244°, 512 yards, to the point of beginning.

(7) Anchorage 6 off Deepwater Point. East of the entrance to Christina River, in the waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°43′00.0″ N | 075°30′20.0″ W

39°42′51.5 ″ N | 075°29′44.9″ W

39°42′05.4″ N | 075°30′25.2″ W

39°41′47.3″ N | 075°30′37.5″ W

39°41′34.7″ N | 075°30′39.9″ W

39°41′36.6″ N | 075°30′51.1″ W

(DATUM: NAD 83)

(8) Anchorage 7 off Marcus Hook. (i) On the southeast side of the channel along Marcus Hook Range, bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

39°49′17.254″ N | 75°22′50.0994″ W

39°48′39.984″ N | 75°23′17.238″ W

39°47′45.309″ N | 75°25′01.278″ W

39°47′43.111″ N | 75°26′00.186″ W

(DATUM: NAD 83)

(ii) A vessel that is arriving from or departing for sea and that requires an examination by public health, customs, or immigration authorities shall anchor in the preferential area of this anchorage designated for the use of vessels awaiting quarantine inspection, this area being the waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 366 yards and with the center located at:

Latitude | Longtitude

39°48′46.334″ N | 75°23′26.881″ W

(DATUM: NAD 83)

(iii) Should the remainder of the anchorage be in use, the preferential area, when available, may be used by vessels not subject to quarantine inspection.

(9) Anchorage 8 off Thompson Point. On the south side of the channel along Tinicum Range, between Thompson Point and the east side of Crab Point, in the waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°50′52.0″ N | 075°18′23.0″ W

39°50′51.1″ N | 075°17′41.0″ W

39°50′44.5″ N | 075°17′41.6″ W

39°50′46.0″ N | 075°18′23.0″ W

(DATUM: NAD 83)

(10) Anchorage 9 near entrance to Mantua Creek. On the southeast side of the channel along Mifflin Range, bounded as follows: Beginning at a point on the southeast edge of the channel at longitude 75°14′26″; thence northeasterly along the edge of the channel to longitude 75°12′01.5″; thence 203°30′, 933 yards; thence 233°30′, 3,058 yards; and thence 263°30′, 933 yards, to the point of beginning. Vessels must not cast anchor in this anchorage in such manner as to interfere unreasonably with the passage of other vessels to and from Mantua Creek.

(11) Anchorage 10 at Naval Base, Philadelphia. On the north side of the channel along Eagle Point Range, bounded as follows: Beginning off of the southeasterly corner of Pier 1 at 39°53′07″ N., 075°10′30″ W., thence south to the to the north edge of the channel along Eagle Point Range to 39°52′58″ N., 075°10′29″ W., thence east along the edge of the channel to 39°52′56″ N., 075°09′53″ W., thence north to 39°53′07″ N., 075°09′54″ W., thence continuing west to the beginning point at 39°53′07″ N., 075°10′30″ W. These coordinates are based on WGS 84.

(12) Anchorage 11 at Gloucester. (i) East of the channel south of the Walt Whitman Bridge at Gloucester, in the waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°54′10.0″ N | 075°07′45.0″ W

39°54′09.4″ N | 075°07′43.0″ W

39°54′03.0″ N | 075°07′41.0″ W

39°53′30.5″ N | 075°07′57.7″ W

39°53′09.6″ N | 075°08′17.0″ W

39°53′36.6″ N | 075°08′00.6″ W

(DATUM: NAD 83)

(ii) The area between Pier 124 S and 122 S, along the west side of the Delaware River, is restricted to facilitate vessel movements. The areas adjacent to working piers are restricted to facilitate the movement of vessels to and from these piers. Should the anchorage become so congested that vessels are compelled to anchor in these restricted areas, they must move immediately when another berth is available.

(13) Anchorage 12 between Gloucester and Camden. (i) East of the channel beginning north of the Walt Whitman Bridge at Gloucester and ending south of the Benjamin Franklin Bridge at Camden, bounded as follows: Beginning at a point at latitude 39°54′26.0″ N, longitude 75°07′41″ W, bounded on the west by a line perpendicular to the channel, 210 yards from the east edge of the channel, 5,536 yards north to a point at latitude 39°57′05.0″ N, longitude 75°08′04.2″ W, and then bounded by a line connecting the following points, connecting to the point of beginning:

Latitude | Longitude

39°57′04.3″ N | 075°07′57.3″ W

39°56′51.7″ N | 075°08′01.3″ W

39°56′35.5″ N | 075°08′03.1″ W

39°56′02.8″ N | 075°08′02.0″ W

39°55′34.7″ N | 075°07′54.5″ W

39°54′45.7″ N | 075°07′32.5″ W

39°54′33.8″ N | 075°07′32.9″ W

39°54′25.2″ N | 075°07′36.1″ W

(DATUM: NAD 83)

(ii) The area between No. 2 Broadway pier and No. 1 Broadway pier is restricted to facilitate vessel movements. The areas adjacent to working piers are restricted to facilitate the movement of vessels to and from these piers. Should the anchorage become so congested that vessels are compelled to anchor in these restricted areas, they must move immediately when another berth is available.

(14) Anchorage 13 at Camden. East of the channel, north of the Benjamin Franklin Bridge to Cooper Point, Camden, NJ, in the waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°57′17.0″ N | 075°07′58.0″ W

39°57′22.3″ N | 075°07′55.9″ W

39°57′32.0″ N | 075°07′49.4″ W

39°57′39.2″ N | 075°07′39.7″ W

39°57′34.9″ N | 075°07′34.7″ W

39°57′21.2″ N | 075°07′49.8″ W

39°57′15.1″ N | 075°07′52.7″ W

(15) Anchorage 14 opposite Port Richmond. On the southeast side of the channel, north of Petty Island, bounded as follows: Beginning at a point on the southeast edge of the channel at longitude 75°05′43″; thence 163°, 248 yards; thence 253°, 1,978 yards, to the southeast edge of the channel; and thence northeasterly along the edge of the channel to the point of beginning. Vessels having a draft of less than 20 feet must anchor southwest of Pier No. 11, Port Richmond. The area off the Cities Service Oil Company wharves, Petty Island, shall be restricted to facilitate the movement of vessels to and from the wharves.

(16) Anchorage 15 off northeasterly end of Petty Island. On the southeast side of the channel, bounded as follows: Beginning at a point on the southeast edge of the channel at longitude 75°05′34.7″; thence northeasterly along the southeast edge of the channel to longitude 75°05′09.5″; thence 171°, 198 yards; thence 260°30′, 667 yards; and thence 351°, 198 yards, to the point of beginning. When necessary, this anchorage will be reserved for vessels under the custody of the United States, at which time other vessels may be required by the Captain of the Port to shift position.

(17) Anchorage 16 between Port Richmond and Five Mile Point. On the northwest side of the channel, bounded as follows: Beginning at a point on the northwest edge of the channel at longitude 75°05′35″; thence northeasterly along the edge of the channel to longitude 75°04′20″; thence 328°, 125 yards; thence 243°, 450 yards; thence 251°, 475 yards; thence 257°, 1,042 yards; thence 174°30′, 122 yards, to the point of beginning. When necessary, this anchorage will be reserved for vessels under the custody of the United States, at which time other vessels may be required by the Captain of the Port to shift position.

(18) [Reserved]

(19) Anchorage C—Cape Henlopen. All waters bound by the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

38°40′54.00″ N | 74°52′00.00″ W

38°40′56.08″ N | 74°48′51.34″ W

38°37'36.00″ N | 74°'48′30.00″ W

(DATUM: NAD 83)

(20) Anchorage D—Indian River. All waters bound by the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

38°34′56.25″ N | 74°52′19.12″ W

38°33′40.91″ N | 74°54′41.50″ W

38°31′31.08″ N | 74°55′27.96″ W

38°29′07.35″ N | 74°53′29.25″ W

38°28′56.87″ N | 74°50′28.69″ W

38°30′07.37″ N | 74°48′08.38″ W

(DATUM: NAD 83)

(b) General regulations. (1) Except in cases of great emergency, no vessel shall be anchored in Delaware Bay and River between Ship John Light and The Pennsylvania Railroad Company bridge at Delair, New Jersey, outside of the anchorage areas established in this section, or within a cable or pipe line area shown on a Government chart, or be moored, anchored, or tied up to any pier, wharf, or other vessel in such manner as to obstruct or endanger the passage of any vessel. When an emergent condition exists due to congestion in the prescribed anchorage areas in the Delaware River, the Captain of the Port may authorize the anchorage of vessels in locations other than the prescribed areas. Vessels so anchored must not be anchored within the channel limits. Any vessel anchored outside of the prescribed anchorage limits must move to a prescribed anchorage area when space becomes available.

(2) No vessel shall occupy any prescribed anchorage for a longer period than 48 hours without a permit from the Captain of the Port. Vessels expecting to be at anchor for more than 48 hours shall obtain a permit from the Captain of the Port for that purpose. No vessel in such condition that it is likely to sink or otherwise become a menace or obstruction to navigation or anchorage of other vessels shall occupy an anchorage except in an emergency, and then only for such period as may be permitted by the Captain of the Port.

(3) Whenever, in the opinion of the Captain of the Port such action may be necessary, he may require any or all vessels in any designated anchorage area to moor with two or more anchors.

(4) [Reserved]

(5) Anchors shall be placed well within the anchorage areas, so that no portion of the hull or rigging will at any time extend outside of the anchorage area.

(6) Light-draft barges using the anchorages shall be anchored away from the deeper portions of the anchorages, so as not to interfere with the anchoring of deep-draft vessels. Any barges towed in tandem to an anchorage area shall be bunched together when anchoring.

(7) Upon approval of the District Engineer, Corps of Engineers, the Captain of the Port may permit wrecking plant or other vessels legally engaged in recovering sunken property, or in laying or repairing pipe lines or cables, or plant engaged in dredging operations, to anchor in channels. Such permission is not necessary for plant engaged upon works of river and harbor improvement under the supervision of the District Engineer, but the District Engineer will notify the Captain of the Port in advance of all such proposed work.

(8) [Reserved]

(9) A vessel upon being notified to shift its position shall get under way at once or signal for a tug and shall change position as directed with reasonable promptness.

(10) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving any vessel or the owner or person in charge of any vessel from the penalties of law for obstructing navigation or for obstructing or interfering with range lights, or for not complying with the laws relating to lights and fog signals or other navigation laws and regulations.

(11) Annually from September 1 until December 31, additional requirements and restrictions in this paragraph for the use of anchorages defined in paragraphs (a)(7), (a)(8), and (a)(10) of this section apply.

(i) Before anchoring in Anchorage 7 off Marcus Hook, as described in paragraph (a)(8) of this section, a vessel must first obtain permission from the Captain of the Port, Philadelphia, at least 24 hours in advance of arrival. Permission to anchor will be granted on a “first-come, first-served” basis. The Captain of the Port, Philadelphia, will allow only one vessel at a time to be at anchor in Anchorage 7, and no vessel may remain within Anchorage 7 for more than 12 hours. Any vessel arriving from or departing to sea that requires an examination by the public health service, customs or immigration authorities will be directed to an anchorage for the required inspection by the Captain of the Port on a case-by-case basis.

(ii) For Anchorage 6 off Deepwater Point, as described in paragraph (a)(7) of this section, and Anchorage 9 as described in paragraph (a)(10) of this section.

(A) Any vessel 700 feet or greater in length requesting anchorage shall obtain permission from the Captain of the Port, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, at least 24 hours in advance.

(B) Any vessel from 700 to 750 feet in length shall have one tug alongside at all times while the vessel is at anchor.

(C) Any vessel greater than 750 feet in length shall have two tugs alongside at all times while the vessel is at anchor.

(D) The Master, owner or operator of a vessel at anchor shall ensure that any tug required by this section is of sufficient horsepower to assist with necessary maneuvers to keep the vessel clear of the navigation channel.

(iii) As used in this section, Captain of the Port means the Commander of Sector Delaware Bay or any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant or petty officer who has been authorized by the Captain of the Port to act on his behalf. The Captain of the Port may be contacted by telephone at (215) 271-4807 or via VHF marine band radio, channel 16.

(c) Regulations for vessels carrying and handling explosives. (1) All vessels carrying explosives as defined in and subject to Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 171 through 177, or on which such explosives are to be loaded, shall obtain a permit from the Captain of the Port, except as provided in paragraph (c)(5) of this section. The maximum amount of explosives for which a permit is required in 49 CFR Parts 171 through 177, which may be carried or loaded at any time by a vessel shall not exceed 800 tons, except in cases of great emergency or by special permit from the Captain of the Port. This written permit shall be obtained from the Captain of the Port before vessels carrying explosives or on which explosives are to be loaded within the weight limit specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, may anchor in any anchorge. Permits will not be issued for Anchorage 2 under any circumstances. Such permit may be revoked at any time. All vessels used in connection with loading, or unloading explosives shall carry written permits from the Captain of the Port, and shall show such permit whenever required by him or his representative.

(2) Vessels handling explosives shall be anchored so as to be at least 2,200 feet from any other vessel, but the number of vessels which may anchor in an anchorage at any one time shall be at the discretion of the Captain of the Port. This provision is not intended to prohibit barges or lighters from tying up alongside the vessels for the transfer of cargo.

(3) Whenever a vessel or barge not mechanically self-propelled anchors while carrying explosives or while awaiting the loading of explosives, the Captain of the Port may require the attendance of a tug upon such vessel or barge when in his judgment such action is necessary.

(4) Fishing and navigation are prohibited within an anchorage whenever occupied by an anchored vessel displaying a red flag.

(5) The District Engineer, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, may authorize, in writing, a vessel carrying explosives for use on river and harbor works or on other work under Department of the Army permit, to anchor in or near the vicinity of such work. The Captain of the Port will prescribe the conditions under which explosives shall be stored and handled in such cases.

(6) Vessels carrying explosives or on which explosives are to be loaded, within the weight limit specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, shall comply with the general regulations in paragraph (b) of this section when applicable.

(7) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving any vessel or the owner or person-in-charge of any vessel, and all others concerned, of the duties and responsibilities imposed upon them to comply with the regulations governing the handling, loading or discharging of explosives entitled “Subchapter C—Hazardous Materials Regulations” (49 CFR Parts 171 through 177).

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 110.157, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 110.158 Baltimore Harbor, MD.

(a) Anchorage Grounds—(1) No. 1, general anchorage. (i) All waters of the Patapsco River, bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°15′13.51″ N | 76°34′07.76″ W

39°15′11.01″ N | 76°34′11.69″ W

39°14′52.98″ N | 76°33′52.67″ W

39°14′47.90″ N | 76°33′40.73″ W

(ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more than 12 hours without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(2) Anchorage No. 2, general anchorage. (i) All waters of the Patapsco River, bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°14′50.06″ N | 76°33′29.86″ W

39°14′57.53″ N | 76°33′37.74″ W

39°15′08.56″ N | 76°33′37.66″ W

39°15′15.77″ N | 76°33′28.81″ W

39°15′18.87″ N | 76°33′12.82″ W

39°15′17.71″ N | 76°33′09.09″ W

39°14′50.35″ N | 76°32′40.43″ W

39°14′45.28″ N | 76°32′48.68″ W

39°14′46.27″ N | 76°32′49.69″ W

39°14′43.76″ N | 76°32′53.63″ W

39°14′57.51″ N | 76°33′08.14″ W

39°14′55.60″ N | 76°33′11.14″ W

39°14′59.42″ N | 76°33′15.17″ W

(ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more than 72 hours without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(3) Anchorage No. 3A, general anchorage. (i) All waters of the Patapsco River, bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°14′15.66″ N | 76°32′53.59″ W

39°14′32.48″ N | 76°33′11.31″ W

39°14′46.27″ N | 76°32′49.69″ W

39°14′32.50″ N | 76°32′35.18″ W

39°14′22.37″ N | 76°32′43.07″ W

(ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more than 24 hours without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(4) Anchorage No. 3B, general anchorage. (i) All waters of the Patapsco River, bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°14′32.48″ N | 76°33′11.31″ W

39°14′46.23″ N | 76°33′25.83″ W

39°14′57.51″ N | 76°33′08.14″ W

39°14′43.76″ N | 76°32′53.63″ W

(ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more than 24 hours without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(5) Anchorage No. 3C, general anchorage. (i) All waters of the Patapsco River, bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°14′46.23″ N | 76°33′25.83″ W

39°14′50.06″ N | 76°33′29.86″ W

39°14′59.42″ N | 76°33′15.17″ W

39°14′55.60″ N | 76°33′11.14″ W

(ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more than 72 hours without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(6) Anchorage No. 4, general anchorage. (i) All waters of the Patapsco River, bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°13′52.92″ N | 76°32′29.60″ W

39°14′04.38″ N | 76°32′41.69″ W

39°14′09.35″ N | 76°32′39.89″ W

39°14′17.96″ N | 76°32′26.44″ W

39°14′05.32″ N | 76°32′13.09″ W

39°14′00.05″ N | 76°32′17.77″ W

(ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more than 24 hours without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(7) Anchorage No. 5, general anchorage. (i) All waters of the Patapsco River, bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°14′07.89″ N | 76°32′58.23″ W

39°13′34.82″ N | 76°32′23.66″ W

39°13′22.25″ N | 76°32′28.90″ W

39°13′21.20″ N | 76°33′11.94″ W

(ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more than 72 hours without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(8) Anchorage No. 6, general anchorage. (i) All waters of the Patapsco River, bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°13′42.98″ N | 76°32′19.11″ W

39°13′20.65″ N | 76°31′55.58″ W

39°13′34.00″ N | 76°31′33.50″ W

39°14′01.95″ N | 76°32′02.65″ W

39°13′51.01″ N | 76°32′18.71″ W

(ii) No vessel shall remain in this anchorage for more than 72 hours without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(9) Anchorage No. 7, Dead ship anchorage. (i) All waters of Curtis Bay, bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

39°13′00.40″ N | 76°34′10.40″ W

39°13′13.40″ N | 76°34′10.81″ W

39°13′13.96″ N | 76°34′05.02″ W

39°13′14.83″ N | 76°33′29.80″ W

39°13′00.40″ N | 76°33′29.90″ W

(ii) The primary use of this anchorage is to lay up dead ships. Such use has priority over other uses. Permission from the Captain of the Port must be obtained prior to the use of this anchorage for more than 72 hours.

(b) Definitions. As used in this section—

Certain dangerous cargo means certain dangerous cargo as defined in § 160.202 of this chapter.

COTP means Captain of the Port Sector Maryland—National Capital Region.

(c) General regulations. (1) Except as otherwise provided, this section applies to vessels over 20 meters long and all vessels carrying or handling certain dangerous cargo while anchored in an anchorage ground described in this section.

(2) Except in cases where unforeseen circumstances create conditions of imminent peril, or with the permission of the Captain of the Port, no vessel shall be anchored in Baltimore Harbor or the Patapsco River outside of the anchorage areas established in this section for more than 24 hours. No vessel shall anchor within a tunnel, cable or pipeline area shown on a government chart. No vessel shall be moored, anchored, or tied up to any pier, wharf, or other vessel in such manner as to extend into established channel limits. No vessel shall be positioned so as to obstruct or endanger the passage of any other vessel.

(3) Except in an emergency, a vessel that is likely to sink or otherwise become an obstruction to navigation or the anchoring of other vessels may not occupy an anchorage, unless the vessel obtains permission from the Captain of the Port.

(4) Upon notification by the Captain of the Port to shift its position, a vessel at anchor must get underway and shall move to its new designated position within two hours after notification.

(5) The Captain of the Port may prescribe specific conditions for vessels anchoring within the anchorages described in this section, including, but not limited to, the number and location of anchors, scope of chain, readiness of engineering plant and equipment, usage of tugs, and requirements for maintaining communication guards on selected radio frequencies.

(6) No vessel at anchor or at a mooring within an anchorage may transfer oil to or from another vessel unless the vessel has given the Captain of the Port the four hours advance notice required by § 156.118 of this chapter.

(7) No vessel shall anchor in a “dead ship” status (propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

[USCG-2017-0181, 84 FR 16780, Apr. 23, 2019]

§ 110.159 Annapolis Harbor, MD.

(a) The Anchorage Grounds—(1) Naval Anchorage for Deep Draft Vessels. In the Chesapeake Bay, bounded on the north by latitude 38°58′00″; on the east by a line bearing 203° from latitude 38°58′00″, longitude 76°24′00″; on the south by latitude 38°56′30″; and on the west by a line bearing 139° from Greenbury Point Shoal Light. This anchorage is reserved for deep draft naval vessels. Berths in the area will be assigned on application to the Superintendent, U.S. Naval Academy.

(2) Middle Ground Anchorage. Beginning at a point in the Severn River 139°, 620 yards from Triton Light (located at the intersection of the northeast and southeast seawall of the Naval Academy grounds); thence easterly to a point 112°30′, 970 yards from Triton Light; thence southeasterly to a point 274°, 1,045 yards from the radio tower at the tip of Greenbury Point; thence south-southeasterly to a point 233°30′, 925 yards from the radio tower at the tip of Greenbury Point; thence west to a point 295°, 1,015 yards from Greenbury Point Shoal Light: thence northwesterly to the point of beginning.

(3) South Anchorage. In the Severn River, beginning at a point on the shoreline at Horn Point, Eastport, 168°, 1,190 yards from Triton Light; thence east to a point 294°, 1,075 yards from Greenbury Point Shoal Light; thence northwest to a point 143°, 595 yards from Triton Light; thence westerly to a point 209°, 700 yards from Triton Light; thence 180° to a point on the shoreline at Eastport. No vessel shall anchor within 100 feet of any wharf, marine railway, or other structure without the permission of the owner thereof.

(4) Naval Anchorage for Small Craft. In the Severn River, beginning at a point 80 feet off the southeast seawall of the Naval Academy bearing 132° from Triton Light; thence easterly to a point 072°30′, 285 yards from Triton Light; thence southeasterly to a point 109°, 785 yards from Triton Light; thence westerly to a point 211°, 537 yards from Triton Light; thence northwesterly to a point 45 yards off the southeast seawall of the Naval Academy bearing 214°, 535 yards from Triton Light; thence northeasterly to the point of beginning. Except in the case of emergency, no vessel shall be anchored in this area without the permission of the Superintendent, U.S. Naval Academy. Anchorages will be assigned upon request to the Superintendent, U.S. Naval Academy.

(5) Spa Creek Anchorage. In Spa Creek, those waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

38°58′37.3″ N | 76°28′48.1″ W

38°58′36.1″ N | 76°28′57.8″ W

38°58′31.6″ N | 76°29′03.3″ W

38°58′26.7″ N | 76°28′59.5″ W

Datum: NAD 83

Note:

The City Council of Annapolis has promulgated local ordinances to the control building of structures, and mooring and anchorage of vessels in anchorages (a)(3), and (a)(5). These local ordinances will be enforced by the local Harbor Master.

(b) The regulations. (1) Except in the case of emergency, no vessel shall be anchored in the area to the north and east of the Annapolis Channel bounded on the east by Greenbury Point; on the south by a line bearing 270° from the southern tip of Greenbury Point; on the west by the Annapolis Channel; on the north by the southern boundry of the cable area and the shoreline of the Government reservation and Carr Creek.

(2) Except in the case of emergency, no vessel shall be anchored in Annapolis Harbor to the westward of the dredged channel and northward of the southern boundry of the South Anchorage outside of the established anchorage areas, except in Spa Creek and the area to the southwestward of the Naval anchorage for small craft. No vessel shall be so anchored that any part of the vessel extends at any time within this area. Any vessel anchoring, under great emergency, within this area shall be placed as close to an anchorage area as practicable, and shall move away immediately after the emergency ceases.

(3) No vessel shall be anchored in the cable and pipeline area, lying between the Naval Academy and the Naval Ship Research and Development Laboratory and having the following limits: Southeastern limit, from Triton Light 072° to white “Cable Crossing” sign at the Naval Ship Research and Development Laboratory; northwestern limit, a line bearing 054° from the Capitol Dome.

(4) Except in the case of emergency, no vessel shall be anchored, without permission of the Superintendent, U.S. Naval Academy, in the Naval Academy Drill area described as follows:

That portion of the Severn River lying to the northeastward of the Naval Academy, bounded on the north by the State Highway Bridge and on the south by the northern limit of the cable and pipeline area, excluding that area off the eastern shoreline enclosed by a line bearing approximately 131° from the eastern abutment of the State Highway Bridge to the vicinity of Ferry Point. This drill area also includes the lower part of Dorseys Creek below the Naval Academy Drawbridge. Requests to anchor in this drill area shall be made to the Superintendent, U.S. Naval Academy.

(5) The restrictions in this section do not apply to the anchoring or marking by buoys of apparatus used for the purpose of taking seafood, except within the cable or pipeline area described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(6) The regulations in paragraph (b) of this section shall be enforced by the Superintendent, U.S. Naval Academy, and such agencies as he may designate.

[CGFR 68-97, 34 FR 9677, June 20, 1969, as amended by CGD 05-81-15R, 47 FR 29658, 29659, July 8, 1982; CGD05-93-103, 60 FR 27696, May 25, 1995; 60 FR 45776, Sept. 1, 1995]

§ 110.166 York River, Va., naval anchorage.

(a) The anchorage grounds. Between Yorktown and the Naval Mine Depot, beginning at latitude 37°15′34″, longitude 76°31′25″; thence to latitude 37°15′25″, longitude 76°31′39.5″; thence to latitude 37°16′21.5″, longitude 76°32′46″; thence to latitude 37°17′07.5″, longitude 76°34′17″; thence to latitude 37°17′55″, longitude 76°35′14.5″; thence to latitude 37°18′05″, longitude 76°35′01″; thence to latitude 37°17′20″, longitude 76°34′07″; thence to latitude 37°16′33.5″, longitude 76°32′34″, and thence to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. This anchorage is reserved for the exclusive use of naval vessels and except in cases of emergency, no other vessel shall anchor therein without permission from the local naval authorities, obtained through the Captain of the Port, Norfolk, Virginia. Movement of vessels through the anchorage will not be restricted.

§ 110.168 Hampton Roads, Virginia and adjacent waters.

(a) Anchorage grounds. Unless otherwise stated, all coordinates in this section for anchorage grounds are based on North American Datum of 1983 (NAD 83).

(1) Anchorage A [Naval Anchorage]. The waters bounded by the shoreline and a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°55′36.2″ N | 76°02′46.3″ W

36°57′03.3″ N | 76°03′01.4″ W

36°56′45.5″ N | 76°01′28.8″ W

36°55′55.7″ N | 76°01′35.7″ W

(2) Chesapeake Bay, Thimble Shoals Channel Anchorages—(i) Anchorage B [Naval Anchorage]. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°57′58.5″ N | 76°06′05.8″ W

36°57′11.5″ N | 76°03′00.9″ W

36°55′49.3″ N | 76°03′12.8″ W

36°56′32.3″ N | 76°06′05.8″ W

36°57′04.5″ N | 76°06′05.8″ W

36°57′09.0″ N | 76°06′23.3″ W

(ii) Anchorage C [Naval Anchorage]. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°58′55.3″ N | 76°09′40.3″ W

36°58′19.3″ N | 76°07′16.8″ W

36°57′27.5″ N | 76°07′36.3″ W

36°58′04.5″ N | 76°09′58.8″ W

(iii) Anchorage D [Naval Anchorage]. The waters bounded by the shoreline and a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°55′49.5″ N | 76°10′31.6″ W

36°58′04.5″ N | 76°10′00.9″ W

36°57′31.7″ N | 76°07′53.6″ W

36°55′24.6″ N | 76°08′27.6″ W

(iv) Anchorage E [Commercial Explosives Anchorage]. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°59′59.2″ N | 76°13′45.8″ W

36°59′08.7″ N | 76°10′32.6″ W

36°58′13.5″ N | 76°10′50.6″ W

36°59′02.5″ N | 76°14′08.9″ W

(v) Explosives Handling Berth E-1 [Explosives Anchorage Berth]. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards and the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

36°59′05.5″ N | 76°11′21.8″ W

(3) Hampton Roads Anchorages—(i) Anchorage F, Hampton Bar. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°59′25.5″ N | 76°20′05.8″ W

36°59′52.1″ N | 76°19′10.8″ W

36°59′25.7″ N | 76°18′47.3″ W

36°58′49.6″ N | 76°19′32.6″ W

(ii) Anchorage Berth F-1. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards and the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

36°59′29.6″ N | 76°19′13.9″ W

(iii) Anchorage G, Hampton Flats (Naval Explosives Anchorage). The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°59′25.0″ N | 76°20′07.0″ W

36°58′49.1″ N | 76°19′33.8″ W

36°57′41.4″ N | 76°21′07.7″ W

36°57′34.6″ N | 76°21′26.7″ W

36°57′31.1″ N | 76°22′01.9″ W

36°58′07.0″ N | 76°22′03.0″ W

36°58′54.8″ N | 76°21′42.6″ W

(iv) Explosives Handling Berth G-1. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards and the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

36°57′50.5″ N | 76°21′35.8″ W

(v) Explosives Handling Berth G-2. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards and the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

36°58′14.5″ N | 76°21′00.3″ W

(vi) Explosives Handling Berth G-3. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards and with the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

36°58′34.2″ N | 76°20′31.4″ W

(vii) Explosives Handling Berth G-4. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 500 yards and with the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

36°58′54.9″ N | 76°20′03.2″ W

(viii) Anchorage H, Newport News Bar. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°57′38.8″ N | 76°24′18.5″ W

36°57′52.3″ N | 76°22′29.7″ W

36°58′07.4″ N | 76°22′01.8″ W

36°57′31.6″ N | 76°22′00.6″ W

36°57′18.7″ N | 76°24′10.1″ W

(4) James River Anchorages—(i) Anchorage I, Newport News. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°58′49.0″ N | 76°27′09.8″ W

36°58′35.9″ N | 76°26′37.2″ W

36°57′52.2″ N | 76°26′01.6″ W

36°57′31.1″ N | 76°25′33.3″ W

36°57′07.2″ N | 76°24′43.1″ W

36°56′23.1″ N | 76°24′26.8″ W

36°56′03.5″ N | 76°24′35.8″ W

36°57′54.2″ N | 76°26′40.3″ W

36°58′23.5″ N | 76°27′09.8″ W

(ii) Anchorage Berth I-1. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 400 yards and the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

36°57′09.0″ N | 76°25′20.4″ W

(iii) Anchorage Berth I-2. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 400 yards and with the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

36°57′23.8″ N | 76°25′46.0″ W

(iv) Anchorage J, Newport News Middle Ground. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°55′59.9″ N | 76°22′11.7″ W

36°55′59.9″ N | 76°24′00.0″ W

36°56′25.3″ N | 76°23′48.0″ W

36°57′10.2″ N | 76°24′09.9″ W

36°57′12.0″ N | 76°23′47.3″ W

36°56′38.5″ N | 76°21′39.1″ W

36°56′38.5″ N | 76°20′47.0″ W

(v) Anchorage K, Newport News Middle Ground. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°57′56.4″ N | 76°20′30.5″ W

36°57′08.5″ N | 76°20′31.0″ W

36°56′48.8″ N | 76°20′22.5″ W

36°56′45.0″ N | 76°20′32.0″ W

36°56′45.0″ N | 76°21′37.7″ W

36°57′14.1″ N | 76°23′29.1″ W

36°57′28.1″ N | 76°21′11.7″ W

(vi) Anchorage Berth K-1. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 400 yards and with the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

36°57′30.5″ N | 76°20′45.3″ W

(vii) Anchorage Berth K-2. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 400 yards and with the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

36°57′16.8″ N | 76°21′09.5″ W

(viii) Anchorage Berth L, Craney Island Flats. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°55′59.9″ N | 76°22′11.7″ W

36°56′38.5″ N | 76°20′45.5″ W

36°56′30.0″ N | 76°20′24.3″ W

36°56′04.2″ N | 76°20′26.2″ W

(5) Elizabeth River Anchorages. (i) Anchorage M, Port Norfolk. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°51′45.7″ N | 76°19′31.5″ W

36°51′45.8″ N | 76°19′20.7″ W

36°51′37.8″ N | 76°19′24.3″ W

36°51′32.5″ N | 76°19′31.1″ W

36°51′40.7″ N | 76°19′37.3″ W

36°51′45.7″ N | 76°19′31.5″ W

(ii) Anchorage N, Hospital Point. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

36°51′05.4″ N | 76°18′22.4″ W

36°50′50.0″ N | 76°18′00.0″ W

36°50′36.7″ N | 76°17′52.8″ W

36°50′33.6″ N | 76°17′58.8″ W

36°50′49.3″ N | 76°18′09.0″ W

36°50′50.3″ N | 76°18′07.8″ W

36°50′56.2″ N | 76°18′12.5″ W

36°51′01.8″ N | 76°18′32.3″ W

(iii) Anchorage O, The Hague. The waters of the basin known as “The Hague”, north of the Brambleton Avenue Bridge, except for the area within 100 feet of the bridge span that provides access to and from the Elizabeth River.

(6) Anchorage Q—Quarantine Anchorage. The waters bound by a line connecting the following points, which are based on the World Geodetic System (WGS84):

Latitude | Longitude

37°05′40″ N | 076°08′12″ W

37°05′40″ N | 076°07′19″ W

37°03′46″ N | 076°05′58″ W

37°03′46″ N | 076°06′51″ W

(7) Anchorage R. The waters bound by a line connecting the following points, which are based on the World Geodetic System (WGS84):

Latitude | Longitude

37°19′10″ N | 076°05′00″ W

37°12′00″ N | 076°05′00″ W

37°09′08″ N | 076°08′19″ W

37°11′23″ N | 076°08′49″ W

37°19′10″ N | 076°05′46″ W

(b) Definitions. As used in this section—

Class 1 (explosive) materials means Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4 explosives, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50.

Dangerous cargo means “certain dangerous cargo” as defined in § 160.202 of this chapter.

U.S. naval vessel means any vessel owned, operated, chartered, or leased by the U.S. Navy; any pre-commissioned vessel under construction for the U.S. Navy, once launched into the water; and any vessel under the operational control of the U.S. Navy or a Combatant Command.

(c) General regulations. (1) Except as otherwise provided, this section applies to vessels over 20 meters long and vessels carrying or handling dangerous cargo or Class 1 (explosive) materials while anchored in an anchorage ground described in this section.

(2) Except as otherwise provided, a vessel may not occupy an anchorage for more than 30 days, unless the vessel obtains permission from the Captain of the Port.

(3) Except in an emergency, a vessel that is likely to sink or otherwise become a menace or obstruction to navigation or to the anchoring of other vessels, may not occupy an anchorage, unless the vessel obtains permission from the Captain of the Port.

(4) The Captain of the Port may, upon application, assign a vessel to a specific berth within an anchorage for a specified period of time.

(5) The Captain of the Port may grant a revocable permit to a vessel for a habitual use of a berth. Only the vessel that holds the revocable permit may use the berth during the period that the permit is in effect.

(6) The Commander, USCG East District, may authorize the establishment and placement of temporary mooring buoys within a berth. Placement of a fixed structure within an anchorage may be authorized by the District Engineer, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.

(7) If an application is for the long-term lay up of a vessel, the Captain of the Port may establish special conditions in the permit with which the vessel must comply.

(8) Upon notification by the Captain of the Port to shift its position within an anchorage, a vessel at anchor must get underway at once or signal for a tug. The vessel must move to its new location within 2 hours after notification.

(9) The Captain of the Port may prescribe specific conditions for vessels anchoring within the anchorages described in this section, including, but not limited to, the number and location of anchors, scope of chain, readiness of engineering plant and equipment, usage of tugs, and requirements for maintaining communications guards on selected radio frequencies.

(10) A vessel that does not have a sufficient crew on board to weigh anchor at any time must have two anchors in place, unless the Captain of the Port waives this requirement. Members of the crew may not be released until the required anchors have been set.

(11) No vessel at anchor or at a mooring within an anchorage may transfer oil to another vessel unless the vessel has given the Captain of the Port the four hours advance notice required by § 156.118 of this title.

(12) Barges may not anchor in the deeper portions of anchorages or interfere with the anchoring of deep-draft vessels.

(13) Barges towed in tandem to an anchorage must be nested together when anchored.

(14) Any vessel anchored or moored in an anchorage adjacent to the Chesapeake Bay Bridge Tunnel or Monitor-Merrimac Bridge Tunnel (MMBT) must be capable of getting underway within 30 minutes with sufficient power to keep free of the bridge tunnel complex.

(15) A vessel may not anchor or moor in an anchorage adjacent to the Chesapeake Bay Bridge Tunnel or Monitor-Merrimac Bridge Tunnel (MMBT) if its steering or main propulsion equipment is impaired.

(d) Regulations for vessels handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials. This paragraph applies to every vessel, except a naval vessel, handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials.

(1) Unless otherwise directed by the Captain of the Port, each commercial vessel handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials must be anchored or moored within Anchorage Berth E-1.

(2) Each vessel, including each tug and stevedore boat, used for loading or unloading dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials in an anchorage, must have permission issued by the Captain of the Port.

(3) The Captain of the Port may require every person having business aboard a vessel handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials while in an anchorage, other than a member of the crew, to hold a form of valid identification.

(4) Each person having business aboard a vessel handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials while in an anchorage, other than a member of the crew, must present the identification prescribed by paragraph (d)(3) of this section to any Coast Guard boarding officer who requests it.

(5) Each non-self-propelled vessel handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials must have a tug in attendance at all times while at anchor.

(6) Each vessel handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials while at anchor must display by day a red flag (Bravo flag) in a prominent location and by night a fixed red light.

(e) Regulations for Specific Anchorages—(1) Anchorages A, B, C, and D. Except for a naval vessel, military support vessel, or vessel in an emergency situation, a vessel may not anchor in Anchorages A, B, C, or D without the permission of the Captain of the Port. The Captain of the Port must consult with the Commander, Naval Amphibious Base Little Creek, before granting a vessel permission to anchor in Anchorages A, B, C, or D.

(2) Anchorage E. (i) A vessel may not anchor in Anchorage E without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(ii) The Captain of the Port must give commercial vessels priority over naval and public vessels.

(iii) The Captain of the Port may at any time revoke permission to anchor in Anchorage E issued under the authority of paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section.

(iv) A vessel may not anchor in Anchorage Berth E-1, unless it is handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials.

(v) A vessel may not anchor within 500 yards of Anchorage Berth E-1 without the permission of the Captain of the Port, if the berth is occupied by a vessel handling or carrying dangerous cargoes or Class 1 (explosive) materials.

(3) Anchorage F. A vessel having a draft less than 45 feet may not anchor in Anchorage F without the permission of the Captain of the Port. No vessel may anchor in Anchorage F for a longer period than 72 hours without permission from the Captain of the Port. Vessels expecting to be at anchor for more than 72 hours must obtain permission from the Captain of the Port.

(4) Anchorage G. (i) Except for a naval vessel, a vessel may not anchor in Anchorage G without the permission of the Captain of the Port.

(ii) When handling or transferring Class 1 (explosive) materials in Anchorage G, naval vessels must comply with Department of Defense Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards, or the standards in this section, whichever are the more stringent.

(iii) When barges and other vessels are berthed at the Ammunition Barge Mooring Facility, located at latitude 36°58′34″ N, longitude 76°21′12″ W., no other vessel, except a vessel that is receiving or offloading Class 1 (explosive) materials, may anchor within 1,000 yards of the Ammunition Barge Mooring Facility. Vessels transferring class 1 (explosive) materials must display by day a red flag (Bravo flag) in a prominent location and by night a fixed red light.

(iv) Whenever a vessel is handling or transferring Class 1 (explosive) materials while at anchor in Anchorage G, no other vessel may anchor in Anchorage G without the permission of the Captain of the Port. The Captain of the Port must consult with the Commander, Naval Station Norfolk, before granting a vessel permission to anchor in Anchorage G.

(v) A vessel located within Anchorage G may not handle or transfer Class 1 (explosive) materials within 400 yards of Norfolk Harbor Entrance Reach.

(vi) A vessel may not handle or transfer Class 1 (explosive) materials within 850 yards of another anchored vessel, unless the other vessel is also handling or transferring Class 1 (explosive) materials.

(vii) A vessel may not handle or transfer Class 1 (explosive) materials within 850 yards of Anchorage F or H.

(5) Anchorage I: Anchorage Berths I-1 and I-2. A vessel that is 500 feet or less in length or that has a draft of 30 feet or less may not anchor in Anchorage Berth I-1 or I-2 without the permission of the Captain of the Port.

(6) Anchorage K: Anchorage Berths K-1 and K-2. A vessel that is 500 feet or less in length or that has a draft of 30 feet or less may not anchor in Anchorage Berth K-1 or K-2 without the permission of the Captain of the Port.

(7) Anchorage N. Portions of this anchorage are a special anchorage area under § 110.72aa of this part during marine events regulated under § 100.501 of this chapter.

(8) Anchorage O. (i) A vessel may not anchor in Anchorage O unless it is a recreational vessel.

(ii) No float, raft, lighter, houseboat, or other craft may be laid up for any reason in Anchorage O without the permission of the Captain of the Port.

(9) Anchorage Q: Quarantine Anchorage. (i) A vessel that is arriving from or departing for sea and that requires an examination by public health, customs, or immigration authorities shall anchor in Anchorage Q. Vessels not needing examination may use Anchorage Q at any time.

(ii) Every vessel using Anchorage Q must be prepared to move promptly under its own power to another location when directed by the Captain of the Port, and must promptly vacate Anchorage Q after being examined and released by authorities.

(iii) Any non-self-propelled vessel using Anchorage Q must have a tugboat in attendance while undergoing examination by quarantine, customs, or immigration authorities, except with the permission of the Captain of the Port.

(10) Anchorage R. (i) No vessel using Anchorage R may conduct oil or hazardous material transfer operations subject to 33 CFR part 156 except with permission of the COTP.

(ii) Any non-self-propelled vessel using Anchorage R must have a towing vessel in attendance except with permission of the COTP not to have a towing vessel in attendance.

[CGD05-04-043, 70 FR 29955, May 25, 2005, as amended by USCG-2008-0041, 73 FR 5746, Jan. 31, 2008; USCG-2005-21869, 80 FR 5330, Jan. 30, 2015; USCG-2015-1118, 85 FR 31978, May 28, 2020]

§ 110.170 Cape Fear, NC.

(a) The anchorage grounds. All coordinates in this section are based on the World Geodetic System (WGS 84).

(1) Anchorage A. The corner coordinates of the anchorage are:

Table 1 to Paragraph (a)(1)

Latitude | Longitude

33°47′59.09″ N | 78°14′58.67″ W

33°47′59.09″ N | 78°06′24.74″ W

33°46′01.22″ N | 78°06′24.74″ W

33°46′01.22″ N | 78°14′58.67″ W

(2) Anchorage B. Explosives Anchorage. The corner coordinates of the anchorage follow:

Table 2 to Paragraph (a)(2)

Latitude | Longitude

33°47′59.09″ N | 78°17′14.00″ W

33°47′59.09″ N | 78°14′58.67″ W

33°46′01.22″ N | 78°14′58.67″ W

33°46′01.22″ N | 78°17′14.00″ W

(b) Definitions. As used in this section—

Cargoes of particular hazard means “cargo of particular hazard” as defined in § 126.3 of this title.

Class 1 (explosive) materials means Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4 explosives, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50.

Dangerous cargo means “certain dangerous cargo” as defined in § 160.204 of this title.

U.S. naval vessel means any vessel owner, operated, chartered, or leased by the U.S. Navy; and any vessel under the operational control of the U.S. Navy or Combatant Command.

(c) General regulations. (1) Vessels in the Atlantic Ocean near Cape Fear River Inlet awaiting berthing space within the Port of Wilmington shall only anchor within the anchorage grounds defined and established in paragraph (a) of this section, except in cases of emergency.

(2) Vessels anchoring under circumstances of emergency outside the anchorage areas shall be shifted to new positions within the anchorage grounds immediately after the emergency ceases.

(3) Vessels may anchor anywhere within the anchorage grounds provided such anchoring does not interfere with the operations of any other vessel at anchorage; except a vessel may not anchor within 1,500 yards of a vessel carrying or handling dangerous cargoes, cargoes of a particular hazard, or Class 1 (explosive) materials. Vessels shall lie at anchor with as short of a chain or cable as conditions permit.

(4) Prior to entering the anchorage grounds, all vessels must notify the Coast Guard Captain of the Port Sector North Carolina (COTP) via VHF-FM channel 16.

(5) No vessel may anchor within the anchorage grounds for more than 72 hours without the prior approval of the COTP. To obtain this approval, contact the COTP via VHF-FM channel 16.

(6) The COTP may close the anchorage grounds and direct vessels to depart the anchorage during periods of severe weather or at other times as deemed necessary in the interest of port safety or security.

(7) The COTP may prescribe specific conditions for vessels anchoring within the anchorage grounds, including but not limited to, the number and location of anchors, scope of chain, readiness of engineering plant and equipment, usage of tugs, and requirements for maintaining communications guards on selected radio frequencies.

(d) Regulations for vessels handling or carrying dangerous cargoes, cargoes of a particular hazard, or Class 1 (explosive) materials. This paragraph applies to every vessel, except U.S. naval vessels, handling or carrying dangerous cargoes, cargoes of a particular hazard, or Class 1 (explosive) materials.

(1) Unless otherwise directed by the Captain of the Port, each commercial vessel handling or carrying dangerous cargoes, cargoes of a particular hazard, or Class 1 (explosive) materials must be anchored within Anchorage B of paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(2) Vessels requiring the use of Anchorage B of paragraph (a)(2) of this section must display by day a red flag (Bravo flag) in a prominent location and by night a fixed red light. In lieu of a fixed red light, by night a red flag may be illuminated by spotlight.

[USCG-2020-0216, 87 FR 36768, June 21, 2022]

§ 110.173 Port of Charleston, SC.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Commercial Anchorage A. This anchorage is located adjacent to the western edge of Folly Island Channel and southwest of Rebellion Reach and is bounded by the following coordinates:

32°45′34″ N., 79°52′12″ W.; to 32°46′17″ N., 79°53′21″ W.; to 32°45′51″ N., 79°53′23″ W.; to 32°45′34″ N., 79°52′55″ W.; thence back to 32°45′34″ N., 79°52′12″ W.

(2) Commercial Anchorage B. This anchorage is located adjacent to the south side of South Channel and bounded by the following coordinates:

32°45′28″ N., 79°53′40″ W.; to 32°45′28″ N., 79°54′46″ W.; to 32°45′19″ N., 79°54′46″ W.; to 32°45′12″ N., 79°54′06″ W.; to 32°45′16″ N., 79°53′40″ W.; thence back to 32°45′28″ N., 79°53′40″ W.

(3) Commercial Anchorage C. This anchorage is located 1800 yards, 118° true from St. Michaels Church Spire and has a diameter of 500 yards. Vessels using this anchorage must anchor in the center.

(4) Commercial Anchorage D. This anchorage is located 51°30′ true, 1375 yards from St. Michaels Church Spire and has a diameter of 1400 feet. The use of this anchorage is limited to loaded vessels for a period of not more than 24 hours.

(b) The regulations. (1) Except in cases of great emergency, no vessel shall be anchored in the main ship channels as defined by broken lines marking their boundaries on NOAA Chart 11524. Vessels must be anchored in such a way as not to interfere with the free navigation of channels in the port, including Cooper, Ashley, Wando Rivers, and Town Creek, nor to obstruct the approach to any pier or entrance to any slip, nor to impede the movement of any vessel or craft.

(2) Vessels using the anchorages opposite the eastern waterfront of Charleston shall place their anchors as near as possible in the center of the anchorage. Vessels not using a designated commercial anchorage shall not place their anchors within the main ship channels, nor shall be so anchored as to swing within 400 feet of any wharf or pier on the eastern waterfront of Charleston. Vessels may be so anchored as to swing into the main ship channels only if they are so placed with reference to the customary winds, tides, and currents of the harbor, as to swing only during slack water, and that during this period there shall remain in the waters adjacent to the channel an area of sufficient depth as to permit the safe passage of loaded vessels.

(3) No vessel may anchor within the designated anchorages for more than 72 hours without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(4) No vessel may anchor unless it maintains a bridge watch, guards and answers Channel 16 FM, and maintains an accurate position plot.

(5) If any anchored vessel is so close to another that a collision is probable, each vessel must communicate with the other vessel and the Captain of the Port on Channel 16 FM and shall act to eliminate the close proximity situation.

(6) No vessel may anchor unless it maintains the capability to get underway within 4 hours.

(7) No vessel may anchor in a “dead ship” status (propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(8) Dragging of anchors in or across main ship channels and cable areas is prohibited.

(9) Vessels which, through force of great emergency, are anchored contrary to the foregoing regulations in this section shall be shifted to new berths in accordance with such regulations at the earliest opportunity.

(10) A vessel, upon notification from the Captain of the Port to shift its position in anchorage grounds must get underway at once or signal for a tug, and must change position as directed with reasonable promptness.

(11) No vessel may conduct lightering operations in an anchorage without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(12) When the use of an anchorage is required by naval vessels, the vessels anchored therein shall move when the Captain of the Port directs them.

(13) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the owner or person in charge of any vessel from the penalties of law for obstructing navigation, or for obstructing or interfering with range lights, or for not complying with the navigation laws in regard to lights, fog signals, etc.

[CGD7 83-15, 49 FR 26587, June 28, 1984]

§ 110.179 Skidaway River, Isle of Hope, Ga.

(a) The anchorage ground. An area in Skidaway River beginning at a point on the mean low water line 400 feet south of Brady Boat Works, thence 76°30′, 300 feet to a buoy; thence 152°30′, 900 feet to a buoy; thence 251°00′, 450 feet to the mean low water line at Wymberly Yacht Club dock.

(b) The regulations. (1) Except in cases of great emergency, no vessels shall anchor in Skidaway River between the north end of Barbee's dock and southward to Day Marker 48 except in the anchorage area hereby defined and established: Provided, however, That vessels may moor to any lawfully constructed wharf.

(2) Except in cases of great emergency, no vessel shall be anchored where it can swing within 50 feet of any lawfully constructed wharf or within 50 feet of the mean low water line, nor shall any vessel be so anchored that any portion of the hull or rigging shall at any time extend outside the boundary of the anchorage area.

(3) Any vessel anchoring under circumstances of great emergency outside the anchorage area should be placed in such a position as not to interfere with the free navigation of the channel nor obstruct the approach to any lawfully constructed wharf nor impede the movement of any boat, and shall move away immediately after the emergency ceases or upon notification of the District Commander.

(4) No vessels with an overall length greater than 65 feet will use the anchorage area except in cases of great emergency.

(5) Vessels operating within the anchorage area will not exceed a speed of five (5) miles per hour.

§ 110.182 Atlantic Ocean off Fort George Inlet, near Mayport, Fla.

(a) The Anchorage areas—(1) Anchorages for aircraft carriers and other deep draft vessels. Four circular areas each with a radius of 600 yards and with their centers located at: “A”—latitude 30°25′35″, longitude 81°21′23″; “B”—latitude 30°26′13″, longitude 81°21′13″; “C”—latitude 30°26′19″, longitude 81°20′27″; “D”—latitude 30°26′55″, longitude 81°20′47″.

(2) Anchorages for destroyers and other ships of similar size. Six circular areas each with a radius of 300 yards and with their centers located at: “1”—latitude 30°24′38″; longitude 81°21′57″; “2”—latitude 30°24′57″, longitude 81°21′58″; “3”—latitude 30°24′56″, longitude 81°21′38″; “4”—latitude 30°25′13″, longitude 81°22′05″; “5”—latitude 30°25′13″, longitude 81°21′43″; “6”—latitude 30°25′07″, longitude 81°21′24″.

(3) Explosives anchorage. The circular area “A” described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section is also designated as an explosives anchorage for use during periods when ammunition must be handled outside the limits of the U.S. Naval Station, Mayport, Fla.

(b) The regulations for all designated areas. (1) Usage of these areas by naval vessels shall predominate only when necessary for military requirements; at such times other vessels shall remain clear of the areas.

(2) Prudent assignment of the anchorage areas shall be made by the Commanding Officer, U.S. Naval Station, Mayport, Fla.

(c) Additional regulations for Explosives Anchorage Area “A”. (1) When occupied by a vessel handling explosives, no other vessel may enter the area unless authorized by the enforcing agency.

(2) Only one vessel handling explosives may anchor in the area at one time. A patrol craft shall be utilized to assure that other vessels remain clear when explosives are exposed or being transferred to and from the anchorage.

(3) No more than 500,000 pounds net high explosives or equivalent may be exposed in the area at any one time.

(d) The regulations in this section shall be enforced by the Commanding Officer, U.S. Naval Station, Mayport, Fla., or other agencies that he may designate.

§ 110.183 St. Johns River, Florida.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Anchorage A. (Upper Anchorage) The Anchorage is established within the following coordinates, the area enclosed by a line starting at the south shore westerly of the entrance to Miller Creek at

30°18′43.8″ N, 081°38′15.0″ W; thence to 30°18′52.8″ N, 081°38′15.0″ W; thence to 30°18′47.6″ N, 081°37′47.6″ W; thence to 30°18′55.0″ N, 081°37′29.0″ W; thence to 30°19′06.0″ N, 081°37′27.0″ W; thence to 30°19′06.0″ N, 081°37′02.0″ W; thence to 30°19′01.2″ N, 081°37′02.0″ W; thence returning to the point of beginning.

(2) Anchorage B. (Lower Anchorage) The Anchorage is established within the following coordinates, the area enclosed by a line starting at a point on the eastern shore of the river at ‘Floral Bluff’ at

30°21′00.0″ N, 081°36′41.0″ W; thence to

30°20′00.0″ N, 081°37′03.0″ W; thence to

30°21′00.0″ N, 081°37′06.0″ W; thence to

30°21′50.0″ N, 081°36′56.0″ W; thence to

30°21′54.0″ N, 081°36′48.0″ W; thence returning to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. (1) Except in cases of emergency, only vessels meeting the conditions and restrictions of this paragraph will be authorized by the Captain of the Port to anchor in the St. Johns River, as depicted on NOAA chart 11491, between the entrance buoy (STJ) and the Main Street Bridge (in position 30°19′20″ N, 81°39′32″ W). Vessels unable to meet any of the following conditions and restrictions must obtain specific authorization from the Captain of the Port prior to anchoring in Anchorage A or B.

(2) All vessels intending to enter and anchor in Anchorage A or B shall notify the Captain of the Port prior to entering.

(3) Anchorages A and B are temporary anchorages. Additionally, Anchorage B is used as a turning basin. Vessels may not anchor for more than 24 hours in either anchorage without specific written authorization from the Captain of the Port.

(4) All vessels at anchor must maintain a watch on VHF-FM channels 13 and 16 by a person fluent in English, and shall make a security broadcast on channel 13 upon anchoring and every 4 hours thereafter.

(5) Anchorage A is restricted to vessels less than 250 feet in length.

(6) Anchorage B is restricted to vessels with a draft of 24 feet or less, regardless of length.

(7) Any vessel transferring petroleum products within Anchorage B shall have a pilot or Docking Master aboard, and employ sufficient assist tugs to assure the safety of the vessel at anchor and any vessels transiting the area.

(8) Any vessel over 300 feet in length within Anchorage B shall have a Pilot or Docking Master aboard, and employ sufficient assist tugs to assure the safety of the vessel at anchor and any vessels transiting the area.

[CGD07-93-035, 60 FR 14220, Mar. 16, 1995, as amended by CGD07-99-023, 64 FR 42279, Aug. 4, 1999]

§ 110.184 Atlantic Ocean, Offshore Jacksonville, FL.

(a) Location. All waters of the Atlantic Ocean encompassed within a radius of 1,400 feet of the following coordinates based on North American Datum 1983:

(1) Anchorage Ground 1 with a center point in position 30°26″48.6′ N, 81°17″14.9′ W.

(2) Anchorage Ground 2 with a center point in position 30°26″20.5′ N, 81°17″30.8′ W; and

(3) Anchorage Ground 3 with a center point in position 30°26″20.2′ N, 81°16″57.8′ W.

(b) The regulations. (1) Commercial vessels in the Atlantic Ocean near the Port of Jacksonville desiring to anchor must anchor only within the anchorage area defined and established in paragraph (a) of this section, except in cases of emergency.

(2) All vessels within the designated anchorage area must maintain a 24-hour bridge watch by a licensed or credentialed deck officer proficient in English, monitoring VHF-FM channel 16. This individual must confirm that the ship's crew performs frequent checks of the vessel's position to ensure the vessel is not dragging anchor.

(3) Vessels may anchor anywhere within the designated anchorage area, provided that: Such anchoring does not interfere with the operations of any other vessels currently at anchorage; and all anchor and chain or cable is positioned in such a manner to preclude dragging.

(4) No vessel may anchor in a “dead ship” status (that is, propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port (COTP). Vessels which are planning to perform main propulsion engine repairs or maintenance, must immediately notify the COTP on VHF-FM Channel 22A. Vessels must also report marine casualties in accordance with 46 CFR 4.05-1.

(5) No vessel may anchor within the designated anchorage for more than 72 hours without the prior approval of the COTP. To obtain this approval, contact the COTP on VHF-FM Channel 22A.

(6) The COTP may close the anchorage area and direct vessels to depart the anchorage during periods of adverse weather or at other times as deemed necessary in the interest of port safety or security.

(7) Commercial vessels anchoring under emergency circumstances outside the anchorage area must shift to new positions within the anchorage area immediately after the emergency ceases.

[USCG-2016-0897, 85 FR 67280, Oct. 22, 2020]

§ 110.185 Atlantic Ocean, off the Port of Palm Beach, FL.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Anchorage A. The waters lying within an area bounded by a line beginning at latitude 26°50′00″ N., longitude 80°01′12″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 26°50′00″ N., longitude 80°01′30″ W.; thence southerly to latitude 26°47′30″ N., longitude 80°01′30″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 26°47′30″ N., longitude 80°01′12″ W.; and thence northerly to the point of beginning.

(2) Anchorage B. The waters lying within an area bounded by a line beginning at latitude 26°45′06″ N., longitude 80°01′12″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 26°45′06″ N., longitude 80°01′42″ W.; thence southerly to latitude 26°43′48″ N., longitude 80°01′42″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 26°43′48″ N., longitude 80°01′12″ W.; and thence northerly to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. (1) Vessels in the Atlantic Ocean near Lake Worth Inlet awaiting berthing space at the Port of Palm Beach, shall only anchor within the anchorage areas hereby defined and established, except in cases of great emergency.

(2) Vessels anchoring under circumstances of great emergency outside the anchorage areas shall be shifted to new positions within the anchorage areas immediately after the emergency ceases.

[CGD 7-85-10, 51 FR 11726, Apr. 7, 1986]

§ 110.186 Port Everglades, Florida.

(a) The anchorage grounds. The anchorage grounds, the center of which is located approximately two and one half miles northeast of the entrance to Port Everglades, is an area bounded by a line connecting points with the following North American Datum 83 coordinates:

Latitude | Longitude

26-08′26.934″ N | 080-04′28.240″ W

26-08′08.560″ N | 080-04′16.158″ W

26-07′56.000″ N | 080-04′17.486″ W

26-07′56.000″ N | 080-02′42.623″ W

26-07′19.500″ N | 080-02′53.153″ W

26-07′19.500″ N | 080-04′28.800″ W

26-06′35.160″ N | 080-04′28.800″ W

26-06′35.160″ N | 080-04′38.694″ W

26-08′26.934″ N | 080-04′28.240″ W

(b) The regulations. (1) Commercial vessels in the Atlantic Ocean in the vicinity of Port Everglades shall anchor only within the anchorage area hereby defined and established, except in cases of emergency.

(2) Prior to entering the anchorage area, all vessels shall notify the Coast Guard Captain of the Port, via the Port Everglades Harbormaster, on VHF-FM Channel 14.

(3) All vessels within the designated anchorage area shall maintain a 24-hour bridge watch by a licensed or credentialed deck officer proficient in English, monitoring VHF-FM channel 16. This individual shall confirm that the ship's crew performs frequent checks of the vessel's position to ensure the vessel is not dragging anchor.

(4) Vessels may anchor anywhere within the designated anchorage area provided that: such anchoring does not interfere with the operations of any other vessels currently at anchorage; and all anchor and chain or cable is positioned in such a manner to preclude dragging over reefs.

(5) No vessel may anchor in a “dead ship” status (i.e. propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port. Vessels experiencing casualties such as a main propulsion, main steering or anchoring equipment malfunction or which are planning to perform main propulsion engine repairs or maintenance, shall immediately notify the Coast Guard Captain of the Port via Coast Guard Sector Miami on VHF-FM Channel 16.

(6) No vessel may anchor within the designated anchorage for more than 72 hours without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port. To obtain this approval, contact the Coast Guard Captain of the Port, via the Port Everglades Harbor Master, on VHF-FM Channel 14.

(7) The Coast Guard Captain of the Port may close the anchorage area and direct vessels to depart the anchorage during periods of adverse weather or at other times as deemed necessary in the interest of port safety or security.

(8) Commercial vessels anchoring under emergency circumstances outside the anchorage area shall shift to new positions within the anchorage area immediately after the emergency ceases.

(9) Whenever the maritime or commercial interests of the United States so require, the Captain of the Port, U.S. Coast Guard, Miami, Florida, may direct relocation of any vessel anchored within the anchorage area. Once directed, such vessel must get underway at once or signal for a tug, and must change position as directed.

[CGD 07-91-060, 58 FR 36356, July 7, 1993, as amended by CGD 07-99-003, 64 FR 20177, Apr. 26, 1999; USCG-2006-25556, 72 FR 36328, July 2, 2007; USCG-2007-0036, 73 FR 6610, Feb. 5, 2008; USCG-2006-24371, 74 FR 11212, Mar. 16, 2009]

§ 110.188 Atlantic Ocean off Miami and Miami Beach, Fla.

(a) The anchorage areas—(1) Anchorage A. All area of the Atlantic Ocean, encompassed by a line connecting the points of the following North America Datum 83 coordinates:

Latitude | Longitude

25°47′57.687″ N. | 080°05′37.225″ W.

25°47′57.341″ N. | 080°05′26.466″ W.

25°46′31.443″ N. | 080°05′27.069″ W.

25°46′31.557″ N. | 080°05′37.868″ W.

(2) Anchorage B. All area of the Atlantic Ocean, encompassed by a line connecting the points of the following North America Datum 83 coordinates:

Latitude | Longitude

25°48′13.841″ N. | 080°04′59.155″ W.

25°48′04.617″ N. | 080°04′04.582″ W.

25°46′32.712″ N. | 080°04′28.387″ W.

25°46′43.770″ N. | 080°05′02.360″ W.

(b) The regulations. (1) Vessels in the Atlantic Ocean in the vicinity of Port of Miami must anchor only within the anchorage areas hereby defined and established, except in cases of emergency.

(2) Prior to entering the anchorage areas, all vessels must notify the Coast Guard Captain of the Port via VHF-FM channel 16.

(3) All vessels within the designated anchorages must maintain a 24-hour bridge watch by a licensed or credentialed deck officer proficient in English, monitoring VHF-FM channel 16. This individual must confirm that the ship's crew performs frequent checks of the vessel's position to ensure the vessel is not dragging anchor.

(4) Vessels may anchor anywhere within the designated anchorage areas provided that: Such anchoring does not interfere with the operations of any other vessels currently at anchorage; and all anchor and chain or cable is positioned in such a manner to preclude dragging over reefs.

(5) No vessel may anchor in a “dead ship” status (that is, propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port. Vessels experiencing casualties, such as main propulsion, main steering, or anchoring equipment malfunction, or which are planning to perform main propulsion engine repairs or maintenance, must immediately notify the Coast Guard Captain of the Port via Coast Guard Sector Miami on VHF-FM channel 16.

(6) No vessel may anchor within the designated anchorages for more than 72 hours without the prior approval of the Captain of the Port. To obtain this approval, contact the Coast Guard Captain of the Port via VHF-FM channel 16.

(7) The Coast Guard Captain of the Port may close the anchorage areas and direct vessels to depart the anchorage during periods of adverse weather or at other times as deemed necessary in the interest of port safety or security.

(8) Commercial vessels anchoring under emergency circumstances outside the anchorage areas must shift to new positions within the anchorage areas immediately after the emergency ceases.

(9) Whenever the maritime or commercial interests of the United States so require, the Captain of the Port, U.S. Coast Guard, Miami, Florida, may direct relocation of any vessel anchored within the anchorage areas. Once directed, such vessel must get underway at once or signal for a tug, and must change position as directed.

[USCG-2015-0729, 82 FR 27775, June 19, 2017]

§ 110.189a Key West Harbor, Key West, Fla., naval explosives anchorage area.

(a) The anchorage ground. A circular area with its center at latitude 24°30′50.6″, longitude 81°50′31.6″ with a radius of 300 yards, for use for ammunition exceeding the prescribed limits for pier-side handling.

(b) The regulations. (1) When occupied by a vessel handling explosives, no other vessel may enter the area unless authorized by the enforcing agency.

(2) Only one vessel handling explosives may anchor in the area at one time.

(3) No more than 300,000 pounds net of high explosives or equivalent may be handled in the area at any one time.

(4) The regulations in this section shall be enforced by the Commander, U.S. Naval Base, Key West, Fla., and any other agencies he may designate.

§ 110.190 Tortugas Harbor, in vicinity of Garden Key, Dry Tortugas, Fla.

(a) The anchorage grounds. All of Bird Key Harbor, southwest of Garden Key, bounded by the surrounding reefs and shoals and, on the northeast, by a line extending from Fort Jefferson West Channel Daybeacon 2 to Fort Jefferson West Channel Daybeacon 4, thence to Fort Jefferson West Channel Daybeacon 6, and thence to Fort Jefferson West Channel Daybeacon 8.

(b) The regulations. Except in cases of emergency involving danger to life or property, no vessel engaged in commercial fishing or shrimping shall anchor in any of the channels harbors, or lagoons in the vicinity of Garden Keys, Bush Key, or the surrounding shoals, outside of Bird Key Harbor.

§ 110.193 Tampa Bay, Fla.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Explosives anchorage east of Mullet Key. A rectangular area in Tampa Bay, approximately 4,459 yards long and 1,419 yards wide, beginning at latitude 27°38′30″, longitude 82°39′09″, and extending northeasterly to latitude 27°39′48″, longitude 82°37′15″; thence southeasterly to latitude 27°39′17″, longitude 82°36′46″; thence southwesterly to latitude 27°37′52″, longitude 82°38′38″; thence northwesterly to the point of beginning.

(2) Temporary explosives anchorage south of Interbay Peninsula. Beginning at a point bearing 107°, 1,750 yards from Cut “F” Range Front Light; thence to a point bearing 125°, 2,050 yards, from Cut “F” Range Front Light; thence to a point bearing 180°, 1,725 yards, from Cut “F” Range Front Light; thence to a point bearing 222°, 2,180 yards, from Cut “F” Range Front Light; thence to a point bearing 251°, 1,540 yards, from Cut “F” Range Front Light; and thence to the point of beginning.

(3) Temporary explosives anchorage off Port Tampa. A circular area with a radius of 200 yards with the point at latitude 27°50′22″, longitude 82°34′15″.

(4) Quarantine Anchorage. Southeast of the temporary explosive anchorage, beginning at a point bearing 97° true, 4,370 yards, from Cut “F” Range Front Light; thence to a point bearing 113°30′, 5,370 yards, from Cut “F” Range Front Light; thence to a point bearing 161°30′, 3,770 yards, from Cut “F” Range Front Light; thence to a point bearing 163°30′, 2,070 yards, from Cut “F” Range Front Light; thence to the point of beginning.

(5) Barge Fleeting Area, Hillsborough Bay. Located 400 feet west of Cut “D” Channel at a point beginning at latitude 27°54′34″, longitude 82°26′35″; thence northerly 1,000 feet to latitude 27°54′43″, longitude 82°26′40″; thence westerly 500 feet to latitude 27°54′41″, longitude 82°26′45″; thence southerly 1,000 feet to latitude 27°54′32″, longitude 82°26′40″; thence easterly 500 feet to the point of beginning.

Note:

This area is reserved for transient barges only. Barges shall not occupy this anchorage for a period longer than 96 hours unless permission is obtained from the Captain of the Port for this purpose.

(b) The regulations. (1) The explosives anchorage east of Mullet Key shall be used by vessels awaiting loading or unloading at Port Tampa that have explosives actually on board and where the duration of anchorage will exceed 72 hours.

(2) The temporary explosives anchorages south of Interbay Peninsula and off Port Tampa shall be used for vessels engaged in loading explosives when the duration of the anchorage is less than 72 hours.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGFR 69-62, 34 FR 11582, July 15, 1969; 34 FR 12255, July 15, 1969]

§ 110.193a St. Joseph Bay, Fla.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Explosives Anchorage Area 1. A rectangular area 3,000 yards long by 700 yards wide beginning at a point 1,350 yards west of U.S. Highway 98 Bridge over Gulf County Canal. The area is parallel to and 450 yards northeast of the north entrance channel to Port St. Joe, Florida.

(2) Explosives Anchorage Area 2. A circular area with a 500-yard radius around a center point located at latitude 29°47′30″; longitude 85°21′30″, 3,100 yards southeast of FW South Channel Light and 5,250 yards south of FW North Channel Light, in St. Joseph Bay, Port St. Joe, Florida.

(b) The regulations. (1) The explosives anchorage areas shall be used as temporary anchorage for vessels engaged in loading and unloading explosives at the port of Port St. Joe, Florida, when the duration of the anchorage period is less than 96 hours.

(2) No vessel shall occupy this anchorage without obtaining a permit from the Captain of the Port.

§ 110.194 Mobile Bay, Ala., at entrance.

(a) The anchorage grounds. The waters within a radius of 750 yards from a point located 1,000 yards true north from Fort Morgan Light.

(b) The regulations. (1) This anchorage shall be used by vessels loading or discharging high explosives. It shall also be used by vessels carrying dangerous or inflammable cargoes requiring an anchorage. It may be used for a general anchorage when not required for vessels carrying explosives or dangerous or inflammable cargoes.

(2) No vessel shall occupy this anchorage without obtaining a permit from the Captain of the Port.

§ 110.194a Mobile Bay, Ala., and Mississippi Sound, Miss.

(a) The anchorage grounds. (1) The waters of lower Mobile Bay, near Cedar Point, within an area bounded on the north by latitude 30°21′00″, on the east by longitude 88°05′00″, on the south by latitude 30°20′00″, and on the west by longitude 88°06′00″.

(2) The waters of Mississippi Sound, south of Biloxi, within an area bounded on the north by latitude 30°20′00″, on the east by longitude 88°54′00″, on the south by latitude 30°19′00″, and on the west by longitude 88°55′00″.

(b) The regulations. (1) The anchorages are exclusively for the use of unmanned barges, canal boats, scows, and other nondescript vessels. Such craft shall be so anchored that they will not at any time extend outside the limits of the anchorages.

(2) In emergencies or whenever maritime or commercial interests of the United States so require, the Captain of the Port is authorized to shift the position of any craft in the anchorages.

(3) Whenever in the opinion of the Captain of the Port, such action may be necessary, any or all craft in these anchorages may be required to be moored with two or more anchors.

(4) No vessel shall be navigated within the anchorages at a speed exceeding six knots.

§ 110.194b Mississippi Sound and Gulf of America, near Petit Bois Island, Miss.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Explosives Anchorage Area No. 1. A circular area with a one-half mile radius with its center located at latitude 30°14′09″, longitude 88°29′13″, in the waters of Mississippi Sound north of the west end of Petit Bois Island.

(2) Explosives Anchorage Area No. 2. A circular area with a three-fourths mile radius with its center located at latitude 30°11′12″, longitude 88°30′07″, in the waters of Gulf of America south of the west end of Petit Bois Island.

(b) The regulations. (1) The areas shall be used as temporary anchorages for vessels engaged in loading and unloading explosives at the Port of Pascagoula, Miss.

(2) No vessel shall occupy the areas without obtaining a permit from the Captain of the Port.

§ 110.195 Mississippi River below Baton Rouge, LA, including South and Southwest Passes.

(a) The Anchorage Grounds. Unless otherwise specified, all anchorage widths are measured from the average low water plane (ALWP).

(1) Pilottown Anchorage. An area 5.2 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river from mile 1.5 to mile 6.7 above Head of Passes, extending in width to 1600 feet from the left descending bank of the river.

Caution: A wreck is located within the boundaries of this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

(2) Lower Venice Anchorage. An area 1.6 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river from mile 8.0 to mile 9.6 above Head of Passes with the west limit 1,200 feet from the ALWP of the right descending bank.

Caution: A pipeline crossing exists at mile 9.8 AHOP. Mariners are urged to use caution between mile 9.6 AHOP and mile 10.0 AHOP.

(3) Upper Venice Anchorage. An area 1.2 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river from mile 10.0 to mile 11.2 above Head of Passes with the west limit 1,200 feet from the ALWP of the right descending bank.

(4) Boothville Anchorage. An area, 6.45 miles in length, along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 12.05 to mile 18.5 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 750 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 250 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the Low Water Reference Plane (LWRP). The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 1,000 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

Note 1 to paragraph (a)(4):

Venice Revetment extends/runs adjacent to this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

(5) Ostrica Anchorage. An area 1.4 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 23.0 to mile 24.4 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 800 feet.

(6) Port Sulphur Anchorage. An area 2.2 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river, 800 feet wide, extending from mile 37.5 to mile 39.7 above Head of Passes.

(7) Magnolia Anchorage. An area, 2.2 miles in length, along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 45.4 to mile 47.6 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 700 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 400 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 1,100 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

Note 2 to paragraph (a)(7):

Point Michel and Diamond Revetments extend/run adjacent to this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

(8) Point Celeste Anchorage. An area 2.2 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 49.8 to mile 52.0 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 400 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 400 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 800 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(9) Davant Anchorage. An area, 1.4 miles in length, along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 52.5 to mile 53.9 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 800 feet.

(10) Alliance Anchorage. An area 2.0 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 63.8 to mile 65.8 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 400 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 400 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 800 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(11) Wills Point Anchorage. An area, 1.1 miles in length, along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 66.5 to mile 67.6 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 200 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 700 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(12) Cedar Grove Anchorage. An area, 1.34 miles in length, along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 69.56 to mile 70.9 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 200 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 700 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

Note 3 to paragraph (a)(12):

Jesuit Bend Revetment extends/runs adjacent to the lower portion of this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

(13) Belle Chasse Anchorage. An area, 2.15 miles in length, along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 73.05 to mile 75.2 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 375 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 875 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

Note 4 to paragraph (a)(13):

Oak Point Revetment extends/runs adjacent to the lower portion of this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

(14) Lower 12 Mile Point Anchorage. An area, 2.2 miles in length, along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 78.6 to mile 80.8 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 300 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 800 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

Note 5 to paragraph (a)(14):

English Turn Revetment extends/runs adjacent to the lower portion of this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

(15) Lower 9 Mile Anchorage. An area, 2.4 miles in length, along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 82.6 to mile 85.0 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 300 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 800 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

Note 6 to paragraph (a)(15):

Twelve Mile Point Revetment extends/runs adjacent to the lower portion of this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

Caution: A wreck is located within the boundaries of this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

(16) New Orleans Emergency Anchorage. An area 0.5 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 89.6 to mile 90.1 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 550 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 250 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 800 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

Note 7 to paragraph (a)(16):

No vessel shall occupy this anchorage unless expressly authorized by the Captain of the Port. No vessel may anchor in this anchorage exceeding 24 hours without the authorization of the Captain of the Port.

(17) New Orleans General Anchorage. An area 0.8 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 90.1 to mile 90.9 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 550 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 250 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 800 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(18) Quarantine Anchorage. An area 0.7 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 90.9 to mile 91.6 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 800 feet.

Caution: A wreck is located within the boundaries of this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

Note 8 to paragraph (a)(18):

Vessels carrying cargos of particular hazard as defined in 33 CFR 126.10 or cargos of petroleum products in bulk may not be anchored in the New Orleans General Anchorage or the Quarantine Anchorage without permission from the Captain of the Port.

Except when required by the United States Public Health Service for quarantine inspection, the Quarantine Anchorage may be used as a general anchorage.

(19) Lower Kenner Bend Anchorage. An area 1.0 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 113.3 to mile 114.3 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 350 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 350 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 700 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(20) Kenner Bend Anchorage. An area 0.9 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 114.7 to mile 115.6 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 700 feet.

(21) Ama Anchorage. An area 1.8 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 115.5 to mile 117.3 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 400 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 300 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 700 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

Caution: A wreck is located at mile 115.4 left descending bank above Head of Passes marked by Mississippi River Wreck Lighted Buoy WR4. Mariners are urged to use caution when anchoring in the lower end of this anchorage.

(22) Bonnet Carre Anchorage. An area 1.5 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 127.3 to mile 128.8 above Head of Passes. This area is located adjacent to the river end of the Bonnet Carre Spillway. The width of the anchorage is 600 feet.

Note 9 to paragraph (a)(22):

When the Bonnet Carre Spillway is open, no vessel may be anchored in the Bonnet Carre Anchorage.

(23) La Place Anchorage. An area 0.7 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 134.7 to mile 135.4 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 600 feet.

(24) Reserve Anchorage. An area 0.5 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 137.0 to mile 137.5 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 300 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 800 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(25) Lower Grandview Reach Anchorage. An area 0.3 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 146.4 to mile 146.7 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 200 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 700 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured for the LWRP.

(26) Middle Grandview Reach Anchorage. An area 0.4 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 146.8 to mile 147.2 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 200 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 700 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(27) Upper Grandview Reach Anchorage. An area 1.3 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 147.5 to mile 148.8 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 200 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 700 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(28) Sunshine Anchorage. An area 2.0 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 165.0 to mile 167.0 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 450 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 350 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 800 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(29) White Castle Anchorage. An area, 0.84 miles in length, along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 190.3 to mile 191.14 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 300 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 400 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 700 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(30) Baton Rouge General Anchorage. An area 1.5 miles in length along the right descending bank of the river, 1,400 feet wide, extending from mile 225.8 to mile 227.3 above Head of Passes.

Caution: Two wrecks are located within the boundaries of this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

(31) Lower Baton Rouge Anchorage. An area 0.5 miles in length near mid-channel between mile 228.5 and mile 229.0 above Head of Passes with the west limit 1,100 feet off the right descending bank and having the width of 700 feet at both the upper and lower limits.

(32) Middle Baton Rouge Anchorage. An area 0.2 miles in length near mid-channel between mile 229.6 and mile 229.8 above Head of Passes with the west limit 1,100 feet off the right descending bank and having a width of 700 feet at both the upper and lower limits.

(33) Upper Baton Rouge Anchorage. An area 0.4 miles in length near mid-channel between mile 230.6 and mile 231.0 above Head of Passes with the west limit 1,100 feet off the right descending bank and having a width of 1,075 feet at the upper limit and 1,200 feet at the lower limit.

(34) Belmont Anchorage. An area 1.1 miles in length along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 152.9 (Belmont Light) to mile 154.0 above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 300 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 400 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 700 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(35) Point Michel Anchorage. An area, 2.2 miles in length, along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 40.0 to mile 42.2 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 325 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 825 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

Note 10 to paragraph (a)(35):

Point Michel Revetment extends/runs adjacent to this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

(36) Plaquemines Point Anchorage. An area, 0.5 miles in length, along the right descending bank of the river extending from mile 203.9 to mile 204.4 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 500 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 400 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 900 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

(37) Phoenix Anchorage. An area, 0.6 miles in length, along the left descending bank of the river extending from mile 57.82 to mile 58.42 Above Head of Passes. The width of the anchorage is 400 feet. The inner boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 400 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP. The outer boundary of the anchorage is a line parallel to the nearest bank 800 feet from the water's edge into the river as measured from the LWRP.

Note 11 to paragraph (a)(37):

Myrtle Grove Revetment extends/runs adjacent to this anchorage. Mariners are urged to use caution in this anchorage.

(b) Temporary anchorages. (1) Temporary anchorages are non-permanent anchorages established by the Commander, USCG Heartland District to provide additional anchorage space. Establishment of temporary anchorages is based on recommendations by the Captain of the Port.

(2) Each vessel using temporary anchorages shall anchor as prescribed by the Captain of the Port.

(3) Establishment of each temporary anchorage and any requirement for the temporary anchorage will be published in the Local Notice of Mariners.

(4) Each person who has notice of any requirement prescribed for a temporary anchorage shall comply with that requirement.

(c) The Regulations. (1) Anchoring in the Mississippi River below Baton Rouge, LA., including South and Southwest Passes is prohibited outside of established anchorages except in cases of emergency. In an emergency, if it becomes necessary to anchor a vessel outside an established anchorage, the vessel shall be anchored so that it does not interfere with or endanger any facility or other vessel. The master or person in charge of the vessel shall notify the Captain of the Port of the location of the emergency anchoring by the most expeditious means and shall move the vessel as soon as the emergency is over.

(2) In an emergency, if it becomes necessary to anchor a vessel in South Pass or Southwest Pass, the vessel shall be positioned as close to the left descending bank as possible.

(3) No vessel may be anchored unless it maintains a bridge watch, guards and answers Channel 16 FM (or the appropriate VTS New Orleans sector frequency), maintains an accurate position plot and can take appropriate action to ensure the safety of the vessel, structure, and other vessels.

(4) When anchoring individually, or in fleets, vessels shall be anchored with sufficient anchors, or secured with sufficient lines, to ensure their remaining in place and withstanding the actions of winds, currents and the suction of passing vessels.

(5) No vessel may be anchored over revetted banks of the river or within any cable or pipeline area. The locations of revetted areas and cable and pipeline areas may be obtained from the District Engineer, Corps of Engineers, New Orleans, LA.

(6) The intention to transfer any cargo while in an anchorage shall be reported to the Captain of the Port, giving particulars as to name of ships involved, quantity and type of cargo, and expected duration of the operation. The Captain of the Port shall be notified upon completion of operations. Cargo transfer operations are not permitted in the New Orleans General or Quarantine Anchorages. Bunkering and similar operations related to ship's stores are exempt from reporting requirements.

Note 12 to paragraph (c)(6):

Activities conducted within a designated anchorage (e.g. cargo transfer, tank cleaning, stack blowing, etc.) may be restricted by other Federal, State or local regulations. Owners, or persons in charge of any vessel should consider all safety and/or environmental regulations prior to engaging in any activity within designated anchorages.

(7) Vessels anchored in the Lower Kenner Bend Anchorage are prohibited from using or exercising the ship's hold cargo cranes. Vessels in this anchorage must keep the ship's hold cargo gear in the down and hawsed position, as rigged for sea transits. Deck-mounted cranes, deck booms and stiff legs may be used to take on ships stores and spare parts and may be used to move manifold hoses.

(8) Nothing in this section relieves the owner or person in charge of any vessel from the penalties for obstructing or interfering with navigational aids or for failing to comply with the navigation laws for lights, day shapes, or fog signals and any other applicable laws and regulations.

[CGD 77-028, 46 FR 49850, Oct. 8, 1981]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 110.195, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 110.196 Sabine Pass Channel, Sabine Pass, Tex.

(a) The anchorage area. The water bounded by a line connecting the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longitude

29°43′59.0″ N | 93°52′08.1″ W

29°44′06.8″ N | 93°51′57.6″ W

29°43′53.0″ N | 93°51′47.1″ W

29°43′36.7″ N | 93°51′50.9″ W

(b) The regulations. (1) The anchorage area is for the temporary use of vessels of all types, but especially for naval and merchant vessels awaiting weather and tidal conditions favorable to the resumption of their voyages.

(2) Except when stress of weather or adverse tides or currents make sailing impractical or hazardous, vessels shall not anchor in the anchorage area for periods exceeding 48 hours unless expressly authorized by the Captain of the Port to anchor for longer periods.

(3) Vessels shall not anchor so as to obstruct the passage of other vessels proceeding to or from available anchorage spaces.

(4) Anchors shall not be placed channelward from the anchorage area, and no portion of the hull or rigging of any anchored vessel shall extend channelward from the limits of the anchorage area.

(5) Vessels using spuds for anchors shall anchor as close to shore as practicable having due regard for the provisions in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(6) Fixed moorings, piles or stakes, and floats or buoys for marking anchorages or moorings in place are prohibited.

(7) Whenever the maritime or commercial interests of the United States so require, the Captain of the Port is hereby empowered to shift the position of any vessel anchored or moored within or outside of the anchorage area including any vessel which is moored or anchored so as to obstruct navigation or interfere with range lights.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD08-06-26, 72 FR 464, Jan. 5, 2007; USCG-2018-0388, 84 FR 9459, Mar. 15, 2019]

§ 110.197 Galveston Harbor, Bolivar Roads Channel, Texas.

(a)(1) Anchorage area (A). The water bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

29°20′48.5″ N | 94°42′54.0″ W

29°20′43.0″ N | 94°44′46.5″ W

29°21′15.0″ N | 94°44′27.0″ W

29°21′05.0″ N | 94°42′52.0″ W

and thence to the point of beginning.

(2) Anchorage area (B). The water bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

29°20′43.0″ N | 94°44′46.5″ W

29°20′37.0″ N | 94°46′08.0″ W

29°21′14.0″ N | 94°45′50.0″ W

29°21′15.0″ N | 94°44′27.0″ W

and thence to the point of beginning.

(3) Anchorage area (C). The water bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

29°20′39.0″ N | 94°46′07.5″ W.

29°21′06.1″ N | 94°47′00.2″ W.

29°21′24.0″ N | 94°46′34.0″ W.

29°21′14.5″ N | 94°45′49.0″ W.

and thence to the point of beginning.

(4) Anchorage Area (A) East. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

29°21′5.87″ N | 094°42′52.7″ W

29°20′53.99″ N | 094°42′7.13″ W

29°20′45.31″ N | 094°42′37.75″ W

29°20′39.16″ N | 094°42′7.81″ W

and thence to the point of beginning. The coordinates are based on NAD 83.

(b) The regulations. (1) The anchorage area is for the temporary use of vessels of all types, but especially for vessels awaiting weather and other conditions favorable to the resumption of their voyages.

(2) Except when stress of weather makes sailing impractical or hazardous, vessels shall not anchor in anchorage areas (A), (B), or (C) for more than 48 hours unless expressly authorized by the Captain of the Port Houston-Galveston. Permission to anchor for longer periods may be obtained through Coast Guard Vessel Traffic Service Houston/Galveston on VHF-FM channels 12 (156.60 MHz) or 13 (156.65 MHz).

(3) No vessel with a draft of less than 22 feet may occupy anchorage (A) without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(4) No vessel with a draft of less than 16 feet may anchor in anchorage (C) without prior approval of the Captain of the Port Houston-Galveston.

(5) Vessels shall not anchor so as to obstruct the passage of other vessels proceeding to or from other anchorage spaces.

(6) Anchors shall not be placed in the channel and no portion of the hull or rigging of any anchored vessel shall extend outside the limits of the anchorage area.

(7) Vessels using spuds for anchors shall anchor as close to shore as practicable, having due regard for the provisions in paragraph (b)(5) of this section.

(8) Fixed moorings, piles or stakes, and floats or buoys for marking anchorages or moorings in place, are prohibited.

(9) Whenever the maritime or commercial interests of the United States so require, the Captain of the Port, or his authorized representative, may direct the movement of any vessel anchored or moored within the anchorage areas.

[CCGD8-85-21, 55 FR 11369, Mar. 28, 1990, as amended by CGD08-02-018, 68 FR 25497, May 13, 2003; USCG-2015-0549, 83 FR 18414, Apr. 27, 2018; USCG-2019-0028, 86 FR 7649, Feb. 1, 2021]

§ 110.205 Chicago Harbor, Ill.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Anchorage A, exterior breakwater. Southwest of a line parallel with and 150 feet southwestward of the exterior breakwater; west of a line parallel with and 150 feet west of the south extension of the exterior breakwater; northeast of a line parallel with and 1,500 feet southwestward of the exterior breakwater; and east of a line parallel with the south extension of the exterior breakwater and 500 feet eastward of the east face of the filtration plant.

(2) Anchorage B, south arm. West of a line parallel with and 150 feet west of the south arm of the exterior breakwater; north of a line perpendicular to the south arm at its south end; east of a line parallel with the south arm, about 2,200 feet therefrom and on line with the east face of the Municipal Pier; and south of a line perpendicular to the south arm 700 feet from its north end.

(3) Anchorage C, shore arm. South of a line parallel with and 150 feet southward of the shore arm of the exterior breakwater; west of a line parallel with the south extension of the exterior breakwater, 100 feet westward of the east end of the shore arm; northwest of a line perpendicular to the Lake Shore Drive revetment and 300 feet northwest of the northwest corner of the filtration plant; and east of a line parallel with and 600 feet lakeward of the Lake Shore Drive revetment.

(4) Anchorage D, Chicago Harbor Lock South. Beginning at a point 35.5 feet South (16 feet South of the South face of the Southeast guidewall) and 28.0 feet West of the SE Guide Wall Light; thence Westerly and parallel to the guidewall 800 feet to a point that is 16 feet South of the South face of the Southeast guidewall; thence Southerly 80 feet to a point that is 96 feet South of the South face of the Southeast guidewall; thence Easterly 800 feet to a point that is 96 feet South of the south face of the southeast guidewall; thence Northerly 80 feet to the point of beginning.

(5) Anchorage E, Chicago Harbor Lock North. Beginning at a point 156.75 feet North (16 feet North of the North face of the Northeast guidewall) and 590 feet West of the SE Guidewall Light; thence Westerly and parallel to the guidewall 600 feet to a point that is 16 feet North of the North face of the Northeast guidewall; thence Northerly 80 Feet to a point that is 96 feet North of the North face of the Northeast guidewall; thence Easterly 600 feet to a point that is North of the North face of the Northeast guidewall; thence Southerly 80 feet to the point of beginning.

(b) The rules and regulations. (1) Except in cases of emergency, no vessel may be anchored in Chicago Harbor outside of the anchorage grounds in paragraph (a) of this section or the special anchorage areas prescribed in § 110.83.

(2) Anchors must not be placed outside the anchorage areas, nor shall any vessel be so anchored that any portion of the hull or rigging shall at any time extend outside the boundaries of the anchorage area.

(3) Any vessel anchoring under circumstances of great emergency outside of the anchorage areas must be placed near the edge of the channel and in such position as not to interfere with the free navigation of the channel nor obstruct the approach to any pier nor impede the movement of any boat, and shall move away immediately after the emergency ceases, or upon notification by the Captain of the Port.

(4) The maneuvering of a vessel by means of a dragged anchor, except within an established anchorage ground or in stress of weather or to avoid collision, is prohibited. Unnecessary maneuvering in any of the anchorage grounds is prohibited.

(5) The directions of the Captain of the Port assigning vessels to parts of the anchorage grounds suitable to their draft, requiring vessels to anchor bow and stern, requiring shifting the anchorage of any vessel within any anchorage ground for the common convenience, or for otherwise enforcing this section, shall be promptly executed by owners, masters, and persons in charge of vessels.

(6) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the owner or person in charge of any vessel from the penalties of the law for obstructing navigation or for obstructing or interfering with range lights, or for not complying with the navigation laws in regard to lights, fog signals, or for otherwise violating law.

(7) No vessel may use anchorages A, B, D, and E except commercial vessels operated for profit. No person may place floats or buoys for making moorings or anchors in place in anchorages A and B. No person may place fixed moorings piles or stakes in anchorages A and B. (Mooring facilities are available adjacent to the lakeside guidewalls of the Chicago Harbor Lock in anchorages D and E.) All vessels using anchorages D and E shall moor against pile clusters adjacent to the respective anchorage.

Any time barges are moored in anchorage D or E, a manned towing vessel shall be present in one of these anchorages. Exceptions to this surveillance requirement are allowable for periods not to exceed one hour.

(8) No commercial vessels operated for profit that measure 50 gross tons or more may anchor in anchorage C. Temporary floats or buoys for marking moorings or anchors in place may be used in anchorage C. No person may place a fixed mooring pile or stake in anchorage C.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGFR 70-65a, 36 FR 7967, Apr. 28, 1971; CGD9-85-01, 50 FR 29224, July 18, 1985]

§ 110.206 Detroit River, Michigan.

(a) The Anchorage grounds. Belle Isle Anchorage. The area is in the Detroit River immediately downstream from Belle Isle on the U.S. side of the International Boundary line within the following boundaries: beginning at a point bearing 250 T, 5400 feet from the James Scott Memorial Fountain (42°20′06″ N., 82°59′57″ W.) at the West end of Belle Isle; then 251 T, 3000 feet; thence 341 T, 800 feet; thence 071 T, 3000 feet; thence 161 T, 800 feet to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. (1) Vessels shall be anchored so as not to swing into the channel or across steering courses.

(2) The Belle Isle Anchorage area is for the temporary use of vessels of all types, but especially for naval and merchant vessels awaiting berths, weather, or other conditions favorable to the resumptions of their voyage.

(3) No vessel may be anchored unless it maintains a continuous bridge watch, guards and answers channel 16 FM and channel 12 FM (VTC SARNIA sector frequency), maintains an accurate position plot and can take appropriate action to ensure the safety of the vessel, structures and other vessels.

(4) Vessels may not anchor in the Belle Isle Anchorage for more than 72 hours without permission of the Captain of the Port of Detroit.

[CGD09 85-05, 51 FR 21357, June 12, 1986, as amended by USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35526, June 30, 1998]

§ 110.207 Cleveland Harbor, Ohio.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) West anchorage. The northwesterly portion of the West Basin between the northwest limits of the West Basin and a line parallel to and 1,050 feet distant from the West Breakwater; and from the southwest limits of the West Basin to a line perpendicular to the West Breakwater, 2,050 feet southwesterly along the West Breakwater from Cleveland West Breakwater Light.

(2) East anchorage. The southeasterly portion of the East Basin between the mainland and a line parallel to and 1,250 feet distant from the East Breakwater; from opposite Cleveland East Entrance Light to a due north line passing through the flashing white light on the Allied Oil Company dock.

(3) Explosives anchorage. In Lake Erie, northwest of Cleveland Harbor East Breakwater, and including a rectangular area marked by four white spar buoys at the following true bearings and distances from Cleveland East Pierhead Light: 38°30′, 2,050 feet; 68°, 2,050 feet; 57°, 7,050 feet; and 49°, 7,050 feet.

(b) The regulations. (1) The west and east anchorages are general anchorages.

(2) Use of the explosives anchorage shall be subject to the supervision of the Captain of the Port.

§ 110.208 Buffalo Harbor, N.Y.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Explosives Anchorage A. Inside the south section of the main breakwater 700 feet wide starting at a point 500 feet southerly from the south end of the north section and extending approximately 153° true, 3,000 feet parallel to the line of the south section of the main breakwater.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD 77-210, 44 FR 50040, Aug. 27, 1979]

§ 110.209 Saint Lawrence Seaway Anchorages, New York.

(a) Carleton Island Anchorage; Saint Lawrence River, Cape Vincent, New York—(1) Carleton Island Anchorage Area. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points, beginning at 44°11′57.11″ N, 076°14′04.62″ W; thence to 44°11′21.80″ N, 076°14′05.77″ W; thence to 44°11′34.07″ N, 076°15′49.57″ W; 44°11′35.35″ N, 076°16′47.50″ W; 44°11′43.49″ N, 076°16′48.00″ W; 44°11′57.11″ N, 076°14′04.62″ W and back to the beginning point. These coordinates are based on WGS 84.

(2) Tibbett's Island Anchorage Area. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points, beginning at 44°05′20.27″ N, 076°23′25.78″ W; thence to 44°05′21.85″ N, 076°22′40.97″ W; thence to 44°04′34.08″ N, 076°23′09.98″ W; 44°04′07.72″ N, 076°23′33.76″ W; 44°04′32.78″ N, 076°24′43.80″ W; 44°05′44.37″ N, 076°23′56.29″ W; 44°05′20.27″ N, 076°23′25.78″ W and back to the beginning point. These coordinates are based on WGS 84.

(b) The regulations. (1) Anchors must not be placed in the Saint Lawrence Seaway shipping channel. No portion of the hull or rigging may extend outside the limits of the anchorage area.

(2) No vessel may occupy any general anchorage described in paragraph (a) of this section for a period longer than 10 days unless approval is obtained from the Captain of the Port Buffalo (COTP) for that purpose.

(3) The COTP, or authorized representative, may require vessels to depart from the Anchorages described in paragraph (a) of this section before the expiration of the authorized or maximum stay. The COTP, or authorized representative, will provide at least 12-hour notice to a vessel required to depart the anchorages.

[USCG-2017-1125, 83 FR 30345, June 28, 2018]

§ 110.210 San Diego Harbor, CA.

(a) The anchorage grounds. (1) Special anchorage for U.S. Government vessels (NAD 83). The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

32°42′13.2″ N | 117°14′11.0″ W

32°41′12.0″ N | 117°14′00.3″ W

and thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(2) Special anchorage for U.S. Government vessels (NAD 83). The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

32°43′25.6″ N | 117°12′46.1″ W

32°43′25.3″ N | 117°12′52.0″ W

32°43′08.2″ N | 117°12′58.0″ W

32°42′57.9″ N | 117°12′54.0″ W

and thence easterly along the northern boundary of the channel to:

Latitude | Longtitude

32°43′05.0″ N | 117°11′30.5″ W

32°43′27.2″ N | 117°11′14.0″ W

and thence along the shoreline of Harbor Island to the point of beginning.

(3) “B” Street Merchant Vessel Anchorage (NAD 83). The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

32°43′00.8″ N | 117°10′36.3″ W

32°43′00.8″ N | 117°11′23.0″ W

32°43′05.0″ N | 117°11′30.5″ W

32°43′27.2″ N | 117°11′14.0″ W

32°43′20.2″ N | 117°10′53.0″ W

and thence due east to the shoreline, and thence along the shoreline and pier to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. (1) The anchorages described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section are reserved exclusively for the anchorage of vessels of the United States Government and of authorized harbor pilot boats. No other vessels shall anchor in this area except by special permission obtained in advance from the Commander, Naval Base, San Diego, CA. The administration of these anchorages is exercised by the Commander, Naval Base, San Diego, CA.

(2) The area described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section is reserved for the use of merchant vessels calling at the Port of San Diego while awaiting a berth. The administration of this anchorage is exercised by the Port Director, San Diego Unified Port District.

(3) Vessels anchoring in San Diego Harbor shall leave a free passage for other craft and shall not obstruct the approaches to the wharves in the harbor.

[CGD11-85-06, 51 FR 19753, June 2, 1986, as amended by CGD11-90-08, 56 FR 9852, Mar. 8, 1991]

§ 110.214 Los Angeles and Long Beach harbors, California.

(a) General Regulations—(1) Anchorage Assignment. (i) Unless otherwise directed by the Captain of the Port Los Angeles-Long Beach, the Long Beach Port Pilots will assign all anchorages inside the federal breakwater. All anchorages outside (seaward) of the federal breakwater will be assigned by Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) Center Los Angeles-Long Beach. The master, pilot, or person in charge of a vessel must notify the Long Beach Pilots (for anchorages inside the federal breakwater) or VMRS Center Los Angeles-Long Beach (for anchorages outside the federal breakwater) of their intention to anchor, upon anchoring, and at least fifteen minutes prior to departing an anchorage. All anchorage assignments will be made as described in this part unless modified by the Captain of the Port.

(ii) Radio communications for port entities governing anchorages are as follows: VMRS Center Los Angeles-Long Beach, call sign “San Pedro Traffic”, Channel 14 VHF-FM; Long Beach Port Pilots, call sign “Long Beach Pilots”, Channel 12 VHF-FM.

(iii) The exact boundary separating the Port of Long Beach from the Port of Los Angeles is published in local Port Tariffs. For purposes of this rule, Long Beach waters are those east, and Los Angeles waters are those west, of the following locations:

(A) Inner Harbor: The Henry Ford (Badger Avenue) Bridge.

(B) Middle Harbor: The Pier 400 Transportation Corridor.

(C) Outer Harbor: The western boundary of Commercial Anchorage B.

(2) Required approvals, permits and notifications. (i)(A) No vessel may anchor in deep draft sub-anchorages B-7, B-9, B-11, D-5, D-6 or D-7 within Los Angeles or Long Beach harbors for more than 48 consecutive hours unless extended anchorage permission is obtained from the Captain of the Port. These sub-anchorages are defined by the following coordinates and dimensions:

Anchorage | Latitude | Longitude | Radius (yards)

B-7 | 33-43′ 52.0″ N | 118-12′ 47.9″ W | 450

B-9 | 33-43′ 28.5″ N | 118-13′ 10.5″ W | 500

B-11 | 33-43′ 44.5″ N | 118-12′ 17″ W | 450

D-5 | 33-43′ 40.5′ N | 118-10′ 30″ W | 450

D-6 | 33-43′ 40.5′ N | 118-9′ 57.5″ W | 450

D-7 | 33-43′ 40.5′ N | 118-9′ 25″ W | 450

(B) No vessel may anchor anywhere else within Los Angeles or Long Beach harbors (inside the federal breakwater) for more than 10 consecutive days unless extended anchorage permission is obtained from the Captain of the Port. In determining whether extended anchorage permission will be granted, consideration will be given, but not necessarily limited to: The current and anticipated demands for anchorage space within the harbor, the requested duration, the condition of the vessel, and the reason for the request.

(ii) No vessel while carrying, loading, or unloading division 1.1 or 1.2 materials as defined in 49 CFR 173.50, or Cargoes of Particular Hazard (COPH) as defined in 33 CFR 126.10, or Certain Dangerous Cargoes (CDC) as defined in 33 CFR 160.202, may anchor without first obtaining a permit issued by the Captain of the Port.

(iii) Vessels requiring use of an explosives anchorage should contact the Captain of the Port at least 24 hours prior to the anticipated need for the explosives anchorage to allow for proper activation of that anchorage.

(iv) Except with the prior approval of the Captain of the Port, or, in the case of an emergency, with approval of the Captain of the Port immediately subsequent to anchoring, no commercial vessel greater than 1600 gross tons may anchor in Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbor unless it maintains the capability to get underway within 30 minutes. Any vessel unable to meet this requirement must immediately notify the Captain of the Port and make arrangements for an adequate number of tugs to respond to the vessel within 30 minutes notice.

(v) In anchorages where lightering is authorized, the Captain of the Port must be notified at least 4 hours in advance of a vessel conducting lightering operations (see 33 CFR 156.118).

(3) Other General Requirements. (i) When at anchor, all commercial vessels greater than 1600 gross tons shall, at all times, have a licensed or credentialed deck officer on watch and maintain a continuous radio listening watch unless subject to one of the exemptions in this paragraph. The radio watch must be on CH-12 VHF-FM when anchored inside the federal breakwater, and on CH-14 VHF-FM when anchored outside the federal breakwater, except for unmanned barges; vessels which have less than 100 gallons of oil or fuel onboard regardless of how the fuel is carried; and other vessels receiving advance approval from the Captain of the Port.

(ii) When winds are forecasted and/or observed at 35 knots or greater (including wind gusts) vessels shall ensure their propulsion plant is placed in immediate standby and a second anchor, if installed, is made ready to let go. Vessels unable to comply with this requirement must immediately notify the Captain of the Port. In such case, the Captain of the Port may require additional precautionary measures, including but not limited to one or more tugs standing by to render immediate assistance.

(4) Prohibitions. Within Los Angeles Harbor, Long Beach Harbor, and the Los Angeles-Long Beach Precautionary Area, except for emergency reasons, or with the prior approval of the Captain of the Port, vessels are prohibited from anchoring outside of designated anchorage areas. In the event a vessel anchors outside a designated anchorage area for emergency reasons, the master, pilot, or person in charge of the vessel shall:

(i) Position the vessel so as to minimize the danger to other vessels and facilities;

(ii) Immediately notify the Captain of the Port by the most expeditious means of the vessel's location and the reason(s) for the emergency anchoring; and

(iii) Move the vessel as soon as the emergency condition prompting anchoring outside a designated area abates, or as soon as ordered to move by the Captain of the Port, whichever occurs sooner.

(5) Exemption from rules. The Captain of the Port may, upon request, or whenever he/she deems appropriate, authorize a deviation from any rule in this section.

(b) The anchorage grounds. Locations of anchorage grounds are as described in this section. Specific requirements for individual anchorages are contained in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. All coordinates referenced use datum: NAD 83.

(1) [Reserved]

(2) Commercial Anchorage B (Long Beach Harbor). An area enclosed by a line joining the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longitude

Beginning point | 33°-44′-37.0″ N | 118 °-13′-00.0″ W.

Thence south/southeast to | 33°-44′-12.0″ N | 118° -12′-36.2″ W.

Thence southeast to | 33° -43′-38.2″ N | 118° -11′-36.9″ W.

Thence southwest to | 33° -43′-26.1″ N | 118° -11′-47.2″ W.

Thence west to | 33°-43′-26.1″ N | 118°-12′-22.7″ W.

Thence west/southwest to | 33° -42′-58.9″ N | 118° -13′-53.0″ W.

Thence north/northwest to | 33° -43′-46.0″ N | 118° -14′-13.6″ W.

Thence east/northeast to | 33° -43′-54.5″ N | 118° -13′-50.0″ W.

Thence north to | 33°-44′-22.8″ N | 118°-13′-51.0″ W.

Thence east/northeast to the beginning point

(3) Commercial Anchorage C (Long Beach Harbor). An area enclosed by a line joining the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longitude

Beginning point | 33°-44′-20.0″ N | 118°-08′-26.2″ W

Thence west to | 33°-44′-23.5″ N | 118°-09′-32.6″ W

Thence north to | 33°-44′-52.8″ N | 118°-09′-33.2″ W

Thence southeast to | 33°-44′-25.2″ N | 118°-08′-26.2″ W

Thence south to the beginning point.

(4) Commercial Anchorage D (Long Beach Harbor). An area enclosed by a line beginning near the east end of the Long Beach Breakwater and joining the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longitude

Beginning point | 33°-43′-27.2″ N | 118°-08′-12.6″ W

Thence west to | 33°-43′-27.2″ N | 118°-10′-46.5″ W

Thence north to | 33°-43′-51.0″ N | 118°-10′-46.5″ W

Thence northeast to | 33°-44′-18.5″ N | 118°-10′-27.2″ W

Thence east to | 33°-44′-18.5″ N | 118°-08′-12.6″ W

Thence south to the beginning point.

(5) Commercial Anchorage E (Long Beach Harbor). An area enclosed by a line joining the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longitude

Beginning point | 33°-44′-37.0″ N | 118°-09′-48.5″ W.

Thence southwest to | 33° -44′-18.5″ N | 118° -09′-56.8″ W.

Thence west to | 33°-44′-18.5″ N | 118°-10′-27.2″ W.

Thence northwest to | 33° -44′-27.6″ N | 118° -10′-41.0″ W.

Thence west/northwest to | 33° -44′-29.0″ N | 118° -10′-57.4″ W.

Thence north/northwest to | 33° -45′-06.4″ N | 118° -11′-09.5″ W.

Thence northeast to | 33° -45′-15.2″ N | 118° -10′-46.1″ W.

Thence southeast to | 33° -45′-11.0″ N | 118° -10′-32.0″ W.

Thence south to | 33°-44′-52.0″ N | 118°-10′-32.0″ W.

Thence southeast to the beginning point

(6) Commercial Anchorage F (outside of Long Beach Breakwater). (i) The waters southeast of the Long Beach Breakwater bounded by a line connecting the following coordinates:

Table 6 to Paragraph (b)(6)(i)

Latitude | Longitude

Beginning Point | 33°43′05.1″ N | 118°08′04.0″ W

Thence west to | 33°43′05.0″ N | 118°10′32.5″ W

Thence south/southeast to | 33°42′13.3″ N | 118°09′54.8″ W

Thence south/southeast to | 33°40′51.3″ N | 118°09′32.2″ W

Thence south/southeast to | 33°38′36.2″ N | 118°07′43.8″ W

Thence north/northeast to | 33°40′44.4″ N | 118°06′51.4″ W

(ii) And thence north/northwest to the beginning point.

(7) Commercial Anchorage G (outside of the Middle Breakwater). (i) The waters south of the Middle Breakwater bounded by a line connecting the following coordinates:

Table 7 to Paragraph (b)(7)(i)

Latitude | Longitude

Beginning Point | 33°43′05.4″ N | 118°11′17.9″ W

Thence west to | 33°43′05.4″ N | 118°12′18.6″ W

Thence south/southwest to | 33°42′25.8″ N | 118°14′19.2″ W

Thence southeast to | 33°40′50.4″ N | 118°13′01.2″ W

Thence northeast | 33°41′02.9″ N | 118°12′19.0″ W

Thence east/northeast to | 33°42′10.8″ N | 118°11′36.0″ W

(ii) And thence north/northeast to the beginning point.

(8) General Anchorage N (Los Angeles Harbor). The waters near Cabrillo Beach shoreward of a line connecting the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longitude

33°-42′-55.9″ N | 118°-16′-44.4″ W

33°-42′-26.8″ N | 118°-16′-33.9″ W

(9) General Anchorage P (Long Beach Harbor). The waters within an area beginning at Alamitos Bay West Jetty Light “1” and connecting the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longitude

Beginning point | 33°-44′-14.5″ N | 118°-07′-19.2″ W

Thence northwest to | 33°-44′-20.6″ N | 118°-07′-31.7″ W

Thence northwest | 33°-45′-06.5″ N | 118°-09′-34.0″ W

Thence along the eastern shoreline of Island White to the lighted marker at | 33°-45′-13.5″ N | 118°-09′-34.0″ W

Thence northwest to | 33°-45′-37.1″ N | 118°-10′-38.5″ W

Thence north/northwest to | 33°-45′-49.4″ N | 118°-10′-38.8″ W

And thence east/southeast along the Long Beach shoreline and the Alamitos Bay West Jetty to the beginning point.

(10) General Anchorage Q (Long Beach Harbor/Alamitos Bay/Anaheim Bay). The waters within an area described as follows:

Latitude | Longitude

Beginning point | 33°-44′-36.0″ N | 118°-08′-13.0″ W

Thence east/southeast to | 33°-44′-20.6″ N | 118°-07′-31.7″ W

Thence along a line described as an arc, radius of 460 meters (approximately 1509 feet) centered on | 33°-44′-12.5″ N | 118°-07′-16.5″ W

To | 33°-44′-04.8″ N | 118°-07′-01.0″ W

Thence northwest to | 33°-44′-11.1″ N | 118°-07′-13.0″ W

Thence north/northeast to | 33°-44′-24.0″ N | 118°-07′-04.1″ W

Thence east/southeast to | 33°-44′-22.5″ N | 118°-06′-57.0″ W

Thence along the shoreline of Seal Beach and Anaheim Bay W. Jetty to | 33°-43′-39.1″ N | 118°-06′-06.8″ W

Thence west/southwest to | 33°-43′-27.8″ N | 118°-07′-39.9″ W

Thence northwest to | 33°-43′-38.4″ N | 118°-07′-48.2″ W

Thence west to | 33°-43′-38.4″ N | 118°-08′-12.9″ W

and thence north to the beginning point.

(11) Explosives Anchorage (Long Beach Harbor). A circular area with a radius of 1,909 yards (1,745 meters), centered in position 33°43′37.0″ N, 118°09′05.3″ W.

(c) Individual anchorage requirements: (1) Table 11 to this paragraph (c) lists anchorage grounds, identifies the purpose of each anchorage, and contains specific regulations applicable to certain anchorages. Requirements for the explosives anchorage are contained in paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) The geographic boundaries of each anchorage are contained in paragraph (b) of this section.

Table 11 to Paragraph (c)

Anchorage | General location | Purpose | Specific regulations

B | Long Beach Harbor | ......do | ......Do.

C | ......do | ......do | Notes a, g.

D | ......do | Commercial & Naval | Notes a, b, g.

E | ......do | Commercial | Note c.

F | Outside Breakwater | ......do | Notes c, d, g.

G | ......do | ......do | Notes c, d.

N | Los Angeles Harbor | Small Craft | Note e.

P | Long Beach Harbor | ......do | Note f.

Q | ......do | ......do | Notes c, g.

Notes:

a. Bunkering and lightering are permitted.

b. West of 118°09′48″ W priority for use of the anchorage will be given to commercial vessels over 244 meters (approximately 800 feet). East of 118°09′48″ W priority for use of the anchorage will be given to Naval and Public vessels, vessels under Department of Defense charter, and vessels requiring use of the explosives anchorage.

c. Bunkering and lightering are prohibited.

d. This anchorage is within a Regulated Navigation Area and additional requirements apply as set forth in 33 CFR 165.1152.

e. This anchorage is controlled by the Los Angeles Port Police. Anchoring, mooring and recreational boating activities conforming to applicable City of Los Angeles ordinances and regulations are allowed in this anchorage.

f. This anchorage is controlled by the Long Beach Harbor Master. Anchoring, mooring and recreational boating activities conforming to applicable City of Long Beach ordinances and regulations are allowed in this anchorage.

g. When the explosives anchorage is activated portions of this anchorage lie within the explosives anchorage and the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section apply.

(d) Explosives Anchorage (Long Beach Harbor). (1) Priority for use of this anchorage shall be given to vessels carrying, loading, or unloading division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, or 1.4 (explosive) materials as defined in 49 CFR 173.50, or Cargoes of Particular Hazard (COPH) as defined in 33 CFR 126.10, or Certain Dangerous Cargoes (CDC) as defined in 33 CFR 160.202.

(2) Vessels requiring the use of this anchorage shall notify the Captain of the Port at least 24 hours in advance of their intentions including the estimated times of arrival, departure, net explosive weight, and whether the vessel will be loading or unloading. Vessels may not use this anchorage without first obtaining a permit issued by the Captain of the Port.

(3) No vessel containing more than 680 metric tons (approximately 749 tons) of net explosive weight (NEW) may anchor in this anchorage;

(4) Bunkering and lightering operations are permitted in the explosives anchorage, except that vessels engaged in the loading or unloading of explosives shall not simultaneously conduct bunkering or lightering operations.

(5) Each anchored vessel loading, unloading or laden with explosives, must display a red flag of at least 1.2 square meters (approximately 16 square feet) in size by day, and at night the flag must be illuminated by spotlight;

(6) When a vessel displaying the red flag occupies the explosives anchorage, no other vessel may anchor within the Explosives Anchorage.

Note:

When the explosives anchorage is activated, portions of Anchorages “C”, “D”, “F” and “Q” are encompassed by the explosives anchorage.

[CGD11-99-008, 65 FR 10710, Feb. 29, 2000, as amended by CGD11-04-007, 71 FR 3002, Jan. 19, 2006; CGD11-04-005, 71 FR 15037, Mar. 27, 2006; USCG-2006-24371, 74 FR 11212, Mar. 16, 2009; USCG-2013-0841, 79 FR 71657, Dec. 3, 2014; USCG-2005-21869, 80 FR 5330, Jan. 30, 2015; USCG-2023-0868, 90 FR 43393, Sept. 9, 2025]

§ 110.215 Anaheim Bay Harbor, California; U.S. Naval Weapons Station, Seal Beach, California; Naval Explosives Anchorage.

(a) The anchorage ground. The waters of Anaheim Bay Harbor between the east side of the Entrance Channel and the East Jetty, and the west side of the Entrance Channel and the West Jetty as outlined in the following two sections:

(1) East Side:

Latitude | Longtitude

33°44′03.0″ N | 118°05′35.0″ W

33°43′53.0″ N | 118°05′15.0″ W

33°43′49.0″ N | 118°05′18.0″ W

33°43′36.5″ N | 118°05′56.0″ W

33°43′37.0″ N | 118°05′57.0″ W

33°44′03.0″ N | 118°05′35.0″ W

(2) West Side:

Latitude | Longtitude

33°44′05.0″ N | 118°05′40.0″ W

33°44′06.0″ N | 118°05′56.5″ W

33°44′01.0″ N | 118°06′01.0″ W

33°43′40.5″ N | 118°06′03.0″ W

33°43′39.5″ N | 118°06′02.0″ W

33°44′05.0″ N | 118°05′40.0″ W

(b) The regulations. (1) This area is reserved for use of naval vessels carrying or transferring ammunition or explosives under standard military restrictions as established by the Safety Manual, Armed Service Explosives Board.

(2) No pleasure or commercial craft shall navigate or anchor within this area at any time without first obtaining permission from the Commanding Officer, Naval Weapons Station, Seal Beach, California. This officer will extend full cooperation relating to public use of the area and will fully consider every reasonable request for the passage of small craft in light of requirements for national security and safety of persons and property.

(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the owner or operator of any vessel from the regulations contained in § 334.930 of Title 33, covering navigation in Anaheim Bay Harbor.

(4) The regulations in this section shall be administered by the Commanding Officer U.S. Naval Weapons Station, Seal Beach, California and by such agencies as he may designate, and enforced by the Captain of the Port, Los Angeles-Long Beach, California.

[CGD11-87-07, 53 FR 878, Jan. 14, 1988, as amended by USCG-2015-0433, 80 FR 44281, July 27, 2015]

§ 110.216 Pacific Ocean at Santa Catalina Island, Calif.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Descanso Bay. Shoreward of a line connecting the promontories known as White Rock and Casino Point.

(2) Isthmus Cove. All the waters bounded by a line connecting the following coordinates, beginning at 33°-27′-12″ N, 118°-30′-05″ W (the promontory known as Lion Head); thence southeast to 33°-26′-55.5″ N, 118°-28′-44″ W; thence west-southwest to 33°-26′50″ N, 118°-29′-08″ W; thence southwest to 33°-26′-39″ N, 118°-29′-19″ W; thence along the shoreline returning to the point of origin, excluding the following-described non-anchorage area: an area 300 feet wide (170 feet west and 130 feet east of the centerline of the Catalina Island Steamship Line pier), extending 1600 feet from the foot of the pier, and an area 150 feet seaward of the shoreline extending approximately 1500 feet east and 1500 feet northwest of the centerline of said pier.

Datum: NAD 83

(3) Avalon Bay—(i) Anchorage A. The waters within an area described as follows: A circle of 1350 feet radius centered at 33°20′59.0″ N, 118°18′56.2″ W.

(ii) Anchorage B. The waters within an area described as follows: A circle of 1350 feet radius centered at 33°20′38.3″ N, 118°18′35.8″ W.

(iii) Anchorage C. The waters within an area described as follows: A circle of 1350 feet radius centered at 33°21′21.0″ N, 118°19′16.7″ W.

(b) The regulations. (1) The Descanso Bay anchorage is reserved for yachts and other small craft. Floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes are prohibited.

(2) The Isthmus Cove anchorage shall be available for anchorage of all types of craft. Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place will be allowed in this area. Fixed mooring piles or stakes are prohibited.

(3) The non-anchorage area described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall be used only by commercial vessels. Commercial vessels of 15 feet draft or over may anchor in this area seaward of the Catalina Island Steamship Line pier during hours between sunrise and sunset. The use of this area for anchorage is forbidden to all other craft at all times. Fixed mooring piles or stakes and floats or buoys for marking anchors or moorings in place are prohibited.

(4) The instructions of the Captain of the Port requiring vessels to anchor bow and stern, or with two bow anchors, or requiring shifting the anchorage of any vessel within the anchorage grounds for the common safety or convenience, or for otherwise enforcing the regulations in this section, shall be promptly complied with by owners, masters, and persons in charge of vessels.

(5) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the owner or person in charge of any vessels or plant from the penalties of law for obstructing navigation or for obstructing or interfering with range lights, or for not complying with the navigation laws in regard to lights, fog signals, or for otherwise violating law.

(6) The Avalon Bay anchorage is reserved for large passenger vessels of over 1600 gross tons, unless otherwise authorized by the Captain of the Port Los Angeles-Long Beach.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD11-95-001, 60 FR 29759, June 6, 1995; GCD11-04-006, 70 FR 28426, May 18, 2005]

§ 110.218 Pacific Ocean at San Clemente Island, Calif.; in vicinity of Wilson Cove.

(a) The anchorage grounds. Shoreward on a line beginning at a point on the beach bearing 153° true, 1,400 yards, from Wilson Cove Light; thence 62° true, 0.67 nautical mile, thence 332° true, 1.63 nautical miles; thence 241°31′ true to the shore line.

(b) The regulations. (1) This area is reserved exclusively for anchorage of United States Government vessels or vessels temporarily operating under Government direction, and no vessel, except in an emergency, shall anchor in the area without first obtaining permission from the Commandant, Eleventh Naval District, or the Senior Naval Officer present who shall in turn notify the Commandant promptly.

(2) No vessel shall anchor in such a manner as to unreasonably obstruct the approach to the wharf.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CCGD11-85-02, 51 FR 2883, Jan. 22, 1986]

§ 110.220 Pacific Ocean at San Nicolas Island, Calif.; restricted anchorage areas.

(a) The restricted area. All waters within one-quarter nautical mile from the shoreline or manmade structures including mooring buoys, piers and jetties on the easterly end of San Nicolas Island between a point on the northeast shore at latitude 33°14′32″ N, longitude 119°26′41″ W and a point on the southeast shore at latitude 33°13′08″ N, longitude 119°27′06″ W.

(b) The regulations. (1) Except in an emergency, no vessel shall enter into or anchor in this restricted area without permission from the Commanding Officer, Naval Base Ventura County. Cargo and supply vessels or barges destined for San Nicolas Island may anchor in the area for unloading or loading.

(2) Each person in a restricted anchorage shall obey the order or direction of the Commanding Officer, Naval Base Ventura County, USCG Southwest District Commander, or Captain of the Port, Los Angeles-Long Beach, when issued to carry out this section.

(c) Enforcement.The Coast Guard may be assisted in enforcing this rule by other Federal, state, or local agencies.

[USCG-2012-0967, 78 FR 67303, Nov. 12, 2013, as amended by 90 FR 47587, Oct. 2, 2025]

§ 110.222 Pacific Ocean at Santa Barbara Island, Calif.

(a) The anchorage grounds. Shoreward of a line beginning at the Santa Barbara Island Light on the northeast end of the island and bearing 23° true a distance of 1.515 nautical miles seaward from the beach; thence 140°30′ true, 2.54 nautical miles; thence 212°30′ true, 2.30 nautical miles; thence 296°30′ true, 0.96 nautical mile; and thence 325° true to the beach.

(b) The regulations. The anchorage shall be available for anchorage of all types of craft. Temporary floats or buoys for marking anchors in place will be permitted in this area.

§ 110.224 San Francisco Bay, San Pablo Bay, Carquinez Strait, Suisun Bay, Sacramento River, San Joaquin River, and connecting waters, CA.

(a) General regulations. (1) Within the navigable waters of San Francisco Bay, San Pablo Bay, Carquinez Strait, Suisun Bay, New York Slough, San Joaquin River Deep Water Channel, the Stockton Turning Basin, the Sacramento River Deep Water Ship Channel between Suisun Bay and the east end of the West Sacramento Turning Basin, and connecting waters, anchoring is prohibited outside of designated anchorages except when required for safety or with the written permission of the Captain of the Port. Each vessel anchoring outside an established anchorage area shall immediately notify the Captain of the Port of her position and reason for anchoring.

(2) No vessel may permanently moor in areas adjacent to the San Joaquin River Deep Water Channel except with the written permission of the Captain of the Port.

(3) Each vessel anchoring for safety reasons in the San Joaquin River Deep Water Channel, the Sacramento River Deep Water Ship Channel, or the Stockton or West Sacramento Turning Basins shall be positioned as near to the edge of the channel or turning basin as possible so as not to interfere with navigation, or obstruct the approach to any pier, wharf, slip, or boat harbor and shall move as soon as the reason for anchoring no longer exists or when notified to move by the Captain of the Port.

(4) No vessel may anchor within a tunnel, cable, or pipeline area shown on a Government chart.

(5) No vessel may moor, anchor, or tie up to any pier, wharf, or other vessel in such a manner as to extend into an adjacent channel or fairway.

(6) No vessel in such a condition that it is likely to sink or otherwise become a menace or obstruction to navigation or anchorage of other vessels may occupy an anchorage, except when unforeseen circumstances create conditions of imminent peril to personnel and then only for such period as may be authorized by the Captain of the Port.

(7) Each vessel carrying explosives shall only anchor in an explosives anchorage except as authorized by paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(17) of this section.

(8) No vessel other than a vessel under Federal supervision may go alongside or in any manner moor to any Government-owned vessel, mooring buoy, or pontoon boom, their anchor cables, or any of their appendages. No vessel other than a vessel under Federal supervision may obstruct or interfere in any manner with the mooring, unmooring, or servicing of vessels owned by the United States.

(9) The Captain of the Port may require any vessel in a designated anchorage area to moor with two or more anchors.

(10) Each vessel that will not have sufficient personnel on board to weigh anchor at any time shall anchor with two anchors with mooring swivel, unless otherwise authorized by the Captain of the Port.

(11) Deep-draft vessels shall take precedence over vessels of lighter draft in the deeper portions of all anchorages. Light-draft barges and vessels shall anchor away from the deeper portions of the anchorage so as not to interfere with the anchoring of deep-draft vessels. Should circumstances warrant, the Captain of the Port may require lighter draft vessels to move to provide safe anchorage, particularly in Anchorages 7 and 9, for deep-draft vessels.

(12) Barges towed in tandem to any anchorage shall nest together when anchoring.

(13) Each vessel that is notified by the Captain of the Port or his authorized representative to shift her position shall promptly shift her position.

(14) No person may use these anchorages for any purpose other than the purpose stated in these anchorage regulations.

(15) Where these regulations require that a vessel notify the Captain of the Port, the operator of the vessel shall transmit such report to the San Francisco Vessel Traffic Service.

Note:

Vessel Traffic Service guards VHF-FM Channel 13 (156.65 MHz) and Channel 14 (156.70 MHz).

(16) Nothing in this section may be construed as relieving any vessel or the owner or person in charge of any vessel from the penalties of law for obstructing or interfering with range lights or for not complying with the laws relating to lights, day signals, and fog signals and other navigation laws and regulations.

(17) The District Engineer, Corps of Engineers, may issue written permission for anchoring a single barge carrying explosives in quantities considered by the District Engineer as safe and necessary in the vicinity of work being done directly under the District Engineer supervision or under a Department of the Army permit. When issuing such a permit, the District Engineer shall prescribe the conditions under which the explosives must be stored and handled and shall furnish a copy of the permit and a copy of the rules and regulations for storing and handling to the Captain of the Port.

(18) No vessel may anchor in a “dead ship” status (propulsion or control unavailable for normal operations) at any anchorage other than in Anchorage 9 as specified in Table 110.224(D)(1) without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(b) Naval anchorages. In addition to the general regulations in paragraph (a) of this section, the following regulations apply to each naval anchorage described in this section.

(1) Naval anchorages are intended for public vessels of the United States, but may be used by other vessels when not required for use by public vessels.

(2) Other vessels using a naval anchorage shall promptly notify the Captain of the Port upon anchoring and upon departure and shall be prepared to move within one hour upon notice should the anchorage be required for public vessels.

(c) Explosive anchorages. In addition to the general regulations in paragraph (a) of this section, the following regulations apply to each explosives anchorage described in this section.

(1) Explosives anchorages and, where established, surrounding forbidden anchorage zones, are temporarily activated as needed by the Captain of the Port. When not activated, explosives anchorages and surrounding forbidden anchorage zones become part of the general anchorage which encompasses them or, if not located within the boundaries of a general anchorage, become available for general navigation.

(2) Notice of activation and deactivation of explosives anchorages will be disseminated by Coast Guard Broadcast Notice to Mariners.

(3) Each vessel which anchors in an explosives anchorage or surrounding forbidden anchorage zone while such anchorage is not activated shall be prepared to move within one hour if the anchorage is activated.

(4) Unless otherwise authorized by the Captain of the Port:

(i) No vessel may anchor in an activated explosives anchorage except vessels loaded with, loading, or unloading explosives.

(ii) No vessel may enter or remain in an activated explosives anchorage except (A) vessels loaded with, loading or unloading explosives, (B) lighters or barges delivering cargo to or from such vessels, or (C) a tug authorized by paragraph (c)(7)(iii) of this section.

(iii) No vessel carrying explosives or on which explosives are to be loaded may enter or remain in an activated explosives anchorage without written permission from the Captain of the Port. Such a permit must be obtained before entering the anchorage and may be revoked at any time.

(iv) No vessel may anchor in the forbidden anchorage zone surrounding an activated explosives anchorage.

(5) Each vessel loaded with, loading, or unloading explosives, while within an explosives anchorage, shall display by day at her masthead, or at least 10 feet above the upper deck if the vessel has no mast, a red flag at least 16 square feet in area.

(6) Each passing vessel shall reduce speed as necessary so as to insure that its wake does not interfere with cargo transfer operations aboard any vessel displaying a red flag in an explosives anchorage.

(7) The Captain of the Port may:

(i) Issue permission to any vessel carrying flammable solids, oxidizing materials, corrosive liquids, flammable liquids, compressed gases, or poisonous substances to occupy a berth in an activated explosives anchorage. Such a permit must be obtained before entering the anchorage and may be revoked at any time.

(ii) Require any person having business on board a vessel which is loaded with, loading, or unloading explosives to have a document that is acceptable to the Coast Guard for identification purposes and to show that document to the Captain of the Port.

(iii) Require a non-self-propelled vessel, or a self-propelled vessel that is unable to maneuver under its own power, that occupies an activated explosives anchorage to be attended by a tug.

(d) Anchorage grounds. (1) Table 110.224(d)(1) lists anchorage grounds, identifies the purpose of each anchorage, and contains specific regulations applicable to certain anchorages.

(2) The geographic boundaries of each anchorage are contained in paragraph (e) of this section.

Table 110.224(d)(1)

Anchorage No. | General location | Purpose | Specific regulations

4 | San Francisco Bay | General | Notes a, b.

5 | ......do | ......do | Do.

6 | ......do | ......do | Note a.

7 | ......do | ......do | Notes a, b, c, d, e.

8 | ......do | ......do | Notes a, b, c.

8A | ......do | ......do | Notes a, b, c, d, e, j, n.

9 | ......do | ......do | Notes a, b, m.

10 | ......do | Naval | Note a.

12 | ......do | Explosives | Notes a, f.

13 | ......do | ......do | Notes a, e, g.

14 | ......do | ......do | Notes a, f, h.

18 | San Pablo Bay | General

19 | ......do | ......do | Note b.

20 | ......do | ......do

21 | ......do | Naval

22 | Carquinez Strait | General

23 | Benicia | General | Notes c, d, e, l.

24 | Carquinez Strait | General | Note j.

26 | Suisun Bay | ......do | Note k.

27 | ......do | ......do

28 | San Joaquin River | ......do

30 | ......do | Explosives

Notes:

a. When sustained winds are in excess of 25 knots each vessel greater than 300 gross tons using this anchorage shall maintain a continuous radio watch on VHF channel 13 (156.65 MHz) and VHF channel 14 (156.70 MHz). This radio watch must be maintained by a person who fluently speaks the English language.

b. Each vessel using this anchorage may not project into adjacent channels or fairways.

c. This anchorage is primarily for use by vessels requiring a temporary anchorage waiting to proceed to pier facilities or other anchorage grounds. This anchorage may not be used by vessels for the purpose of loading any dangerous cargoes or combustible liquids unless authorized by the Captain of the Port.

d. Each vessel using this anchorage may not remain for more than 12 hours unless authorized by the Captain of the Port.

e. Each vessel using this anchorage shall be prepared to move within 1 hour upon notification by the Captain of the Port.

f. The maximum total quantity of explosives that may be on board a vessel using this anchorage shall be limited to 3,000 tons unless otherwise authorized with the written permission of the Captain of the Port.

g. The maximum total quantity of explosives that may be on board a vessel using this anchorage shall be limited to 50 tons except that, with the written permission of the Captain of the Port, each vessel in transit, loaded with explosives in excess of 50 tons, may anchor temporarily in this anchorage provided that the hatches to the holds containing explosives are not opened.

h. Each vessel using this anchorage will be assigned a berth by the Captain of the Port on the basis of the maximum quantity of explosives that will be on board the vessel.

i. [Reserved]

j. Each vessel using this anchorage shall promptly notify the Captain of the Port, upon anchoring and upon departure.

k. See § 162.270 of this title establishing restricted areas in the vicinity of the Maritime Administration Reserve Fleet.

l. Vessels using this anchorage must exceed 15 feet draft, have engines on standby, and have a pilot on board.

m. Any vessel anchoring in a “dead-ship” status shall have one assist tug of adequate bollard pull on standby and immediately available (maximum of 15 minute response time) to provide emergency maneuvering. When the sustained winds are 20 knots or greater, or when the wind gusts are 25 knots or greater, the tug must be alongside.

n. This temporary anchorage will be activated by VTS San Francisco when Anchorages 8 and 9 are at capacity and additional anchorage capacity in the vicinity of Alameda is required. VTS will notify a vessel that this temporary anchorage is activated and available for use when Anchorages 8 and 9 are full, and a vessel requests permission from VTS to anchor in Anchorage 8 or 9.

(e) Boundaries—(1) Anchorage No. 4. Bounded by the west shore of San Francisco Bay and the following lines: Beginning on the shore southwest of Point San Quentin at latitude 37°56′28″ N., longitude 122°28′54″ W.; thence east-southeasterly to latitude 37°55′55″ N., longitude 122°26′49″ W., thence southwesterly to latitude 37°54′13″ N., longitude 122°27′24″ W., thence southeasterly to the shore of Tiburon Peninsula at Point Chauncey at latitude 37°53′40.5″ N., longitude 122°26′55″ W. When Explosives Anchorage No. 13 is activated by the Captain of the Port, it and the forbidden anchorage zone surrounding it are excluded from Anchorage No. 4.

(2) Anchorage No. 5, Southampton Shoal. In San Francisco Bay at Southampton Shoal bounded by a line connecting the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longtitude

37°55′48″ N. | 122°25′52″ W; to

37°55′50″ N. | 122°26′32″ W; to

37°54′49″ N. | 122°26′39″ W; to

37°54′03″ N. | 122°26′06″ W; to

37°53′25″ N. | 122°25′30″ W; to

37°53′23″ N. | 122°25′09″ W; to

37°55′19″ N. | 122°25′33″ W; to

37°55′42″ N. | 122°25′45″ W; thence back to

37°55′48″ N. | 122°25′52″ W.

(3) Anchorage No. 6. Bounded by the east shore of San Francisco Bay and the following lines: Beginning at the shore of the southernmost extremity of Point Isabel at latitude 37°53′46″ N., longitude 122°19′19″ W.; thence westerly along the north shore of Brooks Island to the jetty extending westerly therefrom; thence westerly along the jetty to its bayward end at latitude 37°54′13″ N., longitude 122°23′27″ W.; thence south-southeasterly to latitude 37°49′53″ N.; longitude 122°21′39″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 37°49′32.5″ N., longitude 122°21′20.5″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 37°49′34″ N., longitude 122°20′13″ W.; thence east-southeasterly to latitude 37°49′30″ N., longitude 122°19′45.5″ W.; thence east-northeasterly to the shore at Emeryville at latitude 37°50′04″ N., longitude 122°17′41″ W.; excluding from this area, however, the channel to Berkeley Marina delineated by lines joining the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

37°52′08″ N., | 122°19′07″ W.

37°52′03″ N., | 122°19′17.5″ W.

37°52′00″ N., | 122°19′15.5″ W.

37°51′01″ N., | 122°22′07″ W.

37°50′43″ N., | 122°22′00″ W.

37°50′53″ N., | 122°21′32″ W.

37°51′47″ N., | 122°18′59″ W.

(4) Anchorage No. 7, Treasure Island. In San Francisco Bay at Treasure Island bounded a line connecting the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longtitude

37°49′36″ N., | 122°22′40″ W; to

37°50′00″ N., | 122°22′57″ W; to

37°50′00″ N., | 122°23′44″ W; to

37°49′22.5″ N., | 122°23′44″ W; to

37°48′40.5″ N., | 122°22′38″ W; to

37°49′00.0″ N., | 122°22′16″ W; thence along the shore to

37°49′36″ N., | 122°22′40″ W.

(5) Anchorage No. 8. In San Francisco Bay bounded by the west shore of Alameda Island and the following lines: Beginning at 37°47′52″ N, 122°19′58″ W; thence west-northwesterly to 37°48′02.5″ N 122°21′01.5″ W; thence west-southwesterly to 37°47′51.5″ N, 122°21′40″ W; thence south-southwesterly to 37°47′35.5″ N, 122°21′50″ W; thence south-southeasterly to 37°46′40″ N, 122°21′23″ W; thence easterly to 37°46′36.5″ N, 122°19′52″ W; thence northerly to shore at 37°46′53″ N, 122°19′53.5″ W (NAD 83).

(6) Anchorage No. 8A. In San Francisco Bay bounded by the following lines: Beginning at latitude 37°47′35″ N and longitude 122°21′50″ W; thence south-southwesterly to latitude 37°47′07″ N and longitude 122°22′09″ W; thence south-southeasterly to latitude 37°46′30″ N and longitude 122°21′57″ W; thence easterly along the northern border of Anchorage 9 to latitude 37°46′26″ N and longitude 122°20′42″ W; thence northerly to latitude 37°46′38″ N and longitude 122°20′42″ W; thence westerly along the southern border of Anchorage 8 to latitude 37°46′41″ N and longitude 122°21′23″ W; thence northwesterly along the southwestern border of Anchorage 8 back to the beginning point (NAD 83).

(7) Anchorage No. 9. In San Francisco Bay bounded on the east by the eastern shore of San Francisco Bay and on the north by the southern shore of Alameda Island and a line beginning at 37°46′21.5″ N, 122°19′07″ W; thence westerly to 37°46′30″ N, 122°21′56″ W; thence south-southeasterly to 37°41′45″ N, 122°20′22″ W (San Bruno Channel Light 1); thence south-southeasterly to 37°38′38.5″ N, 122°18′48.5″ W (San Bruno Channel Light 5); thence southeasterly to 37°36′05″ N, 122°14′18″ W; thence northeasterly to shore at 37°37′38.5″ N, 122°09′06.5″ W (NAD 83).

(8) Anchorage No. 10. In San Francisco Bay bounded by the east shore of Sausalito and the following lines: Beginning on the shore of Sausalito at latitude 37°51′20″ N., longitude 122°28′38″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 37°50′57.5″ N., longitude 122°27′57″ W.; thence southwesterly to the shore of Sausalito at latitude 37°50′36″ N., longitude 122°28′34″ W.

(9) Anchorage No. 12. In San Francisco Bay east of the city of San Francisco a circular area having a radius of 500 yards centered at latitude 37°44′32.5″ N., longitude 122°20′27.5″ W. A 667-yard-wide forbidden anchorage zone surrounds this anchorage.

(10) Anchorage No. 13. In San Francisco Bay east of the Tiburon Peninsula a circular area having a radius of 333 yards centered at latitude 37°55′26″ N., longitude 122°27′27″ W. A 667-yard-wide forbidden anchorage zone surrounds this anchorage except where such zone would extend beyond the limits of Anchorage No. 4.

Note:

See § 110.224(e)(2) for a description of Anchorage No. 4.

(11) Anchorage No. 14. In San Francisco Bay east of Hunters Point an area 1,000 yards wide and 2,760 yards long, the end boundaries of which are semicircles, with a radii of 500 yards and center, respectively at latitude 37°42′37″ N., longitude 122°19′48″ W. and latitude 37°43′29″ N., longitude 122°19′48″ W. (NAD 83); and the side boundaries of which are parallel tangents joining the semicircles. A forbidden anchorage zone extends 667 yards out from the perimeter on each side.

(12) Anchorage No. 18. In San Pablo Bay bounded by the west shore of San Pablo Bay and the following lines: Beginning at the shore at Point San Pedro at latitude 37°59′16″ N., longitude 122°26′47″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 37°59′16″ N., longitude 122°26′26″ W.; thence northerly to latitude 38°03′46″ N., longitude 122°25′52.5″ W.; thence northwesterly to the shore south of the entrance to Novato Creek at latitude 38°05′13.5″ N., longitude 122°29′04″ W.; excluding from this area, however, the channel to Hamilton Field and the extension of this channel easterly to the boundary of the anchorage, and the pipeline area therein.

(13) Anchorage No. 19. In San Pablo Bay bounded by the northeast shore of San Pablo Bay and the following lines: Beginning at the shore of Tubbs Island at latitude 38°07′39″ N., longitude 122°25′18″ W.; thence southerly to latitude 38°00′36″ N., longitude 122°25′20″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 38°03′13″ N., longitude 122°19′46″ W.; thence east-northeasterly to latitude 38°03′37″ N., longitude 122°17′13″ W.; thence northerly to the long dike extending southwesterly from Mare Island at latitude 38°03′52.5″ N., longitude 122°17′10″ W.; thence along the long dike to the shore at Mare Island.

(14) Anchorage No. 20. In San Pablo Bay bounded by the southeast shore of San Pablo Bay and the following lines: Beginning at the northeast corner of Parr Terminal No. 4 at Point San Pablo at latitude 37°57′59″ N., longitude 122°25′35″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 38°01′27.5″ N., longitude 122°21′33″ W.; thence east-northeasterly to the Union Oil Co. pier at Oleum at latitude 38°03′18″ N., longitude 122°15′37″ W.; and thence along this pier to the shore.

(15) Anchorage No. 21. In San Pablo Bay south of Mare Island a rectangular area beginning at latitude 38°03′56″ N., longitude 122°15′56″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 38°04′02″ N., longitude 122°15′20″ W.; thence southerly to latitude 38°03′48″ N., longitude 122°15′16″ W.; thence westerly to latitude 38°03′42″ N., longitude 122°15′52″ W.; thence northerly to the point of beginning.

(16) Anchorage No. 22, Carquinez Strait. In Carquinez Strait an area bounded by a line connecting the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longtitude

38°02′36.8″ N. | 122°09′59″ W; to

38°02′06.6″ N. | 122°09′46.7″ W; to

38°01′53.8″ N. | 122°09′00″ W; to

38°02′33.9″ N. | 122°09′00″ W; thence back to

38°02′36.8″ N. | 122°09′59″ W.

(17) Anchorage No. 23, Benicia. In Carquinez Strait an area bounded by a line connecting the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longtitude

38°02′33.9″ N. | 122°09′00″ W; to

38°01′53.8″ N. | 122°09′00″ W; to

38°01′57.4″ N. | 122°08′19.3″ W; to

38°02′33″ N. | 122°08′18.6″ W; thence back to

38°02′33.9″ N. | 122°09′00″ W.

(18) Anchorage No. 24. Bounded by the north shore of Carquinez Strait and the following points: Beginning on the shore at Dillon Point at 38°03′44″ N, 122°11′34″ W; thence southeasterly to 38°03′21″ N, 122°10′43″ W; thence southeasterly to 38°02′36″ N, 122°10′03″ W (Carquinez Strait Light 23); thence to the shore at the Benicia City Wharf at 38°02′40″ N, 122°09′55″ W (NAD 83).

(19) Anchorage No. 26. On the west side of Suisun Bay, adjacent to and northeast of the city of Benicia within the following boundaries:Beginning on the shore northeast of Army Point at latitude 38°02′54″ N., longitude 122°07′37″ W.; thence south-southeasterly along the Southern Pacific bridge to latitude 38°02′38″ N., longitude 122°07′24″ W.; thence easterly to latitude 38°02′42″ N., longitude 122°07′07.5″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 38°05′42″ N., longitude 122°04′06″ W.; thence northwesterly to the shore at latitude 38°05′58″ N., longitude 122°04′28″ W.; thence along the shore to the point of beginning.

(20) Anchorage No. 27. In the northeast portion of Suisun Bay bounded by the north shore and the following lines: Beginning on the shore of Grizzly Island at latitude 38°08′13″ N., longitude 122°02′42.5″ W.; thence southerly to tripod at Preston Point on Roe Island at latitude 38°04′16″ N., longitude 122°02′42″ W.; thence along the south shore of Roe Island to latitude 38°04′05″ N., longitude 122°01′35″ W.; thence east-southeasterly to latitude 38°03′42.5″ N., longitude 121°58′54″ W.; thence easterly to the shore of Chipps Island at latitude 38°03′42.5″ N., longitude 121°55′05″ W.

(21) Anchorage No. 28. The area bounded on the east by the shore of Lower Sherman Island and the following lines: Beginning at Point Sacramento on Lower Sherman Island at latitude 38°03′45″ N., longitude 121°50′17.5″ W.; thence southwesterly to latitude 38°03′37.5″ N., longitude 121°50′31″ W.; thence south-southeasterly to latitude 38°02′11″ N.; longitude 121°49′58″ W.; thence to the shore of Lower Sherman Island at latitude 38°02′23″ N., longitude 121°49′49″ W.

(22) Anchorage No. 30. The portion of the Old San Joaquin River Channel bounded on the west by the shore of Mandeville Point and the following lines: Beginning on the shore of Mandeville Point at latitude 38°04′01″ N., longitude 121°32′05″ W.; thence northeasterly to latitude 38°04′07.5″ N., longitude 121°31′58″ W.; thence southeasterly to latitude 38°03′47″ N., longitude 121°31′42.5″ W.; thence westerly to the shore of Mandeville Point at latitude 38°03′47.5″ N., longitude 121°31′56″ W.

[CGD12 84-07, 51 FR 12315, Apr. 10, 1986]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 110.224, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 110.228 Columbia River, Oregon and Washington.

(a) Anchorage grounds—(1) Astoria North Anchorage. An area enclosed by a line beginning northeast of Astoria, Oregon, at latitude 46°12′00.79″ N, longitude 123°49′55.40″ W; thence continuing easterly to latitude 46°12′02.00″ N, longitude 123°49′40.09″ W; thence continuing east-northeasterly to latitude 46°13′14.85″ N, longitude 123°46′27.89″ W; thence continuing south-southeasterly to latitude 46°13′00.56″ N, longitude 123°46′16.65″ W; thence continuing southwesterly to latitude 46°11′51.79″ N, longitude 123°49′18.08″ W; thence continuing west-southwesterly to latitude 46°11′46.27″ N, longitude 123°49′43.48″ W; thence continuing west-southwesterly to latitude 46°11′44.98″ N, longitude 123°49′49.44″ W; thence continuing westerly to latitude 46°11′44.32″ N, longitude 123°49′58.88″ W; thence continuing northeasterly to the point of the beginning.

(2) Astoria South Anchorage. An area enclosed by a point beginning east-northeast of Astoria, Oregon, at latitude 46°11′46.95″ N, longitude 123°49′13.04″ W; thence continuing northeasterly to latitude 46°13′02.18″ N, longitude 123°45′54.55″ W; thence continuing easterly to latitude 46°13′05.90″ N, longitude 123°45′41.55″ W; thence continuing southeasterly to latitude 46°12′55.16″ N, longitude 123°45′34.31″ W; thence continuing southwesterly to latitude 46°12′24.32″ N, longitude 123°46′34.70″ W; thence continuing west-southwesterly to latitude 46°11′37.32″ N, longitude 123°49′03.46″ W; thence continuing north-northwesterly to the point of the beginning.

(3) Longview Anchorage. An area enclosed by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude (N) | Longitude (W)

46°06′28.69″ | 122°57′38.33″

46°06′41.71″ | 122°58′01.25″

46°07′22.55″ | 122°59′00.81″

46°07′36.21″ | 122°59′19.29″

46°07′28.44″ | 122°59′31.18″

46°07′14.77″ | 122°59′12.70″

46°06′52.52″ | 122°58′42.62″

46°06′36.96″ | 122°58′16.72″

46°06′28.87″ | 122°58′00.09″

46°06′22.44″ | 122°57′43.27″

(4) Kalama Anchorage. An area to be enclosed by a line beginning north-northwesterly of Sandy Island at latitude 46°01′20.48″ N, longitude 122°52′04.32″ W; thence continuing east-southeasterly to latitude 46°00′57.73″ N, longitude 122°51′35.14″ W; thence continuing east-southeasterly to latitude 46°00′53.95″ N, longitude 122°51′30.29″ W; thence continuing southeasterly to latitude 46°00′35.10″ N, longitude 122°51′15.37″ W; thence continuing south-southeasterly to latitude 45°59′41.48″ N, longitude 122°50′52.40″ W; thence continuing southwesterly to latitude 45°59′38.65″ N, longitude 122°51′05.97″ W; thence continuing north-northwesterly to latitude 46°00′36.82″ N, longitude 122°51′30.90″ W; thence continuing west-northwesterly to latitude 46°00′51.32″ N, longitude 122°51′45.44″ W; thence continuing west-northwesterly to latitude 46°01′24.38″ N, longitude 122°52′21.20″ W; thence continuing northeasterly to the beginning.

(5) Woodland Anchorage. An area enclosed by a line beginning northeast of Columbia City, Oregon, at latitude 45°53′55.31″ N, longitude 122°48′17.35″ W; thence continuing easterly to latitude 45°53′57.11″ N, longitude 122°48′02.16″ W; thence continuing south-southeasterly to latitude 45°53′27.16″ N, longitude 122°47′44.28″ W; thence continuing westerly to latitude 45°53′20.16″ N, longitude 122°48′02.37″ W; thence continuing northwesterly to latitude 45°53′41.50″ N, longitude 122°48′13.53″ W; thence continuing northerly to the point of beginning.

(6) Henrici Bar Anchorage. An area enclosed by a line beginning west-southwesterly of Bachelor Slough, Washington, at latitude 45°47′24.68″ N, longitude 122°46′49.14″ W; thence continuing east-southeasterly to latitude 45°46′44.95″ N, longitude 122°46′13.23″ W, thence continuing southeasterly to latitude 45°46′25.67″ N, longitude 122°46′00.54″ W; thence continuing south-southeasterly to latitude 45°46′02.69″ N, longitude 122°45′50.32″ W; thence continuing southerly to latitude 45°45′43.66″ N, longitude 122°45′45.33″ W; thence continuing southerly to latitude 45°45′37.52″ N, longitude 122°45′44.99″ W; thence continuing westerly to latitude 45°45′37.29″ N, longitude 122°45′53.06 W; thence continuing north-northwesterly to latitude 45°46′15.94″ N, longitude 122°46′10.25″ W; thence continuing west-northwesterly to latitude 45°47′20.20″ N, longitude 122°46′59.28″ W; thence continuing easterly to the point of beginning.

(7) Lower Vancouver Anchorage. An area enclosed by a line beginning north-northeast of Reeder Point at latitude 45°43′39.18″ N, longitude 122°45′27.54″ W; thence continuing south-southwesterly to latitude 45°41′26.95″ N, longitude 122°46′13.83″ W; thence continuing southerly to latitude 45°40′35.72″ N, longitude 122°46′09.98″ W; thence continuing south-southeasterly to latitude 45°40′23.95″ N, longitude 122°46′04.26″ W; thence continuing west-southwesterly to latitude 45°40′20.68″ N, longitude 122°46′16.07″ W; thence continuing northwesterly to latitude 45°40′32.85″ N, longitude 122°46′21.98″ W; thence continuing north-northwesterly to latitude 45°41′01.03″ N, longitude 122°46′26.85″ W; thence continuing northerly to latitude 45°41′29.07″ N, longitude 122°46′26.15″ W; thence continuing north-northeasterly to latitude 45°43′41.27″ N, longitude 122°45′39.87″ W; thence continuing easterly to the point of the beginning. The Vancouver lower anchorage will then resume slightly further upstream at an area north of Kelly point and will be enclosed by a line starting at latitude 45°40′10.09″ N, longitude 122°45′57.53′ W; thence continuing southeasterly to latitude 45°39′42.94″ N, longitude 122°45′44.34″ W; thence continuing west-southwesterly to latitude 45°39′40.07″ N, longitude 122°45′56.34″ W; thence continuing northwesterly to latitude 45°40′06.75″ N, longitude 122°46′09.30″ W; thence continuing east-northeasterly to the point of the beginning.

(8) Kelly Point Anchorage. An area enclosed by a line beginning northeast of Kelly Point, Oregon, at latitude 45°39′10.32″ N, longitude 122°45′36.45″ W; thence continuing east-southeasterly to latitude 45°39′02.10″ N, longitude 122°45′21.67″ W; thence continuing east-southeasterly to latitude 45°38′59.15″ N, longitude 122°45′16.38″ W; thence continuing southwesterly to latitude 45°38′51.03″ N, longitude 122°45′25.57″ W; thence continuing westerly to latitude 45°38′51.54″ N, longitude 122°45′26.35″ W; thence continuing northwesterly to latitude 45°39′06.27″ N, longitude 122°45′40.50″ W; thence continuing north-northeasterly to the beginning point.

(9) Upper Vancouver Anchorage. An area enclosed by a line beginning north-northeast of Hayden Island at latitude 45°38′43.44″ N, longitude 122°44′39.50″ W; thence continuing northeasterly to 45°38′26.98″ N, longitude 122°43′25.87″ W; thence continuing east-northeasterly to latitude 45°38′17.31″ N, longitude 122°42′54.69″ W; thence continuing easterly to latitude 45°38′12.40″ N, longitude 122°42′43.93″ W; thence continuing east-southeasterly to latitude 45°37′40.53″ N, longitude 122°41′44.08″ W; thence south-southeasterly to latitude 45°37′36.11″ N, longitude 122°41′48.86″ W; thence continuing west-southwesterly to latitude 45°37′52.20″ N, longitude 122°42′19.50″ W; thence continuing west-southwesterly to latitude 45°38′10.75″ N, longitude 122°43′08.89″ W; thence continuing southwesterly to latitude 45°38′18.79″ N, longitude 122°43′44.83″ W; thence continuing westerly to latitude 45°38′41.37″ N, longitude 122°44′40.44″ W; thence continuing northeasterly to the point of beginning.

(10) Cottonwood Island Anchorage. The waters of the Columbia River bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

46°05′56.88″ N | 122°56′53.19″ W

46°05′14.06″ N | 122°54′45.71″ W

46°04′57.12″ N | 122°54′12.41″ W

46°04′37.55″ N | 122°53′45.80″ W

46°04′13.72″ N | 122°53′23.66″ W

46°03′54.94″ N | 122°53′11.81″ W

46°03′34.96″ N | 122°53′03.17″ W

46°03′11.61″ N | 122°52′56.29″ W

46°03′10.94″ N | 122°53′10.55″ W

46°03′32.06″ N | 122°53′19.69″ W

46°03′50.84″ N | 122°53′27.81″ W

46°04′08.10″ N | 122°53′38.70″ W

46°04′29.41″ N | 122°53′58.17″ W

46°04′49.89″ N | 122°54′21.57″ W

46°05′06.95″ N | 122°54′50.65″ W

46°05′49.77″ N | 122°56′58.12″ W

(11) Prescott Anchorage. The waters of the Columbia River bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longitude

46°02′47.01″ N | 122°52′53.90″ W

46°02′26.32″ N | 122°52′51.89″ W

46°02′25.92″ N | 122°53′00.38″ W

46°02′46.54″ N | 122°53′03.87″ W

(12) Rice Island Anchorage. All waters in the vicinity of Rice Island, Oregon, bound by a line connecting the following points, which are based on the World Geodetic System (WGS 84):

Table 3 to Paragraph (a)(12)

Latitude | Longitude

46°13′15.60″ | 123°46′28.20″

46°13′37.20″ | 123°45′22.20″

46°14′42.00″ | 123°43′12.00″

46°14′52.80″ | 123°42′12.00″

46°14′42.60″ | 123°42′00.00″

46°13′47.40″ | 123°43′48.60″

46°13′36.60″ | 123°44′15.60″

46°13′07.20″ | 123°45′58.20″

46°13′00.60″ | 123°46′16.80″

(13) [Reserved]

(14) Port Westward Anchorage. All waters in the vicinity of Port Westward, Oregon, bound by a line connecting the following points, which are based on the World Geodetic System (WGS 84):

Latitude | Longitude

46°10′16.80″ | 123°12′58.80″

46°10′48.60″ | 123°11′25.20″

46°10′43.20″ | 123°11′21.60″

46°09′59.40″ | 123°12′46.80″

(b) Regulations. (1) All designated anchorages are intended for the primary use of deep-draft vessels over 200 feet in length.

(2) If a vessel under 200 feet in length is anchored in a designated anchorage, the master or person in charge of the vessel shall:

(i) Ensure that the vessel is anchored so as to minimize conflict with large, deep-draft vessels utilizing or seeking to utilize the anchorage; and

(ii) Move the vessel out of the area if requested by the master of a large, deep-draft vessel seeking to enter or depart the area or if directed by the Captain of the Port.

(3) Vessels desiring to anchor in designated anchorages shall contact the pilot office that manages that anchorage to request an appropriate position to anchor. Columbia River Bar Pilots manage Astoria North Anchorage and Astoria South Anchorage. Columbia River Pilots manage all designated anchorages upriver from Astoria.

(4) No vessel may occupy a designated anchorage for more than 30 consecutive days without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(5) No vessel being laid-up or dismantled or undergoing major alterations or repairs may occupy a designated anchorage without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(6) No vessel carrying a Cargo of Particular Hazard listed in § 126.10 of this chapter may occupy a designated anchorage without permission from the Captain of the Port.

(7) No vessel in a condition such that it is likely to sink or otherwise become a hazard to the operation of other vessels shall occupy a designated anchorage except in an emergency and then only for such periods as may be authorized by the Captain of the Port.

(8) Vessels anchoring in Astoria North Anchorage should avoid placing their anchor in the charted cable area.

[USCG-2008-1232, 74 FR 51781, Oct. 8, 2009, as amended by USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 36282, June 25, 2010; USCG-2011-0348, 77 FR 50916, Aug. 23, 2012; USCG-2023-0749, 89 FR 96101, Dec. 4, 2024; USCG-2023-0485, 89 FR 101471, Dec. 16, 2024; USCG-2025-0806, 91 FR 36535, June 17, 2026]

§ 110.230 Anchorages, Captain of the Port Puget Sound Zone, WA.

(a) Anchorage grounds. All coordinates are expressed in North American Datum 1983.

(1) Freshwater Bay Emergency Anchorage. All waters of Freshwater Bay and adjacent waters shoreward of a line beginning at Observatory Point, latitude 48°09′03″ N, longitude 123°38′12″ W; thence 000°T to latitude 48°09′36″ N, longitude 123°38′12″ W; thence 090°T to latitude 48°09′36″ N, longitude 123°33′27″ W; thence 180°T ending at Angeles Point, latitude 48°09′00″ N, longitude 123°33′27″ W.

(i) This anchorage may only be assigned to vessels experiencing an emergency that requires anchoring. Vessel emergencies include equipment failures, cargo securing, etc. Vessels requiring a customs inspection will not be allowed to anchor in this area.

(ii) [Reserved]

(2) Bellingham Bay Anchorages—(i) General Anchorage. The waters of Bellingham Bay within a circular area with a radius of 2,000 yards, having its center at latitude 48°44′14.39″, longitude 122°32′26.62″.

(ii) Explosives Anchorage. The waters of Bellingham Bay within a circular area with a radius of 1,000 yards, having its center at latitude 48°42′47.39″, longitude 122°33′41.62″.

(3) Port Townsend Anchorages—(i) Fair weather explosives anchorage area. A circular area having a radius of 300 yards, whose center is at latitude 48°06′25.30″, longitude 122°43′50.60″.

(ii) Foul weather explosives anchorage area. A circular area having a radius of 300 yards, whose center is at latitude 48°04′4.33″, longitude 122°44′56.60″.

(4) Holmes Harbor General Anchorage. All waters of Holmes Harbor lying south of a line between latitude 48°05′50″ N, longitude 122°31′24″ W; thence 311°T to latitude 48°07′03″ N, longitude 122°33′31″ W.

(5) Port Gardner General Anchorage. All waters in a quadrilateral area bounded as follows: Beginning at latitude 47°58′57″ N, longitude 122°14′05″ W; thence 302°T to latitude 47°59′21.5″ N, longitude 122°15′02″ W; thence 229°T to latitude 47°58′57″ N, longitude 122°15′44″ W; thence 122°T to latitude 47°58′32.5″ N, longitude 122°14′47″ W; thence 048°T to point of origin.

(6) Thorndike Bay Emergency Explosives Anchorage. All waters in a quadrilateral area bounded as follows: Beginning at latitude 47°47′59″ N, longitude 122°43′30″ W; thence 270°T to latitude 47°47′59″ N, longitude 122°44′30″ W; thence 180°T to latitude 47°47′30″ N, longitude 122°44′30″ W; thence 090°T to latitude 47°47′30″ N, longitude 122°43′30″ W, thence 000°T to point of origin.

(7) Elliott Bay Anchorages—(i) Smith Cove West General Anchorage. All waters inside the area beginning at latitude 47°38′20.44″ N, longitude 122°24′48.56″ W; thence 207T to latitude 47°37′51.6″ N, longitude 122°25′10.5″ W; thence 124°T to latitude 47°36′56.2″ N, longitude 122°23′07″ W; thence 000°T to latitude 47°37′59.5″ N, longitude 122°23′07″ W; thence northwest along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(ii) Smith Cove East General Anchorage. All waters inside the area beginning at latitude 47°37′36.2″ N, longitude 122°22′43″ W; thence 180°T to latitude 47°36′56.2″ N, longitude 122°22′43″ W; thence 090°T to latitude 47°36′56.2″ N, longitude 122°21′22.5″ W, thence northwest along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(iii) Elliott Bay East General Anchorage. All waters inside the area beginning at latitude 47°35′25.8″ N, longitude 122°20′45.5″ W; thence 000°T to latitude 47°35′55.85″ N, longitude 122°20′45.5″ W; thence 270°T to latitude 47°35′55.85″ N, longitude 122°21′30″ W; thence 180°T to latitude 47°35′19.2″ N, longitude 122°21′30″ W; thence east along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(iv) Elliott Bay West General Anchorage. All waters inside the area beginning at latitude 47°35′30″ N, longitude 122°21′41″ W, thence 000°T to latitude 47°35′45.5″ N, longitude 122°21′41″ W; thence 336°T to latitude 47°35′55.85″ N, longitude 122°21′48.5″ W; thence 270°T to latitude 47°35′55.85″ N, longitude 122°23′16.46″ W, thence 180°T to Duwamish Head thence southeast following the shoreline to latitude 47°35′30″ N, longitude 122°22′54.5″ W; thence 090°T to the point of origin.

(8) Yukon Harbor General Anchorage. All waters inside the area beginning at latitude 47°33′54.66″ N, longitude 122°31′54.68″ W; thence 106°T to latitude 47°33′23″ N, longitude 122°29′05″ W; thence 180°T to latitude 47°32′39.5″ N, longitude 122°29′05″ W; thence south along the eastern shoreline of Blake Island to latitude 47°31′48″ N, longitude 122°29′21″ W; thence 250°T to latitude 47°31′20.5″ N, longitude 122°31′10″ W; thence west and north along the Kitsap Peninsula shoreline to the point of origin.

(9) Cherry Point General Anchorage. The waters within a circular area with a radius of 1600 yards, having its center at latitude 48°48′29.39″ N, longitude 122°46'04.66” W.

(10) Anacortes General Anchorages—(i) Anacortes East (ANE) Anchorage. The waters within a circular area with a radius of 600 yards, having its center at 48°31′27″ N., 122°33′45″ W.

(ii) Anacortes Center (ANC) Anchorage. The waters within a circular area with a radius of 600 yards, having its center at 48°30′54″ N, 122°34′06″ W.

(iii) Anacortes West (ANW) Anchorage. The waters within a circular area with a radius of 600 yards, having its center at 48°31′09″ N, 122°34′55″ W.

(11) Cap Sante Tug and Barge General Anchorage. The Cap Sante Tug and Barge General Anchorage includes all waters enclosed by a line connecting the following points: 48°31′16″ N, 122°36′00″ W, which is approximately the northeast tip of Cap Sante; then southeast to 48°30′53″ N, 122°35′28″ W; then west southwest to 48°30′45″ N, 122°35′52″ W, approximately the south tip of Cap Sante; then north along the shoreline to the point of origin.

(12) Hat Island Tug and Barge General Anchorage. The Hat Island Tug and Barge General Anchorage includes all waters enclosed by a line connecting the following points: 48°31′19″ N, 122°33′04″ W, near the west side of Hat Island; then southwest to 48°30′37″ N, 122°33′38″ W; then east to 48°30′37″ N, 122°32′00″ W; then northwest to the point of origin.

(13) Commencement Bay General Anchorage. A quadrilateral area bounded as follows: Beginning at latitude 47°17′36.36″ N, longitude 122°26′04.45″ W; thence due south to latitude 47°17′18.36″ N, longitude 122°26′04.45″ W; thence due east to latitude 47°17′18.36″ N, longitude 122°25′04.45″ W; thence due north to latitude 47°17′32.36″ N, longitude 122°25′04.45″ W; thence west northwest to the point of origin.

(14) Non-anchorage area Port Angeles Harbor. Beginning at a point on the shore at latitude 48°07′03.83″ N, longitude 123°24′20.67″ W; thence to latitude 48°07′38.43″ N, longitude 123°24′04.67″ W; thence to latitude 48°07′36.03″ N, longitude 123°23′50.67″ W; thence to a point on the shoreline at latitude 48°06′56.73″ N, longitude 123°24′08.67″ W.

(i) No vessel may anchor in this non-anchorage area at any time.

(ii) Dragging, seining, fishing, or other activities which may foul underwater installations within this non-anchorage area are prohibited.

(iii) Vessels may transit this non-anchorage area, but must proceed by the most direct route and without unnecessary delay.

Note to paragraph (a)(14):

The city of Port Angeles will mark this area with signs on the shoreline visible (during normal daylight) 1 mile to seaward reading, “Do not Anchor in This Area.”

(b) The regulations. (1) No vessel shall anchor in any general anchorage described in paragraph (a) of this section without prior permission from the Captain of the Port (COTP), or his authorized representative. Vessel Traffic Service Puget Sound is designated as the COTP's authorized representative. All vessels should seek permission at least 48 hours prior to arrival at the anchorage area in order to avoid unnecessary delays.

(i) Except for the Anacortes General Anchorages, a berth in a general anchorage, if available, may be assigned to any vessel by the Captain of the Port or his authorized representative upon application and he may grant revocable permits for the continuous use of the same berth. For the Anacortes General Anchorages, the following hierarchy will be applied for assignment of a berth: tankers conducting lightering operations, then loaded tankers, and then all other vessels.

(ii) Tugs and oil barges using the Cap Sante and Hat Island General Anchorages are exempt from the requirement to obtain the COTP's permission.

(2) Except for the Anacortes General Anchorages, no vessel shall occupy any general anchorage for a period longer than 30 days unless a permit is obtained from the Captain of the Port for that purpose. There is a 10 days maximum stay at the Anacortes East and Anacortes Center general anchorages, and 6 day maximum stay at the Anacortes West general anchorage.

(3) The COTP or his authorized representative may require vessels to depart from the Anacortes General Anchorage before the expiration of the authorized or maximum stay. The COTP or his authorized representative will provide at least 24-hour notice to a vessel required to depart the Anacortes General Anchorage.

(4) No vessel in a condition such that it is likely to sink or otherwise become a menace or obstruction to the navigation or anchorage of other vessels shall occupy any general anchorage except in an emergency and then only for such period as may be permitted by the Captain of the Port.

(5) Within the Anacortes General Anchorages, lightering operations shall only be conducted in the Anacortes West and Anacortes Center anchorages.

(6) Tugs and barges using the Cap Sante and Hat Island Barge General Anchorages are required to ensure their vessels and barges do not project beyond the holding area's boundaries. The tug must be manned, remain in attendance with the barge and maintain a communications guard with VTS on an appropriate VTS VHF radio working frequency, which is currently channel 5A.

(7) No vessel shall anchor in any general anchorage described in paragraph (a) of this section without prior permission from the Captain of the Port, or his authorized representative. No vessel shall occupy any general anchorage for a period longer than 30 days unless a permit is obtained from the Captain of the Port for that purpose. No vessel in a condition such that it is likely to sink or otherwise become a menace or obstruction to the navigation or anchorage of other vessels shall occupy a general anchorage except in an emergency and then only for such period as may be permitted by the Captain of the Port. A berth in a general anchorage, if available, may be assigned to any vessel by the Captain of the Port upon application and he may grant revocable permits for the continuous use of the same berth.

(8) Explosive anchorages are reserved for vessels carrying explosives. All vessels carrying explosives shall be within these areas when anchored.

(9) Whenever any vessel not fitted with mechanical power, anchors in an explosive anchorage, the Captain of the Port may require the attendance of a tug upon such vessel, when, in his judgment, such action is necessary.

(10) Vessels carrying explosives shall comply with the general regulations in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, when applicable.

(11) Every vessel at anchor in an explosives anchorage shall display by day a red flag at least 16 square feet in area at its mast head or at least 10 feet above the upper deck if the vessel has no mast, and by night a red light in the same position specified for the flag. These signals shall be in addition to day signals and lights required to be shown by all vessels when at anchor.

(12) Every vessel constructed of wood shall, unless there are steel bulwarks or metallic cases or cargo on board, be fitted with radar reflector screens of metal of sufficient size to permit target indication on the radar screen of commercial type radars.

(13) Fishing and navigation by pleasure and commercial craft are prohibited within the area at all times when vessels which are anchored in the area for the purpose of loading or unloading explosives display a red flag by day and a red light by night, unless special permission is granted by the Captain of the Port.

(14) No explosives handling in any explosive anchorage will be undertaken by any vessel unless personnel from the Captain of the Port are on board to supervise the handling of explosives.

(15) No vessel shall remain at anchor in any explosive anchorage unless there is on board such vessel a competent watchman or a tug in attendance.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 110.230, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 110.231 Ketchikan Harbor, Alaska, Large Passenger Vessel Anchorage.

(a) The anchorage grounds. Ketchikan Harbor, Alaska, Large Passenger Vessel Anchorage. The waters of Ketchikan Harbor, Ketchikan, Alaska, enclosed by the following boundary lines: A line from Thomas Basin Entrance Light “2” to East Channel Lighted Buoy “4A”, to Pennock Island Reef Lighted Buoy “PR”, to Wreck Buoy “WR6”, then following a line bearing 064 degrees true to shore. This anchorage is effective 24 hours per day from 1 May through 30 September, annually.

(b) The regulations. (1) When transiting through the anchorage, all vessels using propulsion machinery shall proceed across the anchorage by the most direct route and without unnecessary delay. Sudden course changes within the anchorage are prohibited.

(2) No vessels, other than a large passenger vessel of over 1600 gross tons, (including ferries), may anchor within the anchorage without the express consent of the Captain of the Port, Southeast Alaska.

[CGD17-99-002, 64 FR 29558, June 2, 1999]

§ 110.233 Prince William Sound, Alaska.

(a) The anchorage grounds. In Prince William Sound, Alaska, beginning at a point at latitude 60°40′00″ N., longitude 146°40′00″ W.; thence south to latitude 60°38′00″ N., longitude 146°40′00″ W.; thence east to latitude 60°38′00″ N., longitude 146°30′00″ W.; thence north to latitude 60°39′00″ N., longitude 146°30′00″ W.; thence northwesterly to the beginning point.

(b) The regulations. (1) This anchorage area is for the temporary use of vessels during:

(i) Adverse weather or tidal conditions;

(ii) Vessel equipment failure; or

(iii) Delays at Port Valdez;

(2) No vessel may anchor in this anchorage without notifying the vessel traffic center in Valdez; and

(3) Each vessel anchored shall notify the vessel traffic center in Valdez when it weighs anchor.

[CGD 77-144, 43 FR 21459, May 18, 1978]

§ 110.235 Pacific Ocean (Mamala Bay), Honolulu Harbor, Hawaii (Datum: NAD 83).

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Anchorage A. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 350 yards with the center located at:

Latitude | Longitude

21°16′57″ N | 157°53′12″ W

(2) Anchorage B. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following coordinates:

Latitude | Longtitude

21°17′06″ N | 157°54′40″ W; to

21°17′22″ N | 157°54′40″ W; to

21°17′22″ N | 157°54′19″ W; to

21°17′06″ N | 157°54′19″ W; and thence to

21°17′06″ N | 157°54′40″ W

(3) Anchorage C. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 450 yards with the center located at:

Latitude | Longtitude

21°17′09″ N | 157°54′55″ W

(4) Anchorage D. The waters bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 450 yards with the center located at:

Latitude | Longtitude

21°17′21″ N | 157°55′20″ W

(b) The regulations. (1) Anchors must be placed inside the anchorage areas.

(2) The anchorages are general anchorages for commercial vessels. Anchorage A should be used only if Anchorages B, C, and D are full.

(3) No bunkering operations or vessel to vessel transfer of oil in bulk of any kind is permitted within Anchorage A.

(4) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the owner or person in charge of any vessel from complying with the rules of navigation and with safe navigation practice.

(c) Before entering into the anchorage grounds in this section you must first obtain permission from the Captain of the Port Honolulu.

[CGD14-93-003, 59 FR 40820, Aug. 10, 1994, as amended by CGD14-03-001, 68 FR 20346, Apr. 25, 2003]

§ 110.236 Pacific Ocean off Barbers Point, Island of Oahu, Hawaii: Offshore pipeline terminal anchorages.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Anchorage A. The waters within an area described as follows: A circle of 1,000 feet radius centered at latitude 21°17′43.6″ N., longitude 158°07′36.1″ W. (Datum NAD 83)

(2) Nonanchorage area A. The waters extending 300 feet on either side of a line bearing 059° from anchorage A to the shoreline at latitude 21°18′10.6″ N., longitude 158°06′47.1″ W. (Datum NAD 83)

(3) Anchorage B. The waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 21°16′20.1″ N., longitude 158°04′59.1″ W.; thence to latitude 21°15′52.5″ N., longitude 158°05′7″ W.; thence to latitude 21°15′59.7″ N., longitude 158°05′35.9″ W.; thence to latitude 21°16′27.4″ N., longitude 158°05′28″ W.; thence to the point of beginning. (Datum NAD 83)

(4) Nonanchorage area B. The waters extending 300 feet on either side of a line bearing 334.5° from anchorage B to the shoreline at latitude 21°17′39.1″ N., longitude 158°06′03.2″ W. (Datum NAD 83)

(5) Anchorage C. The waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 21°16′46.6″ N., longitude 158°04′29.1″ W.; thence to latitude 21°16′46.6″ N., longitude 158°04′02.1″ W.; thence to latitude 21°16′32.6″ N., longitude 158°04′02.1″ W.; thence to latitude 21°16′32.6″ N., longitude 158°04′29.1″ W.; thence to the point of beginning. (Datum NAD 83)

(6) Nonanchorage area C. The waters extending 300 feet on either side of a line bearing 306° from anchorage C to the shoreline at latitude 21°17′42.6″ N., longitude 158°05′57.9″ W. (Datum NAD 83)

(7) Anchorage D. The waters enclosed by a line beginning at latitude 21°17′48.6″ N., longitude 158°07′10.1″ W.; thence to latitude 21°17′44.6″ N., longitude 158°07′06.1″ W.; thence to latitude 21°17′37.6″ N., longitude 158°07′14.1″ W.; thence to latitude 21°17′41.6″ N., longitude 158°07′18.1″ W.; thence to the point of beginning. (Datum NAD 83)

(b) The regulations. (1) No vessels may anchor, moor, or navigate in anchorages A, B, C, or D except:

(i) Vessels using the anchorages and their related pipelines for loading or unloading;

(ii) Commercial tugs, lighters, barges, launches, or other vessels engaged in servicing the anchorage facilities or vessels using them;

(iii) Public vessels of the United States.

(2) When vessels are conducting loading or unloading operations as indicated by the display of a red flag (international code flag B) at the masthead, passing vessels of over 100 gross tons shall not approach within 1,000 yards at a speed in excess of 6 knots.

(3) The owner of any vessel wanting to use an anchorage ground and use of the related pipeline facilities shall notify the Captain of the Port, Honolulu, Hawaii, and the Commanding Officer, U.S. Naval Air Station, Barbers Point, Hawaii, at least 24 hours in advance of desired occupancy of the anchorage ground by the vessel. Such notification must include the maximum height above the waterline of the uppermost portion of the vessel's mast and a description of the masts' lighting including height of the highest anchor light and any aircraft warning lights to be displayed by the vessel at night.

(4) When, in the opinion of the Captain of the Port, or his authorized representative, oil transfer operations within these anchorages could jeopardize the safety of vessels or facilities in the area, or cause an undue risk of oil pollution, such oil transfer operations shall be immediately terminated until such time as the cognizant Coast Guard officer determines that the danger has subsided.

(5) Nonanchorage areas A, B, and C are established for the protection of submerged pipelines. Except for vessels servicing pipeline facilities, no anchoring, dragging, seining or other potential pipeline fouling activities are permitted within these areas.

(6) Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the owner or person in charge of any vessel from complying with the rules of the road and safe navigation practice.

(7) The regulations of this section are enforced by the Captain of the Port or his duly authorized representative.

[CGD 73-59R, 38 FR 16777, June 26, 1973, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33663, June 28, 1996; USCG-2002-12471, 67 FR 41332, June 18, 2002]

§ 110.237 Pacific Ocean at Waimea, Hawaii, Naval Anchorage.

(a) The Anchorage grounds. All the waters within a circle having a radius of 300 yards centered at latitude 21°56′50.7″ N., longitude 159°41′22.9″ W. (Datum NAD 83)

(b) The regulation. Except in an emergency, no vessel except a Naval vessel may anchor or moor in this anchorage without permission of the Captain of the Port, Honolulu, Hawaii.

[CGD 74-187, 41 FR 54176, Dec. 13, 1976, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33663, June 28, 1996; USCG-2002-12471, 67 FR 41332, June 18, 2002]

§ 110.238 Apra Harbor, Guam.

(a) The anchorage grounds (Datum: WGS 84)—(1) General Anchorage. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

13°27′32.0″ N | 144°39′36.8″ E

13°27′21.0″ N | 144°39′22.8″ E

13°27′12.5″ N | 144°37′25.4″ E

and thence along the shoreline to

Latitude | Longtitude

13°27′45.5″ N | 144°39′34.8″ E

and thence to the point of beginning.

(2) Explosives Anchorage 701. The water in Naval Anchorage A bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 350 yards and located at:

Latitude | Longtitude

13°26′54.0″ N | 144°37′53.5″ E

(3) Naval Explosives Anchorage 702. The waters in the General Anchorage bounded by the arc of a circle with a radius of 350 yards and with the center located at:

Latitude | Longtitude

13°27′29.9″ N | 144°38′13.0″ E

(4) Naval Anchorage A. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

13°26′47.3″ N | 144°37′42.6″ E

13°27′02.0″ N | 144°37′42.6″ E

13°27′10.6″ N | 144°39′00.8″ E

13°26′59.6″ N | 144°39′00.8″ E

13°26′59.6″ N | 144°39′08.6″ E

13°26′54.3″ N | 144°39′08.6″ E

13°26′54.3″ N | 144°39′24.2″ E

13°26′42.2″ N | 144°39′24.2″ E

13°26′40.4″ N | 144°38′01.8″ E

and thence to the point of beginning.

(5) Naval Anchorage B. The waters bounded by a line connecting the following points:

Latitude | Longtitude

13°26′43.7″ N | 144°39′53.3″ E

13°26′53.6″ N | 144°40′03.8″ E

13°26′51.0″ N | 144°40′06.0″ E

13°26′41.0″ N | 144°39′56.0″ E

and thence along the shoreline to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations—(1) General Anchorage. Any vessel may anchor in the General Anchorage except vessels carrying more than 25 tons of high explosives.

(2) Explosives Anchorage 701. Vessels carrying more than 25 tons of high explosives must use Anchorage 701, unless otherwise directed by the Captain of the Port.

(3) Naval Explosives Anchorage 702. Except Naval vessels using the anchorage as directed by local Naval authorities, no vessel may anchor so that any part of the hull or rigging, or the anchor tackle may extend into Anchorage 702 at any time.

(4) Naval Anchorages A and B. (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, non-naval vessels may not anchor within these anchorages or use the mooring buoys therein without permission of the local Naval authorities obtained through the Captain of the Port. (There is a user charge for the use of these mooring buoys.)

(ii) Small craft that are continuously manned and capable of getting underway may anchor within these anchorages during daylight hours without prior approval of the Captain of the Port.

(5) General regulations. (i) Vessels may use the Naval mooring buoys in the General Anchorage without charge for a period up to 72 hours if authorized by the Captain of the Port. Vessels so moored shall promptly move at their own expense upon notification from the Captain of the Port.

(ii) Except for vessels not more than 65 feet in length, all vessels shall anchor in an anchorage ground.

(iii) Vessels anchored in an anchorage ground shall place their anchors within the anchorage ground so that no portion of the hull or rigging at any time extends outside the anchorage ground.

(iv) No vessel may anchor in the harbor for more than 30 consecutive days without permission of the Captain of the Port.

[CDG14-87-02, 52 FR 25864, July 9, 1987, as amended by CGD14-89-01, 55 FR 27465, July 3, 1990]

§ 110.239 Island of Tinian, CNMI.

(a) The anchorage grounds (based on 1944 Saipan Datum):

(1) Explosives Anchorage A. A circular area intersecting the shoreline having a radius of 1,900 yards centered at latitude 14°58′57.0″ N, longitude 145°35′40.8″ E.

(2) Explosives Anchorage B. A circular area intersecting the shoreline having a radius of 1,900 yards centered at latitude 14°58′15.9″ N, longitude 145°35′54.8″ E.

(b) The regulations: Explosives Anchorages A and B; with the exception of explosives laden naval vessels at explosives anchorage A and B, no vessel may anchor within these areas without permission of the Captain of the Port. No vessel of more than 500 gross tons displacement may enter these areas except for the purpose of anchoring in accordance with this section.

[CGD 14-87-01, 52 FR 26146, July 13, 1987]

§ 110.240 San Juan Harbor, P.R.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Temporary Anchorage E (general). Beginning at a point which bears 262° T, 878 yards from Isla Grande Aero Beacon; thence along a line 75°47′, 498 yards; thence along a line 134°49′, 440 yards; thence along a line 224°49′ to the northerly channel limit of Graving Dock Channel, and thence to the point of beginning.

(2) Restricted Anchorage F. Beginning at a point which bears 212°30′, 1,337.5 yards from Isla Grande Light; thence along a line 269°00′, 550 yards; thence along a line 330°00′ to the westerly channel limit of Anegado Channel; and thence along the westerly channel limit of Anegado Channel to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. (1) Vessels awaiting customs or quarantine shall use Temporary Anchorage E. No vessel shall remain in this anchorage more than 24 hours without a permit from the U.S. Coast Guard Captain of the Port.

(2) Restricted Anchorage F shall serve both as an additional general anchorage area in cases where the temporary anchorage is full, and as an explosives anchorage for vessels loading or unloading explosives in quantities no greater than forty (40) tons, Commercial Class “A” Explosives, when so authorized by the United States Coast Guard Captain of the Port. No vessel shall enter or anchor therein without first obtaining a permit from the United States Coast Guard Captain of the Port.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD 79-119, 45 FR 32673, May 19, 1980; CGD 7-83-29, 49 FR 48540, Dec. 13, 1984; 50 FR 5580, Feb. 11, 1985]

§ 110.245 Vieques Passage and Vieques Sound, near Vieques Island, P.R.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Vieques Passage explosives anchorage and ammunition handling berth (Area 1). A circular area having a radius of 1,700 yards with its center at latitude 18°09′00″ N., longitude 65°32′40″ W.

(2) Vieques Sound explosives anchorage and ammunition handling berth (Area 2). A circular area having a radius of 2,000 yards with its center at latitude 18°11′48″, longitude 65°26′06″.

(3) Southern Vieques Passage explosives anchorage and ammunition handling berth (Area 3). A circular area having a radius of 2,000 yards with its center at latitude 18°05′51″, longitude 65°36′14″.

(b) The regulations. (1) No vessel or craft shall enter or remain in these anchorages while occupied by vessels having on board explosives or other dangerous cargo. Explosives in quantities no greater than 1,625 short tons will be handled in any area at one time.

(2) The regulations of this section shall be enforced by the Commander, Coast Guard Sector, San Juan, Puerto Rico, and such agencies as he may designate.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD 77-067, 44 FR 50040, Aug. 27, 1979; USCG-2008-0179, 73 FR 35012, June 19, 2008]

§ 110.250 St. Thomas Harbor, Charlotte Amalie, V.I.

(a) The anchorage grounds—(1) Inner harbor anchorage. Beginning at a point bearing 85°, 525 yards from the outer end of a pier at latitude 18°20′19″, longitude 64°56′26″ (approximate); thence 146°, 800 yards; thence 70°, 860 yards; thence 340°, 500 yards; and thence to the point of beginning.

(2) Outer harbor anchorage. Beginning at Scorpion Rock lighted buoy No. 1 (latitude 18°19′25.6″, longitude 64°55′41.8″); thence 180°, 1,580 yards; thence 264°30′, 2,490 yards; thence due north 1,255 yards; thence due east to the southerly tip of Sprat Point, Water Island; thence to Cowell Point, Hassel Island; and thence to the point of beginning.

(3) East Gregerie Channel anchorage (general purpose). Bounded on the northeast by Hassel Island; on the southeast by the northwest boundary of the outer harbor anchorage; on the southwest by Water Island; and on the northwest by a line running from Banana Point, Water Island, 55° to Hassel Island.

(4) Small-craft anchorage. All the waters north of a line passing through the outer end of a pier at latitude 18°20′19″, longitude 64°56′26″ (approximate) and ranging 85°.

(5) Deep-draft anchorage. A circular area having a radius of 400 yards with its center at latitude 18°19′12.2″, longitude 64°58′47.8″.

(6) Long Bay anchorage. The waters of Long Bay bounded on the north by the southerly limit line of Anchorage E, on the west by the easterly limit line of Anchorage A to a point at latitude 18°20′18″, thence to latitude 18°20′13″, longitude 64°55′21″; and thence to the shoreline at latitude 18°20′15″, longitude 64°55′13″.

(b) The regulations. (1) The outer harbor anchorage shall be used by vessels undergoing examination by quarantine, customs, immigration, and Coast Guard officers. Upon completion of these examinations, vessels shall move promptly to anchorage. This anchorage shall also be used by vessels having drafts too great to permit them to use the inner harbor anchorage. No vessel shall remain more than 48 hours in this anchorage without a permit from the Harbor Master.

(2) The small-craft anchorage shall be used by small vessels undergoing examination and also by small vessels anchoring under permit from the Harbor Master.

(3) The requirements of the Navy shall predominate in the deep-draft anchorage. When occupied by naval vessels all other vessels and craft shall remain clear of the area. When the area is not required for naval vessels, the Harbor Master may upon application made in advance assign other vessels to the area. Vessels so assigned and occupying the area shall move promptly upon notification by the Harbor Master.

(4) The harbor regulations for the Port of St. Thomas, V.I. of the United States and approaches thereto, including all waters under its jurisdiction, as adopted by the Government of the Virgin Islands, will apply to the Long Bay Anchorage.

(5) In addition, the Long Bay Anchorage is reserved for all types of small vessels, including sailing and motor pleasure craft, and such craft shall anchor in no other area except Anchorage E, in the northern portion of the harbor of Charlotte Amalie.

(6) Floats for marking anchors in place will be allowed in the Long Bay anchorage; stakes or mooring piles are prohibited.

(7) Vessels not more than 65 feet in length are not required to exhibit or carry anchor lights within the Long Bay anchorage, but must display them if emergency requires anchoring in any other part of the harbor.

(8) No vessel may anchor in any of the St. Thomas Harbor Anchorages without a permit from the Harbor Master.

(9) The Coast Guard Captain of the Port San Juan is hereby empowered, whenever the maritime or commercial interests of the United States so require, to shift the position of any vessel anchored within the Long Bay anchorage, and of any vessel which is so moored or anchored as to impede or obstruct vessel movement in the harbor, and to enforce all regulations of this section should the need arise.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17728, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2008-0179, 73 FR 35012, June 19, 2008]

§ 110.255 Ponce Harbor, P.R.

(a) Small-craft anchorage. On the northwest of Ponce Municipal Pier and northeast of Cayitos Reef, bounded as follows: Beginning at latitude 17°58′27″, longitude 66°37′29.5″, bearing approximately 325° true, 2,200 feet from the most southwest corner of Ponce Municipal Pier; thence 273°30′ true, 1,800 feet; thence 15° true, 900 feet; thence 93°30′ true, 1,800 feet; thence 195° true, 900 feet to the point of beginning.

(b) The regulations. (1) The Commonwealth Captain of the Port may authorize use of this anchorage whenever he finds such use required in safeguarding the maritime or commercial interests.

(2) No vessel shall anchor within the area until assigned a berth by the Commonwealth Captain of the Port. Application for permission to occupy the anchorage must be submitted in advance by the master or authorized representative of the vessel.

(3) Vessels occupying the anchorage will at all times keep within the limits of the area, and shall move or shift their position promptly upon notification by the Commonwealth Captain of the Port.

(4) The anchorage is reserved for all types of small craft, including schooners, fishing vessels, yachts and pleasure craft.

(5) Floats for marking anchors in place will be allowed; stakes or mooring piles are prohibited.

§ 114.01 Purpose.

(a) The purpose of the rules and regulations in this subchapter is to implement certain laws and set forth the requirements for:

(1) Locations and clearances of bridges and causeways over the navigable waters;

(2) Administration of the alteration of unreasonably obstructive bridges; and

(3) Regulation of drawbridge operation.

(b) The rules and regulations in this subchapter also describe the procedures, practices, and instructions, which are applicable to the public subject to certain laws governing bridges and causeways over the navigable waters of the United States.

[USCG-2008-0179, 73 FR 35012, June 19, 2008, as amended by USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013]

§ 114.05 Definitions.

The following definitions apply to this subchapter:

Approved means approved by the Commandant unless otherwise stated.

Bridge means a structure erected across navigable waters of the United States, and includes causeways, approaches, fenders, and other appurtenances thereto.

Coast Guard District Commander or District Commander means an officer of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant to command all Coast Guard activities within his or her district. (See part 3 of this chapter for descriptions of Coast Guard Districts.)

Commandant means Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security, Washington, DC 20593.

Deputy Commandant for Operations means the officer of the Coast Guard designated by the Commandant as the staff officer in charge of “Operations” (DCO), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters.

District Office or Coast Guard District Office means the Office of the Commander of a Coast Guard District.

Headquarters or Coast Guard Headquarters means the Office of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security, Washington, DC 20593-7000.

Permit means the license permitting construction of bridges and approaches thereto in or over navigable waters of the United States, issued under the rules and regulations in this subchapter.

Secretary means the Secretary of Homeland Security or any person to whom he or she has delegated his or her authority in the matter concerned.

United States Coast Guard or Coast Guard means the organization or agency established by the Act of January 28, 1915, as amended (14 U.S.C. 101).

[USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37313, June 21, 2012, as amended by USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58278, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 114.10 General policies on issuance of permits and drawbridge operation regulations.

The several bridge laws referenced in the Authority for part 114, are intended to prevent any interference with navigable waters of the United States whether by bridges, dams, dikes or other obstructions to navigation except by express permission of the United States. The decision as to whether a bridge permit or a drawbridge operation regulation will be issued or promulgated must rest primarily upon the effect of the proposed action on navigation to assure that the action provides for the reasonable needs of navigation after full consideration of the effect of the proposed action on the human environment. The Coast Guard is not responsible for any other permits that the applicant may need from other federal, state, or local agencies and issuance of a bridge permit does not affect flood control projects or other governmental programs.

[CGD 82-006, 47 FR 36640, Aug. 23, 1982, as amended by USCG-2000-7223, 65 FR 40056, June 29, 2000; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013]

§ 114.20 Departure from permit plans.

(a) If the final inspection shows a minor departure from the authorized plans which does not materially affect navigation, the permittee will be required to furnish as-built plans showing the work as actually constructed but no further action will be taken by the Coast Guard.

(b) It is not the practice of the Coast Guard to issue letters certifying that completed work conforms to that which was authorized. That question is a matter of fact to be determined in case of controversy by the usual rules of court procedure.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17769, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012]

§ 114.25 Work constructed without prior authority.

The Commandant or District Commander will approve plans and issue permits authorizing bridges across navigable waters, in cases where the application therefor is submitted after the commencement or completion of the bridges subject to the following rules: Approval will be limited to those cases where the necessary primary authority, State or Federal as the case may be, validly existed, when the work was innocently constructed, and where the work will not unreasonably interfere with navigation. Upon issuance of the permit, applicant will be informed that the law contemplates prior approval and that in the future plans must be submitted in ample time for their consideration by the Commandant or District Commander before construction is begun.

(5 U.S.C. 559; 14 U.S.C. 503; 33 U.S.C. 401, 491, 499, and 525; and 49 CFR 1.46(c) and (q))

[CGD 80-099, 46 FR 38354, July 27, 1981, as amended by USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013; USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58278, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 114.30 Revocation.

Permits may be revoked by the issuing official for failure on the part of the permittee to comply with any of the conditions therein, or where the structures or other work constitute an unreasonable obstruction to navigation or to operations of the United States in the interest of navigation or flood control.

[CGD 82-006, 47 FR 36640, Aug. 23, 1982]

§ 114.40 Violations of law.

The Coast Guard has the authority and responsibility for enforcement of the applicable provisions of law for the protection and preservation of navigable waters. It is the policy of the Coast Guard to secure compliance with these provisions of law short of legal proceedings. As a general principle, no action is taken when the violation is minor, unintentional, or accidental and the party responsible corrects the violation. It is the policy of the Coast Guard to implement civil or criminal proceedings in all other circumstances. These proceedings are in subpart 1.07 of Part 1 of this chapter.

(Secs. 107, 108, Pub. L. 97-322, 96 Stat. 1582; (33 U.S.C. 495, 499, 502, 525, 533); 49 CFR 1.46(c))

[CGD 82-102, 47 FR 54299, Dec. 2, 1982, as amended by USCG-2001-9286, 66 FR 33641, June 25, 2001]

§ 114.45 Applications, extensions of time.

Extensions of time to commence or complete construction of a bridge or remove a bridge that has been replaced as an element of a permitted bridge project must be submitted to, and received by the District Commander at least 30 days before the existing permit expires to allow the permit to remain in effect until the final agency action is taken.

(33 U.S.C. 401, 491, 525, 535; 49 CFR 1.46(c) (8), (9), (10), (q))

[CGD 76-144, 42 FR 28882, June 6, 1977]

§ 114.50 Right of appeal.

A District Commander's decision to deny a bridge permit application or an application for drawbridge operation regulations may be appealed to the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. The appeal must be submitted in writing to the Commandant (CG-BRG), Attn: Office of Bridge Programs, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7418, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7418 or HQS-SMB-CG-BRG@uscg.mil , within 60 days of the District Commander's decision. The Commandant will take action on the appeal within 90 days of its receipt.

(5 U.S.C. 559; 14 U.S.C. 503; 33 U.S.C. 401, 491, 499, and 525; and 49 CFR 1.46(c) and (q))

[CGD 80-099, 46 FR 38354, July 27, 1981]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 114.50, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 115.01 Purpose.

This part states the requirements for applying for a permit to construct or modify bridges crossing the navigable waters of the United States. It also sets forth the procedures by which the application is processed by the Coast Guard.

[CGD 82-006, 47 FR 36641, Aug. 23, 1982, as amended by USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012]

§ 115.05 Necessary primary authority.

For bridges constructed by State or municipal agencies, the primary authority will be presumed without proof. If the law of the State requires a license for or approval of the bridge from a constituted State agency, a copy of such license or approval will be required and may be accepted as evidence of the primary authority. If there is no State regulation of bridges in navigable waters, the necessary primary authority may be that granted in the charter of a corporation, or the authority inherent in the ownership of the land on which the structure is placed. The applicant will in such cases be required to furnish an excerpt from the charter, or a statement of ownership. Special care will be taken that Federal approval is not granted when there is doubt of the right of the applicant to construct and utilize the bridge.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17771, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2011-0257, 76 FR 31836, June 2, 2011: USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012; USCG-2016-0498, 82 FR 35081, July 28, 2017]

§ 115.10 Sufficiency of State authority for bridges.

An opinion of the attorney general of the State as to the sufficiency of State authority for the construction of a bridge is acceptable to the Coast Guard in doubtful cases.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17771, Dec. 12, 1967. Redesignated by USCG-2016-0498, 82 FR 35081, July 28, 2017]

§ 115.15 Limiting date in permits.

(a) Specific time limitations are inserted in all permits for the commencement of construction and completion thereof. Normally three years for start of construction and two additional years for completion may be allowed.

(b) Specific time limitations are inserted in all permits for the removal of bridges being replaced in whole or in part by the newly permitted bridges where removal thereof is required as a condition of the permit. Normally 90 days for removal after completion of the new bridge or opening to land transportation, whichever occurs first, may be allowed.

[CGD 75-046, 40 FR 24898, June 11, 1975, as amended by CGD 80-099, 46 FR 38354, July 27, 1981. Redesignated by USCG-2016-0498, 82 FR 35081, July 28, 2017]

§ 115.20 Permit bonds.

When compensatory works or the removal of temporary structures should be required of the permittee, or in other unusual cases when there is reason to anticipate that the permittee may fail to carry out parts of the work that are against his interest, an additional condition will be included in the permit requiring the permittee to furnish a bond insuring compliance with the permit requirements.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17771, Dec. 12, 1967. Redesignated by USCG-2016-0498, 82 FR 35081, July 28, 2017]

§ 115.30 Transfer of permits.

Permits express merely the assent of the Federal Government so far as concerns the public rights of navigation. Although issued to a specific party, the assent is not limited to execution of the work by that party and may be availed of by the assignees or purchasers of the property affected, provided the terms of the instrument are strictly complied with.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17771, Dec. 12, 1967. Redesignated by USCG-2016-0498, 82 FR 35081, July 28, 2017]

§ 115.40 Bridge repairs.

Repairs to a bridge which do not alter the clearances, type of structure, or any integral part of the substructure or superstructure or navigation conditions, but which consist only in the replacement of worn or obsolete parts, may, if the bridge is a legally approved structure, be made as routine maintenance without a formal permit action from the U.S. Coast Guard.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17771, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012]

§ 115.50 Application for bridge permits.

(a) Application. An application for authorization to construct a bridge across navigable waters of the United States must include the name, address, telephone number, and email address of the applicant; the waterway and location of the bridge; a citation to the applicable act of Congress; when appropriate, a citation to the State legislation authorizing the bridge; a map of the location and plans of the bridge showing the features which affect navigation; papers to establish the identity of the applicant. Additional guidance on completing the application can be found in the Bridge Permit Application Guide, COMDTPUB16591.series.

(b) Prior authority necessary. Except as provided under paragraph (c) of this section, a bridge cannot lawfully be constructed across any navigable waterway of the United States until the location and plans have been approved by the Coast Guard.

(c) Prior authority not necessary. Coast Guard approval of the location and plans for construction or modification of a bridge or causeway is not required for any bridge or causeway over waters which are not subject to the ebb and flow of the tide and which are not used and are not susceptible to use in their natural condition or by reasonable improvement as a means to transport interstate or foreign commerce, whether or not such waters were used or were susceptible to use, at some previous time, to transport commerce (historic use). This provision does not apply to bridges which connect the United States with any foreign country.

(d) Signature. In case of signature by an agent or by an official of a corporation, a duly authenticated copy of the authority for the action must accompany the application.

(e) Identification. If the applicant is a corporation, it must furnish certified copies of the following papers, all properly authenticated: The charter or articles of incorporation; the minutes of organization; an excerpt from the minutes showing the names of the present officers of the corporation.

(1) Where State laws vest in State or county officers, such as boards of supervisors and county courts, the power to authorize the construction of bridges, they must furnish with their application certified excerpts from their proceedings showing their action authorizing the proposed structure.

(f) Plans. One reproducible set of plans must be submitted with the application, on which the location of the work and the essential features covered by the application will be identified. Each drawing must have a title block located in the lower right-hand corner identifying the applicant/agent and bridge owner; the waterway; the milepoint on the waterway of the bridge location; the city, county, and state of the bridge location; the name of the bridge; the date of the plans; the sheet number; and the total number of sheets in the set.

(g) Size of sheets. The drawings will be on letter size sheets. As few sheets will be used as necessary to show clearly what is proposed.

(h) Special instructions. (1) Vertical and horizontal distances will be shown using bar scales. The north and south line will be indicated by a meridian arrow. Soundings and elevations will be shown in feet and refer to the established Government datum plane at the locality.

(2) The direction of the current or, for tidal waters, the direction of the ebb and flow, will be indicated by arrow(s), and will be shown close to the proposed location of the bridge, and at both ends of the waterway shown on the map of location.

(3) The plans will show in figures the least clear height of the lowest part of the superstructure over navigation openings, with reference to the planes of mean high water and mean low water if the bridge is to cross tidal water. If the waters are nontidal, the least clear height will be shown with reference to the planes of extreme high water and mean low water. If records of river heights are available, the 2 percent flowline (the plane above which flood waters have not remained more than 2 percent of the time) will be indicated. Reference will also be made to other datum planes if appropriate for the waterway in question.

(4) If harbor lines have been established at the site of the bridge, their position will be shown on the plans.

(i) Structural details. Only those should be shown which are needed to illustrate the effect of the proposed structure on navigation. If the bridge is to be equipped with a draw, the latter will be shown in two positions: Closed and open. In those cases, the vertical and horizontal clearances shall be indicated in both the closed and open positions.

(j) To whom application should be presented. The application and the papers and plans accompanying it should be submitted to the District Commander having jurisdiction over the area in which the bridge site is located.

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17771, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD 75-046, 40 FR 24898, June 11, 1975; CGD 80-099, 46 FR 38354, July 27, 1981; CGD 82-102, 48 FR 54299, Dec. 2, 1982; USCG-2011-0257, 76 FR 31836, June 2, 2011: USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012; USCG-2016-0498, 82 FR 35081, July 28, 2017; USCG-2024-1103, 90 FR 52877, Nov. 24, 2025]

§ 115.60 Procedures for handling applications for bridge permits.

The following procedures will be observed in the handling of applications for permits to construct, modify, or replace bridges over navigable waters.

(a) District Commander's review of application and plans. When an application is received, the District Commander verifies the authority for construction of the bridge, reviews the application and plans for sufficiency, ascertains the views of local authorities and other interested parties, and ensures that the application complies with relevant environmental laws, regulations, and orders. If the application contains any defects that would prevent issuance of a permit (as for example, if the proposed bridge provided insufficient clearance), the applicant is notified that the permit cannot be granted and given reasons for this determination. The applicant may then request that the application be considered by the Commandant. If the applicant makes such a request, or if the application is not found defective, the District Commander notifies the public that it has been received and continues its processing.

(b) Public meeting. (1) Public meetings will be held when there are substantial issues concerning the effect that the proposed bridge will have on the reasonable needs of navigation.

(2) Notice of the public meeting will be published in the Federal Register. Notice of the meeting is also emailed or mailed to State, county, municipal authorities, and all other known interested parties. It may also be posted in public places in the vicinity of the project or published in local publications and through local media channels, or both.

(3) Meetings are public and conducted in an informal manner. A designated Coast Guard official presides. The submission of written statements is invited and encouraged. Anyone desiring to do so may speak. Statements, written or oral, are not under oath, and cross-examination is not permitted. No fixed order has been established for the presentation of evidence or argument although proponents are generally heard first, followed by opponents with full opportunity afforded for rebuttals.

(c) Report and recommendations. After the close of the comment period and any public meeting, a detailed statement of findings, conclusions, and recommendations based on all available information (including Coast Guard records and experience) is prepared. The following factors may be discussed in this report:

(1) Comparison of proposed bridge with existing bridges over the waterway; attitude of local authorities; summary of objections raised by the public, and District Commander's comments or responses; probable effect on navigation, present and prospective.

(2) Description of the navigation on the waterway past the site of the proposed bridge, the number and type of vessels, the number of vessel trips, and the principal method of handling traffic, whether in single vessels or in tows.

(3) Whether the District Commander approves, or recommends approval of the plans. If they are found objectionable, the reasons for this finding will be stated. If there are objectionable features in the plans which may be corrected, the applicant is given an opportunity to revise them. If approval is given or recommended, all conditions to which the permit should be subject will be stated.

(d) Action on permit application. (1) The District Commander may issue the permit if authorized under § 1.01-60(b) of this chapter; otherwise, a report with the application shall be submitted to the Commandant for final action.

(2) When an application is approved, the issuing official signs the permit and transmits it to the applicant.

(3) When an application is not approved, the applicant is notified and provided with reasons for the disapproval and suggestions for modifications that would justify reconsideration, if appropriate.

(4) If an application is disapproved by the District Commander, the applicant may appeal this decision to the Commandant under § 114.50 of this chapter. The Commandant's determination shall constitute final agency action.

(e) Permit amendments. Applications for amendments to permits will be processed in the same manner as permit applications. The District Commander may approve amendments to any permits which that official is authorized to issue under § 1.01-60(b) of this chapter. All other amendments must be approved by the Commandant.

(5 U.S.C. 559; 14 U.S.C. 503; 33 U.S.C. 401, 491, 499, and 525; and 49 CFR 1.46(c) and (q))

[CGD 80-099, 46 FR 38354, July 27, 1981; 46 FR 42268, Aug. 20, 1981, as amended by CGD 82-006, 47 FR 36641, Aug. 23, 1982; CGD 82-074, 47 FR 51865, Nov. 18, 1982; USCG-2008-0179, 73 FR 35012, June 19, 2008; USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 49410, Aug. 13, 2010: USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013; USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58278, Sept. 18, 2020; USCG-2022-0323, 88 FR 10029, Feb. 16, 2023; USCG-2024-1103, 90 FR 52877, Nov, 24, 2025]

§ 115.70 Advance approval of bridges.

(a) The General Bridge Act of 1946 requires the approval of the location and plans of bridges prior to start of construction (33 U.S.C. 525). The Commandant has given his advance approval to the location and plans of bridges to be constructed across reaches of waterways navigable in law, but not actually navigated other than by logs, log rafts, rowboats, canoes and small motorboats. In such cases the clearances provided for high water stages will be considered adequate to meet the reasonable needs of navigation. The Coast Guard recommends notice to the District Bridge Manager to ensure that the District has determined that advance approval provision is applicable to the waterway reach over which the bridge is to be constructed.

(b) The term “small motorboats” shall be interpreted in the light of the things and conditions with which it is associated. The term means rowboats, canoes and other similar craft with outboard motors. It does not include sailing or cabin cruiser craft.

(14 U.S.C. 503; 33 U.S.C. 401, 491, and 525; and 49 CFR 1.46(c))

[CGFR 67-46, 32 FR 17771, Dec. 12, 1967, as amended by CGD 81-076, 46 FR 54936, Nov. 5, 1981; USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013; USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58278, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 116.01 General.

(a) All bridges are obstructions to navigation and are tolerated only as long as they serve the needs of land transportation while allowing for the reasonable needs of navigation.

(b) This part describes the general procedures by which the U.S. Coast Guard determines a bridge to be an unreasonable obstruction to navigation and issues an Order to Alter under the authority of the following statutes, as appropriate: Section 18 of the Rivers and Harbors Appropriations Act of 1899, 33 U.S.C. 502; Section 4 of the Bridge Act of 1906, 33 U.S.C. 494; or the Truman-Hobbs Act of 1940, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 511-524.

(c) A bridge constructed across a navigable water of the United States shall not unreasonably obstruct the free navigation of the water over which it was constructed, either due to insufficient height or width of the navigation span, or because of difficulty in passing through the draw opening. If any bridge unreasonably obstructs navigation, the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, will order the alteration of that bridge. Alterations may include structural changes, replacement, or removal of the bridge.

(d) Whenever the Coast Guard has good reason to believe that a bridge across any of the navigable waters of the United States is an unreasonable obstruction to navigation, the Coast Guard will give notice to the owner of the bridge and other interested parties, and hold a public meeting at which the interested parties will have a full opportunity to be heard and to provide information on the question of whether alterations to the bridge are necessary and, if so, the extent of alterations needed.

(e) If the Coast Guard determines that alterations to a bridge are necessary, the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, will issue to the bridge owner an Order to Alter containing details of the alterations necessary to render navigation through or under the bridge reasonably free, easy, and unobstructed.

(1) In the case of a railroad or publicly owned highway bridge, an Order to Alter is issued to the bridge owner under the provisions of the Truman-Hobbs Act (33 U.S.C. 511 et seq.). In ordering these alterations, the Coast Guard will give due regard to the necessities of free and unobstructed navigation and of rail and highway traffic. For alterations to bridges governed by the Truman-Hobbs Act, the Coast Guard must approve general plans, specifications, and contracts for the alteration project, as well as approving the apportionment of the total cost of the alterations between the United States and the bridge owner.

(2) For all other bridges, the Order to Alter will contain the required alterations for the bridge and will prescribe a reasonable time in which to accomplish the required alterations. The bridge owner is responsible for the entire cost of the required alterations.

[CGD 91-063, 60 FR 20902, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended by USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 49410, Aug. 13, 2010]

§ 116.05 Complaints.

Any person, company, or other entity may submit to the District Commander of the Coast Guard district in which a bridge over a navigable water of the United States is located, a complaint that a bridge unreasonably obstructs navigation. The complaint must be in writing and include specific details to support the allegation.

§ 116.10 Preliminary review.

(a) Upon receipt of a written complaint, the District Commander will review the complaint to determine if, in the District Commander's opinion, the complaint is justified and whether a Preliminary Investigation is warranted.

(1) The District Commander's opinion as to whether or not the complaint warrants a Preliminary Investigation will be formed through informal discussions with the complainant, users of the affected waterway, the owner of the bridge, and other interested parties.

(2) In forming an opinion, the District Commander may also review the district files, records of accidents, and details of any additional written complaints associated with the bridge in question.

(b) In the absence of any written complaint, the District Commander may decide, based on a bridge's accident history or other criteria, to conduct a Preliminary Investigation.

(c) The District Commander will inform the complainant and the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs of the determination of any Preliminary Review. If the District Commander decides that the bridge in question is not an unreasonable obstruction to navigation, the complainant will be provided with a brief summary of the information on which the District Commander based the decision and will be informed of the appeal process described in § 116.55. There will be no further investigation, unless additional information warrants a continuance or reopening of the case.

[CGD 91-063, 60 FR 20902, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33663, June 28, 1996; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013]

§ 116.15 Preliminary investigation.

(a) During the Preliminary Investigation, the District Commander will prepare a written report containing all pertinent information and submit the report, together with a recommendation for or against the necessity of a Detailed Investigation, to the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs.

(b) The Preliminary Investigation Report will include a description of the nature and extent of the obstruction, the alterations to the bridge believed necessary to meet the reasonable needs of existing and future navigation, the type and volume of waterway traffic, and a calculation of the benefits to navigation which would result from the proposed bridge alterations.

(c) The Chief, Office of Bridge Programs will review the Preliminary Investigation Report and make a Preliminary Decision whether or not to undertake a Detailed Investigation and a Public Meeting.

(d) If after reviewing the Preliminary Investigation Report, the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs decides that further investigation is not warranted, the complainant will be notified of the decision. This notification will include a brief summary of information on which the decision was based and details of the appeal process described in § 116.55.

[CGD 91-063, 60 FR 20902, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33663, June 28, 1996; USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013; USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38433, July 7, 2014]

§ 116.20 Detailed investigation.

(a) When the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs determines that a Detailed Investigation should be conducted, the District Commander will initiate an investigation that addresses all of the pertinent data regarding the bridge, including information obtained at a public meeting held under § 116.25. As part of the investigation, the District Commander will develop a comprehensive report, termed the “Detailed Investigation Report”, which will discuss: the obstructive character of the bridge in question; the impact of that bridge upon navigation; navigational benefits derived; whether an alteration is needed to meet the needs of navigation; and, if alteration is recommended, what type.

(b) The District Commander will forward the completed Detailed Investigation Report to the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs for review together with a recommendation of whether the bridge should be declared an unreasonable obstruction to navigation and, if so, whether an Order to Alter should be issued.

[CGD 91-063, 60 FR 20902, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33663, June 28, 1996; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013]

§ 116.25 Public meetings.

(a) Any time the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs determines that a Detailed Investigation is warranted, or when Congress declares a bridge unreasonably obstructive, the District Commander will hold a public meeting near the location of the bridge to provide the bridge owner, waterway users, and other interested parties the opportunity to offer evidence and be heard, orally or in writing, as to whether any alterations are necessary to provide reasonably free, safe, and unobstructed passage for waterborne traffic. The District Commander will issue a public notice announcing the public meeting stating the time, date, and place of the meeting.

(b) When a bridge is statutorily determined to be an unreasonable obstruction, the scope of the meeting will be to determine what navigation clearances are needed.

(c) In all other cases, the scope of the meeting will be to address issues bearing on the question of whether the bridge is an unreasonable obstruction to navigation and, if so, what alterations are needed.

(d) The meeting will be recorded. Copies of the public meeting transcript will be available for purchase from the recording service.

[CGD 91-063, 60 FR 20902, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33664, June 28, 1996; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013]

§ 116.30 Chief, Office of Bridge Programs Review and Evaluation.

(a) Upon receiving a Detailed Investigation Report from a District Commander, the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs will review all the information and make a final determination of whether or not the bridge is an unreasonable obstruction to navigation and, if so, whether to issue an Order to Alter. This determination will be accompanied by a supporting written Decision Analysis which will include a Benefit/Cost Analysis, including calculation of a Benefit/Cost Ratio.

(b) The Benefit/Cost ratio is calculated by dividing the annualized navigation benefit of the proposed bridge alteration by the annualized government share of the cost of the alteration.

(c) Except for a bridge which is statutorily determined to be an unreasonable obstruction, an Order to Alter will not be issued under the Truman-Hobbs Act unless the ratio is at least 1:1.

(d) If a bridge is statutorily determined to unreasonably obstruct navigation, the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs will prepare a Decision Analysis to document and provide details of the required vertical and horizontal clearances and the reasons alterations are necessary.

(e) If the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs decides to recommend that the Commandant issue an Order to Alter, or a bridge is statutorily determined to unreasonably obstruct navigation, the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs will issue a letter to the bridge owner (“The 60-Day Letter”) at least 60 days before the Commandant issues an Order to Alter. This letter will contain the reasons an alteration is necessary, the proposed alteration, and, in the case of a Truman-Hobbs bridge, an estimate of the total project cost and the bridge owner's share.

(f) If the bridge owner does not agree with the terms proposed in the 60-Day Letter, the owner may request a reevaluation of the terms. The request for a reevaluation must be in writing, and identify the terms for which reevaluation is requested. The request may provide additional information not previously presented.

(g) Upon receipt of the bridge owner's response, the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs will reevaluate the situation based on the additional information submitted by the bridge owner. If after the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs reviews the determination, there is no change, the Commandant may issue an Order to Alter as set out in § 116.35. The Administrator, Office of Bridge Programs determination based on the reevaluation will constitute final agency action.

[CGD 91-063, 60 FR 20902, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33664, June 28, 1996; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013]

§ 116.35 Order to Alter.

(a) If the bridge owner agrees with the contents of the 60-Day Letter, if no reply is received by 60 days after the issuance of the letter, or if after reevaluation a bridge is determined to be an unreasonable obstruction to navigation, the Commandant will issue an Order to Alter.

(1) If a bridge is eligible for funding under the Truman-Hobbs Act, the Order to Alter will specify the navigational clearances to be accomplished in order to meet the reasonable needs of navigation.

(2) An Order to Alter for a bridge that is not eligible for Truman-Hobbs funding will specify the navigational clearances that are required to meet the reasonable needs of navigation and will prescribe a reasonable time in which to accomplish them.

(b) If appropriate, the Order to Alter will be accompanied by a letter of special conditions setting forth safeguards needed to protect the environment or to provide for any special needs of navigation.

(c) If a proposed alteration to a bridge has desirable, non-navigational benefits, the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs may require an equitable contribution from any interested person, firm, association, corporation, municipality, county, or state benefiting from the alteration as a prerequisite to the making of an Order to Alter for that alteration.

(d) Failure to comply with any Order to Alter issued under the provisions of this part will subject the owner or controller of the bridge to the penalties prescribed in 33 U.S.C. 495, 502, 519, or any other applicable provision.

[CGD 91-063, 60 FR 20902, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33664, June 28, 1996; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013]

§ 116.40 Plans and specifications under the Truman-Hobbs Act.

(a) After an Order to Alter has been issued to a bridge owner under the Truman-Hobbs Act, the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs will issue a letter to the bridge owner outlining the owner's responsibilities to submit plans and specifications to the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs for the alteration of the bridge. The plans and specifications, at a minimum, must provide for the clearances identified in the Order to Alter. The plans and specifications may also include any other additional alteration to the bridge that the owner considers desirable to meet the requirements of railroad or highway traffic. During the alteration process, balanced consideration shall be given to the needs of rail, highway, and marine traffic.

(b) The Chief, Office of Bridge Programs will approve or reject the plans and specifications submitted by the bridge owner, in whole or in part, and may require the submission of new or additional plans and specifications.

(c) When Chief, Office of Bridge Programs has approved the submitted plans and specifications, they are final and binding upon all parties, unless later changes are approved by the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs. Any changes to the approved plans will be coordinated with the District Commander.

[CGD 91-063, 60 FR 20902, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33664, June 28, 1996; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013]

§ 116.45 Submission of bids, approval of award, guaranty of cost, and partial payments for bridges eligible for funding under the Truman-Hobbs Act.

(a) Once the plans and specifications for a bridge eligible for funding under the Truman-Hobbs Act have been approved, the bridge owner must take bids for the alteration of the bridge consistent with the approved plans and specifications. Those bids must then be submitted to the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs for approval.

(b) After the bridge owner submits the guaranty of cost required by 33 U.S.C. 515, the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs authorizes the owner to award the contract.

(c) Partial payments of the government's costs are authorized as the work progresses to the extent that funds have been appropriated.

[CGD 91-063, 60 FR 20902, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33664, June 28, 1996; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013; USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38433, July 7, 2014]

§ 116.50 Apportionment of costs under the Truman-Hobbs Act.

(a) In determining the apportionment of costs, the bridge owner must bear such part of the cost attributable to the direct and special benefits which will accrue to the bridge owner as a result of alteration to the bridge, including expected savings in repairs and maintenance, expected increased carrying capacity, costs attributable to the requirements of highway and railroad traffic, and actual capital costs of the used service life. The United States will bear the balance of the costs, including that part attributable to the necessities of navigation.

(b) “Direct and special benefits” ordinarily will include items desired by the owner but which have no counterpart or are of higher quality than similar items in the bridge prior to alteration. Examples include improved signal and fender systems, pro rata share of dismantling costs, and improvements included, but not required, in the interests of navigation.

(c) During the development of the Apportionment of Costs, the bridge owner will be provided with an opportunity to be heard. Proportionate shares of cost to be borne by the United States and the bridge owner are developed in substantially the following form:

Total cost of project ________ $________ Less salvage ____ $____ Less contribution by third party ____ $____ Cost of alteration to be apportioned ____ $____ Share to be borne by the bridge owner: Direct and Special Benefits: a. Removing old bridge ____ $____ b. Fixed charges ____ $____ c. Betterments ____ $____ Expected savings in repair or maintenance costs: a. Repair ____ $____ b. Maintenance ____ $____ Costs attributable to requirements of railroad and/or highway traffic ____ $____ Expenditure for increased carrying capacity ____ $____ Expired service life of old bridge ____ $____ Subtotal ____ $____ Share to be borne by the bridge owner ____ $____ Contingencies ____ $____ Total ____ $____ Share to be borne by the United States ____ $____ Contingencies ____ $____ Total ____ $____

(d) The Order of Apportionment of Costs will include the guaranty of costs.

§ 116.55 Appeals.

(a) Except for the decision to issue an Order to Alter, if a complainant disagrees with a decision regarding obstruction or eligibility made by a District Commander, or the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs, the complainant may appeal that decision to the Deputy Commandant for Operations.

(b) The appeal must be submitted in writing to the Commandant (CG-DCO-D), Attn: Deputy for Operations Policy and Capabilities, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7318, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7318, or USCGDCO@uscg.mil, within 60 days after the District Commander's or the Chief, Office of Bridge Programs decision. The Deputy Commandant for Operations will make a decision on the appeal within 90 days after receipt of the appeal. The Deputy Commandant of Operations' decision of this appeal shall constitute final agency action.

(c) Any Order of Apportionment made or issued under section 6 of the Truman-Hobbs Act, 33 U.S.C. 516, may be reviewed by the Court of Appeals for any judicial circuit in which the bridge in question is wholly or partly located, if a petition for review is filed within 90 days after the date of issuance of the order. The review is described in section 10 of the Truman-Hobbs Act, 33 U.S.C. 520. The review proceedings do not operate as a stay of any order issued under the Truman-Hobbs Act, other than an order of apportionment, nor relieve any bridge owner of any liability or penalty under other provisions of that act.

[CGD 91-063, 60 FR 20902, Apr. 28, 1995, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33663, June 28, 1996; CGD 97-023, 62 FR 33363, June 19, 1997; USCG-2008-0179, 73 FR 35013, June 19, 2008; USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 36283, June 25, 2010; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013; USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38433, July 7, 2014; USCG-2024-1103, 90 FR 52877, Nov. 24, 2025]

§ 117.1 Purpose.

(a) This part prescribes the general and special drawbridge operating regulations that apply to the drawbridges across the navigable waters of the United States and its territories. The authority to regulate drawbridges across the navigable waters of the United States is vested in the Secretary of Homeland Security.

(b) Subpart A contains the general operation requirements that apply to all drawbridges.

(c) Subpart B contains specific requirements for operation of individual drawbridges. These requirements are in addition to or vary from the general requirements in Subpart A. Specific sections in subpart B that vary from a general requirement in Subpart A supersede the general requirement. All other general requirements in Subpart A, that are not at variance, apply to the drawbridges and removable span bridges listed in Subpart B.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70307, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.4 Definitions.

The following definitions apply to this part:

Appurtenance means an attachment or accessory extending beyond the hull or superstructure that is not an integral part of the vessel and is not needed for a vessel's piloting, propelling, controlling, or collision avoidance capabilities.

Automated drawbridge means a drawbridge that is operated by an automated mechanism, not a drawtender. An automated drawbridge is normally kept in the open to navigation position and closes when the mechanism is activated.

Deviation means a District Commander's action authorizing a drawbridge owner to temporarily not comply with the drawbridge opening requirements in this part.

Drawbridge means a bridge with an operational span that is intended to be opened for the passage of waterway traffic.

Drawspan means the operational span of a drawbridge.

Lowerable means a non-structural vessel appurtenance that is or can be made flexible, hinged, collapsible, or telescopic so that it can be mechanically or manually lowered.

Nonstructural means that the item is not rigidly fixed to the vessel and can be relocated or altered.

Not essential to navigation means that a nonstructural vessel appurtenance, when in the lowered position, would not adversely affect the vessel's piloting, propulsion, control, or collision-avoidance capabilities.

Public vessel means a vessel that is owned and operated by the United States Government and is not engaged in commercial service, as defined in 46 U.S.C. 2101.

Remotely operated drawbridge means a drawbridge that is operated by remote control from a location away from the drawbridge.

Removable span bridge means a bridge that requires the complete removal of a span by means other than machinery installed on the bridge to open the bridge to navigation.

Untended means that there is no drawtender at the drawbridge.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70307, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.5 When the drawbridge must open.

Except as otherwise authorized or required by this part, drawbridges must open promptly and fully for the passage of vessels when a request or signal to open is given in accordance with this subpart.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70308, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.7 General requirements of drawbridge owners.

Except for drawbridges that have been authorized, before January 3, 2007, to remain closed to navigation or as otherwise specified in subpart B, drawbridge owners must:

(a) Provide the necessary drawtender(s) for the safe and prompt opening of the drawbridge.

(b) Maintain the working machinery of the drawbridge in good operating condition.

(c) Cycle the drawspan(s) periodically to ensure operation of the drawbridge.

(d) Ensure that the drawbridge operates in accordance with the requirements of this part.

(e) Any drawbridge allowed to remain closed to navigation prior to January 3, 2007, when necessary, must be returned to operable condition within the designated time set forth by the District Commander and will become subject to the requirements of this part.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70308, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.8 Permanent changes to drawbridge operation.

(a) Anyone may submit a written request to the District Commander for a permanent change to a drawbridge operating requirement. The request must include documentation supporting or justifying the requested change.

(b) If after evaluating the request, the District Commander determines that the requested change is not needed, he or she will respond to the request in writing and provide the reasons for denial of the requested change.

(c) If the District Commander decides that a change may be needed, he or she will begin a rulemaking to implement the change.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70308, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.9 Delaying opening of a draw.

No person shall unreasonably delay the opening of a draw after the signals required by § 117.15 have been given.

Note:

Trains are usually controlled by the block method. That is, the track is divided into blocks or segments of a mile or more in length. When a train is in a block with a drawbridge, the draw may not be able to open until the train has passed out of the block and the yardmaster or other manager has “unlocked” the drawbridge controls. The maximum time permitted for delay is defined in Subpart B for each affected bridge. Land and water traffic should pass over or through the draw as soon as possible in order to prevent unnecessary delays in the opening and closure of the draw.

§ 117.11 Unnecessary opening of the draw.

No vessel owner or operator shall—

(a) Signal a drawbridge to open if the vertical clearance is sufficient to allow the vessel, after all lowerable nonstructural vessel appurtenances that are not essential to navigation have been lowered, to safely pass under the drawbridge in the closed position; or

(b) Signal a drawbridge to open for any purpose other than to pass through the drawbridge opening.

[CGD 91-059, 59 FR 16563, Apr. 7, 1994]

§ 117.15 Signals.

(a) General. (1) The operator of each vessel requesting a drawbridge to open shall signal the drawtender and the drawtender shall acknowledge that signal. The signal shall be repeated until acknowledged in some manner by the drawtender before proceeding.

(2) The signals used to request the opening of the draw and to acknowledge that request shall be sound signals, visual signals, or radiotelephone communications described in this subpart.

(3) Any of the means of signaling described in this subpart sufficient to alert the party being signaled may be used.

(b) Sound signals. (1) Sound signals shall be made by whistle, horn, megaphone, hailer, or other device capable of producing the described signals loud enough to be heard by the drawtender.

(2) As used in this section, “prolonged blast” means a blast of four to six seconds duration and “short blast” means a blast of approximately one second duration.

(3) The sound signal to request the opening of a draw is one prolonged blast followed by one short blast sounded not more than three seconds after the prolonged blast. For vessels required to be passed through a draw during a scheduled closure period, the sound signal to request the opening of the draw during that period is five short blasts sounded in rapid succession.

(4) When the draw can be opened immediately, the sound signal to acknowledge a request to open the draw is one prolonged blast followed by one short blast sounded not more than 30 seconds after the requesting signal.

(5) When the draw cannot be opened immediately, or is open and shall be closed promptly, the sound signal to acknowledge a request to open the draw is five short blasts sounded in rapid succession not more than 30 seconds after the vessel's opening signal. The signal shall be repeated until acknowledged in some manner by the requesting vessel.

(c) Visual signals. (1) The visual signal to request the opening of a draw is—

(i) A white flag raised and lowered vertically; or

(ii) A white, amber, or green light raised and lowered vertically.

(2) When the draw can be opened immediately, the visual signal to acknowledge a request to open the draw, given not more than 30 seconds after the vessel's opening signal, is—

(i) A white flag raised and lowered vertically;

(ii) A white, amber, or green light raised and lowered vertically; or

(iii) A fixed or flashing white, amber, or green light or lights.

(3) When the draw cannot be opened immediately, or is open and must be closed promptly, the visual signal to acknowledge a request to open the draw is—

(i) A red flag or red light swung back and forth horizontally in full sight of the vessel given not more than 30 seconds after the vessel's opening signal; or

(ii) A fixed or flashing red light or lights given not more than 30 seconds after the vessel's opening signal.

(4) The acknowledging signal when the draw cannot open immediately or is open and must be closed promptly shall be repeated until acknowledged in some manner by the requesting vessel.

(d) Radio telephone communications. (1) Radiotelephones may be used to communicate the same information provided by sound and visual signals.

(2) The vessel and the drawtender shall monitor the frequency used until the vessel has cleared the draw.

(3) When radiotelephone contact cannot be initiated or maintained, sound or visual signals under this section shall be used.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 82-025, 50 FR 11366, Mar. 21, 1985; CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16308, May 2, 1986; CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33664, June 28, 1996; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70308, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.17 Signalling for contiguous drawbridges.

When a vessel must past two or more drawbridges close together, the opening signal is given for the first bridge. After acknowledgment from the first bridge that it will promptly open, the opening signal is given for the second bridge, and so on until all bridges that the vessel must pass have been given the opening signal and have acknowledged that they will open promptly.

§ 117.19 Signalling when two or more vessels are approaching a drawbridge.

When two or more vessels are approaching the same drawbridge at the same time, or nearly the same, time, whether from the same or opposite directions, each vessel shall signal independently for the opening of the draw and the drawtender shall reply in turn to the signal of each vessel. The drawtender need not reply to signals by vessels accumulated at the bridge for passage during a scheduled open period.

§ 117.21 Signalling for an opened drawbridge.

When a vessel approaches a drawbridge with the draw in the open position, the vessel shall give the opening signal. If no acknowledgment is received within 30 seconds, the vessel may proceed, with caution, through the open draw.

§ 117.23 Installation of radiotelephones.

(a) When the District Commander deems it necessary for reasons of safety of navigation, the District Commander may require the installation and operation or a radiotelephone on or near a drawbridge.

(b) The District Commander gives written notice of the proposed requirement to the bridge owner.

(c) All comments the owner wishes to submit shall be submitted to the District Commander within 30 days of receipt of the notice under paragraph (b) of this section.

(d) If, upon consideration of the comments received, the District Commander determines that a radiotelephone is necessary, the District Commander notifies the bridge owner that a radiotelephone shall be installed and gives a reasonable time, not to exceed six months, to install the radiotelephone and commence operation.

§ 117.24 Radiotelephone installation identification.

(a) The Coast Guard authorizes, and the District Commander may require the installation of a sign on drawbridges, on the upstream and downstream sides, indicating that the bridge is equipped with and operates a VHF radiotelephone in accordance with § 117.23.

(b) The sign shall give notice of the radiotelephone and its calling and working channels—

(1) In plain language; or

(2) By a sign consisting of the outline of a telephone handset with the long axis placed horizontally and a vertical three-legged lightning slash superimposed over the handset. The slash shall be as long vertically as the handset is wide horizontally and normally not less than 27 inches and no more than 36 inches long. The preferred calling channel should be shown in the lower left quadrant and the preferred working channel should be shown in the lower right quadrant.

Note:

It is recommended that the radiotelephone sign be similar in design to the Service Signs established by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) in U.S. Road Symbol Signs using Reflective Blue and Reflective White colors. Color and design information is available from the District Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the bridge is located.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16308, May 2, 1986]

§ 117.31 Drawbridge operations for emergency vehicles and emergency vessels.

(a) Upon receiving notification that an emergency vehicle is responding to an emergency situation, a drawtender must make all reasonable efforts to have the drawspan closed at the time the emergency vehicle arrives.

(b) When a drawtender receives notice, or a proper signal as provided in § 117.15 of this part, the drawtender shall take all reasonable measures to have the draw opened, regardless of the operating schedule of the draw, for passage of the following, provided this opening does not conflict with local emergency management procedures which have been approved by the cognizant Coast Guard Captain of the Port:

(1) Federal, State, and local government vessels used for public safety;

(2) Vessels in distress where a delay would endanger life or property;

(3) Commercial vessels engaged in rescue or emergency salvage operations; and

(4) Vessels seeking shelter from severe weather.

[CGD 91-016, 58 FR 20, Jan. 4, 1993, as amended at 71 FR 70308, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.33 Closure of draw for natural disasters or civil disorders.

Drawbridges need not open for the passage of vessels during periods of natural disasters or civil disorders declared by the appropriate authorities unless otherwise provided for in Subpart B or directed to do so by the District Commander.

§ 117.35 Temporary change to a drawbridge operating schedule.

(a) For any temporary change to the operating schedule of a drawbridge, lasting less than or equal to 180 days, the District Commander may issue a deviation approval letter to the bridge owner and publish a “Notice of temporary deviation from regulations” in the Federal Register.

(b) If the time period for a temporary change to the operating schedule of a drawbridge will be greater then 180 days, the District Commander will follow appropriate rulemaking procedures and publish a temporary rule in the Federal Register prior to the start of the action.

(c) Request for change. (1) To temporarily change the drawbridge-operating requirements the bridge owner must submit a written request to the District Commander for approval of the change.

(2) The request must describe the reason for the deviation and the dates and times scheduled for the start and end of the change.

(3) Requests should be submitted as early as possible, preferably 90 days before the start of the action. District Commanders have discretion to accept requests submitted less than 90 days before a needed change if those requests can be processed before the date of the needed change.

(d) Determination. The District Commander's determination to allow the schedule change is normally forwarded to the bridge owner within ten working days after receipt of the request. If the request is denied, the reasons for the denial will be set out in the District Commander's decision letter.

(e) The drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the designated time period.

(f) If the authorized deviation period for an event is broken into separate time periods on the same day or on consecutive days, the drawbridge must provide openings for navigation between authorized schedule changes.

(g) The District Commander will also announce the change to the operating schedule in the Local Notice to Mariners and other appropriate local media.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70308, Dec. 4, 2006, as amended by USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013; USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38433, July 7, 2014]

§ 117.36 Closure of drawbridge for emergency repair.

(a) When a drawbridge unexpectedly becomes inoperable, or should be immediately rendered inoperable because of mechanical failure or structural defect, the drawbridge owner must notify the District Commander of the closure without delay and give the reason for the emergency closure of the drawbridge and an estimated time when the drawbridge will be returned to operating condition.

(b) The District Commander will notify mariners about the drawbridge status through Broadcast Notices to Mariners, Local Notice to Mariners and any other appropriate local media.

(c) Repair work under this section must be performed with all due speed in order to return the drawbridge to operation as soon as possible.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70308, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.39 Authorized closure of drawbridge due to infrequent requests for openings.

(a) When there have been no requests for drawbridge openings for at least two years, a bridge owner may request in writing that the District Commander authorize the drawbridge to remain closed to navigation and to be untended.

(b) The District Commander may:

(1) Authorize the closure of the drawbridge;

(2) Set out any conditions in addition to the requirement in paragraph (d): and

(3) Revoke an authorization and order the drawbridge returned to operation when necessary.

(c) All drawbridges authorized to remain closed to navigation, under this section, must be maintained in operable condition.

(d) Authorization under this section does not:

(1) Authorize physical changes to the drawbridge structure, or

(2) Authorize removal of the operating machinery.

(e) Drawbridges authorized under this section to remain closed to navigation and to be untended are identified in subpart B of this part.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70308, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.40 Advance notice for drawbridge opening.

(a) Upon written request by the owner of a drawbridge, the District Commander may authorize a drawbridge to operate under an advance notice for opening. The drawbridge tender, after receiving the advance notice, must open the drawbridge at the requested time and allow for a reasonable delay in arrival of the vessel giving the advance notice.

(b) If the request is approved, a description of the advanced notice for the drawbridge will be added to subpart B of this part.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.41 Maintaining drawbridges in the fully open position.

(a) Drawbridges permanently maintained in the fully open to navigation position may discontinue drawtender service as long as the drawbridge remains fully open to navigation. The drawbridge must remain in the fully open position until drawtender service is restored.

(b) If a drawbridge is normally maintained in the fully open to navigation position, but closes to navigation for the passage of pedestrian, vehicular, rail, or other traffic, the drawbridge must be tended unless:

(1) Special operating requirements are established in subpart B of this part for that drawbridge; or

(2) The drawbridge is remotely operated or automated.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.42 Remotely operated and automated drawbridges.

(a) Upon written request by the owner of a drawbridge, the District Commander may authorize a drawbridge to operate under an automated system or from a remote location.

(b) If the request is approved, a description of the full operation of the remotely operated or automated drawbridge will be added to subpart B of this part.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.47 Clearance gauges.

(a) Clearance gauges are required for drawbridges across navigable waters of the United States discharging into the Atlantic Ocean south of Delaware Bay (including the Lewes and Rehoboth Canal, DE) or into the Gulf of America (including coastal waterways contiguous thereto and tributaries to such waterways and the Lower Atchafalaya River, LA), except the Mississippi River and its tributaries and outlets,

(b) Except for provisions in this part which specify otherwise for particular drawbridges, clearance gauges shall be designed, installed, and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

Note:

Clearance gauge requirements, if any, for drawbridges other than those referred to in this section are listed in Subpart B under the appropriate bridge.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16308, May 2, 1986; CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33664, June 28, 1996]

§ 117.49 Process of violations.

(a) Complaints of alleged violations under this part are submitted to the District Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the drawbridge is located.

(b) Penalties for violations under this part are assessed and collected under Subpart 1.07 of Part 1 of this chapter.

§ 117.51 General.

The drawbridges in this subpart are listed by the state in which they are located and by the waterway they cross. Waterways are arranged alphabetically by state. The drawbridges listed under a waterway are generally arranged in order from the mouth of the waterway moving upstream. The drawbridges on the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway are listed from north to south and on the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway from east to west.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.55 Posting of requirements.

(a) The owner of each drawbridge under this subpart, other than removable span bridges, must ensure that a sign summarizing the requirements in this subpart applicable to the drawbridge is posted both upstream and downstream of the drawbridge. The requirements to be posted need not include those in subpart A of this part or §§ 117.51 and 117.59.

(b) The signs shall be of sufficient size and so located as to be easily read at any time from an approaching vessel.

(c) If advance notice is required to open the draw, the signs shall also state the name, address, and telephone number of the person to be notified.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2016-0498, 82 FR 35081, July 28, 2017]

§ 117.59 Special requirements due to hazards.

For the duration of occurrences hazardous to safety or navigation, such as floods, freshets, and damage to the bridge or fender system, the District Commander may require the owner of an operational drawbridge listed in this subpart to have the bridge attended full time and open on signal.

§ 117.101 Alabama River.

(a) The Alabama & Gulf Coast Railway Drawbridge, mile 105.3, at Coy, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Meridian and Bigbee Railroad (MNBR) Bridge, mile 205.9, at Selma, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given. An opening can be arranged by contacting the Meridian and Bigbee Railroad Roadmaster at 601-480-5071.

(c) The draw of the Canadian National/Illinois Central railroad bridge, mile 277 near Montgomery, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(d) The draw of the CSX Transportation Railroad bridge, mile 293.3 near Montgomery, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2000-7223, 65 FR 40056, June 29, 2000; CGD08-03-018, 68 FR 34303, June 9, 2003; CGD08-04-001, 69 FR 5465, Feb. 5, 2004; USCG-2012-0181, 77 FR 57024, Sept. 17, 2012]

§ 117.103 Bayou La Batre.

The draw of SR 188 Bridge, mile 2.3, at Bayou La Batre, will open on signal every hour on the hour daily between 4 a.m. and 8 p.m., Monday through Sunday. The bridge need not open for the passage of vessels on the hours of 7 a.m., 3 p.m., and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday. Monday through Friday the draw will open on signal for the passage of vessels at 3:30 p.m. The bridge will remain closed to marine traffic from 8 p.m. to 4 a.m. daily except for emergencies.

[CGD08-05-001, 70 FR 37675, June 30, 2005]

§ 117.105 Bayou Sara.

(a) The draw of the CSX Transportation Railroad bridge, mile 0.1 near Saraland, shall open on signal; except that, from 6 p.m. to 10 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least eight hours' notice is given. During periods of severe storms or hurricanes, from the time the National Weather Service sounds an “alert” for the area until the “all clear” is sounded, the draw shall open on signal.

(b) The draw of the CSX Transportation Railroad bridge, mile 0.1 near Saraland, AL shall be remotely operated by the bridge tender at CSX's bridge remote control center in Mobile, Alabama. Vessels can contact the CSX bridge tender via VHF-FM channel 13 or by telephone at the number displayed on the signs posted at the bridge to request an opening of the draw.

(c) CSX will return the tender to the bridge location within 3 hours following any of the below situations:

(1) Any component of the remote operations system fails and prevents the remote operator from being able to visually identify vessels, communicate with vessels, detect vessels immediately underneath the bridge or visually identify trains approaching the bridge;

(2) CSX fails to meet Federal Railway Administration (FRA) or any other government agency safety requirements;

(3) Anytime at the direction of the District Commander.

[USCG-2019-0910, 87 FR 42648, July 18, 2022]

§ 117.106 Black Warrior River.

The draw of the Alabama Gulf Coast (AGR) vertical lift span (Yo-Yo) bridge across the Black Warrior River, mile 219.0, at Demopolis, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw shall be maintained in the fully open-to-navigation position for vessels at all times, except during periods when it is closed for the passage of rail traffic.

(b) Railroad track circuits will initiate the automatic bridge opening and closing sequences. (Estimated duration that the bridge will remain closed for passage of rail traffic is 10 to 15 minutes.)

(c) Upon detecting an approaching train, the track circuits will initiate bridge closing warning consisting of continuous horn blowing and the navigation lights changing to flashing yellow. Photoelectric (infrared) boat detectors will monitor the waterway beneath the bridge for the presence of vessels.

(d) At the end of a six-minute warning period, if no vessels have been detected by the boat detectors, the bridge lowering sequence will automatically proceed taking approximately two minutes to complete. As soon as the bridge leaves the up position, the horn will silence but the navigation lights change to flashing red.

(e) Upon passage of the train, the bridge will automatically open unless another movement is detected. The navigation lights will continue to flash red until the bridge has returned to the full open position at which time they will change to steady green.

(f) The bridge can also be operated from two locked trackside control location (key releases) on the approach spans, one on each side of the movable span.

(g) To request openings of the bridge when the lift span is in the closed-to-navigation position, mariners may contact the AGR via VHF-FM channel 16 or by telephone at 205-654-4364.

[USCG-2012-0764, 77 FR 57028, Sept. 17, 2012]

§ 117.107 Chattahoochee River.

The draws of the CSX Transportation Railroad bridge, mile 117.1 near Omaha, GA, shall open on signal if at least six hours notice is given.

§ 117.109 Coosa River.

The draw of the CSX Transportation Railroad bridge, mile 175.0 at Gadsden, shall open on signal if at least six hours notice is given.

§ 117.111 Mobile River.

(a) The draw of the CSX Transportation Railroad bridge, mile 13.1 near Hurricane, AL shall be remotely operated by the bridge tender at CSX's bridge remote control center in Mobile, AL and shall open promptly and fully when signaled to open. Vessels can contact the CSX bridge tender via VHF-FM channel 13 or by telephone at the number displayed on the signs posted at the bridge to request an opening of the draw.

(b) CSX will return the tender to the bridge location within 3 hours following any of the below situations:

(1) Any component of the remote operations system fails and prevents the remote operator from being able to visually identify vessels, communicate with vessels, detect vessels immediately underneath the bridge or visually identify trains approaching the bridge;

(2) CSX fails to meet Federal Railway Administration (FRA) or any other government agency safety requirements;

(3) Anytime at the direction of the District Commander.

[USCG-2019-0911, 87 FR 42645, July 18, 2022]

§ 117.113 Tensaw River.

The draw of the CSX Transportation Railroad bridge, mile 15.0 at Hurricane, shall open on signal if at least ten-hours-notice is given. The draw shall open at the direction of the District Commander.

[USCG-2018-0956, 84 FR 65677, Nov. 29, 2019]

§ 117.118 Tombigbee River.

(a) The draw of the Meridian and Bigbee Railroad (MNBR) vertical lift span bridge across the Tombigbee River, mile 128.6 (Black Warrior Tombigbee (BWT) Waterway mile 173.6), at Naheola, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall be maintained in the fully open-to-navigation position for vessels at all times, except during periods when it is closed for the passage of rail traffic.

(2) When a train approaches the bridge, it will stop and a crewmember from the train will observe the waterway for approaching vessels. If vessels are observed approaching the bridge, they will be allowed to pass prior to lowering the bridge. The crewmember will then announce via radiotelephone on VHF-FM channel 16 that the bridge is preparing to be lowered. If, after two minutes, no response has been received, the crewmember will initiate the lowering sequence.

(3) After the train has completely passed over the bridge, the crewmember will initiate the raising sequence. When the bridge is in the fully open-to-navigation position, the crewmember will announce via radiotelephone on VHF-FM channel 16 that the bridge is in the fully open-to-navigation position.

(4) To request openings of the bridge when the lift span is in the closed-to-navigation position, mariners may contact the MNBR via VHF-FM channel 16 or by telephone at 205-654-4364.

(b) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railroad (NSRR) Vertical Lift Bridge across the Tombigbee River, mile 89.9, near Jackson, Washington and Clarke Counties, Alabama shall be operated as follows:

(1) The draw shall be kept in the open-to-vessel position, except during periods when it will close for the passage of rail traffic or to perform periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(2) When a train approaches the bridge, the draw tender will initiate the bridge closing warning signal, consisting of radio calls via VHF-FM channels 13 and 16 and activation of flashing red warning lights at each end of the span. The radio calls will be broadcast at five (5) minutes prior to bridge closing and at two (2) minutes prior to bridge closing. At the end of the two-minute warning period, if there are no vessels passing beneath the bridge or there have been no requests to pass beneath the bridge then the draw will automatically close. Upon passage of the train, the draw will return to the open-to-vessel position. The warning lights will continue to flash red until the draw is completely opened.

(3) The draw shall be remotely operated by the draw tender at Norfolk Southern Railroad's bridge control center in Decatur, Alabama. Closed Circuit TVs, infrared detectors and an Automatic Identification System have been installed at the bridge. Vessels can contact the NSRR draw tender via VHF-FM channel 13 or by telephone at the number displayed on the signs posted at the bridge to request an opening of the draw when the vertical lift span is in the closed-to-vessel position.

(4) NSRR will immediately provide an on-site bridge tender if:

(i) Any component of the remote operations system fails and prevents the remote operator from being able to visually identify vessels, communicate with vessels, detect vessels immediately underneath the bridge or visually identify trains approaching the bridge.

(ii) Anytime NSRR cannot meet Federal Railway Administration (FRA) or any other government agency safety requirements.

(iii) Anytime that the NSRR procedures or equipment to close or open the bridge listed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section fail.

(iv) When weather reaches a point where the remote draw tender cannot visually identify a vessel from the remote location.

(v) At the direction of the District Commander.

[USCG-2017-0108, 85 FR 33553, June 2, 2020]

§ 117.123 Arkansas Waterway.

(a) Across the Arkansas Waterway, the draw of the Rob Roy Drawbridge, mile 67.4, at Pine Bluff, Arkansas is maintained in the closed to navigation position and is remotely operated. Any vessel which requires an opening of the draw of this bridge shall establish contact by radiotelephone with the remote drawbridge operator on VHF-FM Channel 12 in Omaha, Nebraska. To establish contact, the vessel shall key the VHF-FM radio microphone four times in five seconds and listen for an acknowledgement tone. The remote drawbridge operator will then establish normal verbal radio communication on VHF-FM Channel 12 and advise the vessel whether the requested span can be immediately opened and will maintain constant radio contact with the vessel until the requested span has opened and vessel passage has been completed. The bridge is equipped with a Photoelectric Boat Detection System to prevent the span from lowering if there is an obstruction under the span. If the drawbridge cannot be opened immediately, the remote drawbridge operator will notify the calling vessel and provide an estimated time for a drawspan opening.

(b) Across the Arkansas Waterway, the draw of the Baring Cross Railroad Drawbridge, mile 119.6 at Little Rock, Arkansas, is maintained in the closed position and is remotely operated. Use the following procedures to request an opening of this bridge when necessary for transit:

(1) Normal flow procedures. Any vessel which requires an opening of the draw of this bridge shall establish contact by radiotelephone with the remote drawbridge operator on VHF-FM Channel 13 in Omaha, Nebraska. To establish contact, the vessel shall key the VHF-FM radio microphone four times in five seconds and listen for an acknowledgement tone. The remote drawbridge operator will then establish normal verbal radio communication on VHF-FM Channel 13 and advise the vessel whether the requested span can be immediately opened and will maintain constant radio contact with the vessel until the requested span has opened and vessel passage has been completed. The bridge is equipped with a Photoelectric Boat Detection System to prevent the span from lowering if there is an obstruction under the span. If the drawbridge cannot be opened immediately, the remote drawbridge operator will notify the calling vessel and provide an estimated time for a drawspan opening.

(2) High velocity flow procedures. The area from mile 118.2 to mile 125.4 is a regulated navigation area as described in § 165.817. During periods of high velocity flow rate of 70,000 cubic feet per second or greater at the Murray Lock and Dam, mile 125.4, downbound vessels which require that the draw of this bridge be opened for unimpeded passage shall contact the remote drawbridge operator as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section either before departing Murray Lock and Dam or before departing the mooring cells at mile 121.5 to ensure that the drawspan is opened well in advance of arrival at the bridge. The remote drawbridge operator shall immediately respond to the vessel's contact, ensure the drawspan is open for passage, and ensure that it remains in the open to navigation position until the downbound vessel has safely passed through. If it cannot be opened immediately for unimpeded passage in accordance with § 165.817, the remote drawbridge operator will notify the downbound vessel and provide an estimated time for a drawspan opening. Upbound vessels shall request openings in accordance with the normal flow procedures as set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The remote drawbridge operator shall keep these approaching vessels informed of the position of the drawspan at all times until safe passage is completed.

(c) Across the Arkansas Waterway, the draw of the Van Buren Railroad Drawbridge, mile 300.8 at Van Buren, Arkansas, is maintained in the open position except as follows:

(1) When a train approaches the bridge, amber lights attached to the bridge begin to flash and an audible signal on the bridge sounds. At the end of 10 minutes, the amber light continues to flash; however, the audible signal stops and the draw lowers and locks if the photoelectric boat detection system detects no obstruction under the span. If there is an obstruction, the draw opens to its full height until the obstruction is cleared.

(2) After the train clears the bridge, the draw opens to its full height, the amber flashing light stops, and the mid channel lights change from red to green, indicating the navigation channel is open for the passage of vessels.

[CGD08-06-005, 71 FR 70879, Dec. 7, 2006, as amended by USCG-2007-0043, 73 FR 24868, May 6, 2008; USCG-2010-0441, 75 FR 65232, Oct. 22, 2010; USCG-2010-0228, 75 FR 66308, Oct. 28, 2010]

§ 117.125 Black River.

The Union Pacific Railroad Bridge, mile 3.4 at Paoquet need not open for the passage of vessels.

[USCG-2018-0443, 83 FR 30038, June 27, 2018]

§ 117.129 Little Red River.

The draws of the Burlington Northern railroad bridge, mile 25.0, and Arkansas highway bridge, mile 25.2, both at Judsonia, and the Arkansas highway bridge, mile 30.5 at Searcy, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.131 Little River.

The draws of the Burlington Northern railroad bridge, mile 7.1 near Fulton, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.133 Ouachita River.

The draw of the St. Louis Southwestern Railroad Bridge, Mile 338.8 near Camden, need not be open for the passage of vessels.

[CGD2 89-03, 55 FR 12820, Apr. 6, 1990, as amended by USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998]

§ 117.135 Red River.

The draws of the bridges above mile 276.0 at the Arkansas Louisiana border, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.139 White River.

The draws of the St. Louis Southwestern railroad bridge, mile 98.9 at Clarendon, the Missouri Pacific railroad bridge, mile 196.3 at Augusta and the Missouri Pacific railroad bridge, mile 254.8 at Newport, shall open on signal if at least eight hours' notice is given. The draws of any of these bridges need not be opened for a vessel that arrives later than two hours after the time specified in the notice, unless a second notice of at least eight hours is given.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3034, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.140 General.

In California, when fog prevails by day or night, the drawtender, after sounding the opening signal, shall toll a bell continuously during the approach and passage of a vessel.

§ 117.141 American River.

The draw of the Jiboom Street bridge, mile 0.1 at Sacramento, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37381, Sept. 24, 1984]

§ 117.143 Bishop Cut.

The draw of the San Joaquin County(Eight Mile Road) Highway Bridge, mile 1.0 between King Island and Bishop Tract, must open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given to the San Joaquin County Department of Public Works at Stockton.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38433, July 7, 2014]

§ 117.147 Cerritos Channel.

The draw of the Henry Ford Avenue railroad bridge, mile 4.8 at Long Beach, shall be maintained in the fully open position, except when a train is crossing or for maintenance. If the draw is in the closed position, the opening signal is two short blasts followed by one prolonged blast. The acknowledging signal is two prolonged blasts followed by one short blast when the draw will open immediately and five short blasts when the draw will not open immediately. Channel 13 (156.65 MHZ) or other assigned frequencies may be used.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37381, Sept. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD11-90-03, 61 FR 59026, Nov. 20, 1996; 62 FR 31724, June 11, 1997; USCG-1999-5832, 64 FR 34712, June 29, 1999; USCG-2017-0473, 82 FR 28997, June 27, 2017]

§ 117.149 China Basin, Mission Creek.

The draws of the Third Street bridge, mile 0.0, and the Fourth Street bridge, mile 0.2, both at San Francisco, shall open on signal if at least one hour notice is given.

[USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58278, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 117.150 Connection Slough.

The draw of the Reclamation District No. 2027 bridge between Mandeville and Bacon Islands, mile 2.5 near Stockton, from May 15 through September 15, shall open on signal between the hours of 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., and it shall open upon 12 hours advance notice between the hours of 5 p.m. and 9 a.m.; and from September 16 through May 14 the draw shall open upon 12 hours advance notice between the hours of 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., and it shall open upon 24 hours advance notice between the hours of 5 p.m. and 9 a.m. Advance notice shall be given to the drawbridge operator by telephone at (209) 464-2959 or (209) 464-7928 weekdays between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m., and at (209) 993-8878 all other times.

[USCG-2008-1141, 74 FR 30227, June 25, 2009]

§ 117.151 Cordelia Slough (a tributary of Suisun Bay).

The draws of the Union Pacific railroad bridge, mile 1.5 at Suisun, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

§ 117.153 Corte Madera Creek.

The draw of the Golden Gate Bridge, Highway and Transportation District bridge, mile 0.5 near Greenbrae, shall be maintained in the fully open position, except for the crossing of trains or for maintenance.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998]

§ 117.155 Eureka Slough.

The drawspan for the Northwestern Pacific Railroad Authority Drawbridge, mile 0.3 at Eureka, need not be opened for the passage of vessels. The owner or agency controlling the drawbridge must restore the drawspan to full operation within six months of notification from the District Commander.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.157 Georgiana Slough.

The draws of the Sacramento County highway bridges, mile 4.5 near Isleton, and mile 12.4 near Walnut Grove, shall open on signal from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. from May 1 through October 31. The draws shall open on signal from November 1 through April 30 from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. At all other times, the draws of these bridges shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given to the drawtender at the Rio Vista bridge across the Sacramento River, mile 12.8.

§ 117.159 Grant Line Canal.

The draw of the San Joaquin County highway bridge, mile 5.5 at Tracy, shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given to the San Joaquin County Department of Public Works at Stockton.

§ 117.161 Honker Cut.

The draw of the San Joaquin County (Eightmile Road) bridge, mile 0.3 between Empire Tract and King Island at Stockton, shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given to the San Joaquin County Department of Public Works at Stockton.

§ 117.162T Honker Cut.

The draw of the San Joaquin County (Eightmile Road) bridge, mile 0.3 between Empire Tract and King Island at Stockton need not open for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.163 Islais Creek (Channel).

(a) The draw of the Illinois Street drawbridge, mile 0.3 at San Francisco, shall open on signal if at least 72 hours advance notice is given to the Port of San Francisco.

(b) The draw of the Third Street drawbridge, mile 0.4 at San Francisco, shall open on signal if at least 72 hours advance notice is given to the San Francisco Department of Public Works.

[USCG-2008-0648, 73 FR 74019, Dec. 5, 2008, as amended by USCG-2018-0874, 84 FR 30879, June 28, 2019]

§ 117.165 Lindsey Slough.

The center drawspan of the Hastings Farms Highway Bridge, mile 2.0 between Egbert and Lower Hastings Tracts, must be removed for the passage of vessels if at least 72 hours notice is given to the Hastings Island Land Company office at Rio Vista.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.167 Little Potato Slough.

The draw of the California Department of Transportation highway bridge, mile 0.1, at Terminus, shall open on signal if at least 4 hours notice is given to the drawtender at the Rio Vista bridge across the Sacramento River, mile 12.8.

[CGD11-95-02, 61 FR 17248, Apr. 19, 1996]

§ 117.169 Mare Island Strait and the Napa River.

(a) The draw of the Mare Island Drawbridge, mile 2.8, at Vallejo shall open on signal between the hours of 9 a.m. and 7 p.m. daily, and upon two hours advance notice all other times. When the drawbridge operator is present, mariners may contact the drawbridge via marine radio or telephone at (707) 648-4313 for drawspan operation. When the drawbridge operator is not present, mariners may contact the City of Vallejo via the same telephone number to schedule drawspan operation.

(b) The draw of the Northwestern Pacific railroad bridge, mile 10.6 at Brazos, shall be maintained in the fully open position, except for the crossing of trains or for maintenance. When the draw is closed and visibility at the drawtender's station is less than one mile, up or down the channel, the drawtender shall sound two prolonged blasts every minute. When the draw is opened, the drawtender shall sound three short blasts.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 12-85-02, 50 FR 20758, May 20, 1985; USCG-1999-5832, 64 FR 34712, June 29, 1999; CGD11-03-006, 69 FR 21958, Apr. 23, 2004; CGD 11-05-025, 70 FR 20467, Apr. 20, 2005]

§ 117.171 Middle River.

(a) The draw of the San Joaquin County (Bacon Island Road) highway bridge, mile 8.6 between Bacon Island and Lower Jones Tract, shall open on signal from May 15 through September 15 from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. From September 16 through May 14, the draw shall open on signal from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. from Thursday through Monday. At all other times, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given to the San Joaquin County Department of Public Works at Stockton.

(b) The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 9.8 near Middle River Station, shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given to the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway Manager of Structures at San Bernardino.

(c) The removable span of the Woodward Island Bridge, mile 11.8 near Discovery Bay, shall be removed as soon as possible upon notification by the District Commander that an emergency exists which requires its removal.

(d) The California Route 4 Bridge, mile 15.1, between Victoria Island and Drexler Tract need not open for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37381, Sept. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 12-85-01, 50 FR 26559, June 27, 1985; USCG-2000-7223, 65 FR 40056, June 29, 2000; USCG-2020-0137, 86 FR 1807, Jan. 11, 2021]

§ 117.173 Miner Slough.

The draw of the California Department of Transportation highway bridge, mile 5.5 between the northerly end of Ryer Island and Holland Tract, shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given to the drawtender at the Rio Vista bridge across the Sacramento River, mile 12.8.

§ 117.175 Mokelumne River.

(a) The draw of the California Department of Transportation highway bridge, the Mokelumne River Bridge, mile 3.0, at East Isleton shall open upon signal as follows:

(1) From November 1 through April 30 from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

(2) From May 1 through October 31 from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m., except that during the following periods the draw need only open for recreational vessels on the hour, 20 minutes past the hour, and 40 minutes past the hour:

Saturdays 10 a.m. until 2 p.m. Sundays 11 a.m. until 6 p.m. Memorial Day; 4th of July; and Labor Day 11 a.m. until 6 p.m.

(3) At all other times the draw shall open on signal if at least 4 hours notice is given to the drawtender at Rio Vista bridge over the Sacramento River, mile 12.8.

(4) Emergency vessels of the United States, state or commercial vessels engaged in rescue or emergency salvage operations, and vessels in distress shall be passed as soon as possible but no later than one hour after notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Sacramento and San Joaquin counties (Millers Ferry) highway bridge, mile 12.1 over the North Fork of the Mokelumne River near Walnut Grove, shall open on signal from May 1 through October 31 from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. At all other times, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given to the San Joaquin County Department of Public Works at Stockton.

(c) The removable span of the San Joaquin County highway bridge over the South Fork of the Mokelumne River, mile 18.0 at New Hope Landing, shall be removed as soon as possible upon notification by the District Commander that an emergency exists which requires the removal.

(d) The draws of the bridges above New Hope Landing need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 11-92-10, 58 FR 33339, June 17, 1993; USCG-2018-0874, 84 FR 30879, June 28, 2019]

§ 117.177 Mud Slough.

The draw of the Union Pacific railroad bridge, mile 0.7 near Alviso, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

§ 117.179 Newark Slough.

The draw of the San Mateo County Transportation Department railroad bridge, mile 0.5 near Newark, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given to the San Mateo Transportation Department, at San Carlos.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998]

§ 117.181 Oakland Inner Harbor Tidal Canal.

The draws of the Alameda County highway drawbridges at Park Street, mile 5.2; Fruitvale Avenue, mile 5.6; and High Street, mile 6.0; and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers railroad drawbridge, mile 5.6 at Fruitvale Avenue, shall open on signal; except that, from 8 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. Monday through Friday except Federal holidays, the draws need not be opened for the passage of vessels. However, the draws shall open during the above closed periods for vessels which must, for reasons of safety, move on a tide or slack water, if at least two hours notice is given.

[CGD 11-11-99-013, 66 FR 18725, Apr. 11, 2001, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.183 Old River.

The draw of the California Department of Transportation (Route 4) highway bridge, mile 14.8 between Victoria Island and Byron Tract, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given to the drawtender at the Rio Vista bridge across the Sacramento River, mile 12.8.

[USCG-2021-0181, 87 FR 9447, Feb. 22, 2022]

§ 117.185 Pacheco Creek.

The draw of the Contra Costa County highway bridge, mile 1.0, and Union Pacific Railroad bridge, mile 1.1, both near Martinez, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 12-85-02, 50 FR 20758, May 20, 1985]

§ 117.187 Petaluma River.

(a) The draw of the SMART Blackpoint railroad bridge, mile 0.8 at Blackpoint, shall be maintained in the fully open position, except for the crossing of trains or for maintenance. When the draw is closed and visibility from the drawtender's station is less than one mile up or down the channel, the drawtender shall sound two long blasts every minute. When the draw is reopened, the drawtender shall sound three short blasts.

(b) The draw of the SMART Haystack Landing railroad bridge, mile 12.4 at Petaluma, shall open on signal from 3 a.m. to 11 p.m. if at least 30 minutes notice is given to the drawtender. At all other times, the draw shall be maintained in the fully open position, except for the crossing of trains or for maintenance. When the draw is closed and visibility from the drawtender's station is less than one mile up or down the channel, the drawtender shall sound two long blasts every minute. When the draw is reopened, the drawtender shall sound three short blasts.

(c) The draw of the Petaluma highway bridge at “D” Street, mile 13.7, at Petaluma, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given for openings from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m., and if at least 24 hours notice is given for openings from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m.

[USCG-2018-0091, 84 FR 56701, Oct. 23, 2019]

§ 117.189 Sacramento River.

(a) The draws of each bridge from Isleton to the American River junction except for the Sacramento County highway bridge across the Sacramento River, mile 46.0 at Freeport, shall open on signal from May 1 through October 31 from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. and from November 1 through April 30 from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. At all other times, the draws shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given to the drawtender at the Rio Vista bridge across the Sacramento River, mile 12.8.

(b) The draw of the Sacramento County highway bridge, mile 46.0 at Freeport, shall open on signal from May 1 through September 30 from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. At all other times, the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is give to the drawtender at the Rio Vista Bridge across the Sacramento River, mile 12.8.

(c) The draws of the California Department of Transportation bridges, mile 90.1 at Knights Landing, and mile 135.5 at Meridian, shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given to the California Department of Transportation at Marysville.

(d) The draws of the bridges above Meridian need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[USCG-2011-1138, 77 FR 74777, Dec. 18, 2012, as amended by USCG-2024-0745, 89 FR 87500, Nov. 4, 2024]

§ 117.191 San Joaquin River.

(a) The draw of the Port of Stockton railroad bridge, mile 39.7 at Stockton, shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given to the Port Director.

(b) The draws of the U.S. Navy Draw-bridge, mile 39.8, Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 40.6, and California Highway 4 bridge (Garwood Bridge), mile 41.6, need not be opened for the passage of vessels. The owners or agencies controlling the bridges shall restore the draws to full operation within six months of notification to take such action from the District Commander.

(c) Drawbridges above the Old River junction need not open for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 12-85-06, 50 FR 31177, Aug. 1, 1985; CGD 88-052, 53 FR 25120, July 1, 1988; USCG-1999-5832, 64 FR 34712, June 29, 1999]

§ 117.193 San Leandro Bay.

The drawspans of the California Department of Transportation highway and bicycle drawbridges, mile 0.0 and mile 0.1, between Alameda and Bay Farm Island, must open on signal; except that, from 5 a.m. to 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. to 9 p.m., the drawspans must open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given. Notice must be given to the drawtender of the Bay Farm Island drawbridges from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. and to the drawtender of the Park Street Drawbridge at Alameda at all other times. The drawspans need not be opened for the passage of vessels from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006, as amended by USCG-2018-0874, 84 FR 30879, June 28, 2019]

§ 117.195 Snodgrass Slough.

The draw of the Sacramento County bridge, mile 4.4 at Walnut Grove, shall open on signal if at least 72 hours notice is given to Sacramento County Transportation Operations and Maintenance office at Sacramento.

[CGD11-93-02, 59 FR 13248, Mar. 21, 1994, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.197 Sonoma Creek.

The draw of the Northwestern Pacific railroad bridge, mile 5.4 at Wingo, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

§ 117.199 Steamboat Slough.

The draw of the California Department of Transportation highway bridge, mile 11.2 at the head of Grand Island, shall open on signal from May 1 through October 31 from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. At all other times, the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given to the drawtender at the Rio Vista bridge across the Sacramento River, mile 12.8.

§ 117.201 Sutter Slough.

The draw of the Sacramento County highway bridge, mile 6.4 near Courtland, need not be opened for the passage of vessels. However, the draw shall be returned to operable condition within six months after notification by the District Commander to do so.

§ 117.202 Cold Spring Brook.

The draw of the footbridge, mile 0.1 at Saybrook, shall open within 15 minutes of a mariner's request by telephone. To enable mariners to request bridge openings, the owner shall maintain and monitor a telephone at the bridge and provide a means for mariners to secure their boats upstream and downstream of the bridge in order to use this telephone.

[CGD3 86-33, 52 FR 5536, Feb. 25, 1987]

§ 117.205 Connecticut River.

(a) The owners of the AMTRAK Old Saybrook-Old Lyme Bridge, mile 3.4 the Route 82 Bridge, mile 16.8, and the CONRAIL Middletown-Portland Bridge, mile 32.0, shall provide, and keep in good legible condition, clearance gauges with figures not less than twelve (12) inches which designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(b) The draws of the AMTRAK Old Saybrook-Old Lyme Bridge, mile 3.4, and the CONRAIL Middletown-Portland Bridge, mile 32.0, shall be opened as soon as practicable for all non-commercial vessels that cannot pass under the closed draws, but in no case shall the delay be more than 20 minutes from the time the opening was requested.

(c) The draw of the Route 82 Bridge, mile 16.8, at East Haddam, shall operate as follows:

(1) From May 1 through October 31: The draw shall open on signal for commercial vessels. For recreational vessels, the draw shall open on signal, except that from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m., the draw need open for recreational vessels on the hour only.

(2) From November 1 through April 30: The draw shall open on signal for all vessels, except that from 8 p.m. to 4 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least six-hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[CGD01-95-009, 63 FR 10140, Mar. 2, 1998, as amended by USCG-2016-1006, 82 FR 32762, July 18, 2017]

§ 117.207 Housatonic River.

(a) The draw of the US 1 Bridge, mile 3.5, at Stratford, shall open on signal; except that, from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m., Monday through Friday, and 4 p.m. to 5:45 p.m. daily, the draw need not open for the passage of vessels. From December 1 through March 31, from 8 p.m. to 4 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least six-hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(b) The draw of the Metro-North (Devon) bridge, mile 3.9 at Stratford, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall open on signal between 4:30 a.m. and 9 p.m. after at least a two-hour advance notice is given; except that, from 5:45 a.m. through 9:45 a.m. and from 4 p.m. through 8 p.m., Monday through Friday excluding holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic unless an emergency exists.

(2) From 9 p.m. through 4:30 a.m. the draw shall open on signal after at least a four-hour advance notice is given.

(3) A delay in opening the draw not to exceed 10 minutes may occur when a train scheduled to cross the bridge without stopping has entered the drawbridge lock.

(4) Requests for bridge openings may be made by calling the bridge via marine radio VHF FM Channel 13 or the telephone number posted at the bridge.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 43458, Oct. 29, 1984, as amended by CGD3 85-42, 50 FR 26711, June 28, 1985; CGD01-99-085, 64 FR 60673, Nov. 8, 1999; USCG-2022-0519, 89 FR 4549, Jan. 24, 2024]

§ 117.209 Mianus River.

The draw of the Metro-North (Cos Cob) bridge, mile 1.0 at Greenwich, will operate as follows:

(a) The draw will open on signal between 4:30 a.m. and 9 p.m. after at least a two-hour advance notice is given; except that, from 5:45 a.m. through 9:45 a.m. and from 4 p.m. through 8 p.m., Monday through Friday excluding holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic unless an emergency exists.

(b) From 9 p.m. through 4:30 a.m. the draw will open on signal after at least a four-hour advance notice is given.

(c) A delay in opening the draw not to exceed 10 minutes may occur when a train scheduled to cross the bridge without stopping has entered the drawbridge lock.

(d) Requests for bridge openings may be made by calling the bridge via marine radio VHF FM Channel 13 or the telephone number posted at the bridge.

[USCG-2022-0520, 89 FR 4551, Jan. 24, 2024]

§ 117.211 Mystic River.

(a) The draw of the Amtrak railroad bridge, mile 2.4 at Mystic, shall operate as follows:

(1) From April 1 to October 31, the draw shall open on signal.

(2) From November 1 to March 31, the draw shall open on signal from 5 a.m. to 9 p.m. From 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least eight hours notice is given.

(3) Commercial vessels shall be passed immediately at any time; however, the opening may be delayed up to eight minutes to allow trains, which have entered the drawbridge block and are scheduled to cross the bridge without stopping, to clear the block.

(4) All other vessels shall be passed as soon as practicable but no later than 20 minutes after the signal to open is given.

(b) The draw of the U.S. 1 Bridge, mile 2.8, at Mystic, shall open on signal except:

(1) From May 1 through October 31, from 7:40 a.m. to 6:40 p.m., the draw need only open hourly at twenty minutes before the hour.

(2) From November 1 through April 30, from 8 p.m. to 4 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least six-hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 43458, Oct. 29, 1984, as amended by CGD3 84-31, 50 FR 26710, June 28, 1985; CGD01-99-079, 64 FR 60675, Nov. 8, 1999; CGD01-03-115, 69 FR 31008, June 2, 2004]

§ 117.213 New Haven Harbor, Quinnipiac and Mill Rivers.

The draws of the Tomlinson Bridge, mile 0.0, the Ferry Street Bridge, mile 0.7, and the Grand Avenue Bridge, mile 1.3, across the Quinnipiac River, and the Chapel Street Bridge, mile 0.4, across the Mill River, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw of the Tomlinson Bridge at mile 0.0, across the Quinnipiac River shall open on signal; except that, from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m., noon to 12:15 p.m., 12:45 p.m. to 1 p.m., and 4:45 p.m. to 5:45 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic.

(b) The draw of the Ferry Street Bridge at mile 0.7, across Quinnipiac River, shall open on signal; except that, from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 4:45 p.m. to 5:45 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draws need not open for the passage of vessel traffic. From 9 p.m. to 5 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least a one-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(c) The draw of the Grand Avenue Bridge at mile 1.3, across the Quinnipiac River shall open on signal; except that, from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 4:45 p.m. to 5:45 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic. From 9 p.m. to 5 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least a one-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(d) The draw of the Chapel Street Bridge at mile 0.4, across the Mill River shall open on signal; except that, from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 4:45 p.m. to 5:45 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic. From 9 p.m. to 5 a.m. the draw shall open on signal after at least a one-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[USCG-2009-1021, 78 FR 13481, Feb. 28, 2013]

§ 117.215 Niantic River.

(a) The draw of the Amtrak Bridge, mile 0.0, at Niantic, shall open on signal at all times. When a train scheduled to cross the bridge without stopping has entered the drawbridge block, a delay in opening the draw may occur until the train has cleared the block. The delay should not exceed 10 minutes.

(b) The draw of the S156 Bridge, mile 0.1, at Niantic, shall open on signal; except that, from 7 a.m. to 8 a.m., and 4 p.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays, the draw shall open only for the passage of commercial vessels. From November 1 through April 30, from 8 p.m. to 4 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least six hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37381, Sept. 24, 1984; CGD01-99-087, 64 FR 61519, Nov. 12, 1999, as amended by USCG-2015-0218, 80 FR 35243, June 19, 2015; USCG-2019-0545, 84 FR 70427, Dec. 23, 2019]

§ 117.217 Norwalk River.

(a) The draw of the Washington Street S136 Bridge, mile 0.0, at Norwalk, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall open on signal; except that, from 7 a.m. to 8:45 a.m., 11:45 a.m. to 1:15 p.m., and 4 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays, the draw need not be opened for the passage of vessels that draw less than 14 feet of water.

(2) The draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic, from 10 a.m. to 12 p.m., on the first Saturday in December, to facilitate the running of the annual Norwalk River Fun Run. Should inclement weather force the postponement of the race the above bridge closure shall be implemented the next day, the first Sunday after the first Saturday in December, from 10 a.m. to 12 p.m.

(3) The bridge opening signal is three short blasts. Vessels drawing 14 feet of water or more shall add one prolonged blast after the three short blasts.

(b) The draw of the Metro-North “WALK” Bridge, mile 0.1, at Norwalk, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall open on signal between 4:30 a.m. and 9 p.m. after at least a two hour advance notice is given; except that, from 5:45 a.m. through 9:45 a.m. and from 4 p.m. through 8 p.m., Monday through Friday excluding holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic unless an emergency exists.

(2) From 9 p.m. through 4:30 a.m. the draw shall open on signal after at least a four hour advance notice is given.

(3) A delay in opening the draw not to exceed 10 minutes may occur when a train scheduled to cross the bridge without stopping has entered the drawbridge lock.

(4) Requests for bridge openings may be made by calling the bridge via marine radio VHF FM Channel 13 or the telephone number posted at the bridge.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD3 85-42, 50 FR 26711, June 28, 1985; CGD01-07-019, 72 FR 51180, Sept. 6, 2007; USCG-2014-1057, 81 FR 45022, July 12, 2016]

§ 117.219 Pequonnock River.

(a) The draw of the Stratford Avenue Bridge at mile 0.1, at Bridgeport, shall open on signal; except that, from 6:45 a.m. to 7:15 a.m., 7:45 a.m. to 8:15 a.m., 11:45 a.m. to 1:15 p.m., and 4:30 p.m. to 6:10 p.m., the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic. From December 1 through March 31, from 8 p.m. to 4 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least a six-hour notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(b) The draw of the Metro-North Peck Bridge at mile 0.3, at Bridgeport shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall open on signal between 5:45 a.m. to 9 p.m. if at least four hours advance notice is given; except that, from 5:45 a.m. to 9:45 a.m., and 4 p.m. to 8 p.m., Monday through Friday excluding holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic unless an emergency exists.

(2) From 9 p.m. to 5:45 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least an eight hour notice is given.

(3) A delay in opening the draw not to exceed 15 minutes may occur when a train scheduled to cross the bridge without stopping has entered the drawbridge block.

(4) Requests for bridge openings may be made by calling the telephone number posted at the bridge.

[USCG-2010-0787, 75 FR 55477, Sept. 13, 2010, as amended by USCG-2017-0750, 83 FR 3963, Jan. 29, 2018; USCG-2023-0175, 88 FR 56471, Aug. 18, 2023]

§ 117.221 Saugatuck River.

(a) Public vessels of the United States must be passed through as soon as possible.

(b) The draw of the Metro-North “SAGA” bridge, mile 1.1 at Saugatuck, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall open on signal between 4:30 a.m. and 9 p.m. after at least a two-hour advance notice is given; except that, from 5:45 a.m. through 9:45 a.m. and from 4 p.m. through 8 p.m., Monday through Friday excluding holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic unless an emergency exists.

(2) From 9 p.m. through 4:30 a.m. the draw shall open on signal after at least a four-hour advance notice is given.

(3) A delay in opening the draw not to exceed 10 minutes may occur when a train scheduled to cross the bridge without stopping has entered the drawbridge lock.

(4) Requests for bridge openings may be made by calling the bridge via marine radio VHF FM Channel 13 or the telephone number posted at the bridge.

(c) The draw of the Route 136 Bridge, mile 1.3 at Saugatuck shall operate as follows:

(1) Year-round, need not open weekdays, except Federal holidays, from 7 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. to 7:30 p.m.

(2) From April 15-October 31, open on signal if at least two hours notice is given, except as provided in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

(3) From November 1-April 14, open on signal:

(i) From 8:30 a.m. to 3 p.m. if at least eight hours notice is given;

(ii) From 3 p.m. to 8:30 a.m., if at least 24 hours notice is given, except as provided in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

[CGD 82-087, 50 FR 13319, Apr. 4, 1985, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70309, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2022-0518, 89 FR 4553, Jan. 24, 2024]

§ 117.223 Shaw Cove.

The draw of the Amtrak bridge, mile 0.0 at New London, shall open on signal from December 1 through March 31 from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday. From December 1 through March 31 from 5 p.m. to 8 a.m. and on Saturdays and Sundays, the draw shall open on signal if at least eight hours notice is given. From April 1 through November 30 from 5 a.m. to 10 p.m., the draw shall open on signal; and, from 10 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least one hour notice is given. A delay of up to 10 minutes may be expected if a train is approaching so closely that it may not be safety stopped. When a vessel is in an emergency that may endanger life or property, the draw shall open as soon as possible.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 43459, Oct. 29, 1984]

§ 117.224 Thames River.

The draw of the Amtrak Bridge, mile 3.0, at New London, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw shall open on signal to 75 feet above mean high water for all vessel traffic unless a full bridge opening to 135.3 feet above mean high water is requested.

(b) The 75 foot opening will be signified by a range light display with one solid green light and one flashing green light and the full 135.3 foot opening will be signified with two solid green range lights.

(c) The draw shall open on signal for public vessels of the United States and commercial vessels; except that, when a train scheduled to cross the bridge without stopping has passed the Midway, Groton, or New London stations and is in motion toward the bridge, the lift span shall not be opened until the train has crossed the bridge.

(d) The draw shall open on signal as soon as practicable for all other vessel traffic but no later than 20 minutes after the signal to open is given.

[USCG-2013-0983, 80 FR 4, Jan. 2, 2015]

§ 117.225 Yellow Mill Channel.

The drawspan of the Stratford Avenue Bridge, mile 0.3 at Bridgeport, must open on signal if at least 24-hours notice is given. Public vessels of the United States must pass through as soon as possible.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70310, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.231 Brandywine Creek.

The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 1.1, the Church Street bridge, mile 1.3, and the Sixteenth Street bridge, mile 1.7, all at Wilmington, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD3 85-42, 50 FR 26712, June 28, 1985]

§ 117.233 Broad Creek.

The draws of the Norfolk Southern bridge, mile 8.0, the Poplar Street Bridge, mile 8.2 and the U.S. 13A Bridge, mile 8.25, all in Laurel, need not open for the passage of vessels.

[USCG-2015-1011, 81 FR 33591, May 27, 2016]

§ 117.234 Cedar Creek.

The SR 36 Bridge, mile 0.5 in Cedar Beach, shall open on signal. From April 1 through November 30 from 2 a.m. to 4 a.m.; and from December 1 through March 31 from 6:30 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

[CGD05-06-044, 71 FR 53325, Sept. 11, 2006]

§ 117.235 Chesapeake and Delaware Canal.

The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 7.7, is operated by the Delmarva Central Railroad Company and shall open on signal. The following light signals, located in the center of the drawspan on both sides of the bridge, shall be used:

(a) When the draw is to be opened immediately, one fixed amber light.

(b) When the draw is not ready to be opened, one flashing red light.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58278, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 117.237 Christina River.

(a) The owners of the bridges on this waterway:

(1) Shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gages painted white with black figures not less than six inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gages shall be so placed on the bridges that they are plainly visible to the operator of each vessel approaching the bridge either up or downstream.

(2) Shall open on signal except that the draw of a railroad bridge need not be opened when a train is in the bridge block, approaching the bridge, or within 5 minutes of the passage of a passenger train; but in no event shall the opening of the draw be delayed more than 10 minutes.

(b) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge, mile 1.4 at Wilmington, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall remain in the open position for navigation. The draw shall only be closed for train crossings or periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(2) The bridge shall be operated by the controller at the Harrisburg, PA Dispatcher's Office. The controller shall monitor vessel traffic with closed circuit cameras and infrared sensors covering the swing radius. Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day on marine channel 13 and via telephone 470-463-1102.

(3) The bridge shall not be operated from the remote location in the following events: Failure or obstruction of the infrared sensors, closed-circuit cameras or marine-radio communications, or anytime controller's visibility is inhibited. In these situations, a bridge tender with Norfolk Southern must be called and on-site within 30 minutes.

(4) Before the bridge closes for any reason, the remote operator will monitor waterway traffic in the area. The bridge shall only be closed if the off-site remote operator's visual inspection shows that the channel is clear and there are no vessels transiting in the area. While the bridge is moving, the operator shall maintain constant surveillance of the navigation channel.

(5) Before closing the draw, the channel traffic lights would change from flashing green to flashing red, the horn will sound five short blasts, and an audio voice warning stating, “Attention, Attention. Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge over Christina River at milepost 1.4 will be closing to river traffic.” Five short blasts of the horn will continue until the bridge is seated and locked down to vessels. The channel traffic lights will continue to flash red.

(6) When the rail traffic has cleared, the horn will sound one prolonged blast followed by one short blast to indicate the draw is opening to vessel traffic. During the opening swing movement, the channel traffic lights would flash red until the bridge returns to the fully open position. In the full open position to vessels, the bridge channel lights will flash green followed by an announcement stating, “Security, security, security. Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge over Christina River at mile 1.4 is open for river traffic.” Vessels shall stay clear of both channels as to not interfere with infrared detectors, until green lights are displayed on the swing span.

(c) In Wilmington DE, the draw of the Third Street Bridge at mile 2.3, shall open on signal, the draws of the Walnut Street Bridge at mile 2.8, and the Market Street Bridge at mile 3.0, shall open on signal if at least eight hours notice is given. From 7 a.m. to 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 5:30 p.m., Monday through Saturday except holidays, the draws of these three bridges need not be opened for the passage of vessels. Any vessel which has passed through one or more of these bridges immediately prior to a closed period and which requires passage through the other bridge or bridges in order to continue to its destination shall be passed through the draw or draws of the bridge or bridges without delay.

(d) The draws of the Norfolk Southern Railroad bridges, at miles 4.1 and 4.2, both at Wilmington, shall open on signal from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m. if at least 24 hours notice is given. From 8 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draws need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

(e) The draw of the SH141 bridge, mile 7.5 at Wilmington, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD3 84-06, 49 FR 33448, Aug. 23, 1984, CGD3 85-42, 50 FR 26712, June 28, 1985; CGD 87-035, 52 FR 33812, Sept. 8, 1987; CGD05-04-168, 70 FR 4016, Jan. 28, 2005; USCG-2012-1085, 78 FR 61182, Oct. 3, 2013; USCG-2022-0323, 88 FR 10029, Feb. 16, 2023]

§ 117.239 Lewes and Rehoboth Canal.

(a) The draw of the Savannah Road/SR 18 Bridge, at mile 1.7, in Lewes shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the SR 14A Bridge, at mile 6.7, in Rehoboth shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD05-06-089, 72 FR 5619, Feb. 7, 2007]

§ 117.241 Mispillion River.

The draw of the Route 1/Rehoboth Blvd. Bridge, at mile 11.0, at Milford shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD05-06-089, 72 FR 5619, Feb. 7, 2007, as amended by USCG-2011-0257, 76 FR 31837, June 2, 2011]

§ 117.243 Nanticoke River.

(a) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railway Bridge, mile 39.4 in Seaford, will operate as follows:

(1) From March 15 through November 15, the draw will open on signal for all vessels except that from 11 p.m. to 5 a.m. at least 2 1/2 hours notice will be required.

(2) At all times, from November 16 through March 14, the draw will open on signal if at least 2 1/2 hours notice is given.

(3) When notice is required, the owner operator of the vessel must contact the bridge operator (Delmarva Central Railroad Company) with an estimated time of passage by calling 1-802-774-0305.

(b) The draw of the SR 13 Bridge, mile 39.6, in Seaford shall:

(1) Open on signal, except from 6 p.m. to 8 a.m., from April 1 through October 31; from November 1 through March 31, Monday to Friday and on Saturday and Sunday from 3:30 p.m. to 7:30 a.m., if at least four hours notice is given.

(2) Open on signal, on Saturday and Sunday, from 7:31 a.m. through 3:29 p.m., from November 1 through March 31, if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD05-06-044, 71 FR 53325, Sept. 11, 2006, as amended by USCG-2017-0162, 82 FR 50084, Oct. 30, 2017; USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58278, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 117.245 Smyrna River.

The draw of the Delaware highway bridge, mile 4.0 at Flemings Landing, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

§ 117.253 Anacostia River.

The CSX Railroad Bridge, mile 3.4.

(a) The draw of the bridge to be operated by the controller at the Benning Yard office shall open on signal:

(1) At all times for public vessels of the United States, state and local government vessels, commercial vessels and any vessels in an emergency involving danger to life or property.

(2) Between 9 a.m. and 12 p.m. and between 1 p.m. and 6 p.m. from May 15 through September 30.

(3) Between 6 p.m. and 7 p.m. from May 15 through September 30 if notice is given to the controller at the Benning Yard office not later than 6 p.m. on the day for which the opening is requested.

(4) At all other times, if at least 48 hours of notice is given to the controller at the Benning Yard Office.

(b) The CSX Railroad Bridge shall not be operated by the controller at the Benning Yard office in the event of failure or obstruction of the motion sensors, laser scanners, video cameras or marine-radio communications, In these situations, a bridge tender must be called to operate the bridge on-site.

(c) Except as provided in § 117.31(b), opening of the draw shall not exceed ten minutes after clearance of rail traffic.

(d) A horn will sound one prolonged blast followed by one short blast to indicate that the CSX Railroad Bridge is moving to the full open position for vessel traffic. During open span movement, the channel traffic lights will flash red until the bridge is in the full open position to vessels. In the full open position to vessels, the bridge channel traffic lights will flash green.

(e) A horn will sound five short blasts, the channel traffic lights will flash red, and an audio voice-warning device will announce bridge movement during closing span movement. Five short blasts of the horn will continue until the bridge is seated in and locked down. When the bridge is seated and in locked down position to vessels, the channel traffic lights will continue to flash red.

(f) The owners of the bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gauges painted white with black figures not less than six inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gauges shall be placed on the bridge so that they are plainly visible to the operator of any vessel approaching the bridge from either upstream or downstream.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3034, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.255 Potomac River.

(a) The draw of the Woodrow Wilson Memorial (I-95) bridge, mile 103.8, between Alexandria, Virginia, and Oxon Hill, Maryland—

(1) Shall open on signal at any time only for a vessel in distress, notwithstanding the provisions of § 117.31.

(2) Shall open for the passage of a commercial vessel at any time except:

(i) From Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays), 5 a.m. to 8 p.m.

(ii) Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays, 2 p.m. to 7 p.m.

(3) Need not open for the passage of a commercial vessel under paragraph (a)(2) of this section unless—

(i) The owner or operator of the vessel provides the bridge tender with an estimate of the approximate time of that passage at least 12 hours in advance at (571) 513-3745; and

(ii) the owner or operator of the vessel notifies the bridge tender at least 4 hours in advance of the requested time for that passage.

(4) Shall open for the passage of a recreational vessel at any time except:

(i) Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays), 5 a.m. to 12 midnight;

(ii) Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays, 7 a.m. to 12 midnight, except as provided in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section;

(iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section, the bridge may open beginning at 10 p.m. on Saturday, Sunday, or a Federal holiday for the passage of a recreational vessel if the owner or operator of the vessel notifies the Bridge Tender of the time of that passage by not later than 12 hours before that time.

(5) Need not open for the passage of a recreational vessel under paragraph (a)(4) of this section unless—

(i) The owner or operator of the vessel provides the bridge tender with an estimate of the approximate time of that passage at least 12 hours in advance at (571) 513-3745; and

(ii) the owner or operator of the vessel notifies the bridge tender at least 4 hours in advance of the requested time for that passage.

(6) A recreational vessel may pass through the drawspan at any time it is open for the passage of a commercial vessel.

(b) The draws of all other bridges need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

(c) This section is also issued under the authority of Pub. L. 102-587, 106 Stat. 5039.

[CGD 90-064, 57 FR 54178, Nov. 17, 1992, as amended byCGD05-06-083, 71 FR 51480, Aug. 30, 2006; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70310, Dec. 4, 2006; 72 FR 50876, Sept. 5, 2007; USCG-2008-1216, 74 FR 31182, June 30, 2009; USCG-2024-1103, 90 FR 52877, Nov. 24, 2025]

§ 117.258 Apalachicola River.

(a) The draw of the Apalachicola and Northern Railroad Bridge, mile 4.5 (GIWW mile 347.0 EHL), at Apalachicola, is maintained in the fully open-to-navigation position and untended. The bridge will not be returned to service until proper notification is published in the Federal Register.

(b) The draw of the CSX Railroad Bridge, mile 105.9, at River Junction shall open on signal if at least eight hours notice is given.

[USCG-2012-0470, 77 FR 75556, Dec. 21, 2012]

§ 117.261 Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway from St. Marys River to Key Largo.

Public vessels of the United States and tugs with tows must be passed through the drawspan of each drawbridge listed in this section at any time.

(a) Bridge of Lions (SR A1A) Bridge, mile 777.9 at St. Augustine. The draw shall open on signal; except that, from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. the draw need open only on the hour and half-hour; however, the draw need not open at 8 a.m., 12 noon, and 5 p.m. Monday through Friday except Federal holidays. From 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays and Federal holidays the draw need only open on the hour and half-hour.

(b) George Musson (SR 44) Bridge, mile 845, at New Smyrna Beach. The draw shall open on signal, except that from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m., the draw shall open on the hour and half-hour, seven days a week.

(c) NASA Railroad Bridge, mile 876.6 at Titusville.

(1) The draw is not constantly tended.

(2) The draw is normally in the fully open position displaying flashing green lights to indicate that vessels may pass.

(3) When a train approaches the bridge, it stops and the operator initiates a command to lower the bridge. The lights go to flashing red and the draw lowers and locks, providing scanning equipment reveals nothing under the draw. The draw remains down until a manual raise command is initiated or will raise automatically 5 minutes after the intermediate track circuit is no longer occupied by a rail car.

(4) After the train has cleared, the draw opens and the lights return to flashing green.

[Reserved]

(e) Indiantown Road Bridge, mile 1006.2, at Jupiter. The draw shall open on the hour and half hour.

(f) Donald Ross Bridge, mile 1009.3, at North Palm Beach. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(g) PGA Boulevard Bridge, mile 1012.6, at North Palm Beach. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(h) Parker (US 1) Bridge, mile 1013.7, at Riviera Beach. The draw shall open on the quarter and three-quarter hour.

(i) Flagler Memorial (SR A1A) Bridge, mile 1021.8, at West Palm Beach.(1) The draw will open on the quarter and three-quarter hour, except Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays) from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need only open on the quarter hour.

(2) When the Presidential Security Zone is enforced, the draw will open on the quarter and three-quarter hour, except Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays) from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 2:15 p.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need only open on the quarter hour.

(j) Royal Park (SR 704) Bridge, mile 1022.6, at West Palm Beach. (1) The draw will open on the hour and half hour, except Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays) from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need only open on the half hour.

(2) When the Presidential Security Zone is enforced, the draw will open on the hour and half hour, except Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays) from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 2:15 p.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need only open on the half hour.

(k) Southern Boulevard (SR 80) Bridge, mile 1024.7, at West Palm Beach. (1) The draw will open on the quarter and three-quarter hour, except Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays) from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need only open on the quarter hour.

(2) When the Presidential Security Zone is enforced, the draw may be closed without advance notice to permit uninterrupted transit of dignitaries across the bridge. At all other times the bridge shall open on the quarter and three-quarter hour, or as directed by the on-scene designated representative.

(l) East Ocean Avenue Bridge, mile 1031.0, at Lantana. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(m) Ocean Avenue Bridge, mile 1035.0, at Boynton Beach. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(n) East Atlantic Avenue (SR 806) Bridge, mile 1039.6, at Delray Beach. The draw shall open on the quarter and three-quarter-hour.

(o) Linton Boulevard Bridge, mile 1041.1, at Delray Beach. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(p) Spanish River Boulevard Bridge, mile 1044.9, at Boca Raton. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(q) East Palmetto Park Road Bridge, mile 1047.5, at Boca Raton. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(r) East Camino Real Bridge, mile 1048.2, at Boca Raton. The draw shall open on the hour, twenty minutes past the hour and forty minutes past the hour.

(s) East Hillsboro Boulevard Bridge (SR 810), mile 1050.0 at Deerfield Beach. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(t) Northeast 14th Street Bridge, mile 1055.0 at Pompano Beach. The draw shall open on the quarter-hour and three-quarter hour.

(u) East Atlantic Boulevard (SR 814) Bridge, mile 1056.0 at Pompano Beach. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(v) East Commercial Boulevard (SR 870) Bridge, mile 1059.0, at Lauderdale-by-the-Sea. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(w) East Oakland Park Boulevard Bridge, mile 1060.5 at Fort Lauderdale. The draw shall open on the quarter-hour and three-quarter hour.

(x) East Sunrise Boulevard (SR 838) Bridge, mile 1062.6, at Fort Lauderdale. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour. On the first weekend in May, the draw need not open from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. on Saturday and Sunday, and, on the first Saturday in May, the draw need not open from 9:45 p.m. to 10:45 p.m.

(y) East Las Olas Bridge, mile 1064 at Fort Lauderdale. The draw shall open on the quarter-hour and three-quarter hour. On the first weekend in May, the draw need not open from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. on Saturday and Sunday, and, on the first Saturday in May, the draw need not open from 9:45 p.m. to 10:45 p.m.

(z) Southeast 17th Street (Brooks Memorial) Bridge, mile 1065.9 at Fort Lauderdale. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour; except that from 6:50 a.m. to 9:10 a.m. and from 3:50 p.m. to 6:10 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the drawbridge shall open once an hour at the top of the hour.

(aa) Dania Beach Boulevard Bridge, mile 1069.4 at Hollywood. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(bb) Sheridan Street Bridge, mile 1070.5, at Hollywood. The draw shall open on the quarter-hour and three-quarter hour.

(cc) Hollywood Beach Boulevard (SR 820) Bridge, mile 1072.2 at Hollywood. The draw shall open on the hour and half-hour.

(dd) Hallandale Beach Boulevard (SR 824) Bridge, mile 1074.0 at Hallandale Beach. The draw shall open on the quarter-hour and three-quarter hour.

(ee) N.E. 163rd Street (SR 826) Bridge, mile 1078.0 at Sunny Isles Beach. The draw shall open on signal; except that, from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. on Monday through Friday except Federal holidays, and from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, the draw need open only on the quarter-hour and three-quarter hour.

(ff) Broad Causeway Bridge, mile 1081.4 at Bay Harbor Islands. The draw shall open on signal; except that, from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need open only on the quarter-hour and three-quarter hour.

(gg) West 79th Street Bridge, mile 1084.6, at Miami. The draw shall operate as follows:

(1) Monday through Friday (except on Federal holidays):

(i) 7 a.m. to 10 a.m. the draw need only open on the hour.

(ii) 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. the draw need only open on the hour and half hour.

(iii) 4 p.m. to 7 p.m. the draw need only open on the hour.

(iv) 7 p.m. to 7 a.m. the draw shall open on signal.

(2) Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays the draw shall open on signal.

(hh) West Venetian Causeway Bridge, mile 1088.6, at Miami. The draw shall open on signal, except that from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. daily, including Federal holidays, the draw need only open on the hour and half hour.

[CGD7-84-29, 50 FR 51248, Dec. 16, 1985]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 117.261, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 117.263 Banana River.

(a) The draw of the Mathers (SR A-1-A) Bridge, mile 0.5 at Indian Harbor Beach, shall open on signal; except that, from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. Monday through Friday except Federal holidays, the draw shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the NASA Causeway bridge, mile 27.6 at Cape Canaveral, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given to the NASA Security Office by telephone or in person.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 26721, June 29, 1984]

§ 117.268 Billy's Creek.

The draw of the State Road 80 bridge at Fort Myers need not be opened for the passage of vessels; however, the draw shall be restored to operable condition within 6 months after notification by the District Commander to do so.

[CGD 07-98-009, 63 FR 67402, Dec. 7, 1998]

§ 117.269 Biscayne Bay.

The Venetian Causeway Bridge (East), across Miami Beach Channel. The draw shall open on signal, except that from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. daily, including Federal holidays, the draw need only open on the hour and half hour.

[USCG-2017-0068, 83 FR 16778, Apr. 17, 2018]

§ 117.271 Blackwater River.

The draw of the CSX Transportation Railroad bridge, mile 2.8 at Milton, shall open on signal; except that, from 8 p.m. to 4 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least eight hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD8-86-06, 51 FR 29101, Aug. 14, 1986; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70310, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.273 Canaveral Barge Canal.

(a) The drawspan of the Christa McAuliffe Drawbridge, SR 3, mile 1.0, across the Canaveral Barge Canal need only open daily for vessel traffic on the hour and half-hour from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m.; except that from 6:15 a.m. to 8:15 a.m. and from 3:10 p.m. to 5:59 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the drawspan need not open. From 10:01 p.m. to 5:59 a.m., everyday, the drawspan must open on signal if at least 3 hours notice is given to the drawtender. The drawspan must open as soon as possible for the passage of public vessels of the United States and tugs with tows.

(b) The drawspans of the SR401 Drawbridges, mile 5.5 at Port Canaveral, must open on signal; except that, from 6:30 a.m. to 8 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. to 5:15 p.m. Monday through Friday except Federal holidays and from 11 a.m. to 2 p.m. on Saturdays and Sundays, the drawspans need not be opened for the passage of vessels. From 10 p.m. to 6 a.m., the drawspans must open on signal if at least three hours notice is given. The drawspans must open as soon as possible for the passage of public vessels of the United States and tugs with tows.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70310, Dec. 4, 2006, as amended by USCG-2017-0161, 83 FR 4430, Jan. 31, 2018; USCG-2025-0780, 90 FR 47233, Oct. 1, 2025]

§ 117.279 Coffeepot Bayou.

The draw of the Snell Isle Boulevard bridge, mile 0.4 at St. Petersburg, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.283 Dunns Creek.

The draw of the US17 bridge, mile 0.9 near Satsuma, shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given.

§ 117.285 Grand Canal.

(a) The draw of the Lansing Island Bridge, mile 0.7, at Indian Harbour Beach, shall open on signal, except that from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m., daily, the draw need not open for the passage of vessels and will be untended.

(b) The draw of the Tortoise Island bridge, mile 2.6, shall open on signal; except that from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. from Sunday evening through Friday morning, the draw shall open on signal if at least 2 hours advance notice is given. From 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. on Friday and Saturday and on evenings immediately preceding Federal holidays, the draw shall open on signal if at least 30 minutes advance notice is given.

[CGD7-92-113, 58 FR 31474, June 3, 1993, as amended by CGD07-98-048, 64 FR 30391, June 8, 1999; USCG-2022-0015, 87 FR 49992, Aug. 15, 2022]

§ 117.287 Gulf Intracoastal Waterway.

Public vessels of the United States and tugs with tows must be passed through the drawspan of each drawbridge listed in this section at any time.

(a) The Boca Grande Swing Bridge, mile 34.3, at Placida, Florida shall open on signal; except that, from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need only open on the hour and half hour. On Saturday, Sunday and Federal holidays, from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need only open on the hour, quarter hour, half hour and three-quarter hour.

(b) The Venice Avenue Bridge, mile 56.6, at Venice, Florida shall open on signal, except that from 7 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday except Federal holidays, the draw need only open at 10 minutes after the hour, 30 minutes after the hour and 50 minutes after the hour and except between 4:35 p.m. and 5:35 p.m. when the draw need not open.

(c) The Hatchett Creek (US-41) Bridge, mile 56.9, at Venice, Florida shall open on signal, except that, from 7 a.m. to 4:20 p.m., Monday through Friday except Federal holidays, the draw need only open on the hour, 20 minutes after the hour, and 40 minutes after the hour and except between 4:25 p.m. and 5:25 p.m. when the draw need not open. On Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays from 7:30 a.m. to 6 p.m. the draw need only open on the hour, quarter-hour, half-hour, and three-quarter hour. This bridge need not open to navigation on the second Sunday of November annually, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., to facilitate the Iron Man Triathlon event.

(d) The Blackburn Point Bridge, mile 63.1, at Osprey, Florida shall open on signal; except that from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need only open on the hour, 20 minutes after the hour, and 40 minutes after the hour.

(e) The Stickney Point Bridge, mile 68.6, at South Sarasota, Florida shall open on signal, except that from 6 a.m. to 7 p.m. daily, the draw need only open on the hour and half hour.

(f) The Siesta Drive Bridge, mile 71.6, at Sarasota, Florida shall open on signal, except that from 6 a.m. to 7 p.m. daily, the draw need only open on the hour and half hour.

(g) The Cortez (SR 684) Bridge, mile 87.4, at Bradenton Beach, Florida shall open on signal, except that from 6 a.m. to 7 p.m. daily, the draw need only open on the quarter hour and three-quarter hour.

(h) The Anna Maria (SR 64) (Manatee Avenue West) Bridge, mile 89.2, at Bradenton Beach, Florida shall open on signal, except that from 6 a.m. to 7 p.m. daily, the draw need only open on the quarter hour and three-quarter hour.

(i) The Corey Causeway (SR693) Bridge, mile 117.7, at South Pasadena, Florida shall open on signal; except that, from 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. Monday through Friday, and 10 a.m. to 7 p.m. Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, the draw need only open on the hour, 20 minutes after the hour, and 40 minutes after the hour.

(j) The Treasure Island Causeway Bridge, mile 119.0, at Treasure Island, Florida shall open on signal except that from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. the draw need only open on the hour, 20 minutes after the hour and 40 minutes after the hour Monday through Friday and on the quarter hour and three-quarter hour on Saturday, Sunday and Federal holidays.

(k) The Welch Causeway (SR 699) Bridge, mile 122.8, at Madeira Beach, Florida, shall open on signal; except that, from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. daily, except Federal holidays, the draw need only open on the hour and half hour.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 117.287, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 117.289 Hillsboro Inlet.

The drawspans of the SR A-1-A Drawbridge, mile 0.3 at Hillsboro Beach, must open on signal; except that, from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m., the drawspans need be opened only on the hour, quarter hour, half hour, and three quarter hour. Public vessels of the United States and tugs with tows must be passed at anytime.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70310, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.291 Hillsborough River.

(a) The drawspans for the drawbridges at Platt Street, mile 0.0, Brorein Street, mile 0.16, Kennedy Boulevard, mile 0.4, Cass Street, mile 0.7, Laurel Street, mile 1.0, West Columbus Drive, mile 2.3, and West Hillsborough Avenue, mile 4.8, must open on signal if at least two hours notice is given; except that, the drawspan must open on signal as soon as possible for public vessels of the United States.

(b) The draw of the CSX Railroad Bridge across the Hillsborough River, mile 0.7, at Tampa, operates as follows:

(1) The bridge is not tended.

(2) The draw is normally in the fully open position, displaying green lights to indicate that vessels may pass.

(3) As a train approaches, provided the marine traffic detection laser scanners do not detect a vessel under the draw, the lights change to flashing red and a horn continuously sounds while the draw closes. The draw remains closed until the train passes.

(4) After the train clears the bridge, the lights continue to flash red and the horn again continuously sounds while the draw opens, until the draw is fully open and the lights return to green.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37381, Sept. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD7-92-56, 58 FR 15420, Mar. 23, 1993; CGD07-04-148, 70 FR 43766, July 29, 2005; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70310, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.293 Indian Creek.

The draw of the 63rd Street Bridge across Indian Creek, mile 4.0 at Miami Beach, FL, shall open on signal except that:

(a) Each day from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m., except Federal holidays, the draw need open only on the hour and half-hour;

(b) From 7:10 a.m. to 9:55 a.m. and 4:05 p.m. to 6:59 p.m., Monday through Friday except Federal holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessels.

(c) In February of each year during the period seven days prior to the City of Miami Beach Yacht and Brokerage Show and the four days following the show, from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m., the bridge need not open except for 10 minutes at the top of the hour. At all other times the bridge shall operate on its normal schedule.

[USCG-2015-0940, 81 FR 36800, June 8, 2016, as amended by USCG-2020-0658, 87 FR 16987, Mar. 25, 2022]

§ 117.297 Little Manatee River.

The draw for the CSX Railroad Bridge, mile 2.4 near Ruskin, FL, shall operate as follows:

(a) The bridge is normally maintained in the closed position.

(b) The bridge is not tendered locally, but will be monitored and operated by a remote bridge tender.

(c) Marine radio communication shall be maintained, by the remote bridge tender, with mariners near the bridge for the safety of navigation. Visual monitoring of the waterway shall be maintained with the use of cameras. Detection sensors shall be installed for the detection of vessels within the radius of the swing span of the bridge.

(d) The draw must open on signal if at least three hours advance notice is requested via marine radio channel 9 VHF or telephone (813) 677-3974.

(e) The bridge shall not be operated from the remote location in the following events: Failure or obstruction of the detection sensors, cameras, or marine radio communications. In these situations, a bridge tender must be on-site and locally operate the bridge.

[USCG-2020-0573, 86 FR 15411, Mar. 23, 2021]

§ 117.299 Loxahatchee River.

The draw of the Florida East Coast Railway bridge across the Loxahatchee River, mile 1.2 at Jupiter, operates as follows:

(a) The bridge is not constantly tended.

(b) The draw is normally in the fully open position, displaying flashing green lights to indicate that vessels may pass.

(c) When a train approaches, the lights go to flashing red and a horn starts four blasts, pauses, and then continues four blasts. After an eight minute delay, the draw lowers and locks, providing the scanning equipment reveals nothing under the draw. The draw remains down for a period of eight minutes or while the approach track circuit is occupied.

(d) After the train has cleared, the draw opens and the lights return to flashing green.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37381, Sept. 24, 1984; Redesignated by CGD07-04-015, 69 FR 42874, July 19, 2004]

§ 117.300 Manatee River.

The draw of the CSX Railroad Bridge across the Manatee River, mile 4.5 Bradenton, operates as follows:

(a) The bridge is not tended.

(b) The draw is normally in the fully open position, displaying green lights to indicate that vessels may pass.

(c) As a train approaches, provided the scanners do not detect a vessel under the draw, the lights change to flashing red and a horn continuously sounds while the draw closes. The draw remains closed until the train passes.

(d) After the train clears the bridge, the lights continue to flash red and the horn again continuously sounds while the draw opens, until the draw is fully open and the lights return to green.

[CGD07-04-015, 69 FR 42874, July 19, 2004]

§ 117.301 Massalina Bayou.

The draw of the Tarpon Dock bascule span bridge, Massalina Bayou, mile 0.0 at Panama City, shall open on signal; except that from 9 p.m. until 11 p.m. on July 4, each year, the draw need not open for the passage of vessels. The draw will open at any time for a vessel in distress.

[66 FR 36467, July 12, 2001]

§ 117.303 Matlacha Pass.

The draw of the SR78 bridge, mile 6.0 at Fort Myers, shall open on signal from 8 a.m. to 10 a.m. and from 3 p.m. to 7 p.m. Monday through Saturday. On Sundays the draw shall open on signal from 7 a.m. to 10 a.m. and from 3 p.m. to 7 p.m. At all other times, the draw need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD7-92-74, 57 FR 58711, Dec. 11, 1992]

§ 117.304 Miami Beach Channel.

The draw of the East 79th Street Bridge, mile 2.20, at Miami Beach, Florida. The draw shall operate as follows:

(a) Monday through Friday (except on Federal holidays):

(1) 7 a.m. to 10 a.m. the draw need only open on the hour.

(2) 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. the draw need only open on the hour and half hour.

(3) 4 p.m. to 7 p.m. the draw need only open on the hour.

(4) 7 p.m. to 7 a.m. the draw shall open on signal.

(b) Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays the draw shall open on signal.

[USCG-2022-0371, 88 FR 30233, May 11, 2023]

§ 117.305 Miami River.

(a) General. Public vessels of the United States, tugs, tugs with tows, and vessels in a situation where a delay would endanger life or property shall, upon proper signal, be passed through the draw of each bridge listed in this section at any time.

(b) The draws of the S.W. First Street Bridge, mile 0.9, up to and including the N.W. 27th Avenue Bridge, mile 3.7 at Miami, shall open on signal; except that, from 7:35 a.m. to 8:59 a.m. and 4:45 p.m. to 5:59 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draws need not open for the passage of vessels.

(c) The draws of the Miami Avenue Bridge, mile 0.3, and the S.W. Second Avenue Bridge, mile 0.5, at Miami, shall open on signal; except that, from 7:35 a.m. to 8:59 a.m., 12:05 p.m. to 12:59 p.m. and 4:35 p.m. to 5:59 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draws need not open for the passage of vessels.

(d) The draw of the Brickell Avenue Bridge, mile 0.1, at Miami, shall open on signal; except that, from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m., Monday through Friday except Federal holidays, the draw need open only on the hour and half-hour. From 7:35 a.m. to 8:59 a.m., 12:05 p.m. to 12:59 p.m. and 4:35 p.m. to 5:59 p.m., Monday through Friday except Federal holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessels.

[CGD07-03-118, 69 FR 7688, Feb. 19, 2004]

§ 117.307 Miami River, North Fork.

The draw of the FDOT Railroad Bridge, mile 5.3 at Miami, shall open on signal if at least 48-hour notice is given to CSX System Operating Headquarters (800) 232-0144.

[CGD07-03-088, 69 FR 9549, Mar. 1, 2004]

Effective Date Note:At 90 FR 14730, Apr. 4, 2025, § 117.307 was stayed, effective Apr. 4, 2025, through Dec. 31, 2027.

§ 117.307T Miami River, North Fork.

The draw of the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Railroad Bridge, mile 5.3 at Miami, Florida need not open to navigation.

Effective Date Note:At 90 FR 14730, Apr. 4, 2025, § 117.307T was added, effective Apr. 4, 2025, through Dec. 31, 2027.

§ 117.311 New Pass.

The drawspan for the State Road 789 Drawbridge, mile 0.05, at Sarasota, need only open on the hour, twenty minutes past the hour, and forty minutes past the hour from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. From 6 p.m. to 7 a.m., the drawspan must open on signal if at least 3 hours notice is given to the drawtender. Public vessels of the United States and tugs with tows must be passed at anytime.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70310, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.313 New River.

(a) The draw of the SE. Third Avenue bridge, mile 1.4 at Fort Lauderdale shall open on signal; except that, from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need not open. Public vessels of the United States, tugs with tows, and vessels in distress shall be passed at any time.

(b) The draw of the Andrews Avenue bridge, mile 2.3 at Fort Lauderdale, shall open on signal; except that, from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need not open. The draw need not open for inbound vessels when the draw of the Florida East Coast Railroad bridge, mile 2.5 at Fort Lauderdale is in the closed position for the passage of a train. Public vessels of the United States, tugs with tows, and vessels in distress shall be passed at any time.

(c) The draw of the Florida East Coast (FEC) Railroad Bridge across the New River, mile 2.5, at Fort Lauderdale shall operate as follows:

(1) The drawbridge shall be maintained in the fully open-to-navigation position for vessels at all times, except during periods when it is closed for the passage of rail traffic, inspections, and to perform periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(2) The drawbridge shall not be closed to navigation for more than 60 consecutive minutes.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the drawbridge shall open and remain open to navigation for a fixed 10-minute period each hour from 5 a.m. to 11:59 p.m., except that the drawbridge shall be open at the following times which shall serve as the hourly fixed 10-minute period:

Table 1 to Paragraph (c)(3)

7:00 a.m. until 7:10 a.m.

9:00 a.m. until 9:10 a.m.

4:00 p.m. until 4:10 p.m.

6:00 p.m. until 6:10 p.m.

10:00 p.m. until 10:10 p.m.

(i) Additionally, in each hour from 12:00 p.m. to 2:59 p.m., the drawbridge shall open and remain open to navigation for an additional 10-minute period.

(ii) The 10-minute opening periods shall be published on a quarterly basis by the drawbridge owner and reflected on the drawbridge owner's website and mobile application.

(4) The drawbridge shall have a drawbridge tender onsite at all times who is capable of physically tending and operating the drawbridge by local control, if necessary, or when ordered by the Coast Guard.

(i) The drawbridge tender shall provide estimated times of drawbridge openings and closures, upon request.

(ii) Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day on VHF-FM channels 9 and 16 or by telephone at (305) 889-5572. Signs shall be posted visible to marine traffic and displaying VHF radio contact information, website and application information, and the telephone number for the bridge tender.

(5) In the event of a drawbridge operational failure, or other emergency circumstances impacting normal drawbridge operations, the drawbridge owner shall immediately notify the Coast Guard Captain of the Port Miami and provide an estimated time of repair and return to normal operations.

(6) A drawbridge log shall be maintained including drawbridge opening and closing times. The drawbridge log should include reasons for those drawbridge closings that interfere with scheduled openings in this section. This drawbridge log shall be maintained by the drawbridge owner and upon request, be provided to the Coast Guard.

(7) A website and mobile application shall be maintained by the drawbridge owner and publish:

(i) Drawbridge opening times required by this paragraph (c);

(ii) Timely updates to schedules; including but not limited to impacts due to emergency circumstances, repairs, and inspections;

(iii) At least 24-hour advance notice for each schedule in order to facilitate planning by maritime operators; and

(iv) To the extent reasonably practicable, at least 60-minutes advance notice of schedule changes or delays.

(8) The drawbridge shall display the following lights:

(i) When the drawbridge is in the fully open position, green lights shall be displayed to indicate that vessels may pass.

(ii) When rail traffic approaches the block signal, the lights shall go to flashing red, then the drawbridge lowers and locks, and the lights shall remain flashing red.

(iii) After the rail traffic has cleared the drawbridge, the drawbridge shall open and the lights return to green.

(d) [Reserved]

(e) The draw of the Marshal (Seventh Avenue) bridge, mile 2.7 at Fort Lauderdale shall open on signal; except that, from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need not open. Public vessels of the United States, tugs with tows, and vessels in distress shall be passed at any time.

[CGD07-06-019, 71 FR 65413, Nov. 8, 2006, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 72 FR 7351, Feb. 15, 2007; USCG-2015-0271, 81 FR 65547, Sept. 23, 2016; USCG-2019-0955, 86 FR 58800, Oct. 25, 2021]

§ 117.315 New River, South Fork.

(a) The draw of the Davie Boulevard (SW. Twelfth Street) bridge, mile 0.9 at Fort Lauderdale shall open on signal; except that, from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need not open. Public vessels of the United States, tugs with tows, and vessels in distress shall be passed at any time.

(b) The drawspan for the SR84 Drawbridge, mile 4.4 at Fort Lauderdale, must open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given. Public vessels of the United States and tugs with tows must be passed through the draw as soon as possible.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70310, Dec. 4, 2006; 72 FR 7351, Feb. 15, 2007]

§ 117.317 Okeechobee Waterway.

(a) Exempt vessels. This term means public vessels of the United States and tugs with tows.

(b) Florida East Coast Railroad (FEC) Bridge, mile 7.41, at Stuart. The draw shall operate as follows:

(1) The drawbridge will be maintained in the fully open-to-navigation position, except during periods when it is closed for the passage of train traffic, to conduct inspections, and to perform maintenance and repairs authorized by the Coast Guard.

(2) The drawbridge will not be closed for more than 50 consecutive minutes in any given hour during daytime operations (6 a.m. to 8 p.m.) and for more than 7 total hours during daytime operations (6 a.m. to 8 p.m.).

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the drawbridge will open and remain open to navigation for a fixed 10-minute period at the top of each hour from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m.

(4) From 8:01 p.m. until 5:59 a.m. daily, the drawbridge will remain in the fully open-to-navigation position, except during periods when it is closed for the passage of train traffic, to conduct inspections, and to perform maintenance and repairs authorized by the Coast Guard. The drawbridge will not be closed more than 60 consecutive minutes during this time frame.

(5) If a train is in the track circuit at the start of a fixed opening period, the opening may be delayed up to, but not more than, five minutes. Once the train has cleared the circuit, the bridge must open immediately for navigation to begin the fixed opening period.

(6) The drawbridge will be tended from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m., daily. The bridge tender will monitor VHF-FM channels 9 and 16 and will provide estimated times of drawbridge openings and closures, or any operational information requested. Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day by telephone at (305) 889-5576.

(7) The drawbridge owner will maintain a mobile application. The drawbridge owner will publish drawbridge opening times, and the drawbridge owner will provide timely updates to schedules, including but not limited to, impacts due to emergency circumstances, inspections, maintenance, and repairs authorized by the Coast Guard.

(8) Signs will be posted and visible to marine traffic, displaying VHF radio contact information, application information, and the telephone number for the bridge tender.

(c) The SR 707 (Dixie Highway) Bridge, mile 7.5 at Stuart, shall open on signal; except when the adjacent railroad bridge is in the closed position, the draw need not open. The draw must open immediately upon opening of the railroad bridge to pass all accumulated vessels requesting an opening.

(d) Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 28.2 at Indiantown. The draw of the CSX Railroad Bridge, mile 28.2 at Indiantown, FL, shall operate as follows:

(1) The swing bridge is not tendered locally, but will be monitored and operated by a remote operator.

(2) Marine radio communication shall be maintained, by the remote operator, with mariners near the bridge for the safety of navigation. Visual monitoring of the waterway shall be maintained with the use of cameras. Detection sensors shall be installed for the detection of vessels entering the radius of the swing span of the bridge while in operation.

(3) From 7 a.m. to 7 p.m., the bridge will be maintained in the open to navigation position and will display green lights to indicate that the span is fully open.

(4) When a train approaches, the remote operator shall monitor for vessels in the vicinity of the bridge. Provided the sensors do not detect a vessel entering the swing radius of the bridge, the operator shall initiate the closing sequence, which includes the sounding of a horn. The span will remain in the closed position for the entire time the track circuit is occupied displaying red lights.

(5) After the train has cleared the track circuit, the span shall open and green lights will be displayed.

(6) From 7 p.m. to 7 a.m., the bridge will be in the closed to navigation position and will open if at least a three hour advance notice is requested via marine radio channel 9 VHF or telephone (813) 677-3974.

(7) The bridge shall not be operated from the remote location in the following events: Failure or obstruction of the detection sensors, remote actuation systems, cameras, or marine radio communications, or when directed by the Coast Guard. In these situations, a bridge operator must be on-site and locally operate the bridge.

(e) Florida East Coast Railroad bridge, mile 38.0, at Port Mayaca.

(1) The bridge is not constantly tended.

(2) The draw is normally in the fully open position displaying flashing green lights to indicate that vessels may pass.

(3) When a train approaches the bridge it will stop and a crewmember will observe the waterway for approaching vessels, which will be allowed to pass. Upon manual signal, the bridge lights will go to flashing red, and the horn will sound four blasts, pause, then repeat four blasts, then the draw will lower and lock, providing scanning equipment reveals nothing under the span.

(4) After the train has cleared, the draw will open, and the lights will return to flashing green.

(f) Belle Glade Dike (SR 71) bridge, mile 60.7 between Torry Island and Lake Shore. The draw shall open on signal from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Thursday, and from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. Friday through Sunday. At all other times, the draw need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

(g) Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 78.3 at Moore Haven. The draw shall open on signal; except that, from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. the draw need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

(h) Highway bridges at Moore Haven (mile 78.4) La Belle (mile 103.0), Denaud (mile 108.2), Alva (mile 116.0), and Olga (mile 126.3). The draws shall open on signal; except that, from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. the draws shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given.

(i) Caloosahatchee River Bridge (SR 29), Mile 103, Labelle, Florida. The Caloosahatchee River bridge (SR 29), mile 103, shall open on signal, except that from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the bridge need not open. Exempt vessels shall be passed at any time.

[CGD7 85-50, 51 FR 12319, Apr. 10, 1986]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 117.317, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 117.319 Oklawaha River.

(a) The draw of the Sharpes Ferry (SR 40) bridge, mile 55.1 shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Moss Bluff (SR 464) bridge, mile 66.0, need not open for the passage of vessels.

(c) The draw of the Muclan Farms bridge, mile 63.9, need not open for the passage of vessels.

[CGD7-85-15, 50 FR 29672, July 22, 1985, as amended by CGD7-87-49, 52 FR 42649, Nov. 6, 1987; CGD07-02-008, 67 FR 50351, Aug. 2, 2002]

§ 117.323 Outer Clam Bay.

The drawspan of the Outer Clam Bay Boardwalk Drawbridge shall open on signal if at least 30 minutes advance notice is given.

[CGD07-06-237, 72 FR 11777, Mar. 14, 2007]

§ 117.324 Rice Creek.

The CSX Railroad Swing Bridge, mile 0.8, in Putnam County, FL. shall open with a 24-hour advance notice to CSX at 1-800-232-0142.

[USCG-2016-0523, 82 FR 41891, Sept. 5, 2017]

§ 117.325 St. Johns River.

(a) The drawspan for the Main Street (1/SR 90) drawbridge, mile 24.7, at Jacksonville, must open on signal except that, from 7 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Saturday except Federal holidays, the drawspan need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

(b) The draw of the Florida East Coast automated railroad bridge, mile 24.9, shall operate as follows:

(1) The bridge shall be constantly tended and have a mechanical override capability for the automated operation. A radiotelephone shall be maintained at the bridge for the safety of navigation.

(2) The draw is normally in the fully open position, displaying flashing green lights to indicate that vessels may pass.

(3) When a train approaches, large signs on both the upstream and downstream sides of the bridge flash “Bridge Coming Down,” the lights go to flashing red, and siren signals sound. After an eight minute delay, the draw lowers and locks if there are no vessels under the draw. The draw remains down for a period of eight minutes or while the approach track circuit is occupied.

(4) After the train has cleared, the draw opens and the lights return to flashing green.

(c) The draw for the Buffalo Bluff CSX automated Railroad Bridge, St. Johns River, mile 94.5 at Satsuma, Putnam County, FL shall operate as follows:

(1) The bridge is not tendered locally, but will be operated and monitored by a remote tender.

(2) The bridge shall have local and mechanical override capabilities over the remote operation.

(3) Marine radio communication shall be maintained with mariners near the bridge for the safety of navigation. Visual monitoring of the waterway shall be maintained with the use of cameras and the detection of vessels under the span shall be accomplished with detection sensors.

(4) The span is normally in the fully open position and will display green lights to indicate that the span is fully open.

(5) When a train approaches, the remote tender shall monitor for vessels approaching the bridge. The remote tender shall warn approaching vessels via marine radio, channel 9 VHF of a bridge lowering. The remote tender may also be contacted via telephone at (386) 649-8538.

(6) Provided the sensors do not detect a vessel under the span, the tender shall initiate the span lowering sequence, which includes the sounding of a horn and the displaying of red lights. The span will remain in the down position for a minimum of eight minutes or for the entire time the approach track circuit is occupied.

(7) After the train has cleared the bridge track circuit, the span shall open and the green lights will be displayed.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD7-90-76, 55 FR 47753, Nov. 15, 1990; CGD07-96-069, 62 FR 15843, Apr. 3, 1997; CGD07-05-009, 70 FR 18991, Apr. 12, 2005; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70310, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012; USCG-2017-0857, 84 FR 29065, June 21, 2019]

§ 117.329 St. Marys River.

The draws of US17 bridge, mile 23.0, and the Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 23.1, both at Kingsland, shall open on signal if at least 48 hours notice is given.

§ 117.331 Snake Creek.

The draw of the Snake Creek Bridge, at Islamorada, Florida, will open on signal, except that from 7 a.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need open only on the hour.

[USCG-2015-0046, 81 FR 28728, May 10, 2016]

§ 117.335 Taylor Creek.

The draw of US441 bridge, mile 0.3 at Okeechobee, shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37381, Sept. 24, 1984]

§ 117.337 Trout River.

The draw of the CSX Railroad Bridge across the Trout River, mile 0.9 at Jacksonville, operates as follows:

(a) The bridge is not tended.

(b) The draw is normally in the fully open position, displaying green lights to indicate that vessels may pass.

(c) As a train approaches, provided the scanners do not detect a vessel under the draw, the lights change to flashing red and a horn continuously sounds while the draw closes. The draw remains closed until the train passes.

(d) After the train clears the bridge, the lights continue to flash red and the horn again continuously sounds while the draw opens, until the draw is fully open and the lights return to green.

[USCG-2009-0249, 75 FR 24402, May 5, 2010]

§ 117.341 Whitcomb Bayou.

The draw of the Beckett Bridge, mile 0.5, at Tarpon Springs, Florida shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given.

[CGD7-87-60, 53 FR 3206, Feb. 4, 1988]

§ 117.351 Altamaha River.

(a) The draws of all bridges, except the Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 59.4 at Doctortown, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 59.4 at Doctortown, shall open on signal if at least seven days notice is given.

§ 117.359 Chattahoochee River.

See § 117.107, Chattahoochee River, listed under Alabama.

[CGD 92-015, 57 FR 37880, Aug. 21, 1992]

§ 117.361 Flint River.

The draws of the CSX Transportation Railroad bridges, miles 28.0 and 28.7, both at Bainbridge, shall open on signal if at least 15 days notice is given.

§ 117.363 Ocmulgee River.

The draws of each bridge shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

§ 117.371 Savannah River.

(a) The draw of the CSX Transportation Railroad Bridge, mile 27.4 near Hardeeville, South Carolina, shall open if at least a 24-hour advance notice is given. Openings can be arranged by contacting CSX Transportation at 1-800-232-0144.

(b) [Reserved]

(c) The draw of the Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 195.4 near Augusta, shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given.

[CGD7-84-21, 49 FR 43955, Nov. 1, 1984, as amended by CGD7-84-01, 50 FR 25073, June 17, 1985; CGD7-87-45, 53 FR 4394, Feb. 16, 1988; CGD7-90-08, 56 FR 16008, Apr. 19, 1991; USCG-2021-0012, 86 FR 27520, May 21, 2021; USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3035, Jan. 26, 2026; USCG-2026-1095, 91 FR 56779, Sept. 4, 2026]

§ 117.373 St. Marys River.

See § 117.329, St. Marys River, listed under Florida.

[CGD 92-015, 57 FR 37880, Aug. 21, 1992]

§ 117.381 Clearwater River.

The draws of the Camas Prairie railroad bridge, mile 0.6 at Lewiston, shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given to the Camas Prairie Railroad in Lewiston.

[CGD 82--025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2000-7223, 65 FR 40056, June 29, 2000]

§ 117.383 Pend Oreille River.

The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 111.3 near Sand-point, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.385 Snake River.

The drawspan of the U.S. 12 bridge, mile 140.0, between Lewiston, Idaho, and Clarkston, Washington, operates as follows:

(a) The draw need not open for the passage of vessels except at these hours:

(1) From March 15 through November 15 at 6 a.m., 10 a.m., 3 p.m., 7 p.m., and 9 p.m.

(2) From November 16 through March 14 at 9 a.m., 10 a.m., 2 p.m., and 3 p.m.

(b) Requests for openings shall be given to the Washington State Department of Transportation.

(1) Monday through Thursday of every week, except holidays, the draw shall open if at least two hours notice is given.

(2) Friday through Sunday of every week, except holidays, the draw shall open if notice is given by 5 p.m. of the preceding Wednesday.

(3) The draw shall open on holidays if notice is given by 5 p.m. two workdays, excluding Friday, preceding the holiday.

(4) The draw shall open at any time for the passage of vessels engaged in an emergency.

[CGD13-92-01, 57 FR 38608, Aug. 26, 1992]

§ 117.391 Chicago River.

The draws of the bridges operated by the City of Chicago over the Main Branch of Chicago River, the bridges on the North Branch of Chicago River from the Main Branch to North Halsted Street, mile 2.65, and bridges on the South Branch of Chicago River from the Main Branch to South Ashland Avenue, mile 4.47, shall operate as follows:

(a) For commercial vessels, all bridges shall open on signal if at least 12-hours advance notice is provided to the Chicago City Bridge Desk prior to the intended time of passage; except that, from Monday through Friday between the hours of 7 a.m. and 9:30 a.m., and between the hours of 4 p.m. and 6:30 p.m., except for Federal holidays, the draws need not open for the passage of vessels.

(b) For recreational vessels:

(1) From April 1 through November 30—

(i) The draws shall be scheduled to open, before 1 p.m., twice on Saturdays and twice on Sundays if requests for passage have been received at least 20 hours in advance. If the bridges have been authorized to remain closed for portions of a Saturday or Sunday to accommodate special events, openings shall be scheduled after 1 p.m. as necessary to provide two openings per day.

(ii) The draws shall open on Monday and Friday, after 6:30 p.m. Each opening requires notice that has been given at least 6 hours in advance of a vessel's requested time of passage.

(iii) The draws shall open on Wednesdays at 10 a.m., or as soon thereafter as practical, if a request for passage has been given at least 20 hours in advance.

(iv) The draws shall open at times in addition to those listed in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iii) of this section, after notice has been given at least 20 hours in advance requesting passage for a flotilla of at least five vessels. However, the bridges need not open Monday through Friday from 7 a.m. to 9:30 a.m., and 4 p.m. to 6:30 p.m., except for Federal holidays.

(2) From December 1 through March 31, the draws shall open on signal if at least 48 hours notice is given. However, the bridges need not open Monday through Friday from 7 a.m. to 9:30 a.m., and 4 p.m. to 6:30 p.m., except for Federal holidays.

(c) The following bridges need not be opened for the passage of vessels: The draws of South Damen Avenue, mile 6.14, over South Branch of Chicago River; all highway drawbridges between South Western Avenue, mile 6.7, and Willow Springs Road, mile 19.4, over Chicago Sanitary and Ship Canal; North Halsted Street, mile 2.85, and Division Street, mile 2.99, over North Branch Canal of Chicago River; and Division Street, mile 3.30, North Avenue, mile 3.81, Cortland Avenue, mile 4.48, Webster Avenue, mile 4.85, North Ashland Avenue, mile 4.90, and Union Pacific Railroad, mile 5.01, over North Branch of Chicago River.

(d) [Reserved]

(e) The Amtrak Bridge, mile 3.77, is authorized to operate remotely and open to the intermediate position on signal, unless a request for a full opening is received by the drawtender. The bridge is required to operate a marine radio.

[CGD09-95-023, 60 FR 52311, Oct. 6, 1995, as amended by CGD09-01-148, 67 FR 31729, May 10, 2002; USCG-2019-0366, 84 FR 29804, June 25, 2019; USCG-2020-0034, 86 FR 43915, Aug. 11, 2021; USCG-2022-0989, 88 FR 36243, June 2, 2023]

§ 117.393 Illinois Waterway.

(a) The draw of the automated Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 88.8 at Beardstown, Illinois, operates as follows:

(1) The draw is normally maintained in the fully open position, displaying a green light to indicate that vessels may pass.

(2) When a vessel is approaching and the draw is in the open position, contact shall be established by radiotelephone with the remote operator to assure that the draw remains open until passage is complete.

(3) When a vessel is approaching and the draw is in the closed position, contact shall be established by radiotelephone with the remote operator. If the draw cannot be opened immediately, alternate flashing red lights are displayed. If the draw can be opened immediately, flashing amber lights are displayed.

(4) When a train approaches the bridge and the draw is in the open position, the operator shall activate alternate flashing red lights on top of the draw, sound four short blasts, and scan the river on radar to determine whether any vessel is approaching the bridge. The remote operator shall also broadcast that the draw is closing. If a vessel or vessels are approaching the bridge within one mile, as determined by radar scanning, response to radio broadcast, or electronic detector, the flashing red lights shall be changed to flashing amber and the operator shall keep the draw in the fully open position until the vessel or vessels have cleared the bridge. If no vessel is approaching the bridge or is beneath the draw, the draw may be lowered and locked in place.

(5) After the train has cleared the bridge, the draw shall be raised to its full height and locked in place, the red flashing lights stopped, and the draw lights changed from red to green.

(b) The draw of the Chessie Railroad Bridge, mile 254.1, at Seneca, Illinois, operates as follows:

(1) The draw is normally maintained in the fully open position, displaying green mid-channel lights to indicate the span is fully open.

(2) When a train approaches the bridge and the draw is in the open position, the train will stop, train operator shall walk out on the bridge and scan the river for approaching vessels.

(3) If a vessel is approaching the bridge, the draw will remain open. The vessel shall contact the train operator on VHF-FM channel 16 and the train operator shall keep the draw in the fully open position until the vessel has cleared the bridge.

(4) If no vessels are observed, the train operator initiates a five minute warning period on VHF-FM radio channel 16 before closing the bridge. The train operator will broadcast the following message: “The Chessie Railroad Bridge at Mile 254.1, Illinois River, will close to navigation in five minutes.” The announcement is repeated every minute counting down the time remaining until closure.

(5) At the end of the five minute warning period, and if no vessels are approaching the bridge, the train operator shall sound the siren for 10 seconds, activate the alternate flashing red lights on top of the draw, then lower and lock the draw in place. Red lights shall continue to flash to indicate the draw is closed to navigation.

(6) After the train has cleared the bridge, the draw shall be raised to its full height and locked in place, the red flashing lights stopped, and the draw lights changed from red to green.

(c) The draws of the McDonough Street Bridge, mile 287.3; Jefferson Street bridge, mile 287.9; Cass Street bridge, mile 288.1; Jackson Street bridge, mile 288.4; and Ruby Street bridge, mile 288.7; all of Joliet, shall open on signal, except that they need not open from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4:15 p.m. to 5:15 p.m. Monday through Saturday.

(d) The drawspan of the Elgin, Joliet and Eastern Railway bridge, mile 290.1 at Lockport, Illinois, is operated by remote operator located at the Elgin, Joliet & Eastern offices in Homewood, Illinois as follows:

(1) The drawspan is normally maintained in the fully open to navigation position displaying green center span navigation lights to indicate that the drawspan is fully open.

(2) The bridge is equipped with the following:

(i) A radiotelephone link direct to the remote operator;

(ii) A radar antenna on top of the drawspan capable of scanning the river, one mile upstream and one mile downstream;

(iii) Infrared boat detectors under the drawspan, to allow the remote bridge operator to detect vessels under the drawspan;

(iv) Electronic motion detectors under the drawspan to allow the remote bridge operator to detect vessel movement under the drawspan;

(v) A siren for sound signals; and

(vi) Red and green center span navigation lights.

(3) The remote bridge operator shall maintain a 24 hour VHF marine radio watch for mariners to establish contact as they approach the bridge to ensure that the drawspan is open or that it remains open until passage of river traffic is complete.

(4) When rail traffic approaches the bridge, and the drawspan is in the open position, the remote bridge operator initiates a one minute warning period before closing the drawspan. During this warning period, the remote operator shall broadcast at least twice, via marine radio, that: “The drawspan of the EJ&E Railroad bridge will be lowered in one minute.” A siren on the bridge sounds for 20 seconds, to warn anyone on or under the bridge that the drawspan will be lowered.

(5) If a vessel is approaching the bridge upbound or, departing the Lockport Lock and Dam at mile 291.1, downbound, with intentions of passing through the drawspan, they shall respond to the remote bridge operators' marine radio broadcast, or initiate radio contact, indicating their proximity to the bridge and requesting an opening of the drawspan or that the drawspan remain open until the vessel passes. If any approaching vessel is detected or if a radiotelephone response is received, the remote operator shall not close the drawspan until the vessel or vessels have cleared the bridge.

(6) At the end of the one minute warning period, if no river traffic is approaching or under the drawspan, the remote bridge operator may begin lowering the drawspan. Navigation lights located at the center of the drawspan change from green to red when the drawspan is not in the fully open to navigation position. The drawspan takes approximately 90 seconds to lower.

(7) If the presence of a vessel or other obstruction is discovered approaching or under the drawspan, during the lowering sequence, before the drawspan is fully lowered and locked, the drawspan shall be stopped and raised to the fully open position. When the vessel or obstruction has cleared the drawspan, the remote operator shall confirm that the channel is clear and reinitiate the one minute warning cycle before lowering the drawspan.

(8) If no marine traffic is present the drawspan may be lowered and seated. When the drawspan is lowered and locked in the closed to navigation position, the remote bridge operator periodically broadcasts, via marine radio, that: “The drawspan of the EJ&E Railroad bridge is closed to navigation.”

(9) Failure of the radar system, radio telephone system, infrared boat detectors or electronic motion sensors shall prevent lowering the drawspan from the remote location.

(10) when rail traffic has cleared the bridge, the remote bridge operator shall raise the drawspan to the fully open to navigation position. When the drawspan is raised and in the fully open to navigation position, the remote bridge operator broadcasts, at least twice, via marine radio, that: “The drawspan of the EJ&E Railroad bridge is open to navigation.” The center drawspan navigation lights change from red to green when the drawspan is fully open to navigation.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD02 93-036, 59 FR 33677, June 30, 1994; USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998; USCG-1999-5832, 64 FR 34712, June 29, 1999; CGD08-99-014, 64 FR 61520, Nov. 12, 1999; CGD08-06-013, 72 FR 19668, Apr. 19, 2007; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013]

§ 117.397 Wabash River.

The draws of the bridges across the Wabash River need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[USCG-2008-0100, 73 FR 76219, Dec. 16, 2008]

§ 117.400 Indiana Harbor Canal.

(a) Elgin, Joliet, and Eastern Railroad Bridge, 0.68, over the Indiana Harbor Canal need not have a drawtender in continued attendance at the bridge. Ten minutes before the bridge is lowered for train traffic a crewmember from the train will initiate a SECURITE call on VHF-FM Marine Channel 16 that the bridge will be lowering for train traffic and invite any concerned mariners to contact the crewmember on VHF-FM Marine Channel 12. The crewmember will also visually monitor for vessel traffic and listen for the standard bridge opening signal of one prolonged blast and one short blast from vessels already transiting the waterway. After the ten minute warning, another SECURITE shall be made on VHF-FM Marine Channel 16 that the bridge will be lowering for rail traffic, five minutes before lowering. Once the draw tender is satisfied that it is safe, the bridge will be lowered for rail traffic. Once the rail traffic has cleared the bridge, the bridge shall be raised and locked in the fully open to navigation position.

(b) Elgin, Joliet, and Eastern Railroad Bridge, mile 1.89, over the Indiana Harbor Canal need not have a drawtender in continued attendance at the bridge. Ten minutes before the bridge is lowered for train traffic a crewmember from the train will initiate a SECURITE call on VHF-FM Marine Channel 16 that the bridge will be lowering for train traffic and invite any concerned mariners to contact the crewmember on VHF-FM Marine Channel 12. The crewmember will also visually monitor for vessel traffic and listen for the standard bridge opening signal of one prolonged blast and one short blast from vessels already transiting the waterway. After the ten minute warning, another SECURITE shall be made on VHF-FM Marine Channel 16 that the bridge will be lowering for rail traffic, five minutes before lowering. Once the crewmember is satisfied that it is safe, the bridge will be lowered for rail traffic. Once the rail traffic has cleared the bridge, the bridge shall be raised and locked in the fully open to navigation position.

(c) The Indianapolis Boulevard Bridge, mile 2.59, at East Chicago, shall open on signal if at least twelve hours' notice is given.

[USCG-2020-0235, 86 FR 18446, Apr. 9, 2021, as amended by USCG-2021-0332, 86 FR 64819, Nov. 19, 2021]

§ 117.401 Trail Creek.

(a) The draw of the Franklin Street bridge, mile 0.5 at Michigan City, shall be operated as follows:

(1) From March 16 through November 30, the draw shall open on signal; except from 6:15 a.m. to 11:15 p.m., Monday through Sunday, the draw need open only from three minutes before to three minutes after the quarter-hour and three-quarter hour.

(2) From December 1 through March 15, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12-hours advance notice is provided prior to intended time of passage.

(b) The draw of the Amtrak Railroad Bridge, mile 0.9, at Michigan City shall open on signal, except from December 1 through March 15 the draw shall open if at least 12-hours advance notice is given. The bridge is authorized to be operated remotely. The bridge shall operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio.

(c) Public vessels of the United States, state or local vessels used for public safety, vessels in distress, and vessels seeking shelter from severe weather shall be passed through the draws of each bridge as soon as possible.

[CGD09-01-001, 66 FR 27867, May 21, 2001, as amended by USCG-2022-0303, 88 FR 28991, May 5, 2023]

§ 117.403 Wabash River.

See § 117.397, Wabash River, listed under Illinois.

[CGD 92-015, 57 FR 37880, Aug. 21, 1992]

§ 117.407 Missouri River.

See § 117.691, Missouri River listed under Nebraska.

[CGD08-06-002, 71 FR 66874, Nov. 17, 2006]

§ 117.411 Missouri River.

(a) The draws of the bridges across the Missouri River shall open on signal; except during the winter season between the date of closure and the date of opening of the commercial navigation season as published by the Army Corps of Engineers, the draw need not open unless at least 24 hours advance notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Atchison Railroad Bridge, Mile 422.5, Missouri River need not open unless a two-hour advance notice is given during the commercial navigation season.

[USCG-2014-0358, 80 FR 81181, Dec. 29, 2015]

§ 117.415 Green River.

(a) The draw of the CSX Transportation railroad bridge, Mile 8.3 at Spottsville, shall open on signal when there is 40 feet or less of vertical clearance beneath the draw. When vertical clearance is more than 40 feet, at least four hours notice shall be given. The owners of, or agencies controlling, the bridge shall arrange for ready telephone communication with the authorized representative at any time from the bridge or its immediate vicinity.

(b) The bascule span of the Paducah and Louisville Railroad Bridge, Mile 94.8 at Rockport, is maintained in the closed position and is remotely operated. Bridge clearance in the closed position in 41.3 feet at pool stage. Vessels requiring more clearance for passage must contact the remote bridge operator by radio telephone to request opening. The bridge operator will confirm by radiotelephone whether the bridge can be opened safely and promptly. If rail traffic is on or approaching the bridge, the bridge operator will advise the vessel that the bridge cannot be opened, and provide an approximate time when the bridge can be opened safely. Continuous radio contact between the bridge operator and the vessel shall be maintained until the vessel has transited and cleared the bridge.

[CGD2 88-01, 53 FR 23621, June 23, 1988, as amended by CGD2-91-04, 56 FR 16009, Apr. 19, 1991; CGD2-91-07, 57 FR 2841, Jan. 24, 1992; USCG-2013-0041, 78 FR 21841, Apr. 12, 2013]

§ 117.417 Ohio River.

The draw of the Southern Railway railroad bridge, mile 607.4 at New Albany, Indiana, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37381, Sept. 24, 1984]

§ 117.422 Amite River.

(a) The draw of the S22 bridge, mile 6.0 at Clio, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(b) The draws of the S16 bridge, mile 21.4 near French Settlement, and the S42 bridge, mile 32.0 at Port Vincent, shall open on signal if at least 48 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, as amended by CGD 08-84-04, 49 FR 48924, Dec. 17, 1984. Redesignated by CGD8-88-05, 53 FR 27681, July 22, 1988]

§ 117.423 Atchafalaya River.

The draw of the Kansas City Southern Railway bridge, mile 133.1 (mile 5.0 on N.O.S. Chart) above the mouth of the waterway, at Simmesport, shall open on signal if at least three hours advance notice is given.

[CGD8-88-05, 53 FR 27681, July 22, 1988]

§ 117.424 Belle River.

The draw of the SR70 bridge, mile 23.8 near Belle River, shall open on signal; except that, from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given, and from June 1 through August 31 the draw shall open on signal on the hour from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. The bridge shall open anytime at the direction of the District Commander.

[USCG-2018-0955, 85 FR 56517, Sept. 14, 2020]

§ 117.425 Black Bayou.

The draws of the Terrebonne Parish Police Jury bridges, miles 7.5, 15.0, 18.7 and 22.5, between Gibson and Houma, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given. The draw of the US182 bridge, mile 7.0 near Gibson, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD8-87-12, 53 FR 5974, Feb. 29, 1988, as amended by USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013]

§ 117.429 Boeuf Bayou.

The draw of the S307 bridge, mile 1.3 at Kraemer, shall open on signal; except that, from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

§ 117.433 Bonfouca Bayou.

The draw of the S433 Bridge, mile 7.0, at Slidell, shall open on signal, except that from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m. from November 1 through February 28 or February 29, the draw shall open on signal if at least two hours, notice is given. From March 1 through October 30, from 9 p.m. to 7 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least two hours, notice is given. On Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, throughout the year, the draw need not open for the passage of vessels from 7 a.m. to 8 a.m. and from 1:45 p.m. to 2:45 p.m.

[USCG-2009-0863, 76 FR 52569, Aug. 23, 2011]

§ 117.434 Caddo Lake.

The draw of the Kansas City Southern railroad bridge, mile 26.4 near Mooringsport, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD82-025, 49 FR 17452. Redesignated by CGD08-96-053, 64 FR 8722, Feb. 23, 1999]

§ 117.435 Carlin Bayou.

(a) The draw of the Louisiana and Delta Railroad (LDRR) Bridge, mile 6.4, at Delcambre, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall be maintained in the fully open position for navigation at all times, except during periods when it is closed for the passage of rail traffic.

(2) When a train approaches the bridge, it will stop and a crewmember from the train will observe the waterway for approaching vessels. If vessels are observed approaching the bridge, they will be allowed to pass prior to lowering the bridge. The crewmember will verify that the adjacent highway bridge is in the closed-to-navigation position prior to initiating the lowering sequence.

(3) After the train has completely passed over the bridge, the crewmember will initiate the raising sequence.

(4) To request openings of the bridge when the lift span is in the closed-to-navigation position, mariners may call the LDRR Signal Supervisor at 337-316-6015.

(b) The draw of the S14 bridge, mile 6.4 at Delcambre, shall open on signal; except that, from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. The draw shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on demand should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD8-88-19, 54 FR 16107, Apr. 21, 1989. Redesignated by CGD08-96-053, 64 FR 8722, Feb. 23, 1999; USCG-2012-0180, 77 FR 57021, Sept. 17, 2012]

§ 117.436 Chef Menteur Pass.

The draw of the U.S. Highway 90 bridge, mile 2.8, at Lake Catherine, shall open on signal; except that, from 5:30 a.m. to 7:30 a.m., Monday through Friday except Federal holidays, the draw need open only on the hour and on the half-hour for the passage of vessels. The draw shall open at any time for a vessel in distress.

[CGD08-01-005, 66 FR 11110, Feb. 22, 2001]

§ 117.438 Colyell Bayou.

The removable span of the Louisiana highway bridge, mile 1.0 near Port Vincent, shall be removed for the passage of vessels if at least 48 hours notice is given.

[ CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984. Redesignated by USCG-2014-1039, 80 FR 11550, Mar. 4, 2015]

§ 117.439 Company Canal.

(a) The draw of the LA1 bridge, mile 0.4 at Lockport, shall open on signal; except that, from 6 p.m. to 10 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. During the advance notice period, the draw shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on demand should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

(b) The draw of the S24 bridge, mile 8.1 at Bourg, shall open on signal; except that, from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. During the advance notice period, the draw shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on demand should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD 08-84-12, 50 FR 23306, June 3, 1985. Redesignated and amended by CGD8-85-10, 50 FR 38001, Sept. 19, 1985; USCG-2011-0257, 76 FR 31837, June 2, 2011. Redesignated by USCG-2014-1039, 80 FR 11550, Mar. 4, 2015]

§ 117.440 Des Allemands Bayou.

(a) The draw of the S631 bridge, mile 13.9 at Des Allemands, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad bridge, mile 14.0, shall open on signal Monday through Friday from 7 a.m. to 3 p.m. At all other times the draw shall open on signal if at least 4 hours notice is given.

[CGD08-93-028, 59 FR 14757, Mar. 30, 1994. Redesignated by USCG-2014-1039, 80 FR 11550, Mar. 4, 2015]

§ 117.441 D'Inde Bayou.

The draw of the Union Pacific railroad bridge, mile 4.3, shall open on signal if at least 72 hours notice is given to the Defense Plant Corporation, Cities Service Refining Corporation Agent.

§ 117.443 Du Large Bayou.

The draw of the Terrebonne Parish bridge, mile 23.2, near Theriot, shall open on signal; except that, from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

[CGD 08-84-07, 50 FR 24195, June 10, 1985]

§ 117.444 Falgout Canal.

The draw of the LA 315 bridge across Falgout Canal, mile 3.1, shall open on signal; except that from 15 August to 5 June, the draw need not be opened from 7 a.m. to 8 a.m. and from 3 p.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday except holidays. The draw shall open on signal at any time for an emergency aboard a vessel.

[CGD8-91-11, 56 FR 43872, Sept. 5, 1991]

§ 117.445 Franklin Canal.

The draw of the Chatsworth Bridge, mile 4.8 at Franklin, shall open on signal from 5 a.m. to 9 p.m. if at least one hour notice is given. From October 1 through January 31 from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall be opened on signal if at least three hours notice is given. From February 1 through September 30 from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

[USCG-2009-0670; 74 FR 66238, Dec. 15, 2009]

§ 117.449 Grosse Tete Bayou.

The removable span of the S377 Bridge, mile 15.3 near Rosedale, shall be opened for the passage of vessels if at least 48 hours notice is given.

[USCG-2012-0115, 77 FR 57494, Sept. 18, 2012]

§ 117.451 Gulf Intracoastal Waterway.

(a) The draw of the Lapalco Boulevard Bridge, Harvey Canal Route, mile 2.8 at Harvey, shall open on signal; except that, from 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 3:45 p.m. to 5:45 p.m. Monday through Friday except holidays, the draw need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

(b) The draw of the SR 23 bridge, Algiers Alternate Route, mile 3.8 at Belle Chasse, shall open on signal; except that, from 6 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 3:30 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

(c) The draw of the SR 315 (Bayou Dularge) bridge, mile 59.9 west of Harvey Lock, at Houma, shall open on signal; except that, the draw need not open for the passage of vessels Monday through Friday except Federal holidays from 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m., from 11:45 a.m. to 12:15 p.m., from 12:45 p.m. to 1:15 p.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m.

(d) The draw of the SR 319 (Louisa) bridge across the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway, mile 134.0 west of Harvey Lock, near Cypremort, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(e) The draw of the Louisiana highway bridge, mile 243.8 west of Harvey Canal Locks, shall open on signal when more than 50 feet vertical clearance is required, if at least four hours notice is given to the Louisiana Department of Highways, District Maintenance Engineer, at Lake Charles.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 117.451, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 117.453 Houma Canal.

The draw of the S3197 bridge, mile 1.7 at Houma, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

[CGD 08-84-06, 50 FR 1850, Jan. 14, 1985]

§ 117.455 Houma Navigation Canal.

The draw of SR 661 (Houma Nav Canal) bridge, mile 36.0, at Houma, shall open on signal; except that, the draw need not open for the passage of vessels Monday through Friday except Federal holidays from 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m., from 11:45 a.m. to 12:15 p.m., from 12:45 p.m. to 1:15 p.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m.

[CGD08-05-004, 70 FR 20469, Apr. 20, 2005]

§ 117.457 Houston River.

The draw of the Kansas City Southern Railroad bridge, mile 5.2 near Lake Charles, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

§ 117.458 Inner Harbor Navigation Canal, New Orleans.

(a) The draws of the SR 46 (St. Claude Avenue) bridge, mile 0.5 (GIWW mile 6.2 East of Harvey Lock), the SR 39 (Judge Seeber/Claiborne Avenue) bridge, mile 0.9 (GIWW mile 6.7 East of Harvey Lock), and the Florida Avenue bridge, mile 1.7 (GIWW mile 7.5 East of Harvey Lock), shall open on signal; except that, from 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 3:30 p.m. to 5:45 p.m., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays, the draws need not open for the passage of vessels. The draws shall open at any time for a vessel in distress.

(b) The US 90 (Danzinger) Bridge, mile 3.1, shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given; except that the draw need not be opened from 7 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. Monday through Friday.

(c) The draw of the Senator Ted Hickey (Leon C. Simon Blvd./Seabrook) Bridge, mile 4.6, shall open on signal from 7 a.m. to 8 p.m.; except that the bridge need not open from 7 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. Monday through Friday. From 8 p.m. to 7 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given.

[CGD8-89-05, 54 FR 36305, Sept. 1, 1989, as amended by CGD08-01-002, 66 FR 27026, May 16, 2001; GCD08-03-030, 68 FR 69609, Dec. 15, 2003; USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 49411, Aug. 13, 2010; USCG-2013-0562, 79 FR 8269, Feb. 12, 2014]

§ 117.459 Kelso Bayou.

The draw of the S27 bridge mile 0.7 at Hackberry, shall operate as follows:

(a) From May 20, through October 31, the draw shall open on signal from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. From 7 p.m. to 7 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(b) From November 1 through December 22, the draw shall open on signal from 7 a.m. to 3 p.m. From 3 p.m. to 7 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(c) From December 23 through May 19, the draw shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD 08-94-028, 63 FR 40654, July 30, 1998]

§ 117.460 La Carpe Bayou.

The draw of the S661 bridge, mile 7.5, shall open on signal if at least four hours advance notice is given; except that, the draw need not be opened for the passage of vessels Monday through Friday except holidays from 7 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m.

[CGD8-90-05, 55 FR 33289, Aug. 15, 1990]

§ 117.461 Lacassine Bayou.

The draws of the S14 bridge, mile 17.0, and the Southern Pacific railroad bridge, mile 20.4, both near Hayes, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37381, Sept. 24, 1984]

§ 117.463 Lacombe Bayou.

(a) The draw of the US190 bridge, mile 6.8 at Lacombe, shall open on signal if at least 48 hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Tammany Trace bridge, mile 5.2 at Lacombe, shall open on signal if at least 2 hours notice is given.

[USCG-2018-0953, 85 FR 45094, July 27, 2020]

§ 117.465 Lafourche Bayou.

(a) The draws of the following bridges shall open on signal; except that, from August 1 through May 31, the draw need not open for the passage of vessels Monday through Friday except Federal holidays from 7 a.m. to 8:30 a.m.; from 2 p.m. to 4 p.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 5:30 p.m., unless otherwise indicated:

(1) SR 308 (Golden Meadow) Bridge, mile 23.9, at Golden Meadow

(2) Galliano Pontoon Bridge, mile 27.8, at Galliano

(3) SR 308 (South Lafourche (Tarpon)) Bridge, mile 30.6, at Galliano, need not open for the passage of vessels from August 1 through May 31, Monday through Friday except Federal holidays from 6:45 a.m. to 8:30 a.m.; from 2 p.m. to 4 p.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 5:30 p.m.

(4) Cote Blanche Pontoon Bridge, mile 33.9, at Cutoff

(5) Cutoff Vertical Lift Bridge, mile 36.3, at Cutoff

(6) LA 657 (Larose) Vertical Lift Bridge, mile 38.7, at Larose.

(b) The draw of the Valentine bridge, mile 44.7 at Valentine, shall open on signal; except that, from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours advance notification is given. During the advance notification period, the draw shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on demand should a temporary surge in water traffic occur.

(c) The draws of the S3220 bridge, mile 49.2 near Lockport, and the S655 bridge, mile 50.8 at Lockport, shall open on signal; except that, from 6 p.m. to 10 a.m. the draws shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. During the advance notice period, the draws shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on demand should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

(d) The draw of the State Route LA 654 bridge, mile 53.2 at Clotilda, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. During the advance notice period, the draw shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on demand should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

(e) The draws of the S3199 bridge, mile 58.2, and the Lafourche Parish bridge, mile 58.7, both at Raceland, shall open on signal if at least six hours notice is given.

(f) The draw of the S649 bridge, mile 66.6, shall open on signal if at least forty-eight hours notice is given.

(g) The draws of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 69.0 at Lafourche, and all bridges upstream of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 117.465, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 117.467 Lake Pontchartrain.

(a) The south draw of the S11 bridge near New Orleans shall open on signal if at least 48 hours notice is given. In case of emergency, the draw shall open within 12 hours and shall be kept in condition for immediate operation until the emergency is over.

(b) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge across Lake Pontchartrain, mile 4.80 near Slidell, St. Tammany Parish, Louisiana shall be maintained as follows:

(1) The draw shall be maintained in the fully open-to-navigation position for vessels at all times, except during periods when it is closed for the passage of rail traffic or to perform periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(2) The draw shall be remotely operated by the drawtender at Norfolk Southern's drawbridge in Decatur, Alabama. The estimated duration that the bridge will remain closed for the passage of rail traffic is 10 to 15 minutes per operation.

(3) When a train approaches the bridge, the drawtender will initiate the bridge closing warning signal, consisting of radio calls via VHF-FM-channels 13 and 16 and activation of flashing red warning lights at each end of the span. The radio calls will be broadcast at five (5) minutes prior to bridge closing and at two (2) minutes prior to bridge closing. Photoelectric (infrared) boat detectors will monitor the waterway beneath the bridge for the presence of vessels.

(4) The drawtender will continuously monitor waterway traffic in the area using closed-circuit cameras mounted on the bridge. The draw will only be closed if the drawtender's visual inspection indicates that the channel is clear and there are no vessels transiting in the area. The drawtender will maintain constant surveillance of the navigation channel to ensure that no conflict with maritime traffic exists. Additionally, the draw will not be closed if the S11 bascule bridge that is located immediately west of the railroad bridge is in the open-to-navigation position. If two or more closed-circuit cameras are inoperable or if there is inclement weather, the draw will only be operated by a drawtender located on site at the bridge.

(5) At the end of the two-minute warning period, if no vessels have been detected by the drawtender, the draw closing sequence will automatically proceed.

(6) Upon passage of the train, the draw will be returned to the fully open-to-navigation position to allow marine traffic to pass. The warning lights will continue to flash red until the draw has returned to the fully open-to-navigation position at which time they will deactivate.

(7) After the passage of each train, the draw must be returned to its fully open-to-navigation position.

(8) To request openings of the draw when the bascule span is in the closed-to-navigation position, mariners may contact Norfolk Southern Railway via VHF-FM channel 13 or by telephone at the number displayed on the signs posted at the bridge.

(9) The draw will be operated locally if:

(i) Communication is lost between the drawbridge and the drawtender in Decatur, Alabama;

(ii) More than two closed-circuit cameras are not working;

(iii) The marine radio is inoperable;

(iv) Weather conditions warrant; or

(v) Ordered by the Coast Guard.

(c) The draw of the Greater New Orleans Expressway Commission Causeway shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given; except that, the draw need not be opened for the passage of vessels Monday through Friday except Federal holidays from 5:30 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. and from 3 p.m. until 7 p.m. The draw will open on signal for any vessel in distress or vessel waiting immediately following the closures listed above.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD8-90-02, 55 FR 13522, Apr. 11, 1990; CGD08-01-022, 66 FR 56208, Nov. 7, 2001; USCG-2015-0814, 80 FR 81183, Dec. 29, 2015]

§ 117.469 Liberty Bayou.

The draw of the S433 Bridge, mile 2.0, at Slidell, shall open on signal, except that between 7 p.m. to 7 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given.

[USCG-2007-0078, 73 FR 12886, Mar. 11, 2008]

§ 117.475 Little (Petit) Caillou Bayou.

(a) The draws of the S58 bridge, mile 25.7 at Sarah, and the Terrebonne Parish (Smithridge) bridge, mile 26.6 near Montegut, shall open on signal; except that, from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draws shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

(b) The draws of the Terrebonne Parish (DuPlantis) bridge, mile 29.9 near Bourg, and the S24 bridge, mile 33.7 at Presquille, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. The draws shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency, and shall open on signal should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD8-86-02, 51 FR 31113, Sept. 2, 1986]

§ 117.477 Lower Atchafalaya River.

The draw of the St. Mary Parish bridge, mile 26.8 at Patterson, shall open on signal from 5 a.m. to 9 p.m. From October 1 through January 31 from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given. From February 1 through September 30 from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37381, Sept. 24, 1984]

§ 117.478 Lower Grand River.

(a) The draw of the LA 75 bridge, mile 38.4 (Alternate Route) at Bayou Sorrel, shall open on signal; except that from about August 15 to about June 5 (the school year), the draw need not be opened from 6 a.m. to 8 a.m. and from 3 p.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday except holidays. The draw shall open on signal at any time for an emergency aboard a vessel.

(b) The draw of the LA 77 bridge, mile 47.0 (Alternate Route) at Grosse Tete, shall open on signal; except that, from about August 15 to about June 5 (the school year), the draw need not be opened from 6 a.m. to 8 a.m. and from 2:30 p.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday except Federal holidays. The draw shall open on signal at any time for an emergency aboard a vessel.

(c) The draw of the S997 bridge, mile 41.5 (Landside Route) at Pigeon, shall open on signal; except that, from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. During the advanced notice period, the draw shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on demand should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD8-92-16, 57 FR 57962, Dec. 8, 1992, as amended by CGD08-93-024, 59 FR 14756, Mar. 30, 1994; CGD08-96-003, 61 FR 49064, Sept. 18, 1996; USCG-2009-0686, 75 FR 16009, Mar. 31, 2010]

§ 117.480 Mermentau River.

The draw of the S82 bridge, mile 7.1 at Grand Chenier, shall open on signal; except that, from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least 4 hours notice is given. During the advance notice period, the draw will open on less than 4 hours notice for an emergency and will open on demand should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD8-94-027, 60 FR 14221, Mar. 16, 1995]

§ 117.481 Milhomme Bayou.

The draw of the Stephensville Bridge, mile 12.2 (Landside Route) at Stephensville shall open on signal if at least one hour of advance notice is given. During the advance notice period, the draw shall open on less than one hour notice for an emergency, and shall open on demand should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[73 FR 43, Jan. 2, 2008]

§ 117.484 Pass Manchac.

The draw of the Canadian National/Illinois Central Railroad automated bridge, mile 6.7, at Manchac, operates as follows:

(a) The draw is not constantly manned and the bridge will normally be maintained in the open position, providing 56 feet vertical clearance above mean high tide to the raised tip of the bascule span for one-half the channel, and unlimited vertical clearance for the other half.

(b) Railroad track circuits will detect an approaching train and initiate bridge closing warning broadcasts over marine radio and over the Public Address (PA) system six (6) minutes in advance of the train's arrival. Navigation channel warning lights will be lit, and photoelectric (infrared) boat detectors will monitor the waterway beneath the bridge for the presence of vessels. The waterway approaches to the bridge will be monitored by closed circuit TV (CCTV) cameras.

(c) Activation of the warning broadcasts also activates a marine radio monitor in the Mays Yard (New Orleans switch yard). The yardmaster will continuously monitor marine radio broadcasts on the normal and emergency marine radio channels throughout the warning period and at all times the bridge is closed. The yardmaster will communicate with waterway users via the marine radio, if necessary.

(d) At the end of warning period, if no vessels have been detected by the boat detectors, and no interruptions have been performed by the yardmaster based on his monitoring of the marine radio and the CCTV, the bridge lowering sequence will automatically proceed.

(e) Upon passage of the train, the bridge will automatically open. Railroad track circuits will initiate the automatic bridge opening and closing sequences. (Estimated duration that the bridge will remain closed for passage of rail traffic is 10 to 12 minutes.) The bridge will also be manually operable from two locked trackside control locations (key releases) on the approach spans, one on each side of the movable span.

(f) The yardmaster will be provided with a remote EMERGENCY STOP button which, if pressed, will stop the bridge operation, interrupt the lowering sequence, and immediately return the bridge to the open position. The yardmaster will utilize this control feature in the event a vessel operator issues an urgent radio call to keep the waterway open for immediate passage of the vessel.

[CGD08-93-023, 59 FR 14755, Mar. 30, 1994; 59 FR 23158, May 5, 1994, as amended by USCG-2000-7223, 65 FR 40056, June 29, 2000]

§ 117.486 Pearl River.

(a) The draw of the CSX Transportation railroad bridge, mile 1.0 near English Lookout, shall open on signal; except that, from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the US 90 highway bridge, mile 8.8 near Pearlington, shall open on signal; except that, from 7 p.m. to 7 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

[CGD8-92-09, 57 FR 34868, Aug. 7, 1992, as amended by USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998. Redesignated by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.487 Pierre Pass.

The draw of the S70 bridge, mile 1.0 at Pierre Part, shall open on signal; except that, from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. During the advance notice period, the draw shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on demand should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD 08-84-07, 50 FR 24195, June 10, 1985. Redesignated by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.488 Plaquemine Bayou.

(a) The draw of the S3066 (Spur) bridge, mile 6.5 at Indian Village, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(b) The draws of the Union Pacific railroad bridge, mile 10.5 at Plaquemine, and the S1 bridge, mile 10.5 at Plaquemine, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 08-84-01; 49 FR 28405, July 12, 1984. Redesignated by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.489 Plaquemine Brule Bayou.

The draw of the S91 bridge, mile 8.0 at Estherwood, shall open on signal from 5 a.m. to 9 p.m. if at least four hours notice is given. From 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

[USCG-2008-0850, 73 FR 51362, Sept. 3, 2008]

§ 117.491 Red River.

(a) The draw of the Union Pacific Railroad bridge, mile 90.1, at Alexandria, shall open on signal if at least eight hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the US 165 (Jackson St.) bridge, mile 88.6, at Alexandria, shall open on signal if at least eight hours notice is given; except that, from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. the draw need not be opened Monday through Friday except holidays.

(c) The draws of the bridges above mile 105.8 through mile 234.4 need not open for passage of vessels. The owner or agency controlling the bridge must restore the draw to full operation within three months if notified by the District Commander that the needs of navigation require resumed operation of the spans.

(d) When a vessel which has given notice fails to arrive at the time specified in the notice, the drawtender shall remain on duty for up to two additional hours to open the draw if that vessel appears. After that time, a new notice of the appropriate length of time is required.

[CGD08-94-026, 60 FR 7123, Feb. 7, 1995, as amended by CGD08-95-024, 61 FR 4886, Feb. 9, 1996; CGD08-96-025, 61 FR 39873, July 31, 1996; CGD8-97-037, 62 FR 52502, Oct. 8, 1997; CGD08-00-020, 65 FR 52022, Aug. 28, 2000; USCG-2017-0911, 84 FR 26766, June 10, 2019; USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3035, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.493 Sabine River.

The draw of the Union Pacific railroad bridge, mile 19.3 near Echo shall open on signal if at least 14 days' notice is given.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3035, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.494 Schooner Bayou Canal.

The draw of the S82 bridge, mile 4.0 from White Lake at Little Prairie Ridge, shall open on signal; except that, from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. The draw shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on signal should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD 8-85-11, 50 FR 37175, Sept. 12, 1985]

§ 117.497 Stumpy Bayou.

The removable span of the Louisiana highway bridge, mile 1.0 near Weeks Island, shall be removed for the passage of vessels if at least six days notice is given.

§ 117.500 Tchefuncta River.

The draw of the SR 22 Bridge, mile 2.5, at Madisonville, LA shall operate according to the following schedule. On Monday through Friday the draw will operate as follows: From 6 p.m. to 5:59 a.m. the draw will open on signal; from 6 a.m. to 7:59 a.m. the draw need not open; from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. the draw will open on signal on the hour; from 4:01 p.m. to 6 p.m. the draw need not open. On Saturday and Sunday the draw will operate as follows: From 6 p.m. to 6 a.m. the draw will open on signal; from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. the draw will open on signal on the hour.

[USCG-2016-0963, 87 FR 12861, Mar. 8, 2022]

§ 117.501 Teche Bayou.

(a) The draws of the following bridges shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given:

(1) St. Mary Parish bridge, mile 3.9 at Calumet.

(2) St. Mary Parish bridge, mile 11.8 at Centerville.

(3) S3069 bridge, mile 16.3 at Franklin.

(4) S322 bridge, mile 17.2 at Franklin.

(5) S323 bridge, mile 22.3 at Oaklawn.

(6) St. Mary Parish bridge, mile 27.0 at Baldwin.

(7) S324 bridge, mile 32.5 at Charenton.

(8) S670 bridge, mile 37.0 at Adeline.

(9) St. Mary Parish bridge, mile 38.9 at Sorrel.

(10) S671 bridge, mile 41.8 at Jeanerette.

(11) S3182 bridge, mile 43.5 at Jeanerette.

(12) LSU Agri bridge, mile 46.5 near Jeanerette (notice required for opening from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday except holidays).

(13) S320 bridge, mile 48.7 at Olivier.

(14) S3195 bridge, mile 50.4 at New Iberia.

(15) S87 Spur bridge, mile 52.5 at New Iberia.

(16) S86 bridge, mile 53.0 at New Iberia.

(17) S3156 bridge, mile 53.3 at New Iberia.

(18) S44 bridge, mile 56.7 at Morbihan.

(19) Iberia Parish bridge, mile 58.0 at New Iberia.

(20) Iberia Parish bridge, mile 60.7 at Vida.

(21) S344 bridge, mile 62.5 at Loreauville.

(22) S86 bridge, mile 69.0 at Daspit.

(23) S92 bridge, mile 73.3 at St. Martinville.

(b) The draws of the S96 bridge, mile 75.2 at St. Martinville, and the S350 bridge, mile 82.0 at Parks, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(c) The draw of the S31 bridge, mile 90.5, at Breaux Bridge shall open on signal if at least 48 hours notice is given.

(d) The draws of the bridges listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency during the advance notice period, and shall open on signal should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 08-83-04, 49 FR 35936, Sept. 13, 1984; CGD 8-85-16, 50 FR 50164, Dec. 9, 1985; CGD8-86-09, 52 FR 3225, Feb. 3, 1987; CGD8-89-12, 54 FR 53056, Dec. 27, 1989; CGD08-93-015, 58 FR 43264, Aug. 16, 1993; USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998; CGD08-03-032, 68 FR 55006, Sept. 22, 2003; USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3035, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.503 Tensas River.

The draw of the S15 bridge, mile 27.3 at Clayton shall open on signal if at least 48 hours notice is given.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3035, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.505 Terrebonne Bayou.

(a) The draw of the S58 bridge, mile 22.2 at Montegut, and the draw of the S55 bridge, mile 27.3 at Klondyke, shall open on signal; except that from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m. the draws shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the St. Ann bridge, mile 28.8 at Bourg, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(c) The draw of the S3087 bridge, mile 33.9 at Houma, shall open on signal; except that, from 5 p.m. to 9 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(d) The draws of the Howard Avenue bridge, mile 35.0, and the Daigleville bridge, mile 35.5, at Houma, shall open on signal; except that, the draws need not open for the passage of vessels Monday through Friday, except holidays from 7 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m. From 10 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draws shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(e) During advance notice periods, the draws of the bridges listed in this section shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on signal should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 08-84-09, 50 FR 7586, Feb. 25, 1985; CGD8-89-02, 54 FR 27642, June 30, 1989; CGD8-89-02, 54 FR 34769, Aug. 22, 1989; CGD8-93-03, 58 FR 29973, May 25, 1993; CGD08-01-003, 66 FR 52687, Oct. 17, 2001; CGD08-04-028, 69 FR 49813, Aug. 12, 2004; USCG-2013-1072, 79 FR 8273, Feb. 12, 2014]

§ 117.507 Tigre Bayou.

The draw of the S330 bridge, mile 2.3 near Delcambre, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. The draw shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on signal should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD 8-85-08, 50 FR 52774, Dec. 26, 1985]

§ 117.509 Vermilion River.

(a) The draw of the S82 bridge, mile 22.4 at Perry, shall open on signal; except that, from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(b) The draws of the following bridges shall open on signal; except that, from 6 p.m. to 10 a.m. the draws shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given:

(1) S14 bridge, mile 25.4 at Abbeville.

(2) S14 Bypass bridge, mile 26.0 at Abbeville.

(3) Vermilion Parish bridge, mile 34.2 near Milton.

(4) S92 bridge, mile 37.6 at Milton.

(c) The draws of the following bridge shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given:

(1) S733, mile 41.0 at Eloi Broussard.

(2) S3073 bridge, mile 44.9 at New Flanders.

(3) S182 bridge, mile 49.0 at Lafayette.

(d) During the advance notice periods, the draws of the bridges listed in this section shall open on less than four hours notice for an emergency and shall open on signal should a temporary surge in waterway traffic occur.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 08-83-05, 49 FR 31868, Aug. 9, 1984; CGD 8-85-13, 50 FR 40832, Oct. 7, 1985]

§ 117.511 West Pearl River.

The draw of the US 90 bridge, mile 7.9 near Pearlington, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

[USCG-2014-0197, 79 FR 33863, June 13, 2014]

§ 117.523 Back River.

The draw of the Barter's Island Bridge, mile 2.0, between Hodgdon and Barters Island at Boothbay, shall open on signal from June 1 through October 31; except that, from 5 p.m. to 8 a.m., the draw shall be opened on signal if notice was given to the drawtender from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. From November 1 through May 31 the draw shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given to the drawtender or to the Maine Department of Transportation at Augusta.

[USCG-2018-0874, 84 FR 30879, June 28, 2019]

§ 117.525 Kennebec River.

The draw of the Carlton Bridge, mile 14.0, between Bath and Woolwich shall operate as follows:

(a) From May 15 through September 30 the draw shall open on signal; except that, from 5 p.m. to 8 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if a two-hour notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(b) From October 1 through May14 the draw shall open on signal; except that, from 5 p.m. to 8 a.m., the draw shall open on signal after a twenty-four hours notice is given from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., on Saturday and Sunday, after an eight-hour notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[USCG-2016-0344, 81 FR 36167, June 6, 2016]

§ 117.531 Piscataqua River.

(a) The following requirements apply to all bridges across the Piscataqua River:

(1) Public vessels of the United States, commercial vessels over 100 gross tons, inbound ferry service vessels and inbound commercial fishing vessels must be passed through the drawspan of each drawbridge as soon as possible. The opening signal from these vessels is four or more short blasts of a whistle, horn or a radio request.

(2) The owners of these bridges shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than 18 inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(3) Trains and locomotives shall be controlled so that any delay in opening the draw shall not exceed five minutes. However, if a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, that train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before stopping.

(4) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (c) of this section the draws shall open on signal.

(b) The draw of the Memorial (US 1) bridge, mile 1.9, shall open on signal; except that from 15 May through 31 October, from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m., the draw need be opened only on the hour and half hour for recreational vessels and commercial vessels less than 100 gross tons except as provided in (a)(1).

(c) The draw of the Sarah M. Long (Route 1 Bypass) bridge, mile 2.5, shall open as follows:

(1) The main ship channel draw shall open on signal; except that from 15 May through 31 October, from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m., the draw need be opened only at quarter of and quarter after the hour for recreational vessels and commercial vessels less than 100 gross tons except as provided in (a)(1).

(2) [Reserved]

[CGD1-89-111, 55 FR 13275, Apr. 10, 1990, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38433, July 7, 2014; USCG-2018-0443, 83 FR 30039, June 27, 2018]

§ 117.533 Sheepscot River.

The draw of the Maine Central Railroad Bridge, mile 15.0, between Wiscasset and North Edgecombe, Maine, need not be opened for the passage of vessels. The draw of the Maine Central Railroad Bridge shall be returned to operable condition within six months after notification by the District Commander to do so.

[CGD01-97-128, 63 FR 18323, Apr. 15, 1998]

§ 117.537 Townsend Gut.

The draw of the Southport (SR27) Bridge, at mile 0.7, across Townsend Gut between Boothbay Harbor and Southport, Maine shall open on signal; except that, from April 29 through September 30, between 6 a.m. and 6 p.m., the draw shall open on signal on the hour and half hour only, after an opening request is given.

[CGD01-06-019, 71 FR 47098, Aug. 16, 2006]

§ 117.543 Bear Creek.

(a) The draw of the Peninsula Parkway Bridge, mile 2.1, between Dundalk and Sparrows Point, shall open on signal; except that, from April 16 through November 15 from 12 midnight to 8 a.m. except Saturdays and Sundays, and Federal and State holidays, at least one half hour notice is required.

(b) The draw of the Baltimore County highway bridge, mile 3.4 at Wise Avenue between Dundalk and Sparrows Point, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2011-0816, 76 FR 65120, Oct. 20, 2011]

§ 117.547 Bush River.

The draw of the Amtrak Bridge, mile 6.8 at Perryman, shall operate as follows:

(a) Shall open twice a day from May 1 through October 31, on Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays that fall on a Friday or a Monday, when a proper request has been received.

(b) Request for an opening is given to the Amtrak Assistant Division Engineer at 410-642-1588 and or email at BridgeOpeningRequest@Amtrak.com by an authorized representative of the Bush River Yacht Club no later than noon on the Friday just preceding the day of opening or, if that Friday is a Federal holiday, no later than noon on the preceding Thursday.

(c) Amtrak determines the times for openings and shall schedule the times:

(1) During daylight hours, six to ten hours apart; and

(2) One opening before noon and one after noon.

(3) In emergent situations after notification is given to the numbers indicated in paragraph (b) of this section it can take up to six hours for the bridge to open.

(d) Amtrak shall notify a representative of the Bush River Yacht Club of the times of all openings for the weekend (or extended weekend) in question no later than 6 p.m., on the Friday just preceding the weekend or, if that Friday is a Federal holiday, no later than 6 p.m., on the preceding Thursday.

(e) Each opening shall be of sufficient duration to pass waiting vessels.

(f) At all other times the draw need not open for the passage of vessels.

[USCG-2013-0972, 79 FR 30728, May 29, 2014]

§ 117.549 Cambridge Harbor.

The draw of the S342 bridge, mile 0.1 at Cambridge, shall open on signal from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m.; except that, from 12 noon to 1 p.m. Monday through Friday, the draw need not be opened. The draw need not be opened from 8 p.m. to 6 a.m.

§ 117.551 Chester River.

The draw of the S213 Bridge, mile 26.8, at Chestertown, shall open on signal if at least six hours notice is given.

[USCG-2009-0796, 75 FR 10174, Mar. 5, 2010]

§ 117.553 Choptank River.

(a) The draw of the Maryland 331 bridge, mile 35.3, at Dover, shall open on signal from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m., year-round, and the draw shall remain closed from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m., year-round, unless 24 hours advance notice is given by calling (301) 820-8592 or (301) 745-2096.

(b) The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 50.9 at Denton, shall open on signal from May 30 through September 30 from sunrise to sunset and at all other times if at least four hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD5-90-059, 55 FR 35622, Aug. 31, 1990]

§ 117.557 Curtis Creek.

The draw of the I695 bridge, mile 1.0 at Baltimore, shall open on signal if at least a one-hour notice is given to the Maryland Transportation Authority in Baltimore.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 49411, Aug. 13, 2010]

§ 117.559 Isle of Wight (Sinepuxent) Bay.

The draw of the US 50 Bridge, mile 0.5, at Ocean City, shall open on signal, except:

(a) From October 1 through April 30, from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draw shall open if notice has been given to the bridge tender before 6 p.m.

(b) From May 25 through September 15, from 9:25 a.m. to 9:55 p.m., the draw shall open at 25 minutes after and 55 minutes after the hour for a maximum of five minutes to let accumulated vessels pass, except that on Saturdays, from 1 p.m. to 5 p.m., the draw shall open on the hour for all waiting vessels and shall remain in the open position until all waiting vessels pass.

(c) On July 4, the draw need not open from 10 p.m. until 11 p.m. to accommodate the annual July 4th fireworks show. Should inclement weather prevent the fireworks event from taking place as planned, the draw need not open from 10 p.m. until 11 p.m. on July 5th to accommodate the annual July 4th fireworks show.

[USCG-2010-0612, 76 FR 23187, Apr. 26, 2011, as amended by USCG-2011-0697, 76 FR 70348, Nov. 14, 2011; USCG-2013-1021, 79 FR 35683, June 24, 2014]

§ 117.561 Kent Island Narrows.

The draw of the U.S. Route 50/301 bridge, mile 1.0, Kent Island Narrows, operates as follows:

(a) From November 1 through April 30, the draw shall open on signal from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. but need not be opened from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m.

(b) From May 1 through October 31, the draw shall open on signal on the hour and half-hour from 6 a.m. to 9 p.m., but need not be opened from 9 p.m. to 6 a.m.

(c) The draw shall open on signal for public vessels of the United States, state and local government vessels used for public safety purposes, and vessels in distress. Operational information will be available 24 hours a day by calling 1-800-543-2515.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD5-87-055, 53 FR 9888, Mar. 28, 1988; CGD05-05-019, 70 FR 38595, July 5, 2005]

§ 117.563 Marshyhope Creek.

The draw of the S14 bridge, mile 5.8 at Brookview, need not be opened for the passage of vessels. The operating machinery shall be maintained in a serviceable condition.

§ 117.565 Miles River.

The draw of the Route S370 bridge, mile 10.0 at Easton, Maryland, shall open on signal; except that from November 1 through March 31, 24 hours a day, and from April 1 through October 31, from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m., a six-hour advance notice to the drawtender is required for bridge openings.

[CGD05-99-003, 64 FR 61209, Nov. 10, 1999]

§ 117.566 Patapsco River—Middle Branch.

(a) The draw of the Hanover Street S2 bridge, mile 12.0 across the Middle Branch of the Patapsco River at Baltimore, will open on signal from 5 a.m. to 6:30 a.m., 9:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., and 6 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. The draw need not be opened from 6:30 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. and 4 p.m. to 6 p.m.; however, fire boats, police boats, and other vessels engaged in emergency operations will be passed immediately during this period. When a vessel desires to pass the draw from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., notice will be given to the superintendent of the bridge, either at the bridge before 9 p.m. or at the superintendent's residence after 9 p.m. If the notice is given from 5 a.m. to 9 p.m. or if at least one half hour has elapsed since the notice was given, the draw will open promptly at the time requested.

(b) The draw of the Western Maryland railroad bridge, mile 12.5 across the Middle Branch of the Patapsco River at Baltimore, shall open on signal from 7 a.m. to 12 noon and 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. Monday through Friday except legal holidays. At all other times, the draw shall open if at least six hours notice is given. Marine firefighting equipment and pollution control vessels shall be passed as soon as possible but in no event more than 15 minutes after notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984. Redesignated and amended by USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012]

§ 117.567 Patuxent River.

The draw of S231 bridge, mile 18.5 at Benedict, shall open on signal; except that, from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if notice is given to the Toll Captain at the Administration Building at the east end of the bridge before 6 p.m.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37382, Sept. 24, 1984]

§ 117.569 Pocomoke River.

(a) The Conrail railroad bridge, mile 15.2, at Pocomoke City, shall open on signal, except between November 1 and March 31 the draw must open only if at least five hours advance notice is given to the bridge operator (Delmarva Central Railroad Company) by calling 1-802-774-0305.

(b) The draw of the Route 675 bridge, mile 15.6, at Pocomoke City, shall open on signal, except between November 1 and March 31 the draw must open only if at least five hours advance notice is given.

(c) The draw of the S12 bridge, mile 29.9, at Snow Hill, shall open on signal if at least five hours advance notice is given.

[CGD5-87-063, 53 FR 16548, May 10, 1988, as amended by USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58278, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 117.570 Sassafras River.

The draw of the Sassafras River (Route 213) bridge, mile 10.0 at Georgetown, Maryland, shall open on signal; except that from November 1 through March 31, from midnight to 8 a.m., the draw need only open if at least a six-hour advance notice is given.

[CGD05-99-006, 64 FR 61207, Nov. 10, 1999]

§ 117.571 Spa Creek.

The S181 bridge, mile 0.4, at Annapolis, Maryland:

(a) From May 1 to October 31, Monday through Friday, except Federal and State holidays:

(1) The draw shall remain closed from 7:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 7:30 p.m., except the draw shall open at 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. for any vessels waiting to pass.

(2) The draw shall open on the hour and the half-hour, from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.

(3) The draw shall open on the hour and half hour, from 7:30 p.m. to 7:30 a.m.

(b) From November 1 to April 30, Monday through Friday, except Federal and State holidays:

(1) The draw shall remain closed from 7:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m.

(2) The draw shall open on signal from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. and from 6:00 p.m. to 7:30 a.m.

(c) On Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays year-round, the draw shall open on the hour and half-hour for vessels waiting to pass. Except on July 4th of every year from 8:30 p.m. to 11 p.m., the draw need not open for vessels, and in the event of inclement weather, the alternate date is July 5th.

(d) The drawspan must always open on signal for public vessels of the United States.

[CGD5-90-002, 55 FR 4604, Feb. 9, 1990, as amended by CGD05-94-08, 59 FR 44316, Aug. 29, 1994; CGD05-04-052, 69 FR 63066, Oct. 29, 2004; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012]

§ 117.573 Stoney Creek.

The draw of the Stoney Creek (S173) bridge, mile 0.9, in Riviera shall open on signal, except:

(a) From 6:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 3:30 p.m. to 6:30 p.m., Monday through Friday except Federal and State holidays, the draw need be opened only at 7:30 a.m. and 5 p.m. if any vessels are waiting to pass.

(b) From 11 a.m. to 7 p.m. on Saturday and from 12 p.m. to 5 p.m. on Sunday, the draw need be opened only on the hour and half hour.

(c) Public vessels of the United States must be passed as soon as possible.

[CGD5-92-012, 57 FR 14643, Apr. 22, 1992, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.575 Susquehanna River.

The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 1.0 at Havre de Grace, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

§ 117.577 Weems Creek.

The draw of the S437 bridge, mile 0.7 at West Annapolis, shall open on signal from sunrise to sunset from May 1 through September 30. At all other times, the draw shall open on signal if at least five hours notice is given.

§ 117.579 Wicomico River (North Prong).

The draws of the Main Street and U.S. 50 bridges, mile 22.4, Salisbury, Maryland shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given by calling the telephone contact number at (410) 430-7461.

[CGD05-07-025, 72 FR 42307, Aug. 2, 2007]

§ 117.585 Acushnet River.

(a) The New Bedford-Fairhaven RT-6 Bridge, mile 0.0 will be opened promptly, provided proper signal is given, on the following schedule:

(1) On the hour between 6 a.m. and 10 a.m. inclusive.

(2) At a quarter past the hour between 11:15 a.m. and 6:15 p.m. inclusive.

(3) At all other times on call.

(b) The draw will be opened at any time for vessels whose draft exceeds 15 feet, for vessels owned or operated by the U.S. Government, the State of Massachusetts, or by local authorities.

(c) Each opening of the draw, from the time vehicular traffic flow is stopped until the flow resumes, shall not exceed 15 minutes except for vessels whose draft exceeds 15 feet or in extraordinary circumstances.

(d) From 6 p.m. on December 24 to midnight on December 25 and from 6 p.m. on December 31 to midnight on January 1, the draw shall open on signal if at least a two-hour notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[CGD 1-84-10R, 49 FR 36841, Sept. 20, 1984, as amended by CGD01-00-135, 65 FR 38207, June 20, 2000; USCG-2013-0397, 78 FR 39174, July 1, 2013; USCG-2016-0058, 81 FR 8843, Feb. 23, 2016]

§ 117.586 Annisquam River and Blynman Canal.

The draw of the Blynman (SR127) Bridge shall open on signal, except that, from noon to 6 p.m. on Thanksgiving Day, 6 p.m. on December 24 to midnight on December 25, and from 6 p.m. on December 31 to midnight on January 1, the draw shall open on signal if at least a two-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[CGD01-04-096, 69 FR 67058, Nov. 16, 2004]

§ 117.587 Apponagansett River.

(a) The draw of the Padanaram Bridge, mile 1.0, shall open on signal from 1 May through 31 October, between 6 a.m. and 9 p.m., daily, as follows:

(1) The bridge shall open on signal, twice an hour, on the hour and half hour between 6 a.m. and 9 a.m. and between 8 p.m. and 9 p.m.

(2) The bridge shall open on signal, once an hour, on the hour between 9 a.m. and 8 p.m.

(b) At all other times the bridge shall open if at least four (4) hours advance notice is given.

(c) The owners of this bridge shall provide and maintain mooring facilities for vessels to make fast while waiting for the bridge to open.

(d) The owners of this bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition, clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than twelve (12) inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of section 118.160 of this chapter.

[CGD01-95-008, 60 FR 29761, June 6, 1995, as amended at USCG-2011-0335, 76 FR 64010, Oct. 17, 2011]

§ 117.588 Bass River.

The Hall Whitaker Bridge, mile 0.6 at Beverly, shall operate as follows:

(a) Public vessels of the United States must be passed as soon as possible.

(b) The owners of this bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(c) That the drawspan for the Hall Whitaker Drawbridge must open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD1-91-015, 56 FR 41460, Aug. 21, 1991, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.589 Cape Cod Canal.

The draw of the Conrail railroad bridge, mile 0.7 at Bourne, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw is normally in the fully open position except for the passage of trains or for maintenance. No signal is required if the draw is in the fully open position.

(b) If the draw is not in the fully open position, the opening signal is one prolonged and one short blast.

(c) Signals to be sounded from the bridge are—

(1) Immediately preceding the opening of the draw, one prolonged blast;

(2) Immediately preceding the closing of the draw, two prolonged blasts;

(3) When a vessel has sounded the opening signal and the draw cannot be opened immediately, five short blasts in a rapid succession; and

(4) When the draw is closed and visibility is reduced in foggy weather, five short blasts in rapid succession every two minutes.

§ 117.591 Charles River and its tributaries.

(a) The following requirements apply to all bridges across the Charles River and it's tributaries:

(1) Public vessels of the United States, state or local vessels used for public safety, and vessels in distress shall be passed through the draw of each bridge as soon as possible without delay at any time. The opening signal from these vessels is four or more short blasts of a whistle or horn, or a radio request.

(2) The owners of these bridges shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(3) Trains and locomotives shall be controlled so that any delay in opening the draw span shall not exceed ten minutes. However, if a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, that train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before stopping.

(4) Except as provided in paragraph (b) through (f) of this section, the draws shall open on signal.

(b) The draw of the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (MBTA/Amtrak Bridge, mile 0.8, at Boston, shall open on signal; except that from 6:15 a.m. to 9:10 a.m. and 4:15 p.m. to 6:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays, the draw need not be opened for the passage of vessels, except as stated in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(c) The draw of the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (East Cambridge Viaduct) railroad Bridge, mile 1.0 at Boston, need not be opened for the passage of vessels. However, the operating machinery of the draw shall be maintained in an operable condition.

(d) The draw of the Massachusetts Department of Transportation (Craigie) Bridge, mile 1.0 at Boston, shall operate as follows:

(1) Open on signal; except that from 6:15 a.m. to 9:10 a.m. and 3:15 p.m. to 6:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessels, except as stated in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(2) From December 1 to March 31, the draw shall open on signal after a 24 hour advance notice is given.

(3) From midnight to 8 a.m., April, May, October, and November, the draw shall open on signal after at least an eight-hour advance notice is given.

(e) The draws of the bridges across Broad Canal, mile 0.0, need not open for the passage of vessels. However, the draws shall be returned to operable condition within one year after notification by the District Commander to do so.

[CGD1 91-141, 57 FR 30405, July 9, 1992, as amended by CGD01-02-026, 68 FR 59116, Oct. 14, 2003; USCG-2015-0433, 80 FR 44281, July 27, 2015; USCG-2018-0443, 83 FR 30039, June 27, 2018]

§ 117.593 Chelsea River.

(a) All drawbridges across Chelsea River shall open on signal. The opening signal for each drawbridge is two prolonged blasts followed by two short blasts and one prolonged blast. The acknowledging signal is three prolonged blasts when the draw can be opened immediately and is two prolonged blasts when the draw cannot be open or is open and must be closed.

(b) The draw of the Chelsea Street Bridge, mile 1.3, at Chelsea, shall open as follows:

(1) The draw shall open on signal to 139 feet above mean high water for all vessel traffic unless a full bridge opening to 175 feet above mean high water is requested.

(2) The 139 foot opening will be signified by a solid green light over a flashing green light and the full 175 foot opening will be signified with two solid green range lights.

[USCG-2019-0809, 85 FR 15069, Mar. 17, 2020, as amended by USCG-2024-1103, 90 FR 52877, Nov. 24, 2025]

§ 117.595 Danvers River.

(a) The requirements in this paragraph apply to all bridges across the Danvers River:

(1) The owners of these bridges shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than 12 inches high, designed, installed, and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(2) Trains and locomotives shall be controlled so that any delay in opening the draw span shall not exceed ten minutes. However, if a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, that train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before stopping.

(b) The draw of the Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority (MBTA)/AMTRAK Bridge, at mile 0.05, between Salem and Beverly, shall open on signal; except that, from midnight to 5 a.m., daily, and on December 25 and January 1, the draw shall open as soon as possible, but not more than one hour after notice is given to the drawtenders either at the bridge during the time the drawtenders are on duty or by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(c) The Kernwood Bridge, at mile 1.0, shall operate as follows:

(1) From May 1 through September 30, midnight to 5 a.m., and from October 1 through April 30, 7 p.m. to 5 a.m., draw shall open on signal after at least a one-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(2) From noon to 6 p.m. on Thanksgiving Day and all day on Christmas and New Years Day, the draw shall open on signal after at least a one-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[CGD01-99-148, 64 FR 46275, Aug. 25, 1999, as amended by CGD01-04-096, 69 FR 67058, Nov. 16, 2004]

§ 117.597 Dorchester Bay.

The draw of the of the William T. Morrisey Boulevard Bridge, mile 0.0, at Boston, shall operate as follows:

(a) From 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic.

(b) The draw shall open on signal from April 16 through May 31, from 8 a.m. through midnight, except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section. From midnight through 8 a.m. at least an eight-hour advance notice is required for bridge openings.

(c) The draw shall open on signal at all times from June 1 through September 30, except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.

(d) The draw shall open on signal from October 1 through October 14, 8 a.m. through midnight, except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section. From midnight through 8 a.m. at least an eight-hour advance notice is required for bridge openings.

(e) The draw shall open on signal from October 15 through April 15, after at least a 24 hours notice is given, except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.

[CGD01-02-026, 68 FR 59116, Oct. 14, 2003]

§ 117.598 Eel Pond Channel.

The following requirements apply to the draw of Eel Pond (Water Street) drawbridge at mile 0.0 at Falmouth, Massachusetts.

(a) The draw shall open at all times as soon as possible for a public vessels of the United States, State or local vessels used for public safety, and vessels in distress. The opening signal for these vessels shall be four or more short blast of a whistle, horn, or radio request.

(b) The owners of this bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of section 118.160 of this chapter.

(c) The draw shall operate as follows:

(1) On signal from October 15 through May 14, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. except as provided in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.

(2) Need open on signal only on the hour and half hour as follows:

(i) From May 15 through June 14 and from September 16 through October 14, from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m.

(ii) From June 15 through September 15, from 6 a.m. to 9 p.m.

(3) The draw shall open on signal if at least 8 hours advance notice is given:

(i) At all times on Christmas, New Years, Easter and all Sundays in January and February.

(ii) At all other times not stipulated in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section.

[CGD1 90-024, 55 FR 20263, May 16, 1990]

§ 117.600 Lagoon Pond.

The draw of the Lagoon Pond Bridge, mile 0.0 in Tisbury, Massachusetts, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw shall open on signal from May 15 through September 15, from 8:15 a.m. to 8:45 a.m., from 10:15 a.m. to 11 a.m., from 3:15 p.m. to 4 p.m., from 5 p.m. to 5:45 p.m., and from 7:30 p.m. to 8 p.m. At all other times the draw will open for the passage of vessels if at least four (4) hours advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(b) The draw shall open on signal from September 16 through May 14 if at least a twenty-four (24) hours advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(c) The owners of this bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition, clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than twelve (12) inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of section 118.160 of this chapter.

[CGD01-95-001, 60 FR 51729, Oct. 3, 1995]

§ 117.603 Manchester Harbor.

The Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Bridge at mile 1.0 in Manchester, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw shall open on signal—

(1) From Memorial Day through September 30 from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m.;

(2) From April 1 to Memorial Day and from October 1 to November 1 from 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. and 2 p.m. to 6 p.m.

(b) At all other times, the draw shall open on signal with at least four hours notice.

(c) The owner of this bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition, clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than twelve (12) inches high designed, installed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of section 118.160 of this chapter.

[CGD01-97-022, 62 FR 50509, Sept. 26, 1997]

§ 117.605 Merrimack River.

(a) The draw of the Newburyport US1 Bridge, mile 3.4, shall operate as follows:

(1) From May 1 through November 15, from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m., the draw shall open on signal; except that, from Memorial Day through Labor Day, from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m., the draw shall open on signal only on the hour and half hour.

(2) At all other times the draw shall open on signal after at least a one-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(b) The drawspans for the Massachusetts Department of Transportation drawbridges, mile 5.8 at Newburyport and mile 12.6 at Rock Village, and Groveland Drawbridge, mile 16.5 at Groveland, must open on signal if at least two hours notice is given. Public vessels of the United States must be passed through the drawspans as soon as possible.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD01-94-094, 60 FR 58518, Nov. 28, 1995; CGD01-99-029, 65 FR 24640, Apr. 27, 2000; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2015-0433, 80 FR 44281, July 27, 2015; USCG-2018-0443, 83 FR 30039, June 27, 2018]

§ 117.607 Mitchell River.

The Chatham Highway Bridge, at mile 0.2, at Chatham, Massachusetts, shall operate as follows:

(a) From May 1 through October 31, the draw shall open on signal from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., if at least one-hour notice is given and from 5 p.m. to 8 a.m. the draw shall open on signal if at least 12-hours notice is given by calling the Chatham Harbormasters Department.

(b) From November 1 through April 30, the draw shall open on signal if at least a 24-hours advance notice is given by calling the Chatham Harbormasters Department.

[CGD01-05-006, 70 FR 32235, June 2, 2005]

§ 117.609 Mystic River.

The draw of the S99 Alford Street Bridge, mile 1.4, shall open on signal; except that, Monday through Saturday, excluding holidays, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic from 7:45 a.m. to 9 a.m., 9:10 a.m. to 10 a.m., and 5 p.m. to 6 p.m., daily. From November 1 through March 31, between 3 p.m. and 7 a.m., at least an eight-hour advance notice is required for bridge openings by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[USCG-2018-0443, 83 FR 30039, June 27, 2018]

§ 117.611 Neponset River.

The Granite Avenue Bridge, mile 2.5, between Boston and Milton, Massachusetts, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw of the Granite Avenue Bridge shall open on signal from May 1 through October 31; 6 a.m. to 12 midnight. At all other times the draw shall open on signal if at least one hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(b) The owners of this bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition, clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than twelve (12) inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

[CGD01-94-087, 60 FR 54432, Oct. 24, 1995]

§ 117.615 Plum Island River.

The draw of the Plum Island Turnpike Bridge, mile 3.3 between Newburyport and Plum Island, shall operate as follows:

(a) From April 1 through November 30, 5 a.m. to 9 p.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least one hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge. At all other times the draw shall open on signal if at least three hours advance notice is given.

(b) The owners of this bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition, clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than twelve (12) inches high, designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

[CGD01-94-057, 60 FR 54431, Oct. 24, 1995]

§ 117.618 Saugus River.

(a) The following requirements apply to all bridges across the Saugus River:

(1) Public vessels of the United States, state or local vessels used for public safety, and vessels in distress shall be passed through the draw of each bridge as soon as possible at any time. The opening signal from these vessels is four or more short blasts of a whistle or horn or a radio request.

(2) The owners of these bridges shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, installed and maintained according to provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(3) Trains and locomotives shall be controlled so that any delay in opening the draw span shall not exceed seven minutes. However, if a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, the train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before stopping.

(b) The draw of the General Edwards SR1A Bridge, mile 1.7, between Revere and Lynn, shall open on signal at all times if at least a two-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(c) The Fox Hill (SR107) Bridge, at mile 2.5, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall open on signal, except that, from October 1 through May 31, from 7 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall open after at least a one-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(2) From noon to 6 p.m. on Thanksgiving Day, and all day on Christmas, and New Years Day, the draw shall open on signal after at least a one-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[CGD1 91-004, 56 FR 60064, Nov. 27, 1991, as amended by CGD01-94-150, 60 FR 51730, Oct. 3, 1995; GD01-02-026, 68 FR 59116, Oct. 14, 2003; CGD01-04-096, 69 FR 67058, Nov. 16, 2004; USCG-2014-0272, 79 FR 60977, Oct. 9, 2014]

§ 117.619 Taunton River.

(a) The Brightman Street (Route-6) Bridge at mile 1.8, between Fall River and Somerset, shall operate as follows:

(b) The draw shall open on signal between 5 a.m. and 9 p.m., daily. From 9 p.m. through 5 a.m. the draw shall open on signal after at least a one-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(c) From June 1 through August 31, the draw need not open for the passage of pleasure craft from 7 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays. The draw shall open for commercial vessels at all times.

(d) From 6 p.m. on December 24 to midnight on December 25, and from 6 p.m. on December 31 to midnight on January 1, the draw shall open on signal if at least a two-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(e) The owner of the bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges located on both upstream and downstream sides of the draw with figures not less than twelve inches in height, designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(f) The draw of the Veterans Memorial Bridge, mile 2.1, across the Taunton River between Fall River and Somerset, shall operate as follows:

(1) From 7 a.m. through 3 p.m. the draw shall open on signal.

(2) From 3 p.m. through 7 a.m. the draw shall open on signal provided a two hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[USCG-2010-0234, 75 FR 51940, Aug. 24, 2010, as amended by USCG-2013-0291, 78 FR 49920, Aug. 16, 2013]

§ 117.620 Westport River—East Branch.

The Westport Point Bridge, mile 1.2 at Westport, shall operate as follows:

(a) Public vessels of the United States must be passed as soon as possible.

(b) The owners of this bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, installed, and maintained, according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(c) That the drawspan for the Westport Point Drawbridge, mile 1.2 at Westport, must open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD1-91-014, 56 FR 41462, Aug. 21, 1991, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.621 West Bay.

The draw of the West Bay Bridge, mile 1.2, at Osterville, shall operate as follows:

(a) From November 1 through April 30, the draw shall open on signal if at least a twenty-four hours advance notice is given.

(b) From May 1 through June 15, the draw shall open on signal from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.

(c) From June 16 through September 30, the draw shall open on signal from 7 a.m. to 9 p.m.

(d) From October 1 through October 31, the draw shall open on signal from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.

(e) At all other times from May 1 through October 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least a four-hours advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[USCG-2018-0874, 84 FR 30879, June 28, 2019]

§ 117.622 Weymouth Fore River.

The draw of the Quincy Weymouth SR3A bridge, mile 3.5 between Quincy Point and North Weymouth, Massachusetts, shall open on signal, except that:

(a) From 6:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 6:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays observed in the locality, the draw need not be opened.

(b) The draw shall open on signal at all times for self-propelled vessels greater than 10,000 gross tons.

(c) From noon to 6 p.m. on Thanksgiving Day, from 6 p.m. on December 24 to midnight on December 25, and from 6 p.m. on December 31 to midnight on January 1, the draw shall open on signal after at least a two-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[USCG-2018-0874, 84 FR 30879, June 28, 2019]

§ 117.624 Black River (South Haven).

The draw of the Dyckman Avenue bridge, mile 1.9 at South Haven, shall open as follows:

(a) From May 1 through October 14—

(1) From 7 a.m. to 11 p.m., seven days a week the draw need open only on the hour and half-hour; however, Mondays through Fridays the draw need not open at 12 noon and 1 p.m. Commercial vessels shall be passed through the draw of this bridge as soon as possible even though this regulated period is in effect.

(2) From 11 p.m. to 7 a.m., no bridgetender is required to be in continuous attendance at the bridge and the draw shall open on signal for commercial vessels and pleasure craft if at least a three hour advance notice is given.

(b) From October 15 through April 30, the draw shall open on signal for the passage of commercial vessels and pleasure craft if at least a twelve hour advance notice is given.

(c) At all times, the draw shall open as soon as possible for public vessels of the United States, state or local government vessels used for public safety and vessels in distress.

[CGD 09 85-21, 51 FR 13219, Apr. 18, 1986]

§ 117.625 Black River (Port Huron).

(a) The draw of the Military Street Bridge, mile 0.33, shall open on signal; except that, from May 1 through October 31, from 8 a.m. to 11 p.m., seven days a week, the draw need open only on the hour and half-hour for recreational vessels, or at any time when there are more than five vessels waiting for an opening, and from November 1 through April 30 if at least 12-hours advance notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Seventh Street Bridge, mile 0.50, shall open on signal; except that, from May 1 through October 31, from 8 a.m. to 11 p.m., seven days a week, the draw need open only on the quarter-hour and three-quarter-hour for recreational vessels, or at any time when there are more than five vessels waiting for an opening, and from November 1 through April 30 if at least 12-hours advance notice is given.

(c) The draw of the Tenth Street Bridge, mile 0.94, shall open on signal; except that, from May 1 through October 31, from 8 a.m. to 11 p.m., seven days a week, the draw need open only on the hour and half-hour for recreational vessels, or at any time when there are more than five vessels waiting for an opening, and from 11 p.m. to 8 a.m. if at least 1-hour advance notice is provided, and from November 1 through April 30 if at least 12-hours notice is given.

(d) The draw of the Canadian National Railroad Bridge, mile 1.56, shall open on signal; except from November 1 through April 30 if at least 12-hours advance notice is given.

[USCG-2017-1047, 83 FR 10619, Mar. 12, 2018]

§ 117.627 Cheboygan River.

The draw of the US 23 highway bridge, mile 0.9 at Cheboygan shall operate as follows:

(a) From May 1 through November 31—

(1) Between the hours of 7 a.m. and 11 p.m., the draw need only open from three minutes before to three minutes after the quarter-hour and three-quarter hour.

(2) Between the hours of 11 p.m. and 7 a.m., no drawtender is required to be at the bridge and the bridge need not open unless a request to open the draw is given at least 2-hours in advance of a vessels intended time of passage through the draw.

(b) From December 1 through April 31, no drawtender is required to be at the bridge and the bridge need not open unless a request to open the draw is given at least 12-hours in advance of a vessels intended time of passage through the draw.

(c) At all times, the draw shall open as soon as possible for the passage of vessels if carrying public safety or public utility vehicles and persons to or from the island.

(d) The owner of the bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gauges painted white with black figures not less than six inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all water levels. The gauges shall be placed on the bridge so that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridge either up or downstream.

[USCG-2023-0113, 88 FR 70592, Oct. 12, 2023]

§ 117.631 Detroit River (Trenton Channel).

(a) The draw of the Grosse Ile Toll Bridge (Bridge Road), mile 8.8, at Grosse Ile, shall operate as follows:

(1) From March 16 through December 14—

(i) Between the hours of 7 a.m. and 11 p.m., seven days a week and holidays, the draw need open only from three minutes before to three minutes after the hour and half-hour for pleasure craft; for commercial vessels, during this period of time, the draw shall open on signal as soon as possible.

(ii) Between the hours of 11 p.m. and 7 a.m., the draw shall open on signal for pleasure craft and commercial vessels.

(2) From December 15 through March 15, no bridge tenders are required to be on duty at the bridge and the bridge shall open on signal if at least a twelve-hour advance notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Wayne County highway bridge (Grosse Ile Parkway), mile 5.6, at Grosse Ile, shall operate as follows:

(1) From March 16 through December 14—

(i) Between the hours of 7 a.m. and 11 p.m., seven days a week and holidays, the draw need open only from three minutes before to three minutes after the quarter and three-quarter hour for pleasure craft, with no opening required at 7:45 a.m., 8:45 a.m., 4:15 p.m. and 5:15 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays; for commercial vessels, during these periods of time, the draw shall open on signal as soon as possible.

(ii) Between the hours of 11 p.m. and 7 a.m., the draw shall open on signal for pleasure craft and commercial vessels.

(2) From December 15 through March 15, no bridgetenders are required to be on duty at the bridge and the bridge shall open on signal if at least a twelve-hour advance notice is given.

(c) At all times, the bridges listed in this section shall open as soon as possible for public vessels of the United States, State or local government vessels used for public safety and vessels in distress.

[CGD09 87-07, 52 FR 39520, Oct. 22, 1987, as amended by USCG-2005-21531, 70 FR 36349, June 23, 2005; USCG-2016-0988, 82 FR 15137, Mar. 27, 2017]

§ 117.633 Grand River.

(a) Public vessels of the United States, state or local vessels used for public safety, commercial vessels, and vessels in distress shall be passed through the draw of each bridge as soon as possible.

(b) The draw of the CSX Transportation Corp. railroad bridge, mile 2.8 at Grand Haven, shall open on signal; except that, from December 15 through March 15, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

(c) The draw of the U.S. Route 31 bridge, mile 2.9 at Grand Haven, shall open on signal for pleasure craft-

(1) From March 16 through December 14, from 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 p.m., seven days a week, once an hour, on the half-hour; except the draw need not open for pleasure craft at 7:30 a.m., 12:30 p.m., and 5:30 p.m. on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday, and at 7:30 a.m., 12:30 p.m., and 4:30 p.m. on Wednesday.

(2) From December 15 through March 15, if at least 12 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD09-97-008, 62 FR 43098, Aug. 12, 1997; USCG-2015-0373, 80 FR 34056, June 15, 2015]

§ 117.635 Keweenaw Waterway.

(a) The draw of the U.S. 41 Bridge, mile 16, shall open on signal, except that:

(1) From April 15 through December 14, between the hours of 7 a.m. and 7 p.m. Monday through Friday, less Federal holidays, the bridge shall open on signal from five minutes before to five minutes after the hour and half hour for vessels. Documented vessels over 300-feet shall not be held at the bridge but will be passed as soon as possible.

(2) From April 15 through December 14 between midnight and 4 a.m. daily, the draw shall be placed in the intermediate position and open on signal if at least 2 hours' notice is given.

(3) From December 15 through April 14 the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours' notice is given.

(b) [Reserved]

[USCG-2022-0237, 88 FR 59800, Aug. 30, 2023]

§ 117.637 Manistee River.

(a) The draws of the Maple Street bridge, mile 1.1, and US-31 highway bridge, mile 1.4, both at Manistee, shall operate as follows:

(1) From May 1 through October 31, between 7 a.m. to 11 p.m., the bridges shall open on signal. From 11 p.m. to 7 a.m., the bridges need not open unless notice is given at least two hours in advance of a vessel's time of intended passage through the draws.

(2) From November 1 through April 30, the bridges need not open unless notice is given at least 24 hours in advance of a vessel's time of intended passage through the draws.

(b) The CSX Transportation railroad bridge, mile 1.5, at Manistee, shall open on signal from May 1 to October 31. From November 1 to April 30, the bridge need not open unless notice is given at least 24 hours in advance of a vessel's time of intended passage through the draw.

[CGD 09-93-006, 58 FR 52442, Oct. 8, 1993, as amended by CGD09-97-014, 62 FR 43931, Aug. 18, 1997]

§ 117.641 Pine River (Charlevoix).

(a) The draw of the U.S. 31 bridge, mile 0.3 at Charlevoix, shall be operated as follows:

(1) From April 1 through December 31, the draw shall open on signal; except from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m., April 1 to October 31, the draw need open only from three minutes before to three minutes after the hour and half-hour for recreational vessels. Public vessels of the United States, state or local vessels used for public safety, commercial vessels, vessels in distress, and vessels seeking shelter from severe weather shall be passed through the draw as soon as possible.

(2) From January 1, through March 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours advance notice is provided prior to a vessel's intended time of passage.

(b) The owner of the bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gauges painted white with black figures not less than six inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all water levels. The gages shall be placed on the bridge so that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridge either up or downstream.

[CGD09-00-001, 65 FR 15240, Mar. 22, 2000]

§ 117.643 Pine River (St. Clair).

The draw of the S29 bridge, mile 0.1 at St. Clair, shall open on signal from April 1 through November 30 from 2 a.m. to 8 a.m. and from 8 a.m. to 2 a.m. on the hour and one-half hour. From December 1 through March 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given. Public vessels of the United States, state or local vessels used for public safety, and vessels in distress shall be passed through the draw as soon as possible.

§ 117.645 River Rouge.

(a) The Delray Connecting Railroad Bridge, mile 0.34, need not have a drawtender in continued attendance at the bridge and shall open on signal if a 4-hour advance notice is provided.

(b) The Delray Connecting Railroad Bridge, mile 0.80, over the Old Channel need not have a drawtender in continued attendance at the bridge. The bridge will remain open ten minutes before the bridge is lowered for train traffic. A crewmember from the train will initiate a SECURITE call on VHF-FM Marine Channel 16 that the bridge will be lowering for train traffic and invite any concerned mariners to contact the drawtender on VHF-FM Marine Channel 12. The drawtender will also visually monitor for vessel traffic and listen for the standard bridge opening signal of one prolonged blast and one short blast from vessels already transiting the waterway. After the ten minute warning, another SECURITE call shall be made on VHF-FM Marine Channel 16 that the bridge will be lowering for rail traffic five minutes before lowering. Once the drawtender is satisfied that it is safe, the bridge will be lowered for rail traffic. Once the rail traffic has cleared the bridge, the bridge shall be raised and locked in the fully open to navigation position.

(c) The National Steel Corporation Railroad Bridge, mile 0.40, need not have a drawtender in continual attendance at the bridge. Ten minutes before the bridge is lowered for train traffic a crewmember from the train will initiate a SECURITE call on VHF-FM Marine Channel 16 that the bridge will be lowering for train traffic and invite any concerned mariners to contact the drawtender on VHF-FM Marine Channel 12. The drawtender will also visually monitor for vessel traffic and listen for the standard bridge opening signal of one prolonged blast and one short blast from vessels already transiting the waterway. After the ten minute warning, another SECURITE call shall be made on VHF-FM Marine Channel 16 that the bridge will be lowering for rail traffic five minutes before lowering. Once the drawtender is satisfied that it is safe, the bridge will be lowered for rail traffic. Once the rail traffic has cleared the bridge, the bridge shall be raised and locked in the fully open to navigation position.

(d) The draw of the West Jefferson Avenue Bridge, mile 1.10, is required to operate a radiotelephone, and shall open on signal except from January 1 through March 31 when the bridge shall open on signal if provided a 12-hour advance notice.

(e) The draw of the Conrail Bridge, mile 1.48, is remotely operated, is required to operate a radiotelephone and telephone, and shall open on signal except from January 1 through March 31 when the bridge shall open on signal if provided a 12-hour advance notice.

(f) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge, mile 1.87, is required to operate a radiotelephone and telephone, and shall open on signal except from January 1 through March 31 when the bridge shall open on signal if provided a 12-hour advance notice.

(g) The draw of the Fort Street Bridge, mile 2.20, is required to operate a radiotelephone, and shall open on signal except from January 1 through March 31 when the bridge shall open on signal if provided a 12-hour advance notice.

(h) The draw of the Dix Avenue Bridge, mile 2.73, is required to operate a radiotelephone, and shall open on signal except from January 1 through March 31 when the bridge shall open on signal if provided a 12-hour advance notice.

[USCG-2020-0513, 86 FR 19575, Apr. 14, 2021, as amended by USCG-2023-0183, 88 FR 89576, Dec. 28, 2023; 89 FR 14744, Feb. 29, 2024]

§ 117.647 Saginaw River.

(a) The draws of the Lake State Railway Bridge, mile 3.10, and the Central Michigan Railroad Bridge, mile 4.94, both in Bay City, shall open on signal; except that from January 1 through March 31, the draws shall open on signal if at least 12 hours advance notice is provided.

(b) The draws of the Independence Bridge, mile 3.88, Liberty Street Bridge, mile 4.99, Veterans Memorial Bridge, mile 5.60, and Lafayette Street Bridge, mile 6.78, all in Bay City, shall open on signal, except as follows:

(1) From April 15 through November 1, between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7 p.m., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays, the draws of the Independence and Veterans Memorial Bridges need open for the passage of recreational vessels only from three minutes before to three minutes after the hour and half-hour, and the Liberty Street and Lafayette Street bridges need open for the passage of recreational vessels only from three minutes before to three minutes after the quarter-hour and three-quarter hour.

(2) From January 1 through March 31, the draws of these bridges shall open on signal if at least 12 hours advance notice is provided.

(c) The draw of the CSX railroad bridge, mile 18.0, need not be opened for the passage of vessels. The owner shall return the draw to an operable condition within a reasonable time when directed by the District Commander to do so.

(d) The draw of the Grand Trunk Western railroad bridge, mile 19.2, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[USCG-2011-1013, 77 FR 21866, Apr. 12, 2012, as amended by USCG-2015-0433, 80 FR 44281, July 27, 2015; USCG-2015-0934, 81 FR 11119, Mar. 3, 2016]

§ 117.651 St. Joseph River.

The draws of the US33 (Blossomland) bridge, mile 0.9, and the BL-94 (Bicentennial) bridge, mile 1.3, both at St. Joseph, shall be operated as follows:

(a) From March 1 through May 14, from October 1 through December 15, and from 8 p.m. to 7 a.m. from May 15 through September 30, the draws shall open on signal.

(b) From 7 a.m. to 8 p.m. from May 15 through September 30, the draw of the Blossomland bridge need be opened only from three minutes before to three minutes after the hour and half hour, and the draw of the Bicentennial bridge need be opened only from three minutes before to three minutes after the quarter and three-quarter hour.

(c) From December 16 through the last day of February, the draw of both bridges shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

(d) Public vessels of the United States, state and local government vessels used for public safety, commercial vessels, and vessels in distress shall be passed through the draw of both bridges as soon as possible.

§ 117.653 St. Mary's Falls Canal.

The draw of the International Railway bridge, mile 1.0 at Sault Ste. Marie, shall be maintained in the fully open position during the navigation season, except for the crossings of trains or for maintenance. Bridge operators shall not give precedence to railway traffic and shall not close the bridge against an upbound vessel after lock gates are open and the vessel is proceeding toward the bridge, nor against a downbound vessel, 1,200 feet or less west of the bridge, unless the vessel is moored at either canal pier awaiting its turn to take position at lock approaches.

§ 117.655 Thunder Bay River.

The draw of the Second Avenue bridge, mile 0.3 at Alpena, shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given to the Dispatcher, Police Department, City of Alpena, Michigan.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37382, Sept. 24, 1984]

§ 117.661 Duluth Ship Canal (Duluth-Superior Harbor).

The draw of the Duluth Ship Canal Aerial bridge, mile 0.25 at Duluth, shall open on signal; except that, from March 16 through December 31, between the hours of 7 a.m. and 9 p.m., seven days a week, the drawbridge shall open on the hour and half-hour for vessels under 300 gross tons, if needed; and the bridge will open on signal for all vessels from 9 p.m. to 7 a.m., seven days a week, and at all times for Federal, state, and local government vessels, vessels in distress, commercial vessels engaged in rescue or emergency salvage operations, commercial-assist towing vessels engaged in towing or port operations, vessels engaged in pilot duties, vessels seeking shelter from severe weather, and all commercial vessels 300 gross tons or greater. From January 1 through March 15, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hour notice is given. The opening signal is one prolonged blast, one short blast, one prolonged blast, one short blast. If the drawbridge is disabled, the bridge authorities shall give incoming and outgoing vessels timely and dependable notice, by tug service if necessary, so that the vessels do not attempt to enter the canal.

[USCG-2018-0181, 83 FR 54246, Oct. 29, 2018]

§ 117.664 Rainy River, Rainy Lake and their tributaries.

The draw of the Canadian National Railroad Bridge, mile 85.0, at Ranier, MN may operate remotely, and shall open on signal; except that, from October 16 to April 30, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12-hours advance notice is provided. The commercial phone number to provide advance notice shall be posted on the bridge so that it is plainly visible to vessel operators approaching the up or downstream side of the bridge. The owners of the bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gauges painted white with black figures to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all water levels. The gauges shall be so placed on the bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridge either up or downstream. The bridge shall operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio.

[USCG-2020-0033, 86 FR 53218, Sept. 27, 2021, as amended by USCG-2022-0323, 88 FR 10029, Feb. 16, 2023]

§ 117.665 Red River of the North.

The draws of the bridges need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.667 St. Croix River.

(a) The draws of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad Bridge, Mile 0.2, the Prescott Highway Bridge, Mile 0.3, and the Hudson Railroad Bridge, Mile 17.3, shall operate as follows:

(1) From April 1 to October 31:

(i) 8 a.m. to midnight, the draws shall open on signal;

(ii) Midnight to 8 a.m., the draws shall open on signal if notification is made prior to 11 p.m.,

(2) From November 1 through March 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Stillwater Lift Bridge, Mile 23.4, shall open on signal as follows:

(1) From May 15 through October 15, daily:

(i) 8 a.m. to midnight, every half hour;

(ii) Midnight to 8 a.m., upon two hours notice.

(2) From October 16 through May 14, if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(c) The draw of the Soo Line Railroad Bridge, Mile 40.7, at Otisville, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD2-91-01, 56 FR 21303, May 8, 1991, as amended by 59 FR 63898, Dec. 12, 1994; USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998; CGD08-02-035, 68 FR 74479, Dec. 24, 2003; USCG-2017-0687, 83 FR 22201, May 14, 2018]

§ 117.669 St. Louis River (Duluth-Superior Harbor).

(a) The draw of the Burlington Northern Grassy Point railroad Bridge, mile 5.44, shall open on signal except that, from December 15 through March 15 the draw shall open if at least 12-hour notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Canadian National Combined Railroad and Highway Bridge, mile 13.91, need not be opened for the passage of vessels. The owner shall return the draw to operable condition within a reasonable time when notified by the District Commander to do so.

[USCG-2017-0212, 82 FR 33803, July 21, 2017]

§ 117.671 Upper Mississippi River.

(a) The draws of all bridges between Lock and Dam No. 14, mile 493.3, and Lock and Dam No. 2, mile 815.2, shall open on signal; except that, from on or about December 15 through the last day of February, the draws shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(b) The draws of all bridges between Lock and Dam No. 2, mile 815.2 and Lock and Dam No. 1, mile 847.6, shall open on signal; except that, from on or about December 15 through the last day of February, the draws shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

[USCG-2016-0561, 82 FR 55322, Nov. 21, 2017]

§ 117.675 Back Bay of Biloxi.

(a) The draw of the I-110 bridge, mile 3.0 at Biloxi, shall open on signal if at least six hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Popps Ferry Road bridge, mile 8.0, at Biloxi, shall open on signal; except that, from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need not be opened for passage of vessels. The draw shall open at any time for a vessel in distress.

[CGD8-85-05, 50 FR 27583, July 5, 1985, as amended by CGD08-96-049, 64 FR 6221, Feb. 9, 1999; CGD08-06-015, 71 FR 26416, May 5, 2006]

§ 117.681 Old Fort Bayou.

The draw of the bridge, mile 1.6 at Ocean Springs, shall open on signal; except that, from 9 p.m. to 5 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least eight hour notice is given; on Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and New Year's Day the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hour notice is given; and the draw need not open to vessels from 6:30 a.m. to 8 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. The draw shall open anytime at the direction of the District Commander.

[USCG-2018-0968, 86 FR 7240, Jan. 27, 2021]

§ 117.683 Pearl River.

See § 117.486, Pearl River, listed under Louisiana.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.684 Bayou Portage.

The draw of the Henderson Avenue Bridge, mile 2.0, at Pass Christian, MS shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given to the Harrison County Board of Supervisors.

[CGD08-04-010, 69 FR 69531, Nov. 30, 2004]

§ 117.685 Tchoutacabouffa River.

The draw of the Cedar Lake Road Bridge over the Tchoutacabouffa River, mile 8.0, shall open on signal if at least twenty-four hours notice is given.

[CGD08-98-055, 63 FR 49822, Sept. 18, 1998]

§ 117.686 Yazoo River.

(a) The Satartia highway (S433) bridge, mile 53.3 at Satartia, shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given. When a vessel has given notice and fails to arrive within the two hour period specified, the drawtender shall remain on duty for two additional hours and open the draw if the requesting vessel appears. After this time, an additional two hour notice is required.

(b) The draws of the bridges upstream from the Satartia highway (S433) bridge shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. When a vessel has given notice and fails to arrive within the four hour period specified, the drawtender shall remain on duty for two additional hours and open the draw if the requesting vessel appears. After this time, an additional four hour notice is required.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984. Redesignated at CGD8-92-03, 57 FR 27696, June 22, 1992, as amended by USCG-2000-7223, 65 FR 40056, June 29, 2000; USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3035, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.687 Missouri River.

The draws of the bridges, except for the Atchison Railroad Bridge, Mile 422.5, see § 117.411(b) for further details, across the Missouri River shall open on signal; except during the winter season between the date of closure and date of opening of the commercial navigation season as published by the Army Corps of Engineers, the draws need not open unless at least 24-hours advance notice is given.

[USCG-2014-0358, 80 FR 81181, Dec. 29, 2015]

§ 117.691 Missouri River.

The draw of the Illinois Central Gulf Railroad Bridge, mile 618.3, at Omaha, shall open on signal; except during the winter season between the date of closure and date of opening of the commercial navigation season as published by the Army Corps of Engineers, the draw need not open unless at least 24 hours advance notice is given.

[CGD08-98-020, 66 FR 62938, Dec. 4, 2001]

§ 117.697 Hampton River.

The SR1A bridge, mile 0.0 at Hampton, operates as follows:

(a) The draw shall open on signal from April 1 through October 31 for the passage of vessels during daylight hours from three hours before to three hours after each high tide. “Daylight hours” means one-half hour before sunrise to one-half hour after sunset. High tide occurs one-half hour later than the time of high tide for Portland, Maine, as published in the tide tables published by private entities using data provided by the National Ocean Service. At all other times, the draw shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given.

(b) The owners of the bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gages painted white with black figures not less than six inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gages shall be so placed on the bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridge either up or downstream.

(c) Vessels which can pass under the closed draw with a clearance of one foot or more shall not signal for the opening of the draw. In case a vessel gives the prescribed signal and the drawtender is uncertain as to whether the vessel can safely pass, the drawtender shall open the draw. If the drawtender finds that there would have been a clearance of one foot or more had the draw remained closed, the matter shall be reported immediately to the District Commander, giving the name of the vessel, the time of opening the draw, the clearance under the bridge as indicated by the gage at the time of opening the draw, and the approximate vertical clearance required by the vessel.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2001-9286, 66 FR 33641, June 25, 2001]

§ 117.699 Little Harbor.

The draw of the SR1B bridge, mile 1.0 between New Castle and Rye, shall open on signal from April 1 through October 31 from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. if at least four hours notice is given. At all other times, the draw shall open as soon as possible only for emergencies.

§ 117.700 Piscataqua River.

See § 117.531, Piscataqua River, listed under Maine.

[CGD 92-015, 57 FR 37880, Aug. 21, 1992]

§ 117.701 Alloway Creek.

The draws of the Salem County bridges, miles 5.1 at Hancocks Bridge, and 6.5 at New Bridge, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3035, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.702 Arthur Kill.

(a) The draw of the Arthur Kill (AK) Railroad Bridge shall be maintained in the full open position for navigation at all times, except during periods when it is closed for the passage of rail traffic.

(b) The bridge owner/operator shall maintain a dedicated telephone hot line for vessel operators to call the bridge in advance to coordinate anticipated bridge closures. The telephone hot line number shall be posted on signs at the bridge clearly visible from both the up and downstream sides of the bridge.

(c) Tide constrained deep draft vessels shall notify the bridge operator, daily, of their expected times of vessel transits through the bridge, by calling the designated telephone hot line.

(d) The bridge shall not be closed for the passage of rail traffic during any predicted high tide period if a tide constrained deep draft vessel has provided the bridge operator with an advance notice of their intent to transit through the bridge. For the purposes of this regulation, the predicted high tide period shall be considered to be from two hours before each predicted high tide to a half-hour after each predicted high tide taken at the Battery, New York.

(e) The bridge operator shall issue a manual broadcast notice to mariners of the intent to close the bridge for a period of up to 30 minutes for the passage of rail traffic, on VHF-FM channels 13 and 16 (minimum range of 15 miles) 90 minutes before and again at 75 minutes before each bridge closure.

(f) Beginning at 60 minutes prior to each bridge closure, automated or manual broadcast notice to mariners must be repeated at 15 minute intervals and again at 10 and 5 minutes prior to each bridge closure and once again as the bridge begins to close, at which point the appropriate sound signal will be given.

(g) Two 15 minute bridge closures may be provided each day for the passage of multiple rail traffic movements across the bridge. Each 15 minute bridge closure shall be separated by at least a 30 minute period when the bridge is returned to and remains in the full open position. Notification of the two 15 minute closures shall follow the same procedures outlined in paragraphs (e) and (f) above.

(h) A vessel operator may request up to a 30 minute delay for any bridge closure in order to allow vessel traffic to meet tide or current requirements; however, the request to delay the bridge closure must be made within 30 minutes following the initial broadcast for the bridge closure. Requests received after the initial 30 minute broadcast will not be granted.

(i) In the event of a bridge operational failure, the bridge operator shall immediately notify the Coast Guard Captain of the Port New York. The bridge owner/operator must provide and dispatch a bridge repair crew to be on scene at the bridge no later than 45 minutes after the bridge fails to operate. A repair crew must remain on scene during the operational failure until the bridge has been fully restored to normal operations or until the bridge is raised and locked in the fully open position.

(j) When the bridge is not tended locally it must be operated from a remote location. A sufficient number of closed circuit TV cameras, approved by the Coast Guard, shall be operated and maintained at the bridge site to enable the remotely located bridge tender to have full view of both river traffic and the bridge.

(k) VHF-FM channels 13 and 16 shall be maintained and monitored to facilitate communication in both the remote and local control locations. The bridge shall also be equipped with directional microphones and horns to receive and deliver signals to vessels.

(l) Whenever the remote control system equipment is disabled or fails to operate for any reason, the bridge operator shall immediately notify the Captain of the Port New York. The bridge shall be physically tended and operated by local control as soon as possible, but no more than 45 minutes after malfunction or disability of the remote system.

(m) Mechanical bypass and override capability of the remote operation system shall be provided and maintained at all times.

[USCG-2010-1117, 76 FR 45692, Aug. 1, 2011]

§ 117.705 Beaver Dam Creek.

The draw of the Ocean County bridge, mile 0.5 at Point Pleasant, shall open on signal from June 1 through September 30 and from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. during April, May, October, and November. At all other times, the draw shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37382, Sept. 24, 1984]

§ 117.709 Cheesequake Creek.

(a) The draw of the S35 Bridge, at mile 0.0, at Morgan, South Amboy, New Jersey, shall operate as follows:

(1) From April 1 through November 30 from 7 a.m. to 8 p.m., the draw need only open on the hour. From 8 p.m. to 11 p.m. the draw shall open on signal. From 11 p.m. to 7 a.m. the draw shall open after at least a two hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(2) From December 1 through March 31, the draw shall open on signal after at least a two hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(b) The draw of the New Jersey Transit Rail Operations railroad bridge, mile 0.2, operates as follows:

(1) The draw shall open on signal; except that, at least four hours notice is required—

(i) From January 1 through March 31 from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m.;

(ii) From April 1 through April 30 and November 1 through November 30 from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. Monday through Thursday, and midnight Sunday through 6 a.m. Monday; and

(iii) From December 1 through December 31 from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m.

(2) The owners of the bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gages painted white with black figures not less than eight inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gages shall be so placed on the bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridge either up or downstream.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD01-04-126, 70 FR 20465, Apr. 20, 2005; CGD01-05-096, 71 FR 17351, Apr. 6, 2006]

§ 117.714 Corson Inlet.

The draw of the Corson Inlet Bridge, mile 0.9, at Strathmere, shall open on signal; except that from October 1 through May 15 from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. and from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. on December 25 the draw need open only if at least two hours notice is given.

[USCG-2007-0026, 73 FR 5749, Jan. 31, 2008]

§ 117.716 Delaware River.

(a) The following apply to all drawbridges across the Delaware River:

(1) The draws of railroad bridges need not be opened when there is a train in the bridge block approaching the bridge with the intention of crossing or within five minutes of the known time of the passage of a scheduled passenger train.

(2) The opening of a bridge may not be delayed more than five minutes for a highway bridge or 10 minutes for a railroad bridge after the signal to open is given.

(3) The owners of drawbridges shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gages painted white with black figures not less than six inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gages shall be so placed on the bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridge either up or downstream.

(b) The draw of the Conrail Memorial Railroad Bridge, mile 104.6, at Pennsauken Township, NJ shall be operated as follows:

(1) The bridge will be remotely operated from the Conrail South Jersey dispatch center in Mount Laurel, NJ, unless the remote operation system is in a failed condition.

(2) An AIS transmitter has been installed on the New Jersey side of the bridge at the bridge and land intersection in approximate position 39°58′50.52″ N (39.9807), 75°03′58.75″ (−75.06632). The AIS transmitter is assigned maritime mobile service identity (MMSI) number 993663001. The status of the bridge (open/closed/inoperative) will be provided via the name transmitted by the AIS private aids to navigation as DELAIR BRG-OPEN (fully open and locked position, channel light green), DELAIR BRG-CLOSED (other than fully open, not inoperative), or DELAIR BRG-INOP (other than fully open, inoperative). The AIS transmitter will transmit the bridge status every two minutes and upon a change in the bridge status.

(3) The remote operation system will be considered in a failed condition and qualified personnel will return and operate the bridge within 60 minutes if any of the following conditions are found:

(i) The remote operation system becomes incapable of safely and effectively operating the bridge from the remote operation center; or

(ii) Visibility of the waterway or bridge is degraded to less than equal that of an on-site bridge tender; or

(iii) Signals (communications) via sound or visual signals or radio telephone (voice) via VHF-FM channels 13 or 16 become inoperative; or

(iv) AIS becomes inoperative.

(4) Vessels that require an opening shall continue to request an opening via the methods defined in § 117.15(b) through (d) (sound or visual signals or radio telephone (VHF-FM) voice communications), via telephone at (856) 231-2301, or via push-to-talk (PTT) on VHF-FM channel 13. Vessels may push the PTT button five times while on VHF-FM channel 13 to request an opening.

(5) The signals for the remote operation center or on-site bridge tender to respond to a sound signal for a bridge opening include:

(i) When the draw can be opened immediately—a sound signal of one prolonged blast followed by one short blast and illumination of a fixed white light not more than 30 seconds after the requesting signal; or

(ii) When the draw cannot be opened immediately—five short blasts sounded in rapid succession and illumination of a fixed red light not more 30 seconds after the vessel's opening signal.

(6) The signals for the remote operation center or on-site bridge tender to respond to a visual signal for a bridge opening include:

(i) When the draw can be opened immediately—illumination of a fixed white light not more than 30 seconds after the requesting signal; or

(ii) When the draw cannot be opened immediately—illumination of a fixed red light not more 30 seconds after the vessel's opening signal.

(7) The fixed white light will remain illuminated until the bridge reaches the fully open position. The fixed white and red lights will be positioned on the east (New Jersey) bridge abutment adjacent to the navigation span.

[USCG-2016-0257, 83 FR 59311, Nov. 23, 2018]

§ 117.718 Elizabeth River.

The draw of the South Front Street bridge, mile 0.0 at Elizabeth, shall open on signal; except that, from 12 midnight to 7 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984. Redesignated by USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012, as amended by USCG-2014-0285, 79 FR 24569, May 1, 2014; USCG-2017-0070, 82 FR 15291, Mar. 28, 2017]

§ 117.719 Glimmer Glass (Debbie's Creek).

(a) The draw of the Monmouth County highway bridge, mile 0.4 at Manasquan, shall open on signal, except as follows:

(1) From 4:30 p.m. January 1 through 8 a.m. April 1, from 4:30 p.m. to 8 a.m., the draw need open only if at least four-hours advance notice is given.

(2) From Memorial Day through Labor Day from 7 a.m. to 8 p.m., the draw need open only on the hour and half hour if any vessels are waiting to pass.

(b) The owners of the bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gauges painted white with black figures not less than eight inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gauges shall be so placed on the bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridge either up or downstream.

[CGD05-98-111, 64 FR 59624, Nov. 3, 1999. Redesignated and amended by USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012]

§ 117.720 Great Channel.

The draw of the County of Cape May bridge, mile 0.7, between Stone Harbor and Nummy Island, shall open on signal except that:

(a) From May 15 through October 15 from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m., the draw need only open if at least four hours advance notice is given.

(b) From October 16 through May 14, the draw need only open if at least 24 hours advance notice is given.

(c) From 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the fourth Sunday in March of every year, the draw need not open for vessels. If the fourth Sunday falls on a religious holiday, the draw need not open from 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the third Sunday of March of every year.

[CGD05-97-003, 63 FR 2312, Jan. 15, 1998, as amended by USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998; CGD05-06-045, 71 FR 59383, Oct. 10, 2006]

§ 117.721 Grassy Sound Channel.

The draw of the Grassy Sound Channel Bridge, mile 1.0 in Middle Township, shall open on signal from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m. from May 15 through September 30. From 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the fourth Sunday in March of every year, the draw need not open for vessels. If the fourth Sunday falls on a religious holiday, the draw need not open from 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the third Sunday of March of every year. Two hours advance notice is required for all other openings by calling (609) 368-4591.

[CGD05-06-045, 71 FR 59383, Oct. 10, 2006]

§ 117.723 Hackensack River.

(a) The following requirements apply to all bridges across the Hackensack River:

(1) The owners of each bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each draw, with figures not less than 18 inches high for bridges below the turning basin at mile 4.0, and 12 inches high for bridges above mile 4.0. The gauges shall be designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(2) Train and locomotives shall be controlled so that any delay in opening the draw shall not exceed 10 minutes. However, if a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting the opening of the bridge is given, the train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before stopping or reversing.

(3) New Jersey Transit Rail Operations' (NJTRO) roving crews shall consist of two qualified operators on each shift, each having a vehicle which is equipped with marine and railroad radios, a cellular telephone, and emergency bridge repair and maintenance tools. This crew shall be split with one drawtender stationed at Upper Hack and the other drawtender at the NJTRO HX drawbridge. Adequate security measures shall be provided to prevent vandalism to the bridge operating controls and mechanisms to ensure prompt openings of NJTRO bridges.

(4) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (j) of this section, the draws shall open on signal.

(b) The draw of the PATH Bridge, mile 3.0, at Jersey City, shall open on signal provided at least a two-hour advance notice is provided by calling the number posted at the bridge. The draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, from 6 a.m. to 10 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 8 p.m.

Additional bridge openings shall be provided for commercial vessels from 6 a.m. to 7:20 a.m.; 9:20 a.m. to 10 a.m.; 4 p.m. to 4:30 p.m. and from 6:50 p.m. to 8 p.m. provided at least a two-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(c) The draw of the Hack-Freight Railroad Bridge at mile 3.1, shall open on signal at all times, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The bridge shall be operated from a remote location at all times, except when it is tended locally. Sufficient closed circuit television cameras, approved by the Coast Guard, shall be operated and maintained at the bridge site to enable the remotely located bridge tender to have full view of both river traffic and the bridge.

(1) Radiotelephone Channel 13/16 VHF-FM shall be maintained and utilized to facilitate communication in both remote and local control locations. The bridge shall also be equipped with directional microphones and horns to receive and deliver signals to vessels.

(2) Whenever the remote control system equipment is partially disabled or fails for any reason, the bridge shall be physically tended and operated by local control as soon as possible, but no more than 45 minutes after malfunction or disability of the remote system. Mechanical bypass and override capability of the remote system shall be provided and maintained.

(d) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the draw of the NJTRO Lower Hack Bridge, mile 3.4, at Jersey City shall open on signal if at least a one-hour advance notice is given to the drawtender at the Upper Hack bridge, mile 6.9, at Secaucus, New Jersey by calling the number posted at the bridge. In the event the NJTRO HX draw tender is at the Newark/Harrison (Morristown Line) Bridge, mile 5.8, on the Passaic River, up to an additional half hour delay is permitted.

(e) The draw of the AMTRAK Portal Bridge, mile 5.0, at Little Snake Hill, New Jersey, shall only open to 55 feet horizontal clearance in the east channel and the west channel will be closed to all navigation. The draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic from 5 a.m. to 10 a.m. and from 3 p.m. to 8 p.m. Additional bridge openings shall be provided for tide restricted commercial vessels between 7 a.m. and 8 a.m. and between 5 p.m. and 6 p.m., if at least a two-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge. At all other times the bridge shall open on signal if at least a 2-hour advance notice is given.

(f) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the draw of the NJTRO Upper Hack Bridge, mile 6.9 at Secaucus, N.J. shall open on signal unless the drawtender is at the NJTRO HX Bridge, mile 7.7 at Secaucus, N.J. over the Hackensack River, then up to a half hour delay is permitted.

(g) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the draw of the NJTRO HX Bridge at mile 7.7, shall open on signal if at least a half hour notice is given to the drawtender at the Upper Hack Bridge.

(h) The draw of the Harold J. Dillard Memorial (Court Street) Bridge, mile 16.2, Hackensack, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(i) The draw of the New York Susquehanna and Western Railroad bridge, mile 16.3, and the Midtown bridge, mile 16.5, both at Hackensack, need not be opened for the passage of vessels, however, the draws shall be restored to operable condition within 12 months after notification by the District Commander to do so.

(j) The draw of the Route 1 & 9 Bridge, mile 1.8, at Jersey City, shall open on signal; except that, from 11 p.m. to 7 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least two hours advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(k) The draw of the Route 7 Bridge, mile 3.1, at Jersey City, shall open on signal if at least four hours advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[USCG-2013-1005, 79 FR 34418, June 17, 2013, as amended by USCG-2016-0173, 81 FR 62367, Sept. 9, 2016; USCG-2019-0108, 84 FR 23490, May 22, 2019; USCG-2019-0086, 85 FR 8749, Feb. 18, 2020; USCG-2019-0892, 85 FR 26359, May 4, 2020; USCG-2020-0603, 86 FR 23610, May 4, 2021; USCG-2024-0412, 90 FR 13702, Mar. 26, 2025]

§ 117.729 Mantua Creek.

(a) The draw of the Conrail automated railroad bridge, mile 1.4, at Paulsboro, NJ shall operate as follows:

(1) The bridge will be operated remotely by the South Jersey Train Dispatcher located in Mt. Laurel, NJ. Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day by telephone at (856) 231-2282.

(2) From March 1 through November 30, the draw shall be left in the open position and will only be lowered for the passage of trains and to perform periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(3) From December 1 through the last day of February, the draw will open on signal if at least 4 hours notice is given by telephone at (856) 231-2282.

(4) The timeframe to initiate the bridge closure will be not more than 15 minutes before a train will arrive at the bridge location. If a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge, the train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge prior to stopping for any reason. Trains shall be controlled so that any delay in opening of the draw shall not exceed ten minutes except as provided in § 117.31(b).

(5) The bridge will be equipped with cameras and channel sensors to visually and electronically ensure the waterway is clear before the bridge closes. The video and sensors are located and monitored at the remote operating location in Mt. Laurel, NJ. The channel sensors signal will be a direct input to the bridge control system. In the event of failure or obstruction of the infrared channel sensors, the bridge will automatically stop closing and the South Jersey Train Dispatcher will return the bridge to the open position. In the event of video failure the bridge will remain in the full open position.

(6) The Conrail Railroad center span light will change from fixed green to flashing red anytime the bridge is not in the full open position.

(7) Prior to downward movement of the span, the horn will sound two prolonged blasts, followed by a pause, and then two short blasts until the bridge is seated and locked down. At the time of movement, the center span light will change from fixed green to flashing red and remain flashing until the bridge has returned to its full open position.

(8) When the train controller at Mt. Laurel has verified that rail traffic has cleared, they will sound the horn five times to signal the draw is about to return to its full open position.

(9) During upward movement of the span, the horn will sound two prolonged blasts, followed by a pause, and then sound two short blasts until the bridge is in the full open position. The center span light will continue to flash red until the bridge is in the fully open position.

(10) When the draw cannot be operated from the remote site, a bridge tender must be called to operate the bridge in the traditional manner. Personnel shall be dispatched to arrive at the bridge as soon as possible, but not more than one hour after malfunction or disability of the remote system.

(b) The draw of the S.R. 44 bridge, mile 1.7, at Paulsboro, shall open on signal from May 1 through October 31 from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m., and shall open on signal at all other times upon four hours notice.

[CGD3 84-33, 50 FR 30270, July 25, 1985, as amended by CGD05-03-121, 69 FR 21063, Apr. 20, 2004; USCG-2013-0710, 79 FR 44695, Aug. 1, 2014; USCG-2014-0807, 80 FR 22100, Apr. 21, 2015]

§ 117.731 Mullica River.

The draws of the bridges listed in this section shall open on signal, except as follows:

(a) The draw of the Lower Bank bridge, mile 15.0, need not open during the following periods unless at least four hours notice is given:

(1) From May 1 through November 30, from 11 p.m. to 7 a.m.

(2) From December 1 through April 30, at all times.

(b) The draw of the Green Bank bridge, mile 18.0, need not open unless at least four hours notice is given during the following periods:

(1) April 1 through November 30, from 11 p.m. to 7 a.m.

(2) December 1 through March 31, at all times.

(c) The drawspan must open as soon as possible for public vessels of the United States during the periods when four hours notice is required.

[CGD5-87-065, 53 FR 406, Jan. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD05 94-093, 60 FR 51732, Oct. 3, 1995. Redesignated and amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.733 New Jersey Intracoastal Waterway.

(a) The draw of the Route 35 Bridge, mile 1.1 across Manasquan River at Brielle, shall open on signal except as follows:

(1) From May 15 through September 30:

(i) On Saturdays, Sundays and Federal holidays, from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m., the draw need only open 15 minutes before the hour and 15 minutes after the hour.

(ii) On Mondays to Thursdays from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m., and on Fridays, except Federal holidays from 12 p.m. to 7 p.m., the draw need only open 15 minutes before the hour and 15 minutes after the hour.

(2) Year-round from 11 p.m. to 8 a.m., the draw need only open if at least four hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Route 88 Bridge, mile 3.0, across Point Pleasant Canal at Point Pleasant, shall operate as follows:

(1) From 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. the draw shall open on signal.

(2) From 11:01 p.m. to 6:59 a.m. the draw shall open on signal, if at least four hours advance notice is given.

(c) The draw of the Route 13 Bridge, mile 3.9, across Point Pleasant Canal at Point Pleasant, shall operate as follows:

(1) From 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. the draw shall open on signal.

(2) From 11:01 p.m. to 6:59 a.m. the draw shall open on signal, if at least four hours advance notice is given.

(d) The draw of the County Route 528 Bridge, mile 6.3 across Barnegat Bay at Mantoloking, shall open on signal; except that from Memorial Day through Labor Day on Saturdays, Sundays and Federal holidays from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need only open on the hour, twenty minutes after the hour, and forty minutes after the hour.

(e) The draw of the S37 Bridge across Barnegat Bay, mile 14.1 at Seaside Heights, shall open on signal except as follows:

(1) From December 1 through March 31, the draw need only open if at least four hours notice is given.

(2) From April 1 through November 30 from 11 p.m. to 8 a.m., the draw need only open if at least four hours notice is given.

(3) From Memorial Day through Labor Day from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m., the draw need only open on the hour and half hour.

(f) The draw of the AMTRAK New Jersey Transit Rail Operations (NJTRO) automated railroad swing bridge across Beach Thorofare, mile 68.9 at Atlantic City shall operate as follows:

(1) Open on signal from 11 p.m. to 6 a.m. From 6 a.m. to 11 p.m., the draw shall open on signal from 20 minutes to 30 minutes after each hour and remain open for all waiting vessels.

(2) Opening of the draw span may be delayed for ten minutes except as provided in § 117.31(b). However, if a train is moving toward the bridge and has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, that train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before stopping.

(3) When the bridge is not tended locally and/or is operated from a remote location, sufficient closed circuit TV cameras shall be operated and maintained at the bridge site to enable the remotely located bridge/train controller to have full view of both river traffic and the bridge.

(4) Radiotelephone Channel 13 (156.65 MHz) VHF-FM, shall be maintained and utilized to facilitate communication in both remote and local control locations. The bridge shall also be equipped with directional microphones and horns to receive and deliver signals to vessels within a mile that are not equipped with radiotelephones.

(5) Whenever the remote control system equipment is partially disabled or fails for any reason, the bridge shall be physically tended and operated by local control. Personnel shall be dispatched to arrive at the bridge as soon as possible, but not more that one hour after malfunction or disability of the remote system. Mechanical bypass and override capability of the remote operation system shall be provided and maintained.

(6) When the draw is opening and closing, or is closed, yellow flashing lights located on the ends of the center piers shall be displayed continuously until the bridge is returned to the fully open position.

(g) The draw of the Route 30 Bridge across Beach Thorofare, mile 67.2 at Atlantic City, shall open on signal if at least four hours of notice is given; except that:

(1) From April 1 through October 31, from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. the draw need only open on the hour.

(2) On July 4, the draw need not open from 9:40 p.m. until 11:15 p.m. to accommodate the annual July 4th fireworks show. Should inclement weather prevent the fireworks event from taking place as planned, the draw need not open from 9:40 p.m. until 11:15 p.m. on July 5th to accommodate the annual July 4th fireworks show.

(3) On the third or fourth Wednesday of August the draw will open every two hours on the hour from 10 a.m. until 4 p.m. and need not open from 4 p.m. until 8 p.m. to accommodate the annual Air Show.

(h) The draw of the US40-322 (Albany Avenue) Bridge, mile 70.0 across Inside Thorofare, at Atlantic City, shall open on signal except that:

(1) Year-round, from 11 p.m. to 7 a.m.; and from November 1 through March 31 from 3 p.m. to 11 p.m., the draw need only open if at least four hours notice is given;

(2) From June 1 through September 30:

(i) From 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. and from 6 p.m. to 9 p.m. the draw need only open on the hour and half hour; and

(ii) From 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. the draw need not open.

(3) On July 4, the draw need not open from 9:40 p.m. until 11:15 p.m. to accommodate the annual July 4th fireworks show. Should inclement weather prevent the fireworks event from taking place as planned, the draw need not open from 9:40 p.m. until 11:15 p.m. on July 5th to accommodate the annual July 4th fireworks show.

(4) On the third or fourth Wednesday of August, the draw will open every two hours on the hour from 10 a.m. until 4 p.m. and need not open from 4 p.m. until 8 p.m. to accommodate the annual Air Show.

(i) The draw of the Dorset Avenue Bridge across Inside Thorofare, mile 72.1, at Ventnor City, shall open on signal except that:

(1) Year-round, from 11 p.m. to 7 a.m., the draw need only open if at least four-hour notice is given.

(2) From June 1 through September 30, from 9:15 a.m. to 9:15 p.m., the draw need open only on the 15 and 45 minutes after the hour.

(j) The draw of the Stone Harbor Boulevard Bridge, mile 102.0 across Great Channel, at Stone Harbor, shall open on signal except that:

(1) From October 1 through March 31 from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. the draw need only open if at least eight hours notice is given.

(2) From Memorial Day through Labor Day from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays and Federal holidays, the draw need open only on the hour, 20 minutes after the hour, and 20 minutes before the hour.

(3) From 10 p.m. on December 24 until 6 a.m. on December 26, the draw need open only if at least two hours notice is given.

(k) The draw of Two-Mile Bridge, mile 112.2, across Middle Thorofare in Wildwood Crest, shall open on signal except:

(1) From 9:15 a.m. to 10:30 a.m. on the fourth Sunday in March of every year, the draw need not open for vessels. If the fourth Sunday falls on a religious holiday, the draw need not open for vessels from 9:15 a.m. to 10:30 a.m. on the third Sunday of March of every year.

(2) From 10:30 p.m. on December 24 until 10:30 p.m. on December 26, the draw need open only if at least two hours notice is given.

(l) The draw of Cape May Canal Railroad Bridge across Cape May Canal, mile 115.1, at Cape May shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall be maintained in the open position; the draw may close only for the crossing of trains and maintenance of the bridge. When the draw is closed for a train crossing a bridge tender shall be present to reopen the draw after the train has cleared the bridge. When the draw is closed for maintenance a bridge tender shall be present to open the draw upon signal.

(2) Train service generally operates as follows (please contact Cape May Seashore Lines for current train schedules):

(i) Winter (generally December through March): In general, there is no train service, therefore the bridge is unmanned and placed in the full open position.

(ii) Spring (generally April through May and Fall (generally September through November): Generally weekend service only: Friday through Sunday train service starts at 10 a.m. and ends at 7:30 p.m. Monday through Thursday the bridge generally unmanned and in the open position.

(iii) Summer Service (generally June through August): Daily train service starting at 10 a.m. and ending 7:30 p.m.

(3) When a vessel approaches the drawbridge with the draw in the open position, the vessel shall give the opening signal. If no acknowledgement is received within 30 seconds, the vessel may proceed, with caution, through the open draw. When the draw is open and will be closing promptly, the drawbridge will generally signal using sound signals or radio telephone.

(4) Opening of the draw span may be delayed for ten minutes after a signal to open except as provide in (117.31(b). However, if a train is moving toward the bridge and has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, the train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks as soon as possible in order to prevent unnecessary delays in the opening of the draw.

[CGD05-97-003, 63 FR 2311, Jan. 15, 1998, as amended by CGD05-01-007, 66 FR 39445, July 31, 2001; CGD05-06-045, 71 FR 59383, Oct. 10, 2006; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2007-0026, 73 FR 5749, Jan. 31, 2008; USCG-2008-0697, 73 FR 79639, Dec. 30, 2008; 74 FR 17084, Apr. 14, 2009; USCG-2011-0698, 76 FR 79535, Dec. 22, 2011; USCG-2014-0121, 79 FR 18183, Apr. 1, 2014; USCG-2020-0647, 86 FR 46967, Aug. 23, 2021; 86 FR 54852, Oct. 5, 2021; USCG-2025-0312, 91 FR 3031, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.734 Navesink River (Swimming River).

The Oceanic Bridge, mile 4.5, shall open on signal; except that, from December 1 through March 31, the draw shall open on signal, if at least a twenty-four hour notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge. The owner of this bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges with figures not less than eight inches high, designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

[CGD01-99-075, 64 FR 71655, Dec. 22, 1999]

§ 117.735 Newark Bay.

(a) The following requirements apply to all bridges across this waterway:

(1) Public vessels of the United States, state or local vessels used for public service, and vessels in distress shall be passed through the draw without delay. The opening signal from these vessels is four or more short blasts of a whistle or horn or a radio request.

(2) The owners of these bridges shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gages painted white with black figures not less than 12 inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gauges shall be so placed on the bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridge either up or downstream.

(3) Trains and locomotives shall be controlled so that any delay in opening the draw span shall not exceed five minutes. However, if a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, the train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before stopping.

(b) The draw of the Lehigh Valley Drawbridge, mile 4.6, between the City of Newark and City of Bayonne, NJ, shall be operated from a remote location at all times, except when it is tended locally.

(1) Closed circuit television cameras shall be operated and maintained at the bridge site to enable the remotely located bridge tender to have a full view of both vessel traffic and the bridge.

(2) Radiotelephone Channel 13/16 VHF-FM shall be maintained and utilized to facilitate communication in both remote and local control locations. A push-to-talk (PTT) will be maintained on VHF-FM channel 13. Vessels may push the PTT button five times while on VHF-FM channel 13 and the remotely located bridge tender will receive and respond to the request and commence opening of the bridge.

(3) The bridge shall also be equipped with directional microphones and horns to receive and deliver signals to vessels.

(4) A telephone number will be maintained and posted for mariners to directly contact the remotely located bridge tender.

(5) Whenever the remote-control system equipment is partially disabled or fails for any reason, the bridge shall be physically tended and operated by local control as soon as possible, but no more than 60 minutes after malfunction or disability of the remote system. Mechanical bypass and override capability of the remote system shall be provided and maintained.

[USCG-2025-0805, 91 FR 45204, July 20, 2026]

§ 117.736 Oceanport Creek.

The drawspan for the New Jersey Transit Rail Operations Drawbridge, mile 8.4 near Oceanport, must open on signal from May 15 through September 15 between 5 a.m. and 9 p.m.; except that, the drawspan need not open 6 a.m. to 7:45 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. to 7:30 p.m on weekdays, excluding all federal holidays except for Martin Luther King Day. The drawspan must open on signal upon four hours notice from May 15 through September 15 between 9 p.m. and 5 a.m., and from September 16 through May 14; except that, the drawspan need not be opened from 6 a.m. to 7:45 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. to 7:30 p.m. on weekdays, excluding all federal holidays except for Martin Luther King Day. Public vessels of the United States must be passed as soon as possible at anytime.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.737 Oldmans Creek.

The draws of the US30 bridge, mile 3.1 at Nortonville, the Conrail railroad bridge, mile 4.0 at Jumbo, and the Salem County bridge, mile 5.1 at Pedricktown, need not be opened for the passage of vessels. However, the draws of any of these bridges shall be restored to operable condition within six months after notification by the District Commander to do so.

§ 117.739 Passaic River.

(a) The following requirements apply to all bridges in this section across the Passaic River:

(1) The owners of these bridges shall provide, and keep in good legible condition, clearance gauges with figures not less than twelve (12) inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(2) New Jersey Transit Rail Operations' (NJTRO) roving crews shall consist of an adequate number of operators to ensure NJTRO bridges are operated according to the requirements of this section.

(b) The draw of the Routes 1 & 9 (Lincoln Highway) Bridge, mile 1.8, at Newark, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(c) The draw of CONRAIL's Point-No-Point Railroad Bridge, mile 2.6, between the City of Newark and the Town of Kearny, NJ, shall be operated from a remote location at all times, except when it is tended locally. The bridge shall open on signal once notice is given. After the signal to open is given, the opening may be delayed no more than ten minutes.

(1) Closed circuit television cameras shall be operated and maintained at the bridge site to enable the remotely located bridge tender to have a full view of both vessel traffic and the bridge.

(2) Radiotelephone Channel 13/16 VHF-FM shall be maintained and utilized to facilitate communication in both remote and local control locations. A push-to-talk (PTT) will be maintained on VHF-FM channel 13. Vessels may push the PTT button five times while on VHF-FM channel 13 and the remotely located bridge tender will receive and respond to the request and commence opening of the bridge.

(3) The bridge shall also be equipped with directional microphones and horns to receive and deliver signals to vessels.

(4) A telephone number will be maintained and posted for mariners to directly contact the remotely located bridge tender.

(5) Whenever the remote-control system equipment is partially disabled or fails for any reason, the bridge shall be physically tended and operated by local control as soon as possible, but no more than 60 minutes after malfunction or disability of the remote system. Mechanical bypass and override capability of the remote system shall be provided and maintained.

(d) The draw of the Jackson Street Bridge, mile 4.6, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(e) The draw of the Bridge Street Bridge, mile 5.6, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(f) The draw of the NJTRO Newark-Harrison (Morristown Line) Bridge, mile 5.8, at Harrison, New Jersey shall open on signal if at least one hour advance notice is given to the drawtender at Upper Hack Bridge mile 6.9, across the Hackensack River at Secaucus, N.J. In the event the HX drawtender is at the Lower Hack Bridge, mile 3.4 on the Hackensack River, at Jersey City then up to an additional half hour delay in opening is permitted. After the signal to open is given, the opening may be delayed no more than ten minutes. From 7:15 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 6:50 p.m., Monday through Friday except federal holidays, the draw need not open.

(g) The draw of the Clay Street Bridge, mile 6.0, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(h) The draw of the NJTRO (West Arlington) Bridge, mile 8.0, at Kearney, shall open on signal from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. if at least eight hours notice is given. After the signal to open is given, the opening may be delayed no more than ten minutes. From 11 p.m. to 7 a.m., the draw need not be opened.

(i) The draw of the Route 7 (Rutgers Street) Bridge, mile 8.9, at Belleville, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(j) The draw of the Avondale Bridge, mile 10.7, at Lyndhurst, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

(k) The draw of the NJTRO Bridge, mile 11.7, shall open on signal after at least a 24 hour notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[CGD01-95-171, 62 FR 6485, Feb. 12, 1997, as amended by CGD01-97-020, 63 FR 34124, June 23, 1998; CGD01-97-134, 64 FR 4788, Feb. 1, 1999; CGD01-99-076, 64 FR 62114, Nov. 16, 1999; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2010-0234, 75 FR 51942, Aug. 24, 2010; USCG-2011-0268, 76 FR 65376, Oct. 21, 2011; USCG-2013-0638, 78 FR 72022, Dec. 2, 2013; USCG-2014-1070, 80 FR 10591, Feb. 27, 2015; USCG-2018-0443, 83 FR 30039, June 27, 2018; USCG-2024-1091, 90 FR 16088, Apr. 17, 2025; USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3035, Jan. 26, 2026; USCG-2025-0999, 91 FR 6137, Feb. 11, 2026; USCG-2026-0632, 91 FR 33074, June 3, 2026]

§ 117.741 Raccoon Creek.

The draw of the CONRAIL Railroad Bridge, mile 2.0 at Bridgeport, shall operate as follows:

(a) From March 1 through November 30, the draw shall be left in the open position at all times and will only be closed for the passage of trains and to perform periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(1) Trains shall be controlled so that any delay in opening of the draw shall not exceed ten minutes except as provided in § 117.31(b).

(2) Before the bridge closes for any reason, a train crewmember will observe the waterway for approaching craft, which will be allowed to pass. A train crewmember will then operate the bridge by radiophone. The bridge shall only be closed if a train crewmember's visual inspection shows that the channel is clear and there are no vessels transiting in the area.

(3) While the CONRAIL Railroad Bridge is moving from the full open to the full closed position, a train crewmember will maintain constant surveillance of the navigational channel to ensure no conflict with maritime traffic exists. In the event of failure or obstruction, the train crewmember will stop the bridge and return the bridge to the open position.

(4) The CONRAIL Railroad channel traffic lights will change from flashing green to flashing red anytime the bridge is not in the full open position.

(5) During closing of the span, the channel traffic lights will change from flashing green to flashing red, the horn will sound four times, followed by a pause, then the four blasts will be repeated and the bridge will close. When the rail traffic has cleared the swing span, the horn will automatically sound five times to signal the draw of the CONRAIL Railroad Bridge is about to return to its full open position.

(6) During open span movement, the channel traffic lights will be flashing red, the horn will sound four times, followed by a pause, then four blasts will be repeated until the bridge is in the full open position. In the full open position, the channel traffic lights will then turn from flashing red to flashing green.

(b) At all other times, the draw may be left in the closed position and opened on signal if at least four hours notice is given by telephone at (856) 231-2393.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3035, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.743 Rahway River.

The draw of the Conrail Bridge, mile 2.0, across the Rahway River, at Linden, New Jersey, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw shall remain in the full open position at all times, and shall only be closed for the passage of rail traffic or the performance of maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(b) The draw shall be remotely operated by a bridge/train dispatcher located at the Conrail Dispatch Office at Mount Laurel, New Jersey.

(c) A marine traffic light system shall be maintained at the bridge and display flashing green lights to indicate that vessels may pass through the bridge, and flashing red lights anytime the bridge is not in the full open position.

(d) An infrared sensor system shall be maintained at the bridge to determine that no conflict with vessel traffic exists while the bridge is closing.

(e) Before the bridge may be closed from the remote location, an on-site train crewmember shall observe the waterway for any vessel traffic. All approaching vessels shall be allowed to pass before the bridge may close. The on-scene train crewmember shall then communicate with the bridge/train dispatcher at the Conrail Dispatch Office, at Mount Laurel, either by radio or telephone, to request that the bridge be closed.

(f) While the bridge is moving from the full open to full closed position, the bridge/train dispatcher shall maintain constant surveillance of the navigational channel at the bridge using the infrared sensor system.

(g) If the infrared sensors detect a vessel or other obstruction approaching or under the bridge before the draw is fully lowered and locked, the closing sequence shall be stopped, automatically, and the draw shall be raised to its full open position until the channel is clear.

(h) During the downward bridge closing movement, the marine traffic light system located at the bridge will change from flashing green to flashing red, the public address system shall announce that the bridge shall be closing, and the horn shall sound two times, pause 10 seconds, then repeat two horn blasts until the bridge is seated and fully locked down.

(i) When all rail traffic has cleared the bridge, the bridge/train dispatcher shall sound the horn five-times to signal that the draw is about to open.

(j) In the event of a failure, or obstruction to the infrared sensor system, the bridge shall immediately be returned to the full open position until the problem is corrected.

(k) In the event of a loss of communication between the on-site personnel and the bridge/train dispatcher, the bridge shall immediately be returned to the full open position until the problem is corrected.

(l) Should the draw become inoperable from the remote site while the bridge is in the closed position, a bridge tender, maintenance personnel, or engineer shall be deployed to be on scene within one hour from the time the draw becomes inoperable until the bridge can be returned to the full open position.

(m) Trains shall be controlled so that any delay in opening of the draw shall not exceed ten minutes after a train has crossed the bridge; except, as provided in 33 CFR 117.31(b). However, if a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge, the train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before stopping.

[CGD01-03-096, 69 FR 8814, Feb. 26, 2004]

§ 117.745 Rancocas Creek.

(a) The following requirements apply to all bridges across the Rancocas River (Creek):

(1) Public vessels of the United States must be passed through the drawspan of each drawbridge as soon as possible without delay at anytime. The opening signal from these vessels is four or more short blasts of a whistle or horn, or a radio request.

(2) The owners of these bridges shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(3) Trains and locomotives shall be controlled so that any delay in opening the draw span shall not exceed ten minutes. However, if a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, that train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before stopping or reversing.

(b) The drawspan for the Riverside-Delanco/SR#543 Drawbridge, mile 1.3 at Riverside must operate as follows:

(1) From April 1 through October 31 open on signal from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m.

(2) From November 1 through March 31 from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m., open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given, except as provided in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

(3) Year round from 11 p.m. to 7 a.m. need not open for the passage of vessels, except as provided in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

[CGD5 91-054, 58 FR 40591, July 29, 1993, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70311, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37314, June 21, 2012; USCG-2015-0423, 80 FR 57721, Sept. 25, 2015; USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3036, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.747 Raritan River.

(a) The draw of New Jersey Transit Rail Operations Railroad Bridge at mile 0.5 shall open on signal; except that, from 6 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. to 7:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except holidays, the bridge need not open.

(b) The bridge owner shall provide and keep in good legible condition two clearance gauges with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(c) Trains and locomotives shall be controlled so that any delay in opening the draw span shall not exceed ten minutes. However, if a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, the train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before the bridge may be opened.

[USCG-2009-0202, 74 FR 49325, Sept. 28, 2009]

§ 117.750 Schellenger Creek.

The draw of the Cape May County bridge, mile 0.3 at Cape May, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 43462, Oct. 29, 1984]

§ 117.751 Shark River (South Channel).

The draws of the S71 Bridge, mile 0.8, and the Railroad Bridge, mile 0.9, both at Avon, operate as follows:

(a) The bridges operate as one unit. The owners shall provide signal systems so connected that the operator of either bridge may simultaneously notify the operator of the other bridge. The operator of the first bridge to be passed shall be responsible for observing the approach vessels, for receiving and acknowledging signals, and for coordinating the opening of the other draw.

(b) The draws shall open on signal; except that, from May 15 through September 30 from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m. Monday through Friday except Federal holidays and from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, the draw need be opened only on the hour and half hour if a vessel is waiting to pass.

(c) The owners of the bridges shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gages painted white with black figures not less than eight inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gages shall be so placed on the bridges that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridges either up or downstream.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2012-0930, 77 FR 70373, Nov. 26, 2012]

§ 117.755 Shrewsbury River.

The draw of the Sea Bright Bridge at mile 4.0, across the Shrewsbury River at Sea Bright, New Jersey, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw shall open on signal at all times; except that, from the Friday before Memorial Day through Labor Day, on Friday, Saturday, Sunday and holidays, between 9 a.m. and 7.pm., the draw need only open on the hour.

(b) The draw need not be opened at any time for a sail boat unless it is operating under auxiliary power or is being towed by a powered vessel.

(c) The owners of the bridge shall keep in good legible condition two clearance gages with figures not less than eight inches high, designed, installed, and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

[USCG-2010-0461, 75 FR 38714, July 6, 2010, as amended by USCG-2018-0874, 84 FR 30879, June 28, 2019; USCG-2017-0460, 84 FR 32622, July 9, 2019]

§ 117.756 South River.

The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 2.8 at South River shall open on weekdays (exclusive of holidays) from December 1 through the last day of February if at least four hours notice is given. From March 1 through November 30, and December 1 through the last day of February on weekends and holidays the draw shall be maintained open to navigation except for closure to accommodate passage of a train. The draw shall be opened as soon as possible at all times for passage of a public vessel of the United States.

[CGD3 83-067, 49 FR 33014, Aug. 20, 1984]

§ 117.757 Townsend Inlet.

The draw of Townsend Inlet Bridge, mile 0.3 in Avalon, shall open on signal except:

(a) From 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the fourth Sunday in March of every year, the draw need not open for vessels. If the fourth Sunday falls on a religious holiday, the draw need not open from 9:15 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on the third Sunday of March of every year.

(b) From 11 p.m. on December 24 until 11 p.m. on December 25, the draw need open only if at least two hours notice is given.

[USCG-2007-0026, 73 FR 5749, Jan. 31, 2008]

§ 117.759 Wading River.

The draw of the Burlington County highway bridge, mile 5.0 at Wading River, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

§ 117.769 Black Rock Canal.

The draws of the Ferry Street bridge, mile 2.6, and Canadian National Railway bridge, mile 3.8, both at Buffalo, shall operate as follows:

(a) From April 15 through November 30, the draws shall open on signal. However, between the hours of 12 midnight and 8 a.m., seven days a week, no bridgetender is required to be in attendance at the bridges and the draws shall open on signal if notice is given to the owners at least two hours in advance of a vessel's intended time of passage through the draws.

(b) From December 1 through April 14, no bridgetender is required to be in attendance at the bridges and the draws shall open on signal if notice is given to the owners at least four hours in advance of a vessel's time of intended passage through the draws.

[CGD09-94-008, 59 FR 50167, Oct. 3, 1994]

§ 117.771 Bronx River.

(a) The draw of the Conrail Bridge, mile 1.6 at the Bronx, New York, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

(b) The owners of the Conrail Bridge, mile 1.6, at the Bronx, New York, shall provide and keep in good legible condition two clearance gauges designed, installed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

[CGD01-97-018, 62 FR 54385, Oct. 20, 1997, as amended by CGD01-99-070, 65 FR 45718, July 25, 2000; USCG-2019-0442, 84 FR 43045, Aug. 20, 2019]

§ 117.773 Buffalo River.

(a) The draw of the Michigan Avenue bridge, mile 1.3, at Buffalo, shall operate as follows:

(1) From March 22 through December 15, the draw shall open within 20 minutes of signal. However, the draw need not open from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m., and from 4 p.m. to 5:45 p.m., Monday through Saturday.

(2) From December 16 through March 21, the draw shall open on signal if notice is given at least 4 hours in advance of a vessel's time of intended passage through the draw.

(b) The draw of the Ohio Street bridge, mile 2.1, at Buffalo, shall operate as follows:

(1) From March 22 through December 15, the draw shall open on signal within 20 minutes after a request is made to the Michigan Avenue drawtender. However, the draw need not open from 7:30 a.m. to 9 a.m., and from 4 p.m. to 5:45 p.m., Monday through Saturday.

(2) From December 16 through March 21, the draw shall open on signal if notice is given at least 4 hours in advance of a vessel's time of intended passage through the draw.

(3) In addition to the standard signals required for requesting the bridge to open, the owners of this bridge shall maintain and monitor a marine radiotelephone for use by the Michigan Avenue drawtender for receiving requests for opening the Ohio Street bridge. The drawtender shall maintain communications with any transiting vessel until the vessel has cleared both the Ohio Street and Michigan Avenue draws.

(c) The draws of the CSX Transportation railroad bridges, miles 4.02 and 4.39, both at Buffalo, shall open on signal if notice is given at least 4 hours in advance of a vessel's time of intended passage through the draws.

(d) The South Park Avenue bridge, mile 5.3, at Buffalo, shall open on signal if notice is given at least 4 hours in advance of a vessel's time of intended passage through the draw. However, the draw need not open from 7 a.m. to 8:30 a.m., and from 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Saturday.

(e) The periods when the bridges need not open on signal prescribed in paragraphs (a)(1), (b)(1), and (d) in this section shall not be effective on Sundays, and on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, or days observed in lieu of any of these under State law.

[CGD09-95-022, 61 FR 10467, Mar. 14, 1996, as amended by USCG-1999-5832, 64 FR 34712, June 29, 1999]

§ 117.781 East River.

The following requirements apply to the Roosevelt Island bridge, mile 6.4 at New York City, as follows:

(a) Public vessels of the United States Government, state or local vessels used for public safety, and vessels in distress shall be passed through the draws of each bridge as soon as possible without delay at anytime. The opening signal from these vessels shall be four or more short blasts of a whistle, horn or radio request.

(b) The owners of each bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(c) The draw of the Roosevelt Island bridge shall open on signal if at least two hour advance notice is given to the drawtender at the Grand Street/Avenue bridge, mile 3.1 across Newtown Creek (East Branch), the New York Department of Transportation (NYCDOT) Radio Hotline or NYCDOT Bridge Operations Office. In the event the drawtender is at Borden Avenue or Hunters Point Avenue bridges mile 1.2 and 1.4, respectively, across Dutch Kills, up to an additional half hour delay may be required.

[CGD1-90-040, 55 FR 37710, Sept. 13, 1990, as amended by USCG-2009-0348, 74 FR 52888, Oct. 15, 2009]

§ 117.785 Genesee River.

The draw of the Colonel Patrick Henry O'Rorke Memorial Bridge, mile 1.2 at Rochester, shall open on signal from April 1 through December 15; however, from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need be opened only for the passage of commercial vessels. From 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. and 6 p.m. to 11 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, and from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, the draw need be opened only on the hour and half-hour, except that commercial vessels shall be passed at any time. From December 16 through March 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given. The owners of the bridge shall maintain clearance gauges in accordance with 33 CFR 118.160.

[USCG-2013-0921, 78 FR 72025, Dec. 2, 2013]

§ 117.787 Gowanus Canal.

The draws of the Ninth Street Bridge, mile 1.4, the Third Street Bridge, mile 1.8, the Carroll Street Bridge, mile 2.0, and the Union Street Bridge, mile 2.1, at Brooklyn, shall open on signal, if at least a two-hour advance notice is given to the New York City Department of Transportation (NYCDOT), Radio Hotline, or the NYCDOT Bridge Operations Office.

[CGD01-99-067, 65 FR 46870, Aug. 1, 2000]

§ 117.789 Harlem River.

(a) The draws of all railroad bridges across the Harlem River may remain in the closed position from the time a train scheduled to cross the bridge is within five minutes from the bridge, and until that train has fully crossed the bridge. The maximum time permitted for delay shall not exceed ten (10) minutes. Land and water traffic should pass over or through the draw as soon as possible to prevent unnecessary delays in the opening and closure of the draw.

(b)(1) The draws of the bridges at 103 Street, mile 0.0, 125 Street (Triborough), mile 1.3, Willis Avenue, mile 1.5, Third Avenue, mile 1.9, Madison Avenue, mile 2.3, 145 Street, mile 2.8, Macombs Dam, mile 3.2, 207 Street, mile 6.0, and the Broadway Bridge, mile 6.8, shall open on signal if at least a four-hour advance notice is given to the New York City Highway Radio (Hotline) Room and the Triborough Bridge and Tunnel Authority (TBTA) for the 125 Street (Triborough), mile 1.3. The draws of the above bridges, except the Broadway Bridge, need not open for the passage of vessel traffic from 6 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. to 7 p.m., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays. The draw of the Broadway Bridge need not open for the passage of vessel traffic from 7 a.m. to 10 a.m. and 4 p.m. to 7 p.m., Monday through Friday, except federal holidays.

(2) The draws of the Willis Avenue Bridge, mile 1.5, Third Avenue Bridge, mile 1.9, and the Madison Avenue Bridge, mile 2.3, need not open for the passage of vessel traffic at various times between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. on the first Sunday in May and November. The exact time and date of each bridge closure will be published in the Local Notice to Mariners several weeks prior to each closure.

(c) The draw of the Metro North (Park Avenue) Bridge, mile 2.1, shall open on signal, except, as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, if at least a four-hour advance notice is given. The draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic from 5 a.m. to 10 a.m. and 4 p.m. to 8 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.

(d) The draw of the Spuyten Duyvil railroad bridge, mile 7.9, shall open on signal at all times, except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.

[USCG-2008-0456, 75 FR 230, Jan. 5, 2010]

§ 117.791 Hudson River.

(a) The draws of the bridges listed in this section shall open as soon as possible at any time for the passage of the following vessels:

(1) Downbound vessels during a freshet of a height exceeding an elevation determined by the District Commander.

(2) Public vessels of the United States.

(3) Vessels of 500 tons or more.

(4) Tugs with a tow on a hawser.

(b) The draws of the bridges listed in this section shall not remain open for more than 15 minutes and may remain closed for up to 10 minutes to allow accumulated land traffic to pass.

(c) The draw of the Livingston Ave. (Amtrak) Bridge, mile 146.2 between Albany and Rensselaer, shall open on signal; except that, from April 1 through December 15, from 11:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least 4 hours notice is given and from December 16 through March 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(d) The draw of the Troy-Green Bridge, mile 152.7, between Troy and Green Island, operates as follows:

(1) From April 1 through December 15 the draw shall open on signal if at least a twenty four hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(2) From December 16 through March 31, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD3 85-42, 49 FR 43462, Oct. 29, 1984, 50 FR 26713, June 28, 1985; USCG-1999-5832, 64 FR 34712, June 29, 1999; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70312, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2013-0257, 78 FR 56609, Sept. 13, 2013; USCG-2017-0926, 83 FR 66623, Dec. 27, 2018; USCG-2018-0874, 84 FR 30879, June 28, 2019; USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58278, Sept. 18, 2020; USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3036, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.793 Hutchinson River (Eastchester Creek).

(a) The following requirements apply to all bridges across Hutchinson River (Eastchester Creek):

(1) The owners of each bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition clearance gauges for each draw with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provision of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(2) Trains and locomotives shall be controlled so that any delay in opening the draw shall not exceed ten minutes except as provided in § 117.31(b). However, if a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the signal requesting opening of the bridge is given, the train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge interlocks before stopping.

(3) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section each draw shall open on signal.

(b) The draw of the Hutchinson River Parkway Bridge, mile 0.9, at the Bronx, New York shall open on signal if at least a two-hour notice is given to the New York City Department of Transportation (NYCDOT) Radio Hotline, or the NYCDOT Bridge Operations Office.

(c) The draw of the South Fulton Avenue Bridge, mile 2.9, shall open on signal from three hours before to three hours after the predicted high tide. For the purposes of this section, predicted high tide occurs four hours after predicted high water for New York (Battery), as given in the tide tables published by private entities using data provided by the National Ocean Service.

(1) At all other times, the bridge shall open on signal if at least four hours advance notice is given to the Westchester County Road Maintenance Division during normal work hours or to the County's Parkway Police at all other times.

(2) The bridge tender shall honor requests for opening within six hours after predicated high water if such request is given to the bridge tender while he or she is on station (three hours before to three hours after predicted high tide).

[CGD01-93-009, 58 FR 42859, Aug. 12, 1993, as amended by CGD01-97-125, 63 FR 18321, Apr. 15, 1998; CGD01-99-070, 65 FR 45718, July 25, 2000; USCG-2001-9286, 66 FR 33641, June 25, 2001; CGD01-04-033, 69 FR 35246, June 24, 2001]

§ 117.795 Jamaica Bay and Connecting Waterways.

(a) The draw of the Marine Parkway bridge, mile 3.0 over Rockaway Inlet, shall open on signal Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. At all other times, the draw shall open on signal if at least eight hours notice is given; however, the draw shall open on signal if at least a one hour notice is given for the passage of U.S. Navy or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration vessels.

(b) The draw of the Beach Channel railroad bridge shall open on signal; except that, the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic, 6:45 a.m. to 8:20 a.m. and 5 p.m. to 6:45 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.

[CGD3 85-42, 50 FR 26713, June 28, 1985, as amended by USCG-2001-9286, 66 FR 33641, June 25, 2001; CGD01-06-033, 71 FR 61897, Oct. 20, 2006; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70312, Dec. 4, 2006; 72 FR 50876, Sept. 5, 2007; USCG-2018-1032, 84 FR 8420, Mar. 8, 2019]

§ 117.797 Lake Champlain.

(a) The drawspan for each drawbridge listed in this section must open as soon as possible for public vessels of the United States.

(b) The draw of the US2 Bridge, mile 91.8, over Lake Champlain, between South Hero Island and North Hero Island, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall open on signal on the hour and the half hour from May 15th through October 15th from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. daily.

(2) The draw shall open on signal from May 15th through October 15th from 8 p.m. to 8 a.m. if at least four hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(3) The draw shall open on signal from October 16th through May 14th if at least four hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(c) The draw of the Central Vermont Railway bridge across Missisquoi Bay, mile 105.6 shall open on signal:

(1) From June 15 through September 15:

(i) Monday through Friday from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.;

(ii) Saturdays, Sundays, Independence Day and Labor Day from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m.;

(iii) At all other times, if at least two hours notice is given.

(2) From September 16 through June 14 if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD3 83-059, 49 FR 49452, Dec. 20, 1984; CGD01-98-032, 64 FR 28103, May 25, 1999; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70312, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3036, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.799 Long Island, New York Inland Waterway from East Rockaway Inlet to Shinnecock Canal.

(a) At all times, public vessels of the United States must be passed through the drawspan of each drawbridge listed in this section as soon as possible.

(b) The draw of each bridge listed in this section need not be opened for sailing vessels, unless the vessels are under machinery power or under tow, if an opening would unduly delay other vessel or vehicular traffic.

(c) The owners of the bridges listed in this section shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gages painted white with black figures not less than eight inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gages shall be so placed on the bridges that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridges either up or downstream.

(d) The draws of the West Bay bridge, mile 0.1 across Quantuck Canal, Beach Lane bridge, mile 1.1 across Quantuck Canal, Quoque bridge, mile 1.1 across Quoque Canal and the Smith Point bridge, mile 6.1 across Narrow Bay shall open on signal from October 1 through April 30 from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. and from May 1 through September 30 from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. At all other times during these periods, the draws shall open as soon as possible but no more than one hour after a request to open is received.

(e) The draw of the Atlantic Beach Bridge across Reynolds Channel, mile 0.4, shall operate as follows:

(1) From October 1 through May 14 the draw shall open on signal from 8 a.m. to midnight.

(2) From midnight to 8 a.m. year-round, the draw shall open on signal if at least eight (8) hours of notice is given by calling the Bridge Tower at 516-239-1821.

(3) From May 15 through September 30, the bridge will open on signal except from 4 p.m. to 7 p.m. on weekdays, and from 11 a.m. to 9 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays, Memorial Day, Independence Day, and Labor Day, when the bridge will open on the hour and half-hour.

(f) The draw of the Loop Parkway Bridge across Long Creek, mile 0.7, shall open for commercial vessels engaged in commerce, the draw shall open Monday thru Friday from 6:20 a.m. to 9:50 a.m. and 3:20 p.m. to 7:20 p.m. on signal at 20 and 50 minutes after the hour, and on signal at all other times. For all other vessels, the draw shall open on Monday thru Friday from 6:20 a.m. to 7:20 p.m. on signal at 20 and 50 minutes after the hour, and the draw shall open on Saturday, Sunday and Federal Holidays from 7:20 a.m. to 8:20 p.m. on signal at 20 and 50 minutes after the hour, and on signal at all other times.

(g) The draw of the Long Beach Bridge across Reynolds Channel, mile 4.7, shall open on signal; except that:

(1) From midnight to 8 a.m. year-round, the draw shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given; and

(2) From 3 p.m. to 8 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays from May 15 through September 30, the draw need be opened only on the hour and half hour.

(3) From 10 p.m. to midnight on July 3 each year the draw need not open for the passage of vessel traffic.

(h) The draw of the Meadowbrook State Parkway Bridge, mile 12.8, across Sloop Channel, shall open on signal if at least a one-half hour notice is given to the New York State Department of Transportation, as follows:

(1) Every other hour on the even hour.

(2) From April 1 through October 31, on Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays, every three hours beginning at 1:30 a.m. Notice may be given from the telephone located at the moorings on each side of the bridge or by marine radio.

(3) From 9 p.m. to midnight, on the Fourth of July, the Meadowbrook State Parkway Bridge need not open for the passage of vessel traffic.

(i) The draw of the Captree State Parkway Bridge at mile 30.7, across the State Boat Channel, at Captree Island, shall open on signal if at least a one half hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge as follows:

(1) Every other hour on the even hour.

(2) From April 1 through October 31, on Saturday, Sunday, and Federal holidays every three hours beginning at 3 a.m.

[CGD3 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD3 84-51, 50 FR 2546, Jan. 17, 1985; CGD01-99-080, 64 FR 46275, Aug. 25, 1999; CGD01-04-025, 69 FR 34570, June 22, 2004; CGD01-04-047, 70 FR 15765, Mar. 29, 2005; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70312, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2012-0144, 77 FR 22495, Apr. 16, 2012; USCG-2012-1040, 78 FR 6730, Jan. 31, 2013; USCG-2020-0052, 85 FR 41187, July 9, 2020; USCG-2023-0530, 89 FR 13911, Feb. 23, 2024; USCG-2023-0532, 89 FR 13913, Feb. 23, 2024; USCG-2023-0532, 89 FR 47083, May 31, 2024; USCG-2022-0854, 89 FR 37975, May 7, 2024]

§ 117.800 Mill Neck Creek.

The draw of the Bayville Bridge, mile 0.1, at Oyster Bay, New York, shall open on signal between 7 a.m. and 11 p.m., from May 1 through October 31, and between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, from November 1 through April 30. At all other times the draw shall open on signal provided at least a two-hour advance notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

[USCG-2008-0010, 73 FR 29690, May 22, 2008]

§ 117.801 Newtown Creek, Dutch Kills, English Kills and their tributaries.

(a) The following requirements apply to all bridges across Newtown Creek, Dutch Kills, English Kills, and their tributaries:

(1) The owners of all bridges across Newtown Creek, Dutch Kills, English Kills and their tributaries listed under this section, shall provide and keep in good legible condition two clearance gauges with figures not less than 12 inches high designed, installed and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

(2) Trains and locomotives shall be controlled so that any delay in opening the draw shall not exceed five minutes. If a train moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge before the request to open the bridge is given, that train may continue across the bridge, but must clear the interlock before stopping.

(b) The draws of the Long Island Railroad bridges, at mile 1.1, across Dutch Kills at Queens, shall open on signal if at least six-hours advance notice is given to the Long Island Railroad Movement Bureau, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(c) The draw of the Borden Avenue Bridge, mile 1.2, across Dutch Kills at Queens, shall open on signal if at least a two-hour advance notice is given to the New York City Department of Transportation (NYCDOT) Radio Hotline or NYCDOT Bridge Operations Office.

(d) The draw of the Hunters Point Avenue Bridge, mile 1.4, across Dutch Kills at Queens, shall open on signal if at least a two-hour advance notice is given to the New York City Department of Transportation (NYCDOT) Radio Hotline or the NYCDOT Bridge Operations Office.

(e) The draw of the Metropolitan Avenue Bridge, mile 3.4, across English Kills at New York City, shall open on signal if at least a two-hour advance notice is given to the New York City Department of Transportation (NYCDOT) Radio Hotline or the NYCDOT Bridge Operations Office.

(f) The draw of the Grand Street/Avenue Bridge, mile 3.1, across Newtown Creek (East Branch) between Brooklyn and Queens, shall open on signal if at least a two-hour advance notice is given to the New York City Department of Transportation (NYCDOT) Radio Hotline or the NYCDOT Bridge Operations Office.

(g)(1) The draw of the of the Pulaski Bridge, mile 0.6, and the Greenpoint Avenue Bridge, mile 1.3, shall open on signal if at least a two hour advance notice is given to the New York City Department of Transportation Radio (Hotline) Room.

(2) The Pulaski Bridge, mile 0.6, need not open for vessel traffic at various times between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. on the first Sunday in both May and November. The exact time and date of the bridge closure will be published in the Local Notice to Mariners several weeks prior to the first Sunday of both May and November.

[CGD01-99-069, 65 FR 46872, Aug. 1, 2000, as amended by CGD01-04-019, 69 FR 34573, June 22, 2004; USCG-2024-0392, 89 FR 86242, Oct. 30, 2024]

§ 117.802 New Rochelle Harbor.

(a) The draw of the Glen Island Bridge, mile 0.8, at New Rochelle, New York, shall open on signal, except as follows:

(1) Two hours advance notice shall be given for openings from 12 midnight to 6 a.m. from May 1st through October 31st by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(2) Twenty-four hours advance notice shall be given for openings from 8 p.m. to 8 a.m. from November 1st through April 30th by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(b) The owner of the bridge shall provide, and keep in good legible condition, clearance gauges with figures not less than twelve (12) inches high designed, installed, and maintained according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

[CGD1-95-002, 63 FR 27680, May 20, 1998, as amended by USCG-2026-0017, 91 FR 4848, Feb. 3, 2026]

§ 117.803 Niagara River.

The draw of the Canadian National Railway bridge, mile 33.0 at Buffalo, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.813 [Reserved]

§ 117.815 Westchester Creek.

The draw of the Bruckner Boulevard/Unionport Bridge, mile 1.7, at the Bronx, New York, shall open on signal if at least a two-hour advance notice is given to the New York City Department of Transportation (NYCDOT) radio hotline, or the NYCDOT Bridge Operations Office. The draw need not be opened for vessel traffic from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday. The owner of the bridge shall provide clearance gauges according to the provisions of § 118.160 of this chapter.

[CGD01-99-070, 65 FR 45718, July 25, 2000]

§ 117.820 Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (Alternate Route), Great Dismal Swamp Canal.

The draw of the Great Dismal Swamp Canal Bridge, mile 28.0 at South Mills, NC, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw shall remain in the open position for navigation. The draw shall only be closed for pedestrian crossings or periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(b) The bridge shall be operated by the Park Service Rangers at the Great Dismal Swamp Visitors Center. Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day on marine channel 13.

(c) The bridge shall not be operated when the operator's visibility is impaired.

(d) Before the bridge closes for any reason, the operator will monitor waterway traffic in the area. The bridge shall only be closed if the operator's visual inspection shows that the channel is clear and there are no vessels transiting in the area. While the bridge is moving, the operator shall maintain constant surveillance of the navigation channel.

(e) Before closing the draw, the horn will sound five short blasts. Five short blasts of the horn will continue until the bridge is seated and locked down to vessels.

(f) When pedestrian traffic has cleared, the horn will sound one prolonged blast followed by one short blast to indicate the draw is opening to vessel traffic.

[CGD05-06-017, 71 FR 40420, July 17, 2006]

§ 117.821 Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway, Albermarle Sound to Sunset Beach.

(a) The drawbridges across the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway in North Carolina shall open on signal for commercial vessels at all times and on signal for pleasure vessels, except at the times and during the periods specified in this paragraph:

(1) Onslow Beach Swing Bridge, mile 240.7, at Cap Lejeune, NC, between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m., the draw need only open on the hour and half hour.

(2) Figure Eight Swing Bridge, mile 278.1, at Scotts Hill, NC, the draw need only open on the hour and half hour.

(3) S.R. 74 Bridge, mile 283.1, at Wrightsville Beach, NC, between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m., the draw need only open on the hour; except that from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. on the second Saturday of July of every year, from 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. on the third and fourth Saturday of September of every year, and from 7 a.m. to 10:30 a.m. on the last Saturday of October of every year or the first or second Saturday of November of every year, the draw need not open for vessels due to annual races.

(b) If a pleasure vessel is approaching a drawbridge which is only required to open on the hour or on the hour and half hour, and cannot reach the drawbridge on the hour or on the half hour, the drawtender may delay the required opening up to 10 minutes past the hour or half hour.

[CGD05-97-072, 63 FR 9419, Feb. 25, 1998]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 117.821, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 117.822 Cape Fear River.

The draw of the Cape Fear Memorial Bridge, mile 26.8, at Wilmington need not open for the passage of vessels from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. on the second Saturday of July of every year, and from 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. on the first or second Sunday of November of every year to accommodate annual races.

[USCG-2012-0193, 77 FR 50378, Aug. 21, 2012]

§ 117.825 Newport River.

The draw of the Atlantic and East Carolina Railway bridge, mile 13.0 at Newport, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.829 Northeast Cape Fear River.

(a) The draw of the Isabel S. Holmes Bridge, at mile 1.0, at Wilmington, North Carolina will operate as follows:

(1) The draw will be closed to pleasure craft from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. every day except at 10 a.m. and 2 p.m. when the draw will open for all waiting vessels.

(2) The draw will open on signal for Government and commercial vessels at all times.

(3) The draw will open for all vessels on signal from 6 p.m. to 6 a.m.

(4) From 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. on the second Saturday of July of every year, from 12 p.m. to 11:59 p.m. on the last Saturday of October or the first or second Saturday of November of every year, and from 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. on the first or second Sunday of November of every year, the draw need not open for vessels to accommodate annual races.

(b) The CSX Hilton Railroad Bridge, mile 1.5 in Wilmington, NC shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw of the bridge to be remotely operated by the controller at the Navassa Railroad Bridge mile 34.0 across the Cape Fear River.

(2) The draw shall be left in the open position to vessels and will only be closed for the passage of trains and to perform periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with Subpart A of this part.

(3) Trains shall be controlled so that any delay in opening of the draw shall not exceed ten minutes except as provided in 117.31(b).

(4) The CSX Hilton Railroad Bridge shall not be operated by the controller at the CSX Navassa Railroad in the event of failure or obstruction of the motion sensors, laser scanners, video cameras or marine-radio communications. In these situations, a bridge tender must be called to operate the bridge on-site.

(5) When rail traffic has cleared, the horn will automatically sound one prolonged blast followed by one short blast to indicate that the CSX Hilton Railroad Bridge is moving to the full open position to vessels. During open span movement, the channel traffic lights will flash red, until the bridge is in the full open position to vessels. In the full open position to vessels, the bridge channel traffic lights will flash green, allowing vessels to pass safely.

(6) During closing span movement, the channel traffic lights will flash red, the horn will sound five short blasts, and an audio voice-warning device will announce bridge movement. Five short blasts of the horn will continue until the bridge is seated and locked down. When the bridge is seated and in the locked down position to vessels, the channel traffic lights will continue to flash red.

(c) The draw of the Seaboard System Railroad Bridge across the Northeast Cape Fear River, mile 27.0, at Castle Hayne, North Carolina shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given.

[CGD05-02-014, 67 FR 70554, Nov. 25, 2002, as amended by CGD05-04-120, 69 FR 70061, Dec. 2, 2004; CGD05-05-102, 71 FR 5010, Jan. 31, 2006; USCG-2010-1139, 76 FR 30832, May 27, 2011; USCG-2012-0193, 77 FR 50378, Aug. 21, 2012]

§ 117.831 Pamlico and Tar Rivers.

The draw of the US17-264 bridge, mile 37.2 at Washington, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given. The bridge owners shall restore constant attendance when so directed by the District Commander.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3036, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.833 Pasquotank River.

(a) The draw of the Albemarle & Chesapeake railroad bridge, mile 47.7, at Elizabeth City, North Carolina, shall be maintained in the open position; the draw may close only for the crossing of trains and maintenance of the bridge. When the draw is closed, a bridgetender shall be present to reopen the draw after the train has cleared the bridge.

(b) The draw of the US 158 Highway Bridge, mile 50.7, at Elizabeth City, shall open on signal; except that between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m., and 4 p.m. and 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, the draw need open only at 7:30 a.m., 8:30 a.m., 4:30 p.m., and 5:30 p.m. for any pleasure vessels waiting to pass.

[CGD05-94-118, 60 FR 40098, Aug. 7, 1995, as amended by CGD05-97-009, 62 FR 66006, Dec. 17, 1997]

§ 117.835 Perquimans River.

The draw of the US17 bridge, mile 12.0 at Hertford, shall open on signal from 8 a.m. to midnight from April 1 through September 30 and from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m. from October 1 through March 31. The draw need not be opened at all other times.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37382, Sept. 24, 1984]

§ 117.843 Trent River.

The draw of the U.S. 70 Bridge, mile 0.0, at New Bern:

(a) Shall open on the hour and the half hour from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m., except during the times authorized in accordance with (a) (2) of this section.

(b) Shall remain closed from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4:30 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday; except holidays.

(c) Shall open on signal from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m.

(d) Shall open upon request at all times for vessels as defined in § 117.31.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3036, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.847 Ashtabula River.

(a) The draw of the Fifth Street Bridge, mile 1.4, over the Ashtabula River shall open on signal for the passage of vessels on the hour and half hour, except from October 10 through May 1 when no drawtender is required to be in attendance and the bridge will open on signal with a 12-hour advance notice from vessels.

(b) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge, mile 1.5, over the Ashtabula River shall open on signal and may be remotely operated. The bridge owner shall maintain and monitor a 2-way public address system, VHF-FM Marine Radio, and telephone. From October 10 through May 1 the bridge will open on signal with a 12-hour advance notice from vessels. The bridge shall display a sign readable from vessels approaching the bridge from upriver or down river and readable for 500 feet that states: the name of the bridge; the river mile; that the bridge is remotely operated; and that mariners may signal the bridge to open by sounding one prolonged blast followed by one short blast of the horn, calling via VHF-FM Marine Radio Channel 16, or by calling the number posted by the owner. The sign shall also include language notifying mariners that from October 10 through May 1 the bridge requires a 12-hour advance notice for openings by calling the number posted by the owner.

[USCG-2023-0189, 89 FR 14746, Feb. 29, 2024]

§ 117.848 Cleveland Harbor.

(a) The Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge, mile 0.76, will open on signal.

(1) The bridge owner will maintain and monitor a VHF-FM Marine Radio, and telephone.

(2) The bridge will display a clock that counts down the estimated time of the next bridge opening that is visible to vessels approaching from the upriver or downriver side of the bridge.

(3) The bridge will also display a sign readable from vessels approaching the bridge from upriver or downriver and readable for 500 feet that states:

(i) the name of the bridge;

(ii) the river mile;

(iii) the opening signal of the bridge is one prolonged blast followed by one short blast of the horn or VHF-FM Marine Radio Channel 16, or by calling the number posted by the owner.

(b) All remaining moveable vehicle and railroad bridges on the Cuyahoga River will open on signal, except from December 15 through March 31 when the bridges will open if a 12-hour advance notice is provided. Said bridges include: Willow Avenue Bridge at Mile 1.02; Center Street Bridge, mile 1.28; the Columbus Road Bridge, mile 1.93; the Flats Industrial Railroad Bridge, mile 2.24; the City of Cleveland Railroad Bridge, mile 2.42; the Carter Road Bridge, mile 2.43; the Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge the West 3rd Street Bridge, mile 3.42; the CSX Railroad Bridge, mile 4.75; the Cleveland Cliffs Railroad Bridge #1, mile 5.42; and the Wheeling & Lake Erie Railroad Bridge.

(c) The Voinovich Pedestrian Bridge, at the mouth of North Coast Harbor, will open on signal except from December 15 through March 31 when the bridge will open if a 12-hour advance notice is provided.

[USCG-2023-0188, 89 FR 46023, May 28, 2024]

§ 117.849 Muskingum River (Zanesville Canal).

The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 77.1 at Zanesville, shall open on signal Tuesday through Friday if the Conrail office is notified by 12:01 p.m. on the day preceding the day the opening is required. For openings Saturday through Monday, the Conrail office shall be notified by 12:01 p.m. on Friday specifying which day and time the opening is required. In case of emergency, the draw shall open as soon as possible.

§ 117.850 Black River.

(a) The Charles Berry Bridge, mile 0.6, will open on signal, except from January 1 through March 31 when the bridge will open if a 12-hour advance notice is given. The bridge will operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio and a telephone number.

(b) The Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge, mile 1.2, will open on signal, except from January 1 through March 31 when the bridge will open if a 12-hour advance notice is given. The bridge will operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio and a telephone number.

[USCG-2023-0187, 89 FR 24383, Apr. 8, 2024]

§ 117.851 Portage River.

(a) The draw of the Monroe Street bridge, mile 0.4 at Port Clinton, shall open as follows:

(1) From April 1 through November 30—

(i) Between the hours of 6 p.m. and 6 a.m., the draw shall open on signal.

(ii) Between the hours of 6 a.m. and 6 p.m., the draw shall open on signal. However, the draw need not open on signal during this time for recreational craft and commercial vessels licensed to carry six or less passengers. For these vessels, the draw need open only from five minutes before to five minutes after the hour and half-hour.

(2) From December 1 through March 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours' notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Bridge, Mile 1.5 at Port Clinton, is remotely operated, is required to operate a radio telephone, and operate and answer a telephone, and shall open on signal. Except, from December 1 through March 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12-hours' notice is given.

[USCG-2023-0186, 89 FR 16693, Mar. 8, 2024]

§ 117.853 Sandusky Bay.

The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge, mile 3.5, is remotely operated, and is required, in addition to the other signals, to operate a radiotelephone and telephone and shall open on signal; except from October 31 through March 31 when it will open on signal if provided a 12-hours advance notice of arrival.

[USCG-2023-0185, 90 FR 13414, Mar. 24, 2025]

§ 117.855 Maumee River.

(a) The draw of the CSX Railroad Bridge, mile 1.07, will open on signal, except that from December 15 through March 31 the bridge will require at least 12-hours advance notice. The bridge will operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio and a telephone number.

(b) The draw of the Wheeling and Lake Erie Railroad Bridge, mile 1.80, will open on signal, except that from December 15 through March 31 the bridge will require at least 12-hours advance notice. The bridge will operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio.

(c) The draw of the Craig Memorial Bridge, mile 3.30, will open on signal, except that from December 15 through March 31 the bridge will require at least 12-hours advance notice. The bridge will operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio.

(d) The draw of the Martin Luther King Jr Memorial Bridge, mile 4.30, will open on signal, except that from December 15 through March 31 the bridge will require at least 12-hours advance notice. The bridge will operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio.

(e) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge, mile 5.76, will open on signal, except that from December 15 through March 31 the bridge will require at least 12-hours advance notice. The bridge will operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio and a telephone number.

[USCG-2023-0184, 89 FR 24385, Apr. 8, 2024]

§ 117.861 Blind Slough.

The draws of the Portland and Western railroad bridge, mile 1.1 at Knappa, shall open on signal if at least one hour notice is given. However, the draw shall open promptly on signal from four hours before to four hours after each day's authorized commercial fishing period established by the Columbia River Compact (Washington State Department of Fisheries and the Fish Commission of Oregon) for the Columbia River Fishery below Bonneville Dam.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2000-7223, 65 FR 40056, June 29, 2000]

§ 117.865 Clatskanie River.

The draw of the Portland and Western railroad bridge, mile 0.7 at Clatskanie, shall open on signal if at least one hours notice is given. However, the draw shall open promptly on signal from four hours before to four hours after each day's authorized commercial fishing period established by the Columbia River Compact (Washington State Department of Fisheries and the Fish Commission of Oregon) for the Columbia River Fishery below Bonneville Dam.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2000-7223, 65 FR 40056, June 29, 2000]

§ 117.869 Columbia River.

(a) The draws of the Interstate 5 Bridges, mile 106.5, between Portland, OR, and Vancouver, WA, shall open on signal except that the draws need not be opened for the passage of vessels from 6:30 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 2:30 p.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday except federal holidays.

(b) The draw of the Port of Hood River bridge, mile 169.8 at Hood River, shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

(c) The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 201.2, between Celilo, Oregon, and Wishram, Washington, is automated and is normally maintained in the fully open-to-navigation position.

(1) Lights. All lights required for automated operation shall be visible to marine traffic for a distance of at least 2 miles and shall be displayed at all times, day and night.

(i) When the draw is fully open, a steady green light shall be displayed at the center of the drawspan on both upstream and downstream sides.

(ii) When the draw is not fully open, a steady red light shall be displayed at the center of the drawspan on both upstream and downstream sides.

(iii) When the draw is about to close, flashing yellow lights in the form of a down-pointing arrow shall be displayed at the center of the drawspan on both upstream and downstream sides.

(2) Operation. When a train approaches the bridge, the yellow lights shall start flashing. After an 8-minute delay, the green lights shall change to red, the drawspan shall lower and lock, and the yellow lights shall be extinguished. Red lights shall continue to be displayed until the train has crossed and the drawspan is again in the fully open position. At that time, the red lights shall change to green.

(3) Vessels equipped with radiotelephones may contact Burlington Northern Santa Fe to obtain information on the status of the bridge. Bridge status information also may be obtained by calling the commercial telephone number posted at the drawspan of the bridge.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CCGD13 85-02, 50 FR 31591, Aug. 5, 1985; CGD13-93-031, 60 FR 32268, June 21, 1995; CGD13-99-011, 65 FR 1544, Jan. 11, 2000]

§ 117.871 Coos Bay.

The draw of the Port of Coos Bay railroad bridge, mile 9.0 at North Bend, shall be maintained in the fully open position, except for the crossing of trains or maintenance.

[USCG-2009-0840, 75 FR 16006, Mar. 31, 2010]

§ 117.873 Coos River.

The draw of the Oregon State secondary highway bridge, mile 2.2 near Eastside, shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

§ 117.875 Coquille River.

The draws of the US 101 highway bridge, mile 3.5 at Bandon, Oregon, need not be opened for the passage of vessels; however, the draws shall be restored to operable condition within 6 months after notification by the District Commander to do so.

[USCG-2014-0213, 80 FR 20439, Apr. 16, 2015]

§ 117.879 Isthmus Slough.

The draw of the Oregon State secondary highway bridge, mile 1.0, at Coos Bay, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD13-88-19, 54 FR 3448, Jan. 24, 1989]

§ 117.881 John Day River.

The draw of the Portland and Western railroad bridge, mile 0.0 near Astoria, shall open on signal if at least one hour notice is given. However, the draw shall open promptly on signal from four hours before to four hours after each day's authorized commercial fishing period established by the Columbia River Compact (Washington State Department of Fisheries and the Fish Commission of Oregon) for the Columbia River Fishery below Bonneville Dam.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD13 91-07, 56 FR 67528, Dec. 31, 1991; USCG-2000-7223, 65 FR 40056, June 29, 2000; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70312, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.887 Oregon Slough (North Portland Harbor).

The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 3.2 at Portland, shall open on signal if at least one half hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD13 84-13, 49 FR 35627, Sept. 11, 1984]

§ 117.889 Siuslaw River.

(a) The draw of the US101 bridge, mile 5.0 at Florence, shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Central Oregon and Pacific railroad bridge, mile 8.0 near Cushman, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37382, Sept. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998]

§ 117.892 South Slough.

The drawspan for the Oregon State Highway Drawbridge across South Slough at Charleston must open on signal for the passage of vessels, except that between the hours of 7 a.m. and 7 p.m., from June 1 through September 30, the drawspan need be opened only on the hour and half-hour. This exception does not apply to commercial tugs and/or tows or public vessels of the United States.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70312, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.893 Umpqua River.

(a) The draws of the US 101 Bridge, mile 11.1, (541) 888-4340, and the Umpqua River railroad bridge, mile 11.5, (877) 928-5924, at Reedsport, Oregon, shall open on signal if at least two hours' notice is given via telephone.

(b) The draw of the Lower Smith River Road bridge across the side channel of the Umpqua River, mile 11.1 near Reedsport, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[USCG-2023-0969, 90 FR 5634, Jan. 17, 2025]

§ 117.895 Wallooskee River.

The draw of the Oregon State secondary highway bridge, mile 1.0 near Astoria, shall open on signal if at least 48 hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984; 49 FR 37382, Sept. 24, 1984]

§ 117.897 Willamette River.

(a) The draws of the Union Pacific railroad bridge, mile 119.6 at Albany; and mile 164.3 near Harrisburg, need not open for the passage of vessels. However the draws shall be returned to operable condition within six months after notification by the District Commander to do so.

(b) The draw of the Oregon State highway bridge, mile 132.1 at Corvallis, shall open on signal if at least seven days notice is given. However, the draw need not be opened on Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal Holidays.

(c) The draws of the bridges listed in paragraph (c)(3) of this section shall open on signal if appropriate advance notice is given to the drawtender of the Hawthorne Bridge subject to the following requirements and exceptions:

(1) The draws need not open for the passage of vessels from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. every Monday through Friday; except that on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day, the draws shall open in accordance with the notice requirements of paragraph (c)(3) below.

(2) During Rose Festival Week or when the water elevation reaches and remains above + 12 feet, no advance notice is required to request opening, except during the normal closed periods in (c)(1) above.

(3)(i) Broadway Bridge, mile 11.7, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday, one hour's notice shall be given for draw openings. At all other times, notice of at least two hours in advance is required.

(ii) Steel Bridge (upper deck only), Portland, mile 12.1. From 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday, one hour's notice shall be given for draw openings. At all other times, two hours notice is required.

(iii) Burnside Bridge, mile 12.4, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday, one hour's notice shall be given for draw openings. At all other times, two hours notice is required.

(iv) Morrison Bridge, Portland, mile 12.8, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday, one hour's notice shall be given for draw openings. At all other times, two hours notice is required.

(v) Hawthorne Bridge, Portland, mile 13.1, no advance notice required.

[CGD13-05-023, 70 FR 73939, Dec. 14, 2005, as amended by USCG-2008-0721, 74 FR 5986, Feb. 4, 2009; USCG-2021-0778, 87 FR 10311, Feb. 24, 2022]

§ 117.899 Youngs Bay and Lewis and Clark River.

(a) The draw of the US101 (New Youngs Bay) highway bridge, mile 0.7, across Youngs Bay at Smith Point, shall open on signal for the passage of vessels if at least one half-hour notice is given to the draw tender at the Lewis and Clark River Bridge by marine radio, telephone, or other suitable means from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday. During all other times, including weekends from 5 p.m. on Friday until 7 a.m. on Monday, and all Federal holidays except Columbus Day, the draw shall open on signal if at least a two-hour notice is given to the Oregon Department of Transportation (ODOT) by telephone. The opening signal shall be two prolonged blasts followed by one short blast.

(b) The draw of the Oregon State (Old Youngs Bay) highway bridge, mile 2.4, across Youngs Bay foot of Fifth Street, shall open on signal for the passage of vessels if at least one half-hour notice is given to the draw tender at the Lewis and Clark River Bridge by marine radio, telephone, or other suitable means from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday. During all other times, including weekends from 5 p.m. on Friday until 7 a.m. on Monday, and all Federal holidays except Columbus Day, the draw shall open on signal if at least a two-hour notice is given to ODOT by telephone. The opening signal shall be two prolonged blasts followed by one short blast.

(c) The draw of the Oregon State (Lewis and Clark River) highway bridge, mile 1.0, across the Lewis and Clark River, shall open on signal for the passage of vessels if at least one half-hour notice is given by marine radio, telephone, or other suitable means from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday. During all other times, including weekends from 5 p.m. on Friday until 7 a.m. on Monday, and all Federal holidays except Columbus Day, the draw shall open on signal if at least a two-hour notice is given to ODOT by telephone. The opening signal shall be two prolonged blasts followed by four short blast.

[USCG-2018-0131, 84 FR 18142, Apr. 30, 2019]

§ 117.901 Chester Creek.

The draw of the Front Street bridge, mile 0.1 at Chester, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

§ 117.903 Darby Creek.

The draw of the Conrail railroad bridge, mile 0.25, at Essington, shall operate as follows:

(a) The bridge will be operated remotely by the South Jersey Train Dispatcher located in Mt. Laurel, NJ. Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day by telephone at (856) 231-2282.

(b) From April 1 through October 31, the draw shall be left in the open position and will only be lowered for the passage of trains and to perform periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(c) From November 1 through March 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given by telephone at (856) 231-2282. Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day by telephone at (856) 231-2282.

(d) The timeframe to initiate the bridge closure will be not more than 10 minutes before a train will arrive at the bridge location. If a train, moving toward the bridge has crossed the home signal for the bridge, the train may continue across the bridge and must clear the bridge prior to stopping for any reason. Trains shall be controlled so that any delay in opening of the draw shall not exceed fifteen minutes except as provided in § 117.31(b).

(e) The bridge will be equipped with cameras and channel sensors to visually and electronically ensure the waterway is clear before the bridge closes. The video and sensors are located and monitored at the remote operating location in Mt. Laurel, NJ. The channel sensors signal will be a direct input to the bridge control system. In the event of failure or obstruction of the infrared channel sensors, the bridge will automatically stop closing and the South Jersey Train Dispatcher will return the bridge to the open position. In the event of video failure the bridge will remain in the full open position.

(f) The Conrail Railroad center span light will change from fixed green to flashing red anytime the bridge is not in the full open position.

(g) Prior to downward movement of the span, the horn will sound two prolonged blasts, followed by a pause, and then two short blasts until the bridge is seated and locked down. At the time of movement, the center span light will change from fixed green to flashing red and remain flashing until the bridge has returned to its full open position.

(h) When the train controller at Mt. Laurel has verified that rail traffic has cleared, they will sound the horn five times to signal the draw is about to return to its full open position.

(i) During upward movement of the span, the horn will sound two prolonged blasts, followed by a pause, and then sound two short blasts until the bridge is in the full open position. The center span light will continue to flash red until the bridge is in the fully open position.

(j) When the draw cannot be operated from the remote site, a bridge tender must be called to operate the bridge in the traditional manner. Personnel shall be dispatched to arrive at the bridge as soon as possible, but not more than one hour after malfunction or disability of the remote system.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3036, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.904 Delaware River.

See § 117.716, Delaware River, listed under New Jersey.

[CGD 92-015, 57 FR 37880, Aug. 21, 1992]

§ 117.905 Schuylkill River.

(a) The following requirements apply to all drawbridges across the Schuylkill River:

(1) The draws of railroad bridges need not be opened when there is a train in the bridge block approaching the bridge with the intention of crossing, or within five minutes of the known time of the passage of a scheduled passenger train.

(2) The opening of a bridge may not be delayed more than five minutes for a highway bridge or 10 minutes for a railroad bridge, after the signal to open is given.

(3) The owners of drawbridges shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gages painted white with black figures not less than six inches high to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all stages of the tide. The gages shall be so placed on the bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridge either up or downstream.

(b) The Passyunk Avenue bridge, mile 3.5 at Philadelphia, shall open on signal at all times if at least four hours notice is given. Public vessels of the United States shall be passed as soon as possible at any time.

(c) The draw of the Conrail bridge, mile 5.5 at Grays Ferry Avenue, Philadelphia, shall open on signal; except that, on Saturdays and Sundays, the draw shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given. Public vessels of the United States shall be passed as soon as possible at any time.

(d) The draw of the University Avenue bridge, mile 6.2 at Philadelphia, shall open on signal at all times if at least two hours notice is given. Public vessels of the United States shall be passed as soon as possible at any time.

(e) The draw of the CSX Bridge, mile 6.4 near Christian Street, Philadelphia, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 43462, Oct. 29, 1984, as amended by USCG-2012-0625, 77 FR 63729, Oct. 17, 2012]

§ 117.911 Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway, Little River to Savannah River.

(a) General. Public vessels of the United States and tugs with tows, upon proper signal, will be passed through the drawspan of each drawbridge listed in this section at anytime.

(b) Little River Bridge across Upper Litte River, mile 347.3, at North Myrtle Beach. The draw shall open on signal, except that from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and 4 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw will open on the hour and half-hour.

(c) Ben Sawyer (SR 703) bridge across Sullivan's Island Narrows, mile 462.2 between Sullivan's Island and Mount Pleasant. The draw shall open on signal; except that, the draw need not open from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday except Federal holidays. On Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays from 9 a.m. to 7 p.m. the draw need open only on the hour.

(d) SR 171/700 (Wappoo Cut) Bridge across Wappoo Creek, mile 470.8, at Charleston, SC. The draw shall open on signal; except that the draw need not open from 6 a.m. to 9:29 a.m. and 3:31 p.m. to 7 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. Between 9:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need open only once an hour on the half hour.

(e) Lady's Island (Woods Memorial) Bridge, across the Beaufort River, mile 536.0, at Beaufort, SC. The draw shall operate as follows:

(1) Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays:

(i) From 6 a.m. to 9:29 a.m. and 3:31 p.m. to 7 p.m., the draw need not open to navigation; and,

(ii) Between 9:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m., the draw need open only once an hour on the half hour.

(2) At all other times the draw shall open on signal.

[CGD7 84-29, 50 FR 51250, Dec. 16, 1985]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 117.911, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 117.913 Ashepoo River.

The draw of the Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 32.0 at Ashepoo, need not be opened for the passage of vessels. However, the draw shall be returned to operable condition within six months after notification by the District Commander to do so.

§ 117.915 Ashley River.

(a) The draws of the US17 Highway Bridges (Ashley River Bridges), mile 2.4 and 2.5 at Charleston, SC shall open on signal; except that, from 4 p.m. to 9 a.m. daily, the draws shall open only if at least 12 hours notice is given. The draws of either bridge shall open as soon as possible for the passage of vessels in an emergency involving danger to life or property.

(b) The draw of the Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 12.0 near Drayton Hall, shall open on signal from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. From 11 p.m. to 7 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2016-0776, 82 FR 59519, Dec. 15, 2017]

§ 117.923 Congaree River.

The draw of the Southern Railway bridge, mile 4.3 at Moye's Station, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

§ 117.925 Cooper River.

The draw of the Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 42.8 near Cordesville, shall open on signal if at least six hours advance notice is given.

[CGD 7-85-24, 50 FR 37175, Sept. 12, 1985]

§ 117.929 Durham Creek.

The removable span of the Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 1.7 at Bushy Park, shall be removed to allow the passage of dredges and construction equipment if at least 20 days notice is given. When notified by the City of Charleston of an emergency in the Bushy Park Reservoir, the span shall be removed as soon as possible to permit the passage of dredges and construction equipment.

§ 117.936 Savannah River.

See § 117.371, Savannah River, listed under Georgia.

[CGD 92-015, 57 FR 37880, Aug. 21, 1992]

§ 117.938 Waccamaw River.

The draw of the Waccamaw Coast Line Railroad bridge, mile 44.4 at Conway, shall open on signal; except that from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday, the draw shall open on signal if at least one hour notice is given.

[CGD7-90-80, 56 FR 1491, Jan. 15, 1991]

§ 117.941 Missouri River.

The draws of the US81 bridge, mile 805.7 at Yankton, and the Chicago and Northwestern Railroad bridge, mile 1066.5 at Pierre, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.943 Cumberland River.

The draw of the Clarksville Railroad bridge over the Cumberland River, mile 126.5, at Clarksville, shall open on signal when the vertical clearance under the navigational span is 47 feet or less. The draw shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given when the vertical clearance is greater than 47 feet. The draw need not be opened for a vessel that arrives at the bridge more than 30 minutes after the time specified in the notice, unless a second two hours notice has been given.

[CGD02 86-01, 51 FR 32319, Sept. 11, 1986, as amended by USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35527, June 30, 1998]

§ 117.949 Tennessee River.

The draws of the Chief John Ross Bridge over the Tennessee River, mile 464.1, at Chattanooga, and the Southern Railway Bridge over the Tennessee River, mile 470.7, at Hixon, Tennessee, shall open on signal when the vertical clearance beneath the draw is 50 feet or less. When the vertical clearance beneath the draw is more than 50 feet, at least eight hours notice is required. When the operator of a vessel returning through the draw within four hours informs the drawtender of the probable time of return, the drawtender shall return one half hour before the time specified and promptly open the draw on signal for the vessel without further notice. If the vessel giving notice fails to arrive within one hour after the arrival time specified, whether upbound or downbound, a second eight hours notice is required.

[CGD02 86-02, 51 FR 32320, Sept. 11, 1986; 51 FR 41894, Nov. 19, 1986, as amended by USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70312, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.951 Arroyo Colorado River.

The draw of the S106 highway bridge, mile 22.5 at Rio Hondo, shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

§ 117.953 Brazos River (Diversion Channel).

(a) The draw of the S36 highway bridge, mile 4.4 at Freeport, shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

(b) The draw of the Union Pacific railroad bridge, mile 22.6 at Brazoria, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.955 Buffalo Bayou.

The draw of the Houston Belt and Terminal railroad bridge, mile 1.2 at Houston, and all drawbridges downstream of it, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours' notice if given.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3036, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.959 Chocolate Bayou.

The draw of the Union Pacific railroad bridge, mile 11.4 at Liverpool, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.965 Cow Bayou.

The draws of the Orange County highway bridge, mile 2.9 at West Orange, and the S87 bridge, mile 4.5 at Bridge City, shall open on signal if at least six hours notice is given.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37315, June 21, 2012]

§ 117.966 Galveston Channel.

The drawspan for the Pelican Island Causeway Drawbridge across Galveston Channel, mile 4.5 of the Galveston Channel, (GIWW mile 356.1) at Galveston, Texas, must open on signal; except that, from 6:40 a.m. to 8:10 a.m., 12 noon to 1 p.m., and 4:15 p.m. to 5:15 p.m. Monday through Friday except Federal holidays, the drawspan need not be opened for passage of vessels. Public vessels of the United States must be passed at anytime.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70312, Dec. 4, 2006. Redesignated by USCG-2011-0257, 76 FR 31837, June 2, 2011]

§ 117.967 Greens Bayou.

The draw of the Port Terminal Railroad Association railroad bridge, mile 2.8 at Houston, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. The draw shall open on signal for three hours thereafter for returning downbound vessels.

§ 117.968 Gulf Intracoastal Waterway.

The drawspan for the Port Isabel Drawbridge, mile 666.0, must open on signal; except that, from 5 a.m. to 8 p.m. on weekdays only, excluding federal, state, and local holidays, the drawspan need open only on the hour for pleasure craft. The drawspan must open on signal at anytime for commercial vessels. When the drawspan is open for a commercial vessel, waiting pleasure craft must be passed.

[USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70312, Dec. 4, 2006]

§ 117.971 Neches River.

(a) The draw of the Kansas City Southern automated bridge, mile 19.5, at Beaumont, is not constantly manned and is operated from a remote site in Shreveport, Louisiana. The bridge is normally maintained in the closed to navigation position, providing 13 feet of vertical clearance above mean high tide. This bridge will open on signal.

(1) Mariners may request a bridge opening at anytime via one of the following methods:

(i) Telephone at 1-800-892-6295;

(ii) Marine radio on VHF-FM Channel 16; or

(iii) Proper sound signal as prescribed in § 117.15.

(2) When signaling by sound, if return sound signal is not sent from the remote bridge operator, in compliance with § 117.15, contact the remote operator via telephone or marine radio.

(3) An audible warning siren will sound when the bridge is in motion. Video cameras will constantly monitor the waterway near and under the draw. Once a vessel has passed through the bridge, the draw will lower, provided the infrared “under bridge” presence detector and video cameras reveal nothing under the draw.

(b) The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 53.9 at Evadale, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 08-00-026, 65 FR 71059, Nov. 29, 2000; USCG-2011-0257, 76 FR 31837, June 2, 2011]

§ 117.975 Old Brazos River.

The draw of the Union Pacific railroad bridge, mile 4.4 at Freeport, shall be maintained in the fully open position, except for the crossing of trains or for maintenance.

§ 117.981 Sabine River.

See § 117.493, Sabine River, listed under Louisiana.

[CGD 92-015, 57 FR 37880, Aug. 21, 1992]

§ 117.984 San Bernard River.

The draw of the Union Pacific railroad bridge, mile 20.7 near Brazoria, shall open on signal; except that, from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. and 10 p.m. to 2 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least three hours notice is given.

[CGD 08-84-14, 50 FR 15743, Apr. 22, 1985]

§ 117.988 Taylor Bayou Outfall Canal (Joint Outfall Canal (JOC)).

The draw of the Valero Bridge, mile 2.44, at the Valero facility in West Port Arthur, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw shall be unmanned and maintained in the fully open-to-navigation position, except 6:30 a.m. through 7:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. through 6:30 p.m. daily.

(b) One hour prior to closing, a broadcast will be made warning of the impending closure on VHF-FM channels 16 and 13.

(c) 10 minutes prior to closing, the broadcast will be repeated warning of the impending closure on VHF-FM channels 16 and 13.

(d) The crewmember/tender will monitor the portable marine radio on approach to the bridge. When work crew approaches the bridge, it will stop and the crewmember/tender will observe the waterway for approaching vessels. If vessels are observed approaching the bridge, they will be allowed to pass prior to closing the bridge.

(e) An audible alarm will be heard during the opening and closing sequences of the bridge.

(f) Emergency marine traffic will be allowed to pass upon request. The bridge will require up to 30 minutes to cycle to allow for the passage of vessels. This request can be made on VHF-FM channel 16.

(g) If the bridge is required to operate outside of the specified times, the bridge will be tended until it is returned to the open-to-navigation position.

[USCG-2014-0386, 79 FR 56654, Sept. 23, 2014, as amended by USCG-2014-0386, 80 FR 22103, Apr. 21, 2015]

§ 117.989 Trinity River.

The draws of the Union Pacific Railroad bridges, mile 117.3 at Goodrich, mile 181.8 at Riverside, and the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 96.2 at Romayor, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3037, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.991 Victoria Barge Canal.

The draw of the Victoria Barge Canal Railroad Bridge across Victoria Barge Canal, mile 29.4, at the Bloomington, Victoria County, Texas, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw shall be unmanned and when a vessel with AIS equipment onboard approaches the two-mile post, the dispatcher will receive a prompt to open the bridge, if required, because a vessel is approaching. The vessel may continue to transit the waterway, but must tune their radiotelephone to VHF-FM channel 13 and receive passing instructions from the railroad dispatcher. The dispatcher must contact the vessel promptly to provide passing instruction to insure the continued safe transit of the vessel. Vessels without AIS equipment or vessels with AIS who would prefer to call via telephone, may call the railroad dispatcher at 800-262-4691 to arrange passing instructions.

(b) When any vessel approaches the one-mile post, the railroad dispatcher should have either cleared the vessel through the bridge or given an indication that a train is in the block and the vessel will be cleared as soon as practicable. If the vessel has not yet spoken with the railroad dispatcher, the vessel should immediately call the railroad dispatcher via telephone at 800-262-4691.

(c) If any vessel reaches the one-half mile post and has not communicated with the railroad dispatcher nor been cleared to proceed, the vessel should stop and contact either the railroad dispatcher at 800-262-4691 or the Port of Victoria emergency contact at 361-570-8855.

[USCG-2014-0952, 80 FR 39686, July 10, 2015]

§ 117.993 Lake Champlain.

(a) The drawspan for each of the drawbridges listed in this section must open as soon as possible for the passage of public vessels of the United States.

(b) The draw of the US2 Bridge, mile 91.8, over Lake Champlain, between South Hero Island and North Hero Island, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall open on signal on the hour and the half hour from May 15th through October 15th from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. daily.

(2) The draw shall open on signal from May 15th through October 15th from 8 p.m. to 8 a.m. if at least four hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(3) The draw shall open on signal from October 16th through May 14th if at least four hours notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(c) The draw of the New England Central Railroad Bridge across Missiquoi Bay, mile 105.6, at Swanton, Vermont, shall operate as follows:

(1) From June 15 through September 15, the draw shall remain in the full open position at all times and shall only be closed for the passage of rail traffic or the performance of maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(2) From September 16 through June 14, the draw may remain in the closed position and shall be opened on signal for the passage of vessel traffic after at least a twenty four hour notice is given by calling the number posted at the bridge.

(3) The draw may be operated either remotely by the New England Central Railroad train dispatcher located at St. Albans, Vermont or manually by a draw tender located at the bridge.

(4) A sufficient number of infrared cameras shall be maintained in good working order at all times with a clear unobstructed view of the channel under the bridge, and the up and down stream approaches to the bridge. A signal horn and message boards located both up and down stream, necessary to warn marine traffic that the bridge will be closing, shall also be maintained in good working order at all times. In the event that any of the cameras, navigation lights, horn, or message board become disabled, personnel shall be deployed to the bridge to be on scene within two hours from the known time of the equipment failure.

(5) The draw may operate remotely as follows: Once it is determined that the draw must be opened or closed, the train dispatcher shall observe the waterway both up and down stream via the infrared cameras to verify that the channel is clear of all approaching vessel traffic. All approaching vessel traffic shall be allowed to pass before the bridge may be closed. Once it is determined that no vessel traffic is approaching the dispatcher shall sound the warning horn and activate the up and down stream message boards indicating that the bridge will be closing. After at least a one minute delay the draw may then be closed and the swing span navigation lights shall display as red to indicate the bridge is in the closed position. Once the train clears the bridge the draw shall be returned to the full open position and the swing span lights shall display as green to indicate the draw is in the full open position.

(6) In the event that the dispatcher cannot verify that the channel is clear of all vessel traffic and the bridge cannot be safely closed, an on-scene train crewmember shall observe the waterway for any vessel traffic and then communicate with the train dispatch office either by radio or telephone to request the bridge be safely closed. Personnel shall then be deployed to the bridge to arrive within two hours to inspect and repair the bridge remote operation equipment.

(7) The bridge shall be operated manually from the tender's house located at the bridge until all necessary repairs are completed to the remote operation equipment.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD3 83-059, 49 FR 44208, Nov. 5, 1984; CGD01-98-032, 64 FR 28103, May 25, 1999; USCG-2001-10881, 71 FR 70312, Dec. 4, 2006; USCG-2012-0918, 78 FR 14446, Mar. 6, 2013]

§ 117.995 Appomattox River.

The draw of the Seaboard System Railroad bridge, mile 2.5 at Hopewell, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given to the Seaboard System Agent at Hopewell. However, a drawtender shall be in constant attendance and the draw shall open on signal upon 30 days notice, in writing, to do so from the District Commander.

§ 117.997 Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway, South Branch of the Elizabeth River to the Albermarle and Chesapeake Canal.

(a) The draw of the Belt Line Railroad Bridge, mile 2.6, in Portsmouth and Chesapeake will operate as follows:

(1) The bridge will be left in the open position at all times and will only be lowered for the passage of trains and to perform periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(2) The bridge will be operated by the controller at the Berkley Yard office.

(3) The controller will monitor waterway traffic in the area of the bridge and directly beneath the bridge with closed circuit cameras mounted on top of the bridge and with surface navigational radar.

(4) When the bridge closes for any reason, the controller will announce 30 minutes in advance, 15 minutes in advance, and immediately proceeding the actual lowering, over marine channel 13, that the Belt Line Railroad Bridge is closing for river traffic. In each of these three announcements, the bridge/train controller will request all concerned river traffic to please acknowledge on marine channel 13.

(5) The bridge shall only be operated from the remote site if closed circuit visual and radar information shows there are no vessels in the area and no opposing radio communications have been received.

(6) While the Belt Line Bridge is moving from the full open position to the full closed position, the bridge/train controller will maintain constant surveillance of the navigational channel to ensure no conflict with maritime traffic exists. In the event of failure of a camera or the radar system, or loss of marine-radio communications, the bridge shall not be operated by the off-site bridge/train controller from the remote location.

(7) If the off-site bridge/train controller's visibility of the navigational channel is less than 3/4 of a mile, the bridge shall not be operated from the remote location.

(8) When the draw cannot be operated from the remote site, a bridgetender must be called to operate the bridge in the traditional on-site manner.

(9) The Belt Line mid-channel lights will change from green to red anytime the bridge is not in the full open position.

(10) During the downward and upward span movement, a warning alarm will sound until the bridge is seated and locked down or in the full open position.

(11) When the bridge has returned to its full up position, the mid-channel light will turn from red to green, and the controller will announce over marine radio channel 13, “Security, security, security, the Belt Line bridge is open for river traffic.” Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day on marine channel 13 and via telephone 757-271-1741 or 757-633-2241.

(b) The draw of the Norfolk and Western railroad bridge across the South Branch of the Elizabeth River, mile 3.6 at Portsmouth-Chesapeake, shall be maintained in the open position; except the draw may close for the crossing of trains and maintenance of the bridge. When the draw is closed, a drawtender shall be present and the draw shall open on signal.

(c) The draw of the Gilmerton (US13/460) bridge, mile 5.8, in Chesapeake:

(1) Shall open on signal at any time for commercial vessels carrying liquefied flammable gas or other hazardous materials.

(2) From 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 3:30 p.m. to 5:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays:

(i) Need not open for the passage of recreational vessels, or commercial vessels that do not qualify under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.

(ii) Need not open for commercial cargo vessels, including tugs, and tugs with tows, unless 2 hours advance notice has been given to the Gilmerton Bridge at 757-485-5567.

(3) Shall open on signal at all other times.

(d) The draw of the Norfolk Southern #7 Railroad Bridge, mile 5.8 in Chesapeake, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall be remotely controlled by the operator at the Norfolk Southern #5 Railroad Bridge office over the Eastern Branch of the Elizabeth River, at mile 1.1, in Norfolk.

(2) The draw shall be left in the open position to vessels and will only be closed for the passage of trains and to perform periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(3) Trains shall be controlled so that any delay in opening of the draw shall not exceed ten minutes except as provided in § 117.31(b).

(4) Before the bridge closes for any reason, the off-site remote operator will monitor waterway traffic in the area with closed circuit cameras and motion sensors mounted on the bridge. The bridge will only be closed if the off-site remote operator's visual inspection shows that the channel is clear and there are no vessels transiting in the area.

(5) While the bridge is moving from the full open position to the full closed position, the off-site remote operator will maintain constant surveillance of the navigation channel to ensure that no conflict with maritime traffic exists. In the event of failure or obstruction, the off-site remote operator will stop and return the bridge to the full open position to vessels. In the event of a failure or obstruction, a bridge tender must be called by the off-site remote operator and must be on-site within 30 minutes of the call to operate the bridge.

(6) During closing of the span, the channel traffic lights will change from flashing green to flashing red, the horn will sound twice, and an audio voice warning device will announce bridge movement, then two repeat blasts of the horn will sound until the bridge is seated and locked down. When the bridge is seated and locked down to vessels, the channel traffic lights will flash red.

(7) During the open span movement, the channel traffic lights will flash red, the horn will sound twice, followed by a pause, and then five repeat blasts of the horn will sound until the bridge is in the full open position to vessels. In the full open position to vessels, the bridge channel traffic lights will turn from flashing red to flashing green then an audio warning device will announce bridge movement by stating “Security, security, security, the Norfolk Southern #7 Railroad Bridge at mile 5.8 is open for river traffic”.

(8) Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day on marine channel 13 and via telephone (757) 924-5320.

(e) The draw of the I64 bridge across the South Branch of the Elizabeth River, mile 7.1 at Chesapeake, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(f) The draw of the S168 bridge, mile 12 at Chesapeake (Great Bridge), shall open on signal; except that, from 6 a.m. to 7 p.m., the draw need be opened only on the hour. If any vessel is approaching the bridge and cannot reach the draw exactly on the hour, the drawtender may delay the hourly opening up to 10 minutes past the hour for the passage of the approaching vessel and any other vessels that are waiting to pass. Vessels in an emergency condition which presents danger to life or property shall be passed at any time.

(g) The draw of the Albemarle & Chesapeake Railroad bridge, mile 13.9, in Chesapeake, Virginia, shall be maintained in the open position; the draw may close only for the crossing of trains and maintenance of the bridge. When the draw is closed, a bridgetender shall be present to reopen the draw after the train has cleared the bridge.

(h) The draw of the Centerville Turnpike (SR170) bridge across the Albemarle and Chesapeake Canal, mile 15.2, at Chesapeake:

(1) Shall open on signal at any time for commercial vessels carrying liquefied flammable gas or other hazardous materials.

(2) From 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays:

(i) Need not open for the passage of recreational or commercial vessels that do not qualify under paragraph (i)(2)(ii) of this section.

(ii) Need not open for commercial cargo vessels, including tugs, and tugs with tows, unless 2 hours advance notice has been given to the Centerville Turnpike bridge at (757) 547-3632.

(3) From 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need only be opened on the hour and half hour.

(4) If any vessel is approaching the bridge and cannot reach the draw exactly on the hour or half hour, the drawtender may delay the opening ten minutes past the hour or half hour for the passage of the approaching vessel and any other vessels that are waiting to pass.

(5) Shall open on signal at all other times.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 117.997, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 117.1005 Chincoteague Channel.

The draw of the SR 175 Bridge, mile 3.5, at Chincoteague shall open on demand; except from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. on the last consecutive Wednesday and Thursday in July, the draw need not be opened.

[USCG-2014-0483, 81 FR 21268, Apr. 11, 2016]

§ 117.1007 Elizabeth River—Eastern Branch.

(a) The draw of the Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge (NS #V2.8), mile 2.7 at Norfolk, shall operate as follows:

(1) The draw shall remain in the open position for navigation. The draw shall only be closed for train crossings or periodic maintenance authorized in accordance with subpart A of this part.

(2) The bridge shall be operated by the controller at the Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge (NS #5), mile 1.1, over the Eastern Branch of the Elizabeth River in Norfolk, VA. The controller shall monitor vessel traffic with closed circuit cameras and infrared sensors covering the swing radius. Operational information will be provided 24 hours a day on marine channel 13 and via telephone (757) 446-5320.

(3) The bridge shall not be operated from the remote location in the following events: Failure or obstruction of the infrared sensors, closed-circuit cameras or marine-radio communications, or anytime controller's visibility is inhibited. In these situations, a bridge tender with Norfolk Southern must be called to operate the bridge on-site.

(4) Before the bridge closes for any reason, the remote operator will monitor waterway traffic in the area. The bridge shall only be closed if the off-site remote operator's visual inspection shows that the channel is clear and there are no vessels transiting in the area. While the bridge is moving, the operator shall maintain constant surveillance of the navigation channel.

(5) Before closing the draw, the channel traffic lights will change from flashing green to flashing red, the horn will sound five short blasts, and an audio voice warning stating, “Attention, Attention. Norfolk Southern's Railroad Bridge over the Eastern Branch of the Elizabeth River at milepost 2.7 will be closing to river traffic.” Five short blasts of the horn will continue until the bridge is seated and locked down to vessels, the channel traffic lights will continue to flash red.

(6) When the rail traffic has cleared, the horn will sound one prolonged blast followed by one short blast to indicate that the draw is opening to vessel traffic. During the opening swing movement, the channel traffic lights will flash red until the bridge returns to the fully open position. In the full open position to vessels, the bridge channel lights will flash green followed by an announcement stating, “Security, security, security. Norfolk Southern Railroad Bridge at mile 2.7 is open for river traffic.” Vessels shall stay clear of both channels as to not interfere with infrared detectors, until green lights are displayed on the swing span.

(b) The draw of the Berkley Bridge, mile 0.4 in Norfolk:

(1) Shall remain closed one hour prior to the published start of a scheduled marine event regulated under § 100.501 of this chapter, and shall remain closed until one hour following the completion of the event unless the Patrol Commander designated under § 100.501 of this chapter allows the bridge to open for commercial vessel traffic.

(2) Shall open on signal at any time for vessels carrying, in bulk, cargoes regulated by 46 CFR subchapters D or O, or Certain Dangerous Cargoes as defined in 33 CFR 160.202.

(3) For all other vessels, the draw shall open on signal at any time, except from 5 a.m. to 7 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. During these times, the draw shall:

(i) Open for commercial vessels with a draft of 18 feet or more, provided at least 6 hours notice was given to the Berkley Bridge Traffic Control room at (757) 494-2490.

(ii) Open on signal at 9 a.m., 11 a.m., 1 p.m. and 2:30 p.m.

(4) If the bridge is not opened during a particular scheduled opening per paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section and a vessel has made prior arrangements for a delayed opening, the draw tender may provide a single opening up to 30 minutes past that scheduled opening time for that signaling vessel, except at 2:30 p.m. The draw tender may provide a single opening up to 20 minutes past the 2:30 p.m. scheduled opening time for a signaling vessel that made prior arrangements for a delayed opening. A vessel may make prior arrangements for a delayed opening by contacting the Berkley Bridge Traffic Control room at (757) 494-2490.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 43463, Oct. 29, 1984, as amended by CGD 05-88-13, 53 FR 20321, June 3, 1988; CGD 5-89-43, 54 FR 30039, July 18, 1989; CGD5-90-023, 55 FR 23434, June 8, 1990; CGD05-04-209, 70 FR 22254, Apr. 29, 2005; CGD05-05-049, 70 FR 68337, Nov. 10, 2005; USCG-2009-0754, 75 FR 47464, Aug. 6, 2010; USCG-2012-0357, 77 FR 52604, Aug. 30, 2012; USCG-2005-21869, 80 FR 5330, Jan. 30, 2015]

§ 117.1021 North Landing River.

The draw of the S165 bridge, mile 20.2 at Chesapeake, shall open on signal; except that, from 6 a.m. to 7 p.m., the draw need be opened only on the hour and half hour for the passage of pleasure craft. Public vessels of the United States, commercial vessels, and vessels in an emergency endangering life or property shall be passed at any time.

§ 117.1023 Pamunkey River.

The draw of the Eltham Bridge (SR33/30) mile 1.0, located in West Point, Virginia shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given at all times.

[USCG-2008-1175, 74 FR 29947, June 24, 2009]

§ 117.1025 York River.

(a) The Coleman Memorial bridge, mile 7.0, at Yorktown, shall open on signal; except from 5 a.m. to 8 a.m. and 3 p.m. to 7 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the bridge shall remain closed to navigation.

(b) The bridge shall be opened at anytime for vessels in an emergency which presents danger to life or property.

[CGD05-93-054, 59 FR 5954, Feb. 9, 1994, as amended by CGD05-95-023, 60 FR 31247, June 14, 1995]

§ 117.1029 Chambers Bay.

The draw of the Chambers Bay railroad lift bridge, mile 0.01, at Chambers Bay, shall open on signal except between 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. The draw shall open on signal from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. when at least four hours of notice has been given via the phone number displayed at the bridge, and as soon as possible, no later than 1 hour after notification, for vessels engaged in emergency response.

[USCG-2017-0695, 83 FR 24023, May 24, 2018]

§ 117.1031 Chehalis River.

The draw of the U.S. 101 highway bridge, mile 0.1, at Aberdeen shall open on signal if at least one-hour notice is given at all times by telephone to the Washington State Department of Transportation.

[USCG-2009-0959, 75 FR 16004, Mar. 31, 2010]

§ 117.1035 Columbia River.

(a) The term drawtender, as used in this section means the operator of the drawspan, whether that person may be a train crew member, maintenance person, or an officially designated drawtender.

(b) The draw of the semi-automated Union Pacific railroad bridge (Kalan Bridge), mile 323.4, near Kennewick, Washington, is normally maintained in the fully open position with no drawtender in attendance. A radar beacon (RACON) is located at the center of the drawspan. The RACON operates only when the drawspan is fully open, by responding with the Morse letter “K” to X-band radar signals. When necessary to close the drawspan for the passage of a train or for maintenance, a drawtender shall be dispatched to operate the draw from either of the remote control stations located at the ends of the bridge. Operation of the bridge shall be as follows:

(1) The drawtender shall broadcast a radio message over Channel 16-VHF to all vessels in the vicinity that the Kalan Bridge will be closing in two minutes. If after two minutes no response is received, the drawtender shall broadcast a message over Channel 13-VHF that the Kalan Bridge is closing. Both messages shall be broadcast twice.

(2) Prior to activating the closing sequence the drawtender shall visually inspect the waterway for marine traffic approaching the bridge. The closing sequence shall not be activated until after marine traffic has cleared the bridge.

(3) When the closing sequence is activated, the following functions occur automatically: The RACON is deactivated, red strobe lights on the lift towers and on the channel piers start flashing, a downward pointing arrow consisting of amber colored lights is displayed from the center of the drawspan and a recorded message is broadcast over Channel 13-VHF advising that the Kalan Bridge is closed to river traffic. The radio message is repeated every five minutes, the red lights continue to flash and the downward pointing arrow is displayed, until the lift span returns to the up and locked position. At the end of the ten minutes, a horn sounds for 30 seconds, the span begins closing and the centerspan navigation lights turn from green to red. The horn sounds for 30 seconds at 10 minute intervals, until the lift span returns to the up and locked position.

(4) If for any reason during the closing sequence a danger is posed to marine traffic, the closing sequence shall be stopped and the bridge reopened until the threat of danger has passed.

(5) If the bridge is to be temporarily closed for maintenance or for purposes other than the passage of a train, the drawtender shall continually monitor Channels 13 and 16 for calls from approaching vessels, and respond to inquiries from vessels about the closure.

(6) After a train has cleared the bridge, the following functions occur automatically: The drawspan returns to the fully open and locked position, the RACON is reactivated, the arrow display and the red strobe lights are extinguished, the red centerspan navigation lights return to green and a recorded message is broadcast over Channel 13-VHF that the Kalan Bridge is open for marine traffic.

(7) Bridge status information may be obtained by calling the commercial telephone number posted at the drawspan of the bridge.

(c) The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge at mile 328.0, between Pasco and Kennewick, shall open on signal from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. At all other times the draw shall open on signal if at least 2 hour's notice is given through the General Yardmaster, Pasco, Washington.

[CGD13 92-02, 57 FR 37712, Aug. 20, 1992]

§ 117.1037 Cowlitz River.

The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 1.5, shall operate as follows:

(a) The draw shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

(b) In the event of an emergency declared by the Cowlitz County Department of Emergency Services, the bridge shall be capable of opening upon two hours notice. Notification of emergencies and requests for openings during emergencies are initiated through the Cowlitz County Department of Emergency Services.

(c) The operating machinery of the draw shall be maintained in a serviceable condition and the draw shall be opened and closed at intervals frequent enough to make certain that the machinery is in proper order for satisfactory operation.

(d) During periods of fog or similar periods of reduced visibility, the drawtender, after acknowledging the signal to open, shall toll a bell continuously during the approach and passage of the vessel.

[USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3037, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.1041 Duwamish Waterway.

(a) The draws of each bridge across the Duwamish Waterway shall open on signal, except as follows:

(1) From Monday through Friday, except all Federal holidays but Columbus Day, the draws of the First Avenue South Bridges, mile 2.5, need not be opened for the passage of vessels from 6 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m., except: The draws shall open at any time for a vessel of 5000 gross tons and over, a vessel towing a vessel of 5000 gross tons and over, and a vessel proceeding to pick up for towing a vessel of 5000 gross tons and over.

(2) The draw of the South Park Bridge, mile 3.8, need not be opened for the passage of vessels from 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 3:30 p.m. to 5:30 p.m., Monday through Friday except, Federal holidays, other than Columbus Day.

(3) Between the hours of 11 p.m. and 7 a.m., Monday through Sunday, the South Park Bridge shall open if at least a 12 hour notice is given by telephone or VHF radio to the drawtender at the South Park Bridge. If emergency responders require a bridge opening between 11 p.m. and 7 a.m., the South Park Bridge shall open within 45 minutes from initial notification to the Fremont Bridge operator. Vessels engaged in sea-trials or dredging activities may request a standby drawtender to open the bridge, on demand, during sea-trials and/or dredging operations, if at least a 24 hour notice is given to the South Park Bridge drawtender.

(b) The following bridges shall open on the specified signals:

(1) Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 0.4, and Southwest Spokane Street bridge, mile 0.3, one prolonged blast followed quickly by three short blasts.

(2) Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 0.4, one prolonged blast followed quickly by one short blast.

(3) First Avenue South bridge, mile 2.5, three prolonged blasts.

(4) South Park highway bridge, mile 3.8, one prolonged blast followed quickly by one short blast and one prolonged blast.

(c) When fog prevails by day or by night, the drawtender of bridges listed in this section, after giving the acknowledging signal to open, shall toll a bell continuously during the approach and passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD13 84-14, 49 FR 35498, Sept. 10, 1984; CGD13 8-13, 49 FR 35628, Sept. 11, 1984; CGD13 84-12, 50 FR 10228, Mar. 14, 1985; CGD13 85-01, 50 FR 30271, July 25, 1985; CGD13 91-05, 56 FR 41284, Aug. 20, 1991; CGD13-99-005, 66 FR 33025, June 20, 2001; USCG-2002-12471, 67 FR 41332, June 18, 2002; USCG-2015-0285, 80 FR 81185, Dec. 29, 2015; USCG-2019-0404, 84 FR 28732, June 20, 2019]

§ 117.1045 Hood Canal.

The draw of the Washington State pontoon highway bridge near Port Gamble operates as follows:

(a) The draw shall open on signal if at least one hour's notice is given. The draw shall be opened horizontally for 300 feet unless the maximum opening of 600 feet is requested.

(b) The draw of the Hood Canal Bridge, mile 5.0, need not open for vessel traffic from 3 p.m. to 6:15 p.m. daily from 3 p.m. May 22 to 6:16 p.m. September 30, except for commercial tug and tow vessels and vessels of the U.S. Navy or vessels attending the missions of the U.S. Navy and other public vessels of the United States. At all other times the bridge will operate in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.

(c) Telephone requests for bridge openings may be directed as collect calls to the Toll Office at the bridge site. The call may also be made by direct telephone communication through the Seattle Marine Operator, Station KOH, or through other marine wire or radio telephone service.

(d) During unusual or emergency periods, the authorized representative of the owner of or agency controlling the bridge shall open the draw on a demand basis for specified periods of time, normally not exceeding 48 hours, when requested by the Department of the Navy. While on a demand basis, a drawtender shall be in attendance on the bridge with radio communication equipment in operation.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD13 84-13, 49 FR 35628, Sept. 11, 1984; CGD13-95-011, 62 FR 43097, Aug. 12, 1997; USCG-2012-0074, 77 FR 28769, May 16, 2012]

§ 117.1047 Hoquiam River.

(a) When fog prevails by day or night, the drawtender of each bridge listed in this section, after giving the acknowledging signal to open, shall toll a bell continuously during the approach and passage of vessels.

(b) The draw of the Puget Sound and Pacific railroad bridge, mile 0.3 at Hoquiam, shall be maintained in the fully open position except for the passage of trains or for maintenance. When the draw of the bridge is closed and the visibility at the drawtender's station is less than one mile up or down the channel, the drawtender shall sound two long blasts every minute. When the draw is reopened, the drawtender shall sound one long blast followed by one short blast.

(c) The draw of the Simpson Avenue Bridge, mile 0.5, at Hoquiam, shall open on signal if at least one hour notice is given by telephone to the Washington State Department of Transportation. The opening signal is two prolonged blasts followed by one short blast.

(d) The draw of the Riverside Avenue Bridge, mile 0.9, at Hoquiam, shall open on signal if at least one hour notice is given by telephone to the Washington State Department of Transportation. The opening signal is two prolonged blasts followed by two short blasts.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD13 84-11, 49 FR 46548, Nov. 27, 1984; CGD13 85-15, 51 FR 2395, Jan. 16, 1986; CCGD13-93-019, 58 FR 44613, Aug. 24, 1993; USCG-2008-1095, 74 FR 12552, Mar. 25, 2009; USCG-2014-1029, 80 FR 18116, Apr. 3, 2015]

§ 117.1051 Lake Washington Ship Canal.

(a) When fog prevails by day or by night, the drawtender of each bridge listed in this section, after giving the acknowledging signal to open, shall toll a bell continuously during the approach and passage of vessels.

(b) All non-self-propelled vessels, craft, or rafts navigating this waterway for which the opening of any draw is necessary shall be towed by a suitable self-propelled vessel while passing the draw.

(c) The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 0.1, shall open on signal.

(d) The draws of the Ballard Bridge, mile 1.1, Fremont Bridge, mile 2.6, and University Bridge, mile 4.3, shall open on signal, except that:

(1) The draws need not be opened for a period of up to 10 minutes after receiving an opening request, if needed to pass accumulated vehicular traffic. However, the draws shall open without delay, when requested by vessels engaged in towing operations.

(2) The draws need not open from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday, except all Federal holidays but Columbus Day for any vessel of less than 1000 tons, unless the vessel has in tow a vessel of 1000 gross tons or over.

(3) Between the hours of 11 p.m. and 7 a.m. the draws shall open if at least one hour notice is given by telephone, radiotelephone, or otherwise to the drawtender at the Fremont Avenue Bridge.

(e) The draw of the Montlake Bridge, mile 5.2, shall open on signal, except that:

(1) The draw need not open for a period of up to 10 minutes after receiving an opening request, if needed to pass accumulated vehicular traffic. However, the draw shall open without delay, when requested by vessels engaged in towing operations.

(2) For any vessel or watercraft of less than 1,000 gross tons, unless the vessel has in tow a vessel of 1,000 gross tons or over, from Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays:

(i) The draw need not open from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. and from 3:30 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. from April 30 to September 1 and from 7 a.m. to 10 a.m. and from 3:30 p.m. to 7 p.m. from September 1 to April 30.

(ii) The draw need open only on the hour and half hour from 12:30 p.m. to 3:30 p.m. and from 6 p.m. to 6:30 p.m.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD 82-025, 49 FR 26722, June 29, 1984; CGD13 84-13, 49 FR 35628, Sept. 11, 1984; CGD13 86-02, 51 FR 18788, May 22, 1986; CGD 13 88-03, 53 FR 10535, April 1, 1988; CGD13 89-06, 54 FR 52798, Dec. 22, 1989; CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33664, June 28, 1996; CGD13-99-005, 66 FR 33026, June 20, 2001; CGD13-02-012, 68 FR 53051, Sept. 9, 2003]

§ 117.1053 Lewis River.

The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge, mile 2.0 at Woodland, need not be opened for the passage of vessels.

§ 117.1055 Skagit River.

The draws of all bridges across the Skagit river need not be opened for the passage of vessels. However, the draws shall be returned to operable condition within one year after notification by the District Commander to do so.

§ 117.1058 Snake River.

(a) The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge across the Snake River at mile 1.5 between Pasco and Burbank is automated and is normally maintained in the fully open to navigation position.

(b) Lights. All lights required for automated operation shall be visible for a distance of at least 2 miles and shall be displayed at all times, day and night.

(1) When the draw is fully open, a steady green light shall be displayed at the center of the drawspan on both upstream and downstream sides.

(2) When the draw is not fully open, a steady red light shall be displayed at the center of the drawspan on both upstream and downstream sides.

(3) When the draw is about to close, flashing yellow lights in the form of a down-pointing arrow shall be displayed at the center of the drawspan on both upstream and downstream sides.

(4) A similar set of red, green, and yellow lights shall be displayed on a remote lighting panel located near the north end, upstream side, of the Washington State highway bridge at mile 2.2. These lights shall be synchronized with the lights on the railroad bridge and shall be visible to vessels traveling downstream throughout the passage of the channel adjacent to Strawberry Island.

(c) Operation. When a train approaches the bridge, the yellow lights shall start flashing. After an eight-minute delay, the green lights shall change to red, the drawspan shall lower and lock, and the yellow lights shall be extinguished. Red lights shall continue to be displayed until the train has crossed and the drawspan is again in the fully open position. At that time, the red lights shall change green.

(d) Vessels equipped with radiotelephones may contact Burlington Northern Santa Fe to obtain information on the status of the bridge. Bridge status information also may be obtained by calling the commercial telephone number posted at the drawspan of the bridge.

[CGD13 84-05, 49 FR 43956, Nov. 1, 1984]

§ 117.1059 Snohomish River, Steamboat Slough, and Ebey Slough.

(a) Drawtenders of bridges listed in this section shall acknowledge sound signals as follows:

(1) When draw can be opened immediately, two prolonged blasts followed by one short blast or three loud and distinct strokes of a bell.

(2) When draw cannot be opened immediately, or when it is open and must be closed promptly, two prolonged blasts or two loud and distinct strokes of a bell. This signal may also be used by a vessel to countermand its call signal.

(b) When fog prevails by day or by night, the drawtender of each bridge listed in this section, after giving the acknowledging signal to open, shall toll a bell continuously during the approach and passage of vessels.

(c) The draws of the twin, SR 529, highway bridges across the Snohomish River, mile 3.6, at Everett shall open on signal if notice is provided at least one hour in advance. Notice for openings shall be given by marine radio, telephone or other means to the drawtender at the twin, SR 529, Highway Bridges across the Snohomish River, mile 3.6. One signal opens both draws. During freshets, a drawtender shall be in constant attendance, and the draws shall open on signal when so ordered by the District Commander.

(d) The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad bridge across Steamboat Slough, mile 1.0, near Marysville, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. The opening signal is one prolonged blast followed by one short blast and one prolonged blast.

(e) The draws of the twin SR 529, highway bridges across Steamboat Slough, miles 1.1 and 1.2, near Marysville, shall open on signal if notice is provided at least four hours in advance. Notice for openings shall be given by marine radio or telephone to the drawtender at the twin, SR 529, Highway Bridges across the Snohomish River, mile 3.6. One signal opens both draws. During freshets, a drawtender shall be in constant attendance, and the draws shall open on signal when so ordered by the District Commander.

(f) The draw of the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad Bridge across Ebey Slough, mile 1.5, near Marysville, WA, shall open on signal if at least four hours notice is given. The opening signal is one prolonged blast followed by one short blast. During freshets, a draw tender shall be in constant attendance, and the draw shall open on signal when so ordered by the District Commander.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD13 84-13, 49 FR 35628, Sept. 11, 1984; CGD13 85-10, 50 FR 25961, June 24, 1985; USCG-2018-0443, 83 FR 30039, June 27, 2018; USCG-2018-0128, 83 FR 65301, Dec. 20, 2018; USCG-2025-1113, 91 FR 3037, Jan. 26, 2026]

§ 117.1061 Tacoma Harbor.

(a) When fog prevails by day or night, the drawtender of each bridge listed in this section, after giving the acknowledging signal to open, shall toll a bell continuously during the approach and passage of vessels.

(b) The draw of the Murray Morgan Bridge, also known as the South 11th Street Bridge, across Thea Foss Waterway, previously known as City Waterway, mile 0.6, at Tacoma, shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given. However, to obtain a bridge opening between 10 p.m. and 8 a.m. notification must be made to the City of Tacoma by 8 p.m. In emergencies, openings shall be made as soon as possible upon notification to the City of Tacoma.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD13 84-13, 49 FR 35629, Sept. 11, 1984; 49 FR 44632, Nov. 8, 1984; CGD 13-98-001, 63 FR 10777, Mar. 5, 1998; USCG-2012-0911, 78 FR 31414, May 24, 2013]

§ 117.1063 Willapa River South Fork.

(a) The draw of the Washington State Parks and Recreation Commission bridge across the South Fork Willapa River, mile 0.3, at Raymond, shall open on signal if at least 24 hours notice is given.

[USCG-2000-7223, 65 FR 40056, June 29, 2000]

§ 117.1065 Wishkah River.

(a) When fog prevails by day or by night, the drawtender of each bridge listed in this section, after giving the acknowledging signal to open, shall toll a bell continuously during the approach and passage of vessels.

(b) The draw of the Puget Sound and Pacific railroad bridge, mile 0.1 at Aberdeen, shall be maintained in the fully open position, except for the passage of trains or for maintenance. When the draw of the bridge is closed and the visibility at the drawtender's station is less than one mile up or down the channel, the drawtender shall sound two prolonged blasts every minute. When the draw is reopened, the drawtender shall sound one prolonged blast followed by one short blast.

(c) The draws of the Heron Street Bridge, mile 0.2 and the Wishkah Street Bridge, mile 0.4, at Aberdeen, shall open on signal if at least one hour notice is given by telephone to the Washington State Department of Transportation. The opening signal for both bridges is one prolonged blast followed by two short blasts.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD13 85-15, 51 FR 2395, Jan. 16, 1986; USCG-2008-1095, 74 FR 12553, Mar. 25, 2009]

§ 117.1081 Black River.

The drawspan of the Canadian Pacific Railroad Bridge, mile 1.0, at La Crosse, Wisconsin is operated by remote operator located at the Canadian Pacific Railway Minneapolis Operations Center, in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Drawspan shall open upon demand by contacting remote operator via VHF-FM Channel 16 or telephone (612) 851-5784.

[USCG-2011-0937, 77 FR 69761, Nov. 21, 2012, as amended by USCG-2015-0433, 80 FR 44281, July 27, 2015]

§ 117.1083 Duluth-Superior Harbor (St. Louis River).

See § 117.669 St. Louis River (Duluth-Superior Harbor), listed under Minnesota.

[USCG-2017-0212, 82 FR 33803, July 21, 2017]

§ 117.1087 Fox River.

(a) The draws of the Fox Valley & Lake Superior Railroad Bridge, mile 1.03, Ray Nitschke Bridge, mile 1.58, Bart Starr Memorial Bridge, mile 1.81, Mason Street (Tilleman Memorial) Bridge, mile 2.27, and Fox Valley & Lake Superior Railroad Bridge, mile 3.31, all at Green Bay, shall open as follows:

(1) From April 1 through November 30, the draws shall open on signal for recreational vessels; except the draws need not open from 7 a.m. to 8 a.m., 12 noon to 1 p.m., and 4 p.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Saturday except Federal holidays. Public vessels, tugs, and commercial vessels with a cargo capacity of 300 short tons or greater shall be passed at all times.

(2) From December 1 through March 31, the draws shall open on signal if notice is given at least 12 hours in advance of a vessels time of intended passage.

(3) The opening signal for the Ray Nitschke Bridge is two short blasts followed by one prolonged blast, for the Bart Starr Memorial Bridge one prolonged blast followed by two short blasts, and for the Mason Street Bridge one prolonged blast, followed by one short blast, followed by one prolonged blast.

(4) The Ray Nitschke Bridge, mile 1.58, the Bart Starr Memorial Bridge, mile 1.81, and the Tilleman Memorial Bridge, mile 2.27, are operated remotely.

(b) All drawbridges between mile 7.13 in DePere and mile 58.3 in Oshkosh, except the Fox Valley & Lake Superior Railroad Bridge at mile 55.72, shall open as follows:

(1) From April 27 through October 7, the draws shall open on signal, except between the hours of midnight and 8 a.m., the draws shall open if at least 2-hours advance notice is given.

(2) From October 8 through April 26, the draws shall open if at least 12-hours advance notice is given.

(3) All drawbridges between mile 37.52 and 58.01, are authorized to be operated remotely, and are required to operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio.

(c) The draw of the Fox Valley & Lake Superior Railroad Railroad Bridge at mile 55.72 shall open on signal, except from October 8 through April 26; the draw shall open if at least 12-hours advance notice is given. The bridge is authorized to be operated remotely. The owners of the bridge shall provide and keep in good legible condition two board gauges painted white with black figures to indicate the vertical clearance under the closed draw at all water levels. The gauges shall be so placed on the bridge that they are plainly visible to operators of vessels approaching the bridge either up or downstream. The bridge shall operate and maintain a VHF-FM Marine Radio. In addition to the required bridge lights, the owner's shall install and maintain alternating red lights in a horizontal line that mimic grade crossing lights and bell to warn mariners that the bridge is lowering.

(d) The draw of each bridge at or between Berlin and Portage need not open for the passage of vessels.

[CGD 82-025, 49 FR 17452, Apr. 24, 1984, as amended by CGD09-05-081, 70 FR 59657, Oct. 13, 2005; USCG-2016-0256, 81 FR 48329, July 25, 2016; USCG-2019-0178, 85 FR 6808, Feb. 6, 2020; USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58279, Sept. 18, 2020; USCG-2020-0056, 86 FR 39965, July 26, 2021; USCG-2021-0336, 87 FR 79257, Dec. 27, 2022; USCG-2024-1103, 90 FR 52877, Nov. 24, 2025]

§ 117.1089 Manitowoc River.

(a) The draws of the Eighth Street bridge, mile 0.29, and Tenth Street bridge, mile o.43, both at Manitowoc, shall open on signal except that:

(1) From April 1 through October 31, Monday through Friday, the bridges need not open from 6:50 a.m. to 7 a.m., 7:50 a.m. to 8 a.m., 11:55 a.m. to 12:10 p.m., and 12:45 p.m. to 1 p.m., except federal holidays. From 10:30 p.m. to 4:30 a.m. the draws shall open on signal if at least a 6 hour advance notice is given.

(2) From November 1 through March 31 the draws shall open on signal if at least a 12 hour advance notice is given.

(3) The opening signals for these bridges are:

(i) Eighth Street—one prolonged blast followed by one short blast.

(ii) Tenth Street—two short blasts followed by one prolonged blast.

(4) When signal is given by car ferry or other large vessel to pass either of the two bridges, the remaining bridge shall open promptly so that such vessels shall not be held between the two bridges.

(b) The draws of the Eighth Street Bridge, mile 0.29 and the Tenth Street Bridge, mile 0.43, over the Manitowoc River at Manitowoc, shall open on signal except that:

(1) From April 1 through November 30, Monday through Friday, the bridges need not open from 7 a.m. to 8 a.m., and 11 a.m. to 12 p.m., and again from 4 p.m. to 5 p.m., except federal holidays. From 10 p.m. to 4 a.m., the bridges will open on signal if provided a 2-hour advance notice of arrival.

(2) From December 1 through March 31 the draws shall open on signal if at least a 12-hour advance notice is given.

[CGD09-01-001, 66 FR 13434, Mar. 6, 2001, as amended by USCG-2015-0132, 80 FR 24816, May 1, 2015; USCG-2024-0407, 90 FR 21697, May 21, 2025]

§ 117.1091 Menomonee River.

The draw of the Ogden-First Street bridge, mile 0.4 at Marinette, shall open on signal from 7 a.m. to 11 p.m. from May 1 through October 31. From 11 p.m. to 7 a.m. from May 1 through October 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given. From November 1 through April 30, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours notice is given.

§ 117.1093 Milwaukee, Menomonee, and Kinnickinnic Rivers and South Menomonee and Burnham Canals.

(a) The draws of the bridges over the Milwaukee River shall operate as follows:

(1) The draws of the North Broadway Street bridge, mile 0.5, and North Water Street bridge, mile 0.6, and Michigan Street bridge, mile 1.1, shall open on signal; except that, from April 16th through November 1st, from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draws need not be opened, and from midnight to 7 a.m. Monday through Saturday except Federal holidays the bridges will open on signal if a 2-hour advance notice is provided.

(2) The draws of all other bridges across the Milwaukee River shall open on signal if at least 2-hours' notice is given except that, from April 16th through November 1st, from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draws need not be opened.

(3) The following bridges are remotely operated, are required to operate a radiotelephone, and shall open as noted in this section: St. Paul Avenue, mile 1.21, Clybourn Street, mile 1.28, Wells Street, mile 1.61, Kilbourn Street, mile 1.70, State Street, mile 1.79, Highland Avenue, mile 1.97, and Knapp Street, mile 2.14.

(4) No vessel documented 12 tons or greater shall be held between any bridge at any time and must be passed as soon as possible.

(5) From November 2nd through April 15th, all drawbridges over the Milwaukee River will open on signal if a 12-hour advance notice is provided.

(b) The draws of bridges across the Menomonee River and South Menomonee Canal operate as follows:

(1) The draw of the North Plankinton Avenue bridge across the Menomonee River, mile 1.08, and the Canadian Pacific Railroad bridge, mile 1.05, shall open on signal; except that, from April 16th through November 1st, from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draws need not be opened, and from midnight to 7 a.m. Monday through Friday except Federal holidays the bridges will open on signal if a 2-hour advance notice is provided.

(2) The draws of all other bridges across the Menomonee River and South Menomonee Canal shall open on signal if at least 2-hours' notice is given except that, from April 16th through November 1st, from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draws need not be opened.

(3) The following bridges are remotely operated, are required to operate a radiotelephone, and shall open as noted in this section: North Plankinton Avenue, mile 1.08, North Sixth Street, mile 1.37, and North Ember Lane, mile 1.95, all over the Menomonee River and South Sixth Street, mile 1.51, over the South Menomonee Canal.

(4) No vessel documented over 12 tons shall be held between any bridge at any time and must be passed as soon as possible.

(5) From November 2nd through April 15th, all drawbridges over the Menomonee River and South Menomonee Canal will open on signal if a 12-hour advance notice is provided.

(c) The draws of bridges across the Kinnickinnic River operate as follows:

(1) The draw of the Kinnickinnic Avenue bridge, mile 1.5, shall open on signal; except that, from April 16th through November 1st, from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draws need not be opened, and from midnight to 7 a.m. Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the bridges will open on signal if a 2-hour advance notice is provided.

(2) The draws of all other bridges across the Kinnickinnic River shall open on signal if at least 2-hours' notice is given except that, from April 16th through November 1st, from 7:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m. and from 4 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draws need not be opened.

(3) The following bridges are remotely operated, are required to operate a radiotelephone, and shall open as noted in this section: The South First Street Bridge, mile 1.78.

(4) No vessel documented over 12 tons shall be held between any bridge at any time and must be passed as soon as possible.

(5) From November 2nd through April 15th, all drawbridges over the Kinnickinnic River will open on signal if a 12-hour advance notice is provided.

(d) The Canadian Pacific Railroad Bridge at Mile 1.74 over the Burnham Canal, and the Sixteenth Street Bridge, mile 2.14, over the Menomonee River are closed by regulation and do not need to open for the passage of vessels.

[USCG-2019-0824, 86 FR 53216, Sept. 27, 2021, as amended by USCG-2024-0018, 89 FR 78819, Sept. 26, 2024]

§ 117.1095 Root River.

(a) The draw of the Main Street bridge, mile 0.3 shall open on signal; except that, from April 1 through December 1 from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m., the draw need be opened only on the hour, 20 minutes after the hour, and 40 minutes after the hour to pass all accumulated vessels; and, from December 2 through March 31, the draw shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given. At all times, public vessels of the United States, state or local vessels used for public safety, commercial vessels, and vessels in distress shall be passed as soon as possible.

(b) The draw of the State Street bridge, mile 0.5, shall open on signal; except that, from October 16 through April 30, the draw shall open on signal if at least two hours notice is given. At all times, public vessels of the United States, state or local vessels used for public safety, commercial vessels, and vessels in distress shall be passed as soon as possible.

§ 117.1097 Sheboygan River.

The draw of the Eighth Street bridge, mile 0.69 at Sheboygan, shall open as follows:

(a) From May 1 through October 31—

(1) Between the hours of 6 a.m. and 10 p.m., the bridge shall open on signal, except that:

(i) From 6:10 a.m. to 7:10 p.m., Monday through Saturday, the draw need open only at 10 minutes after the hour, on the half-hour, and 10 minutes before the hour; and

(ii) From Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays, the draw need not open between 7:30 a.m. and 8:30 a.m., between 12 p.m. and 1 p.m., and between 4:30 p.m. and 5:30 p.m.

(2) Between the hours of 10 p.m. and 6 a.m., the draw shall open on signal if at least 2 hours advance notice is provided.

(b) From November 1 through April 30, the draw shall open on signal if at least 12 hours advance notice is provided.

(c) At all times, the draw shall open as soon as possible for public vessels of the United States, state or local government vessels used for public safety, vessels in distress, vessels seeking shelter from rough weather, or any other emergency.

[CGD09-98-003, 63 FR 49288, Sept. 15, 1998]

§ 117.1099 St. Croix River.

See § 117.667, St. Croix River, listed under Minnesota.

[CGD 92-015, 57 FR 37880, Aug. 21, 1992]

§ 117.1101 Sturgeon Bay.

The draws of the Bayview (State Route 42/57) and Michigan Street bridges, miles 3.0 and 4.3, respectively, at Sturgeon Bay, are remotely operated by the tender at Maple-Oregon bridge, mile 4.17, and shall open as follows:

(a) The Bayview (State Route 42/57) Bridge, mile 3.0 at Sturgeon Bay, shall open on signal, except from December 1 through March 14, the draw shall open on signal if notice is given at least 12 hours in advance of intended passage.

(b) The draw of the Maple-Oregon Bridge, mile 4.17 at Sturgeon Bay, shall open on signal, except as follows:

(1) From March 15 through December 31, need open on signal for recreational vessels only on the quarter hour and three-quarter hour, 24 hours a day, if needed. However, if more than 10 vessels have accumulated at the bridge, or vessels are seeking shelter from severe weather, the bridge shall open on signal. This drawbridge, along with the Michigan Street drawbridge, shall open simultaneously for larger commercial vessels, as needed.

(2) From January 1 through March 14, the draw shall open on signal if notice is given at least 12 hours in advance of intended passage.

(c) The draw of the Michigan Street Bridge, mile 4.3 at Sturgeon Bay, shall open on signal, except as follows:

(1) From March 15 through December 31, need open on signal for recreational vessels only on the hour and half-hour, 24 hours a day, if needed. However if more than 10 vessels have accumulated at the bridge, or vessels are seeking shelter from severe weather, the bridge shall open on signal. This drawbridge, along with the Maple-Oregon Street drawbridge, shall open simultaneously for larger commercial vessels, as needed.

(2) From January 1 through March 14, the draw shall open on signal if notice is given at least 12 hours in advance of intended passage.

[USCG-2011-1109, 77 FR 44142, July 27, 2012, as amended by USCG-2017-0050, 83 FR 8936, Mar. 2, 2018]

§ 117.1103 Upper Mississippi River.

See § 117.671, Upper Mississippi River, listed under Minnesota.

[CGD 92-015, 57 FR 37880, Aug. 21, 1992]

§ 117.1107 Wolf River.

The draw of the Canadian National Railroad Bridge, mile 27.8 at Gill's Landing, shall open on signal if at least 6-hours advance notice is provided from April 20 through October 15, and if at least 12-hours advance notice is provided from October 16 through April 19.

[USCG-2013-0252, 78 FR 53668, Aug. 30, 2013, as amended by USCG-2019-0823, 84 FR 65300, Nov. 27, 2019]

§ 118.1 General requirements.

All persons owning or operating bridges over the navigable waters of the United States or any international bridge constructed after March 23, 1906, shall maintain at their own expense the lights and other signals required by this part.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16312, May 2, 1986]

§ 118.3 Incorporation by reference.

(a) In this part, portions or the entire text of certain standards and specifications are incorporated by reference as the governing requirements for materials, equipment, tests, or procedures to be followed. These standards and specification requirements specifically referred to in this part are the governing requirements for the subject matters covered, unless specifically limited, modified, or replaced by the regulations.

(b) These materials are incorporated by reference into this part under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register. The Office of the Federal Register publishes a table, “Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference,” which appears in the Finding Aids section of this volume. In that table are found citations to the particular sections of this part where the material is incorporated. To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (c) of this section, notice of the change must be published in the Federal Register and the material made available. All approved material is available for inspection at Coast Guard Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-BRG), Attn: Office of Bridge Programs, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7418, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7418, or HQS-SMB-CG-BRG@uscg.mil. You may also contact the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html. Copies may be obtained from the sources indicated in paragraph (c) of this section.

(c) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this part are:

Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590 Standard Alphabets for Highways Signs, 1966. (Reprinted April 1984).

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16313, May 2, 1986]

Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 118.3, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

§ 118.5 Penalty for failure to maintain.

Any person required to maintain lights and other signals upon any bridge or abutment over or in the navigable waters of the United States who fails or refuses to maintain such lights and other signals, or to obey any of the lawful rules and regulations relating to the same is subject to a penalty as provided in 14 U.S.C. 544.

[CGD 75-046, 40 FR 24898, June 11, 1975, as amended by USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58279, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 118.10 Interference or obstruction prohibited.

No person shall obstruct or interfere with any lights or signals maintained in accordance with the regulations prescribed in this part.

§ 118.15 Penalty for interference or obstruction.

Any person violating the provisions of § 118.10 of this chapter shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and be subject to a fine not exceeding $500 for each offense. Each day during which such violation shall continue shall be considered a new offense.

[40 FR 24898, June 11, 1975, as amended by CGD 75-046a, 42 FR 56954, Oct. 31, 1977]

§ 118.20 Obtaining information.

Persons desiring information concerning the marking of bridges shall address their inquiry to the District Commander having jurisdiction over the area concerned, or to the Commandant.

§ 118.25 Application procedure.

Approval of lights and other signals required shall be obtained, prior to construction, from the District Commander of the area in which the structure will be situated. Application shall be by letter accompanied by duplicate sets of drawings showing (a) plan and elevation of the structure showing lights and signals proposed, and (b) small scale vicinity chart showing proposed bridge and all other bridges within 1,000 feet above or below the proposed bridge.

§ 118.30 Action by Coast Guard.

(a) The District Commander receiving the application will review it and approve the lights and other signals proposed, or mark on the drawings, the lights and other signals required, and in the case of lights, cite the applicable section of this chapter which prescribes the lights required for the particular type bridge.

(b) Upon approval, one set of drawings will be returned to the applicant with the notation “navigational lights and/or other signals approved as shown”, date, name and title of the District Commander.

§ 118.40 Modification of requirements.

(a) The District Commander may modify the requirements for the display of lights and other signals on any bridge when a change in local conditions warrants the modification.

(b) The District Commander may exempt bridges over waterways with no significant nighttime navigation from the lighting or other signal requirements in this part.

(c) The District Commander may prescribe special lighting or other signals in specific cases when the lighting or other signals in this part may not provide adequately for the safe passage of vessels.

(d) While a bridge is under construction, the District Commander prescribes the temporary lights and other signals to be displayed for the protection of navigation.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16313, May 2, 1986]

§ 118.45 Lighting for the protection of aerial navigation.

The owner of a bridge which constitutes a hazard to aerial navigation should maintain, in addition to the lights prescribed in this part, such lights as may be prescribed by the Administrator, Federal Aviation Administration.

[40 FR 24898, June 11, 1975, as amended by CGD 75-046a, 42 FR 56954, Oct. 31, 1977]

§ 118.50 Inspection.

Lights and other signals required or authorized under this part are subject to inspection at any time by Coast Guard personnel or authorized agents.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16313, May 2, 1986]

§ 118.55 Periods of operation.

(a) Lights shall be displayed from sunset to sunrise and at other times when the visibility is less than one mile.

(b) Operators shall not be required to exhibit the prescribed lights during seasons when vessels are unable to navigate in the vicinity of the bridge.

(c) The operation of signals other than lights shall be as prescribed by the District Commander. Each case shall be considered individually.

§ 118.60 Characteristics of lights.

All lights required or authorized under this part must be securely attached to the structure and of sufficient candlepower as to be visible against the background lighting at a distance of at least 2,000 yards 90 percent of the nights of the year. Lights must meet the requirements of this part. Lights shall be fixed lights excepting as provided in §§ 118.95. 118.110 and 118.150 of this part. Color specifications are not prescribed for bridge lights, however, the chromaticity standards for navigation lights in 33 CFR Part 84—Annex I are recommended.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16313, May 2, 1986, as amended by USCG-1998-3799, 63 FR 35530, June 30, 1998]

§ 118.65 Lights on fixed bridges.

(a) Each fixed bridge span over a navigable channel shall be lighted so that the center of the navigable channel under each span will be marked by a range of two green lights, and each margin of each navigable channel will be marked by a red light: Provided, That when a margin of a channel is limited by a pier, only those lights prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section shall be required to mark such channel margin. The green lights shall each show through a horizontal arc of 360°; they shall be securely mounted just below the outermost edge of the bridge span structure so as to be visible from an approaching vessel. Each red light shall show through a horizontal arc of 180°, and shall be securely mounted just below the outermost edge of the bridge span structure to show 90° on either side of a line parallel to the axis of the channel so as to be visible from an approaching vessel.

Note:

Until such time that major repairs to or replacements of existing fixed span navigation lights colored green are made, it is permitted that only one of these lights marking the centerline of the same channel under a span shall be visible to an approaching vessel. When major repairs to or replacement of such existing green lights are made they shall conform with this paragraph.

(b) Pier lights. When the navigable channel extends from pier to pier or when piers are located within the navigable channel, each end of such piers shall be lighted with a red light. Each such light shall show through a horizontal arc of 180°, and shall be securely fastened at the end of the pier as low as practicable but not lower than 2 feet above navigable high water to show 90° on either side of a line parallel to the axis of the channel so as to be visible from an approaching vessel.

(c) Main channel. When necessary, the District Commander may prescribe that fixed bridges having two or more spans over a navigable channel shall have the main channel span marked with a set of three white lights arranged in a vertical line directly above each green light on the main channel span. Each white light shall show through a horizontal arc of 180°, and shall be mounted so that 1/2 of the horizontal arc will show on either side of a line parallel to the axis of the channel. These three white lights shall be securely mounted on the bridge structure and spaced as nearly 15 feet apart as the structure of the bridge will permit, with a minimum spacing of 7 feet. The lowest white light in the line of three lights shall be placed not less than 10 nor more than 15 feet above each green light on the main channel span.

Note:

Until such time that major repairs to or replacements of existing main channel lights showing white are made, it is permitted that these lights show through a horizontal arc of not less than 60° nor more than 180° with 1/2 of such arc showing either side of a line parallel to the axis of the main channel. When major repairs or replacement of such existing white lights are made, they shall conform with this paragraph.

[40 FR 24898, June 11, 1975, as amended by CGD 75-046a, 42 FR 56954, Oct. 31, 1977]

§ 118.70 Lights on swing bridges.

(a) Swing span lights on through bridges. Each swing span of every through swing bridge shall be lighted with three lanterns so that when viewed from an approaching vessel the swing span when closed will display three red lights on top of the span structure, one at each end of the span on the same level and one at the center of the span no less than 10 feet above the other two lights, and when open for navigation will display three green lights on top of the span structure in a line parallel to and directly above the long axis of the span, one at each end of the span on the same level, and one at the center of the span no less than 10 feet above the other two lights. Each lantern shall show through alternate red and green horizontal arcs of 60° each, the axis of adjacent arcs to be 90° from each other; each light shall be securely mounted with the axis of the green arcs parallel to the long axis of the swing span.

(b) Swing span lights on deck and half-through bridges. Each swing span of every deck, half-through, girder, or similar type swing bridge shall be lighted with four lanterns so that when viewed from an approaching vessel the swing span when closed will display one red light at each end, and when open to navigation will display two green lights from each end. Each lantern shall show through one red and two green horizontal arcs of 60° each, the axis of each green arc to be 90° from the axis of the red arc; each light shall be securely mounted at the floor level of the span as near to the side of the span as practicable with the axis of the red light normal to the long axis of the swing span and so that the red light will be visible from an approaching vessel when the span is closed.

(c) Pier lights. Every swing bridge shall be lighted so that each end of the piers adjacent to the navigable channel (draw piers) or each end of their protection piers (draw pier protection piers) and each end of the piers protecting the pivot pier (pivot protection pier) will be marked by a red light. Each of these lights shall show through a horizontal arc of 180° and shall be mounted as low as practicable below the floor level of the swing span to show 90° on either side of a line parallel to the axis of the channel so as to be visible from an approaching vessel.

(d) Axis lights. Every swing bridge shall be lighted so that the intersection of the bridge axis with each side of the pivot pier and the channel side of each draw pier which has a protection pier will be marked by a red light: Provided, That if the draw and draw protection piers are straight along their channel faces these lights shall not be required. Each such light shall show through a horizontal arc of 180°, and shall be mounted on the navigable channel face of the pier as low as practicable below the floor level of the swing span to show 90° either side of a line normal to the axis of the navigable channel so as to be visible from an approaching vessel.

(e) Omission of lights. Where the permanent navigable channel passes on only one side of the pivot pier of any swing span, the District Commander may authorize the omission of lighting of the unused channel.

§ 118.75 Lights on single-opening drawbridges.

(a) Bridges in this class. Bridges of the folding, pontoon and similar type single opening drawbridges are included in this class.

(b) Draw span lights. Each draw span of every single opening drawbridge shall be lighted with two lanterns so that when viewed from an approaching vessel the draw span when closed will display two red lights, one at each end of the span and when open to navigation will display two green lights, one at each end of the span. Each lantern shall show alternate red and green horizontal arcs of 60° each, the axis of adjacent arcs to be located 90° from each other; each lantern shall be securely mounted 15 feet above the roadway with the axis of the green arcs parallel to the long axis of the swing span.

(c) Pier or abutment lights. Every swing bridge shall be lighted so that the end of each pier, abutment or fixed portion of the bridge adjacent to the navigable channel through the draw, or each end of the protection piers for such piers, abutments, or fixed portion of the bridge will be marked by a red light. Each red light shall show through an arc of 180°, and shall be securely mounted on the pier, abutment or fixed portion of the bridge as low as practicable to show 90° on either side of a line parallel to the axis of the channel so as to be visible from an approaching vessel.

§ 118.80 Lights on bascule bridges.

(a) Lift span lights. Each lift span of every bascule bridge shall be lighted so that the free end of the span will be marked on each side by a green light which shows only when the span is fully open for the passage of a vessel and by a red light which shows for all other positions of the lift span. Each red and each green light shall show through a horizontal arc of 180°. The lighting apparatus shall be securely mounted to the side of the span so that the light will show equally on either side of a line parallel to the axis of the channels, so that they will be visible from an approaching vessel.

Note:

Until such time that major repairs to or replacement of lift span navigation lights are made, existing lights may show through a horizontal arc of less than 180°. When major repairs to or replacement of existing lights are made they shall conform with this paragraph.

(b) Multiple parallel lift span lights. The outermost side of each outer span of every bascule bridge with parallel multiple lifts shall be lighted as prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section; the lights shall be controlled so that the green lights will be displayed only when all spans are open for navigation. The inner sides of each outer lift span and both sides of each inner lift span of such bascule bridge shall be lighted by red lights for all positions of the lift span. These lights shall have the same arcs of illumination and shall be mounted as described in paragraph (a) of this section.

(c) Pier lights. Every bascule bridge shall be lighted so that each end of every pier, or protection pier where provided, in or adjacent to the navigable channels under the lift span or spans will be marked by a red light. Each such red light shall show through a horizontal arc of 180°, and shall be securely mounted as low as practicable on the end of the pier, or protection pier, to show 90° either side of a line parallel to the axis of the navigable channel so as to be visible from an approaching vessel.

(d) Axis lights. Every bascule bridge which has at least one pier provided with a protection pier shall be lighted so that the intersection of the long axis of the lift span with the channel side of each pier, or protection pier, will be marked by a red light: Provided, That if all such piers and protection piers are straight along their channel faces these lights shall not be required. Each such red light shall show through a horizontal arc of 180° and shall be securely mounted on the navigable channel face of the pier as low as practicable to show 90° on either side of a line normal to the axis of the navigable channel so as to be visible from an approaching vessel.

§ 118.85 Lights on vertical lift bridges.

(a) Lift span lights. The vertical lift span of every vertical lift bridge shall be lighted so that the center of the navigable channel under the span will be marked by a range of two green lights when the vertical lift span is open for navigation, and by one red light on each side for all other positions of the lift span. The green lights shall each show through a horizontal arc of 360°; they shall be securely mounted just below the outermost edge of the bridge span structure so as to be visible from an approaching vessel. Each red light shall show through a horizontal arc of 180°, and shall be securely mounted just below the outermost edge of the lift span to show 90° on either side of the line parallel to the axis of the channel so that only one such light will be visible from an approaching vessel.

Note:

Until such time that major repairs to or replacement of lift span navigation lights are made, it is permitted that these lights show through a horizontal arc of not more than 60°. When major repairs to or replacement of such existing lights are made they shall conform with this paragraph.

(b) Pier lights. Every vertical lift bridge shall be lighted so that each end of every pier in or adjacent to navigable channels under the lift span, or each end of every protection pier when provided, will be marked by a red light. Each such light shall show through a horizontal arc of 180°, and shall be securely mounted as low as practicable on the end of the pier, or the protection pier, to show 90° on either side of a line parallel to the axis of the navigable channel so as to be visible from an approaching vessel.

(c) Axis lights. Every lift bridge which has at least one pier provided with a protection pier shall be lighted so that the intersection of the lift span axis with the channel side of each pier adjacent to the navigable channel will be marked by a red light: Provided, That if every such pier, or protection pier, is straight along its channel face these lights shall not be required. Each such light shall show through a horizontal arc of 180°, and shall be securely mounted on the navigable channel face of the pier as low as practicable to show 90° on either side of a line normal to the axis of the navigable channel so as to be visible from an approaching vessel.

[40 FR 24898, June 11, 1975, as amended by CGD 75-046a, 42 FR 56954, Oct. 31, 1977]

§ 118.90 Bridges crossing channel obliquely.

Bridges crossing a body of water at an angle other than 90° with the axis of the channel shall be lighted in accordance with the regulations in this part with such modifications as are necessary in each particular case.

§ 118.95 Lights on structures not part of a bridge or approach structure.

Lights on sheer booms, isolated piers, obstructions, and other structures not part of a bridge or approach structure must meet the requirements for aids to navigation in Subpart 66.01 of Part 66 of this chapter.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16313, May 2, 1986]

§ 118.100 Retroreflective panels on bridge piers.

The District Commander may require or authorize the display of high intensity red or green retroreflective panels when the District Commander finds it necessary:

(a) To better identify a hazardous pier.

(b) To provide a backup for red pier lights, red channel margin lights, and green mid channel lights, which are subject to vandalism or otherwise difficult to properly maintain. If the District Commander determines that the nominal nighttime visibility required is less than one-half mile, the panels must be at least six inches square. If the visibility required is more than one-half mile, the panels must be at least 12 inches square.

(c) To mark bridge piers or channel sides on bridges not required to have bridge lighting. Lateral significant red triangles and green square retroreflective panels shall be used. The panels shall be at least 36 square inches in area to provide a nominal nighttime visibility distance of at least one-half mile.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16313, May 2, 1986]

§ 118.105 [Reserved]

§ 118.110 Daymarks and lateral lighting on bridges.

(a) The District Commander may require or authorize the marking of the margins of navigation channels through bridges with U.S. aids to navigation system lateral marks and lights installed on the superstructure or on the channel piers. The District Commander may also require or authorize the use of quick flashing, flashing, isophase or occulting red and green lights to mark the main channels.

(b) If lateral system lights are required or authorized to mark the main navigation channels, fixed yellow lights shall be used to mark the adjacent piers and the centerline of the channel shall be marked with the standard lateral system safe water mark and occulting white light, instead of the lights prescribed in § 118.65.

(c) The District Commander may require or authorize the marking of the centerline of the navigation channel drawspan of floating drawbridges with a special mark, diamond in shape, yellow in color, and with a high intensity retroreflective material border. The District Commander may require or authorize the mark to exhibit a flashing yellow light Morse Code “B” characteristic. The mark may not be visible when the drawspan is in the open position.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16313, May 2, 1986]

§ 118.120 Radar reflectors and racons.

The District Commander may require or authorize the installation of radar reflectors and racons on bridge structures, stakes, or buoys. Radar reflectors are used to mark the location of the edge of the navigation channel or bridge channel piers. Racons are used to mark the centerline of the channel. The District Commander may authorize the use of Automatic Identification System Aids to Navigation in lieu of or in addition to a racon.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16313, May 2, 1986, as amended by USCG-2005-21869, 80 FR 5330, Jan. 30, 2015]

§ 118.130 Fog signals.

On waterways where visibility is frequently reduced due to fog or other causes, the District Commander may require or authorize the installation of one or more fog signals to warn the navigator of the presence of the bridge. The fog signals must conform to the installation, range, and sound frequencies provisions in Subpart 67.10 of Part 67 of this chapter. If more than one fog signal is installed on a bridge or in the vicinity, their characteristics must be different to distinguish each signal. The fog signals must be directional to the fullest extent possible to minimize adverse impact on local residents.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16313, May 2, 1986]

§ 118.140 Painting bridge piers.

The District Commander may require painting the sides of bridge channel piers below the superstructure facing traffic white or yellow when they are significantly darkened by weathering or other causes so as to be poorly visible against a dark background.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16314, May 2, 1986]

§ 118.150 Traveller platforms.

The District Commander may require under deck traveller platforms which may significantly reduce the vertical clearance when operated over navigation channels at night to be lighted with quick flashing red lights on each of the four lower corners.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16314, May 2, 1986]

§ 118.160 Vertical clearance gauges.

(a) When necessary for reasons of safety of navigation, the District Commander may require or authorize the installation of clearance gauges. Except as specified in § 117.47(b) of this chapter for certain drawbridges, clearance gauges must meet the requirements of this section.

(b) Clearance gauges must indicate the vertical distance between “low steel” of the bridge channel span (in the closed to navigation position for drawbridges) and the level of the water, measured to the bottom of the foot marks, read from top to bottom. Each gauge must be installed on the end of the right channel pier or pier protection structure facing approaching vessels and extend to a reasonable height above high water so as to be meaningful to the viewer. Other or additional locations may be prescribed by the District Commander if particular conditions or circumstances warrant.

(c) Construction. Each gauge must be permanently fixed to the bridge pier or pier protection structure and made of a durable material of sufficient strength to provide resistance to weather, tide, and current. Gauges may be painted directly on the bridge channel pier or pier protection structure if the surface is suitable and has sufficient width to accommodate the foot marks (graduations) and numerals.

(d) Numerals. (1) Each gauge must be marked by black numerals and foot marks on a white background. Paint, if used, must be of good exterior quality, resistant to excessive chalking or bleeding. Manufactured numerals and background material may be used.

(2) The size, type, and spacing of numerals must conform to the Standard Alphabets for Highway Signs and the following table. The nominal day visibility distance is the distance at which the clearance information needs to be ascertained by approaching vessel operators. The District Commander determines this distance for each bridge.

Nominal day visibility distance (feet) | Height of numeral (inches) | Type of numeral | Vertical spacing of numerals (feet)

Less than 500 | 12 | Series C | 2

500 to 750 | 18 | Series C | 2

750 to 1,000 | 24 | Series D | 5

1,000 to 2,000 | 30 | Series E | 5

More than 2,000 | 36 | Series E | 10

(3) The length of the foot marks must be no less than the width of a single numeral used (except numerals 1 and 4), be the same thickness as the width of stroke of the numeral, and extend to the nearest margin of the white background. Foot marks must be spaced every foot for nominal day visibility of less than 500 feet, every two feet for a nominal day visibility of more than 500 feet but less than 1,000 feet, and every five feet for nominal day visibility of more than 1,000 feet.

(4) Intermediate foot marks may be used when more precise determination of actual clearance is necessary. Such intermediate foot marks must have a width of stroke one-half the width of the stroke required for the numeral and shall be three-quarters as long as the primary foot marks.

(5) The horizontal distance between the numeral and nearest edge of the white background shall be no less than one-half the width of a single numeral (excepting numerals 1 and 4).

(6) The minimum width of the white background shall be no less than three times the width of a single numeral (excepting numerals 1 and 4) plus the widths of each additional numeral (when multiple numerals are used plus numeral spacing).

(e) Maintenance. The owner or operator of the bridge shall maintain each gauge in good repair and legible condition. The bridge owner or operator is responsible for the accuracy of the gauge and shall remeasure the vertical distance of the numerals and foot marks below “low steel” of the bridge whenever the gauge is repainted or the structure is repaired.

[CGD 84-022, 51 FR 16314, May 2, 1986, as amended by USCG-2012-0306, 77 FR 37315, June 21, 2012]

§ 125.01 Commandant.

The term Commandant means Commandant of the Coast Guard.

§ 125.03 District Commander.

The term District Commander means the officer of the Coast Guard designated by the Commandant to command a Coast Guard District.

§ 125.05 Captain of the Port.

The term Captain of the Port means the officer of the Coast Guard, under the command of a District Commander, so designated by the Commandant for the purpose of giving immediate direction to Coast Guard law enforcement activities within the general proximity of the port in which he is situated.

§ 125.06 Western rivers.

The term western rivers as used in the regulations in this subchapter shall include only the Red River of the North, the Mississippi River and its tributaries above the Huey P. Long Bridge, and that part of the Atchafalaya River above its junction with the Plaquemine-Morgan City alternate waterway.

[CGFR 57-52, 22 FR 10301, Dec. 20, 1957]

§ 125.07 Waterfront facility.

The term waterfront facility as used in this subchapter, means all piers, wharves, docks, and similar structures to which vessels may be secured, buildings on such structures or contiguous to them, and equipment and materials on such structures or in such buildings.

§ 125.08 Great Lakes.

The term Great Lakes as used in the regulations in this subchapter shall include the Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters.

[CGFR 57-52, 22 FR 10301, Dec. 20, 1957]

§ 125.09 Identification credentials.

The term Identification credentials as used in this subchapter, means any of the following:

(a) Coast Guard Port Security Card (Form CG 2514).

(b) Merchant Mariner's Document.

(c) Armed Forces Identification Card.

(d) Identification credentials issued by Federal Law enforcement and intelligence agencies to their officers and employees (e. g., Department of the Treasury, Department of Justice, Federal Communications Commission).

(e) Identification credentials issued to public safety officials (e. g., police, firemen) when acting within the scope of their employment.

(f) Transportation Worker Identification Credential.

(g) Such other identification as may be approved by the Commandant from time to time.

[CGD 56-15, 21 FR 2940, May 3, 1956, as amended by CGD 77-228, 43 FR 53427, Nov. 16, 1978; CG-2006-24196, 72 FR 3587, Jan. 25, 2007]

§ 125.11 Form of Coast Guard Port Security Card.

The Coast Guard Port Security Card issued by the Coast Guard under the provisions of this subchapter shall be a laminated card bearing photograph, signature, fingerprint, and personal description of the holder, and other pertinent data.

§ 125.12 Period of validity of Coast Guard Port Security Cards.

(a) The Coast Guard Port Security Card (Form CG-2514) shall be valid for a period of eight years from the date of issuance thereof unless sooner suspended or revoked by proper authority. On the first day after eight years from the date of issuance, the Coast Guard Port Security Card (Form CG-2514) is hereby declared invalid and shall be considered null and void for all purposes.

(b) The holder of a Coast Guard Port Security Card, which is about to expire or has expired, may apply for a new Coast Guard Port Security Card in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 125.21. In the event the applicant's Coast Guard Port Security Card has expired, such card shall accompany the application for a new Coast Guard Port Security Card. In the event the applicant is holding a valid Coast Guard Port Security Card at the time he submits his application for a new card, such person shall surrender the old or expired Coast Guard Port Security Card at the time he is issued a new Coast Guard Port Security Card. In the event the old Coast Guard Port Security Card was lost, stolen, or destroyed, then the applicant shall comply with the provisions in § 125.51, regarding the replacement of a lost Coast Guard Port Security Card and the new card issued as a replacement for a lost card which has expired or is about to expire shall bear a current issuance date.

[CGFR 58-52, 23 FR 9751, Dec. 18, 1958]

§ 125.13 Captain of the Port Identification Cards.

Captain of the Port Identification Cards issued under the form designation “Form CG 2514” prior to the revision of August 1950 were declared invalid by a notice published in the Federal Register on September 11, 1946 (11 FR 10103), which declaration is hereby reaffirmed.

§ 125.15 Access to waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein.

(a) The Commandant will, from time to time, direct Captains of the Port of certain ports to prevent access of persons who do not possess one or more of the identification credentials listed in § 125.09 to those waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, where the following shipping activities are conducted:

(1) Those vital to the Military Defense Assistance Program.

(2) Those pertaining to the support of U.S. military operations.

(3) Those pertaining to loading and unloading explosives and other dangerous cargo.

(4) Those essential to the interests of national security and defense, to prevent loss, damage or injury, or to insure the observance of rights and obligations of the United States.

(b) No person who does not possess one of the identification credentials aforesaid shall enter or remain in such facilities, or port or harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein.

(c) The Captain of the Port shall give local public notice of the restriction of access to waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, as far in advance as practicable, and shall cause such facilities and areas to be suitably marked as to such restriction.

[CGFR 56-15, 21 FR 2940, May 3, 1956, as amended by CGFR 58-43, 23 FR 8542, Nov. 1, 1958]

§ 125.17 Persons eligible for Coast Guard Port Security Cards.

(a) Only the following persons may be issued Coast Guard Port Security Cards:

(1) Persons regularly employed on vessels or on waterfront facilities.

(2) Persons having regular public or private business connected with the operation, maintenance, or administration of vessels, their cargoes, or waterfront facilities.

(b) A holder of a Merchant Mariner's Document shall not be issued a Port Security Card, unless his Merchant Mariner's Document is surrendered to the Coast Guard. In this connection, see § 125.09.

[CGFR 62-39, 27 FR 11259, Nov. 15, 1962, as amended by CGD 77-228, 43 FR 53427, Nov. 16, 1978]

§ 125.19 Standards.

Information concerning an applicant for a Coast Guard Port Security Card, or a holder of such card, which may preclude a determination that his character and habits of life are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, shall relate to the following:

(a) Advocacy of the overthrow or alteration of the Government of the United States by unconstitutional means.

(b) Commission of, or attempts or preparations to commit, an act of espionage, sabotage, sedition or treason, or conspiring with, or aiding or abetting another to commit such an act.

(c) Performing, or attempting to perform, duties or otherwise acting so as to serve the interests of another government to the detriment of the United States.

(d) Deliberate unauthorized disclosure of classified defense information.

(e) [Reserved]

(f) Having been adjudged insane, having been legally committed to an insane asylum, or treated for serious mental or neurological disorder, without evidence of cure.

(g) Having been convicted of any of the following offenses, indicative of a criminal tendency potentially dangerous to the security of such waterfront facilities and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein; arson, unlawful trafficking in drugs, espionage, sabotage, or treason.

(h) Drunkenness on the job or addiction to the use of narcotic drugs, without adequate evidence of rehabilitation.

(i) Illegal presence in the United States, its territories or possessions; having been found finally subject to deportation order by the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service.

[CGFR 56-15, 21 FR 2940, May 3, 1956, as amended by 37 FR 23422, Nov. 3, 1972]

§ 125.21 Applications.

(a)(1) Application for a Coast Guard Port Security Card shall be made under oath in writing and shall include applicant's answers in full to inquiries with respect to such matters as are deemed by the Commandant to be pertinent to the standards set forth in § 125.19, and to be necessary for a determination whether the character and habits of life of the applicant are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States.

(2) The application also shall include applicant's complete identification, citizenship record, personal description, military record, if any, and a statement of the applicant's sponsor certifying the applicant's employment or union membership and that applicant's statements are true and correct to the best of sponsor's knowledge.

(3) The application shall be accompanied by two unmounted, dull finish photographs, 1 inch × 1 15/16 inches, of passport type, taken within one year of the date of application. The photograph shall show the full face with the head uncovered and shall be a clear and satisfactory likeness of the applicant. It shall portray the largest image of the head and upper shoulders possible within the dimensions specified.

(4) Fingerprint records on each applicant shall be taken by the Coast Guard at the time application is submitted.

(5) The applicant shall present satisfactory proof of his citizenship.

(6) The applicant shall indicate the address to which his Coast Guard Port Security Card can be delivered to him by mail. Under special circumstances the applicant may arrange to call in person for the Coast Guard Port Security Card.

(7) The applicant shall present his application, in person, to a Coast Guard Port Security Unit designated to receive such applications. Such units will be located in or near each port where Coast Guard Port Security Cards are required. Each Captain of the Port shall forward promptly to the Commandant each application for a Coast Guard Port Security Card received by him.

(b) If an applicant fails or refuses to furnish the required information or to make full and complete answer with respect to all matters of inquiry, the Commandant shall hold in abeyance further consideration of the application, and shall notify the applicant that further action will not be taken unless and until the applicant furnishes the required information and fully and completely answers all inquiries directed to him.

[CGFR 59-63, 25 FR 1589, Feb. 24, 1960]

§ 125.23 United States citizens.

Acceptable evidence of United States citizenship is described in this section in the order of its desirability; however, the Coast Guard will reject any evidence not believed to be authentic;

(a) Birth certificate or certified copy thereof.

(b) Certificate of naturalization. This shall be presented by all persons claiming citizenship through naturalization.

(c) Baptismal certificate or parish record recorded within one year after birth.

(d) Statement of a practicing physician certifying that he attended the birth and that he has a record in his possession showing the date and place of birth.

(e) United States passport.

(f) A commission in one of the armed forces of the United States, either regular or reserve; or satisfactory documentary evidence of having been commissioned in one of the armed forces subsequent to January 1, 1936, provided such commission or evidence shows the holder to be a citizen.

(g) A continuous discharge book, or Merchant Mariner's Document issued by the Coast Guard which shows the holder to be a citizen of the United States.

(h) If an applicant claiming to be a citizen of the United States submits a delayed certificate of birth issued under a State's seal, it may be accepted as prima facie evidence of citizenship if no one of the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (g) of this section can be met by the applicant and in the absence of any collateral facts indicating fraud in its procurement.

(i) If no one of the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section can be met by the applicant, he should make a statement to that effect, and in an attempt to establish citizenship, he may submit for consideration data of the following character:

(1) Report of the Census Bureau showing the earliest record of age or birth available. Request for such information should be addressed to the Director of the Census, Suitland, Md. 20233. In making such request, definite information must be furnished the Census Bureau as to the place of residence when the first census was taken after the birth of the applicant, giving the name of the street and the number of the house, or other identification of place where living, etc.; also names of parents or the names of other persons with whom residing on the date specified.

(2) School records, immigration records, or insurance policies (the latter must be at least 10 years old).

§ 125.25 Aliens.

Alien registration records together with other papers and documents which indicated the country of which the applicant is a citizen shall be accepted as evidence of citizenship in a foreign nation.

§ 125.27 Sponsorship of applicant.

Applications for a Coast Guard Port Security Card shall not be accepted unless sponsored. The applicant shall be sponsored by an authorized official of applicant's employer or by an authorized official of applicant's labor union. Each company and each labor union concerned shall file with the appropriate Captain of the Port a list of officials of the company or union who are authorized to sponsor applicants. Other sponsorship may be accepted where the circumstances warrant.

§ 125.29 Insufficient information.

(a)(1) If, in the judgment of the Commandant, an application does not contain sufficient information to enable him to satisfy himself that the character and habits of life of the applicant are such to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft herein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, the Commandant may require the applicant to furnish, under oath in writing or orally, such further information as he deems pertinent to the standards set forth in § 125.19 and necessary to enable him to make such a determination.

(2) If an applicant fails or refuses to furnish such additional information, the Commandant shall hold in abeyance further consideration of the application, and shall notify the applicant that further action will not be taken unless and until the applicant furnishes such information.

(b) Upon receipt, the application and such further information as the Commandant may have required shall be referred, except in those instances where action on an application is held in abeyance pursuant to § 125.21(b) or to paragraph (a)(2) of this section, to a committee composed of a representative of the Legal Division, of the Merchant Vessel Personnel Division and of the Intelligence Division, Coast Guard Headquarters. The committee shall prepare an analysis of the available information and shall make recommendations for action by the Commandant.

[CGFR 59-63, 25 FR 1589, Feb. 24, 1960]

§ 125.31 Approval of applicant by Commandant.

(a) If the Commandant is satisfied that the character and habits of life of the applicant are not such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would be inimical to the security of the United States, he will direct that a Coast Guard Port Security Card be issued to the applicant.

(b) If the Commandant is not satisfied that the character and habits of life of the applicant are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, he will notify the applicant in writing as provided for in § 125.35.

§ 125.33 Holders of Coast Guard Port Security Cards.

(a) Whenever the Commandant is not satisfied that the character and habits of life of a holder of a Coast Guard Port Security Card are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, he will request the holder to furnish, under oath in writing, such information as he deems pertinent and necessary for a determination on this issue.

(b) If the holder fails or refuses to furnish such information within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Commandant's request, the Commandant may issue the written notice provided for in § 125.35(a).

(c) The holder's failure or refusal to furnish such information shall preclude a determination that the holder's character and habits of life are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States.

(d) Upon receipt of such information as the Commandant may have required, the procedure prescribed in § 125.29(b) shall be followed.

(e) If the Commandant is satisfied that the character and habits of life of the holder are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, he shall notify the holder accordingly.

(f) If the Commandant is not satisfied that the character and habits of life of the holder are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, he shall notify the holder in writing as provided for in § 125.35.

[CGFR 59-63, 25 FR 1589, Feb. 24, 1960]

§ 125.35 Notice by Commandant.

(a) The notice provided for in §§ 125.31 and 125.33 shall contain a statement of the reasons why the Commandant is not satisfied that the character and habits of life of the applicant or holder are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States. Such notice shall be as specific and detailed as the interests of national security shall permit and shall include pertinent information such as names, dates, and places in such detail as to permit reasonable answer.

(b) The applicant or holder shall have 20 days from the date of receipt of the notice of reasons to file written answer thereto. Such answer may include statements or affidavits by third parties or such other documents or evidence as the applicant or holder deems pertinent to the matters in question.

(c) Upon receipt of such answer the procedure prescribed in § 125.29(b) shall be followed.

(d) If the Commandant is satisfied that the character and habits of life of the applicant or holder are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, he shall, in the case of an applicant, direct that a Coast Guard Port Security Card be issued to the applicant, or, in the case of a holder, notify him accordingly.

(e) If the Commandant is not satisfied that the applicant's or holder's character and habits of life are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, the Commandant shall refer the matter to a Hearing Board for hearing and recommendation in accordance with the provisions of this part.

§ 125.37 Hearing Boards.

The Commandant may establish a Hearing Board in each Coast Guard District. The Commandant shall designate for each Hearing Board a Chairman, who shall be, so far as practicable, an officer of the Coast Guard. The Commandant shall designate, so far as practicable, a second member from a panel of persons representing labor named by the Secretary of Labor, and a third member from a panel of persons representing management named by the Secretary of Labor.

§ 125.39 Notice by Hearing Board.

Whenever the Commandant refers a matter to a Hearing Board, the Chairman shall:

(a) Fix the time and place of the hearing;

(b) Inform the applicant or holder of the names of the members of the Hearing Board, their occupations, and the businesses or organizations with which they are affiliated, of his privilege of challenge, and of the time and place of the hearing;

(c) Inform the applicant or holder of his privilege to appear before the Hearing Board in person or by counsel or representative of his choice, and to present testimonial and documentary evidence in his behalf, and to cross-examine any witnesses appearing before the Board; and

(d) Inform the applicant or holder that if within 10 days after receipt of the notice he does not request an opportunity to appear before the Hearing Board, either in person or by counsel or representative, the Hearing Board will proceed without further notice to him.

§ 125.41 Challenges.

Within five days after receipt of the notice described in § 125.39 the applicant or holder may request disqualification of any member of the Hearing Board on the grounds of personal bias or other cause. The request shall be accompanied by an affidavit setting forth in detail the facts alleged to constitute grounds for disqualification. The affidavit may be supplemented by an oral presentation if desired. If after due consideration the Chairman believes a challenged member is qualified notwithstanding the challenge, he shall notify the person who made the challenge and arrange to proceed with the hearing. If the person who made the challenge takes exception to the ruling of the Chairman, the exception and data relating to the claim of disqualification shall be made a matter of record. If the Chairman finds that there is reasonable ground for disqualification he shall furnish the person who made the challenge with the name of an alternate in lieu of the challenged member and arrange to proceed with the hearing. In the event the Chairman is challenged, he shall forthwith notify the Commandant, furnishing the grounds for the claim of disqualification, and the Commandant shall act upon the challenge in accordance with the foregoing procedure. In addition to the right to challenge for cause, a person who has requested a hearing shall have two peremptory challenges, one challenge for the management member and one challenge for the labor member of the Hearing Board. Should the management member be so challenged, the person who made the challenge may elect to have the management member replaced by another management member or by a member not representing either management or labor; if the member peremptorily challenged represents labor, the person who made the challenge may elect to have the labor member replaced by another labor member or by a member not representing either management or labor.

§ 125.43 Hearing procedure.

(a) Hearings shall be conducted in an orderly manner and in a serious, businesslike atmosphere of dignity and decorum and shall be expedited as much as possible.

(b) The hearing shall be in open or closed session at the option of the applicant or holder.

(c) Testimony before the Hearing Board shall be given under oath or affirmation.

(d) The Chairman of the Hearing Board shall inform the applicant or holder of his right to:

(1) Participate in the hearing;

(2) Be represented by counsel of his choice;

(3) Present witnesses and offer other evidence in his own behalf and in refutation of the reasons set forth in the Notice of the Commandant; and

(4) Cross-examine any witnesses offered in support of such reasons.

(e) Hearings shall be opened by the reading of the Notice of the Commandant and the answer thereto. Any statement and affidavits filed by the applicant or holder may be incorporated in the record by reference.

(f) The Hearing Board may, in its discretion, invite any person to appear at the hearing and testify. However, the Board shall not be bound by the testimony of such witness by reason of having called him and shall have full right to cross-examine the witness. Every effort shall be made to produce material witnesses to testify in support of the reasons set forth in the Notice of the Commandant, in order that such witnesses may be confronted and cross-examined by the applicant or holder.

(g) The applicant or holder may introduce such evidence as may be relevant and pertinent. Rules of evidence shall not be binding on the Hearing Board, but reasonable restrictions may be imposed as to the relevancy, competency and materiality of matters considered. If the applicant or holder is, or may be, handicapped by the non-disclosure to him of confidential sources, or by the failure of witnesses to appear, the Hearing Board shall take the fact into consideration.

(h) The applicant or holder or his counsel or representative shall have the right to control the sequence of witnesses called by him.

(i) The Hearing Board shall give due consideration to documentary evidence developed by investigation, including membership cards, petitions bearing the applicant's or holder's signature, books, treatises or articles written by the applicant or holder and testimony by the applicant or holder before duly constituted authority.

(j) Complete verbatim stenographic transcription shall be made of the hearing by qualified reporters and the transcript shall constitute a permanent part of the record. Upon request, the applicant or holder or his counsel or representative shall be furnished, without cost, a copy of the transcript of the hearing.

(k) The Board shall reach its conclusion and base its determination on information presented at the hearing, together with such other information as may have been developed through investigation and inquiries or made available by the applicant or holder.

(l) If the applicant or holder fails, without good cause shown to the satisfaction of the chairman, to appear personally or to be represented before the Hearing Board, the Board shall proceed with consideration of the matter.

(m) The recommendation of the Hearing Board shall be in writing and shall be signed by all members of the Board. The Board shall forward to the Commandant, with its recommendation, a memorandum of reasons in support thereof. Should any member be in disagreement with the majority a dissent should be noted setting forth the reasons therefor. The recommendation of the Board, together with the complete record of the case, shall be sent to the Commandant as expeditiously as possible.

§ 125.45 Action by Commandant.

(a) If, upon receipt of the Board's recommendation, the Commandant is satisfied that the character and habits of life of the applicant or holder are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, he shall, in the case of an applicant, direct that a Coast Guard Port Security Card be issued to the applicant, or, in the case of a holder, notify him accordingly.

(b) If, upon receipt of the Board's recommendation, the Commandant is not satisfied that the character and habits of life of the applicant or holder are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, the Commandant shall:

(1) In the case of an applicant, notify him that a Coast Guard Port Security Card will not be issued to the applicant, or,

(2) In the case of a holder, revoke and require the surrender of his Coast Guard Port Security Card.

(c) Such applicant or holder shall be notified of his right, and shall have 20 days from the receipt of such notice within which, to appeal under this part.

§ 125.47 Appeals.

(a) The Commandant shall establish at Coast Guard Headquarters, Washington, DC, an Appeal Board to hear appeals provided for in this part. The Commandant shall designate for the Appeal Board a Chairman, who shall be so far as practicable, an officer of the Coast Guard. The Commandant shall designate, so far as practicable, a member from a panel of persons representing management nominated by the Secretary of Labor, and a member from a panel of persons representing labor nominated by the Secretary of Labor. The Commandant shall insure that persons designated as Appeal Board members have suitable security clearance. The Chairman of the Appeal Board shall make all arrangements incident to the business of the Appeal Board.

(b) If an applicant or holder appeals to the Appeal Board within 20 days after receipt of notice of his right to appeal under this part, his appeal shall be handled under the same procedure as that specified in § 125.39, and the privilege of challenge may be exercised through the same procedure as that specified in § 125.41.

(c) Appeal Board proceedings shall be conducted in the same manner as that specified in § 125.43.

§ 125.49 Action by Commandant after appeal.

(a) If, upon receipt of the Appeal Board's recommendation, the Commandant is satisfied that the character and habits of life of the applicant or holder are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, he shall, in the case of an applicant, direct that a Coast Guard Port Security Card be issued to the applicant, or in the case of a holder, notify him accordingly.

(b) If, upon receipt of the Appeal Board's recommendation, the Commandant is not satisfied that the character and habits of life of the applicant or holder are such as to warrant the belief that his presence on waterfront facilities, and port and harbor areas, including vessels and harbor craft therein, would not be inimical to the security of the United States, the Commandant shall notify the applicant or holder that his appeal is denied.

§ 125.51 Replacement of lost Coast Guard Port Security Card.

(a) Any person whose Coast Guard Port Security Card has been stolen, lost, or destroyed shall report that fact to a Coast Guard Port Security Unit or Captain of the Port as soon thereafter as possible.

(b) A person who has lost a Coast Guard Port Security Card may apply for a replacement card by submitting “An Application for Replacement of Lost Port Security Card” (Form CG 2685A) to a Coast Guard Port Security Unit. A replacement will be issued only after a full explanation of the loss of the Coast Guard Port Security Card is made in writing to the Coast Guard and after a full check is made and authorization is granted by the Commandant.

(c) Any person to whom a Coast Guard Port Security Card has been issued as a replacement for a lost card, shall immediately surrender the original card to the nearest Coast Guard Port Security Unit or Captain of the Port if the original card should be recovered.

§ 125.53 Requirements for credentials; certain vessels operating on navigable waters of the United States (including the Great Lakes and Western Rivers).

(a) Every person desiring access to vessels, except public vessels, falling within any of the categories listed below, as a master, person in charge, or member of the crew thereof, shall be required to be in possession of one of the identification credentials listed in § 125.09.

(1) Towing vessels, barges, and lighters operating in the navigable waters of the continental United States other than the Great Lakes and Western Rivers.

(2) Harbor craft, such as water taxis, junk boats, garbage disposal boats, bum boats, supply boats, repair boats, and ship cleaning boats, which in the course of their normal operations service or contact vessels, foreign or domestic, public or merchant, in the navigable waters of the continental United States other than the Great Lakes and Western Rivers.

(b) The term “master, person in charge, or member of the crew” shall be deemed to include any person who serves on board in any capacity concerned with the operation, maintenance, or administration of the vessel or its cargo.

(c) Where the Coast Guard Port Security Card (Form CG 2514) is to be used as the identification required by paragraph (a) of this section, application for such card may be made immediately by the persons concerned. The issuance of the Coast Guard Port Security Card shall be in the form and manner prescribed by § 125.11.

(d) At the discretion of the District Commander any person desiring access to vessels of the categories named in this section, who may be required by the provisions hereof to possess identification credentials, may be furnished a letter signed by the District Commander or the Captain of the Port and this letter shall serve in lieu of a Coast Guard Port Security Card and will authorize such access for a period not to exceed 60 days, and such a letter issued shall be deemed to be satisfactory identification within the meaning of § 125.09. The issuance of the letter shall be subject to the following conditions:

(1) The services of the person are necessary to avoid delay in the operation of the vessel;

(2) The person does not possess one of the identification credentials listed in § 125.09.

(3) The person has filed his application for a Coast Guard Port Security Card or submits his application before the letter is issued; and,

(4) The person has been screened by the District Commander or Captain of the Port and such officer is satisfied concerning the eligibility of the applicant to receive a temporary letter.

[CGFR 56-15, 21 FR 2940, May 3, 1956, as amended by CGFR 58-51, 21 FR 9339, Nov. 30, 1956]

§ 125.55 Outstanding Port Security Card Applications.

A person who has filed an application for a Coast Guard Port Security Card and who did not receive such a document prior to May 1, 1956, shall submit a new application in accordance with the requirements of this part.

[CGFR 61-54, 26 FR 11862, Dec. 12, 1961]

§ 125.57 Applications previously denied.

A person who has been denied a Coast Guard Port Security Card before May 1, 1956, may file a new application for such a document in accordance with the requirements of this part.

§ 126.1 What does this part apply to?

This part applies to waterfront facilities handling packaged and bulk-solid dangerous cargo and to vessels at those facilities.

[USCG-1998-4302, 68 FR 55440, Sept. 26, 2003]

§ 126.3 Definitions.

As used in this part—

Break-bulk means packages that are handled individually, palletized, or unitized for purposes of transportation, as opposed to materials in bulk and containerized freight.

Bulk means without mark or count and directly loaded or unloaded to or from a hold or tank on a vessel without the use of containers or break-bulk packaging.

Captain of the port or COTP means the officer of the Coast Guard, under the command of a District Commander, is designated by the Commandant for the purpose of giving immediate direction to Coast Guard law enforcement activities within an assigned area.

Cargo of particular hazard means any of the following:

(1) Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50, for which a permit is required under 33 CFR 126.17.

(2) Ammonium nitrate products, division 5.1 (oxidizing) materials listed in 49 CFR 176.410, for which a permit is required under 49 CFR 176.415.

(3) Division 4.3 dangerous when wet products as defined in 49 CFR 173.124, in excess of 60 mt.

(4) Division 2.3 and 6.1 poison inhalation hazard products as defined in 49 CFR 173.115 and 173.132, respectively.

(5) Class 7 highway route controlled quantity radioactive material or fissile material, controlled shipment, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403.

Commandant means the Commandant of the United States Coast Guard.

Container means a reusable container that has a volume of 1.81 cubic meters (64 cubic feet) or more, is designed and constructed to permit being lifted with its contents intact, and is intended primarily for containment of packages (in unit form) during transportation.

Dangerous cargo means all hazardous materials listed in 49 CFR parts 170 through 179, except those materials preceded by an “A” in the Hazardous Materials Table in 49 CFR 172.101, and all cargo listed in 46 CFR part 148.

Designated dangerous cargo means Division 1.1 and 1.2 explosives as defined in 49 CFR 173.50.

Designated waterfront facility means a waterfront facility designated under § 126.13 for the handling, storing, loading, and discharging of any hazardous material(s) subject to the Dangerous Cargoes Regulations (49 CFR parts 170 through 179), except for those materials preceded by an “A” in the Hazardous Materials Table in 49 CFR 172.101 and for those materials carried as bulk liquids.

Facility of particular hazard means a designated waterfront facility that is authorized to handle a cargo of particular hazard.

Facility operator means the person or company who owns, operates, or is responsible for the operation of a waterfront facility.

Net tons means net weight in tons.

Net weight, in reference to material in a package, tank, or container, means the weight of the contents of a package, tank, or container and does not include the weight of any packaging material or containing devices.

Transport unit means a transport vehicle or a container.

Waterfront facility means all piers, wharves, and similar structures to which a vessel may be secured; areas of land, water, or land and water under and in the immediate proximity to these structures; buildings on or contiguous to these structures; and the equipment and materials on or in these structures or buildings. The term does not include facilities directly operated by the Department of Defense.

[USCG-1998-4302, 68 FR 55440, Sept. 26, 2003, as amended by USCG-2008-0179, 73 FR 35013, June 19, 2008]

§ 126.5 Incorporation by reference: Where can I get a copy of the publications mentioned in this part?

(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, we must publish a notice of change in the Federal Register and the material must be available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at the Coast Guard Headquarters. Contact Commandant (CG-OES), Attn: Office of Operating and Environmental Standards, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593-7509. You may also contact the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html. All approved material is available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.

(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this part, and the sections affected, are as follows:

ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, 877-909-2786, http://www.astm.org.

ASTM F1121-87 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Specification for International Shore Connections for Marine Fire Applications, (approved March 1, 2010) | 126.15

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), One Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-9101:

NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 1998 Edition | 126.15

NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 1996 Edition | 126.15

NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems, 1996 Edition | 126.15

NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 1996 | 126.15

NFPA 51B, Standard for Fire Prevention in Use of Cutting and Welding Processes, 1994 Edition | 126.30

NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 1996 | 126.15

NFPA 307, Standard for the Construction and Fire Protection of Marine Terminals, Piers, and Wharves, 1995 Edition | 126.15

[USCG-1998-4302, 68 FR 55441, Sept. 26, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 36283, June 25, 2010; USCG-2012-0866, 78 FR 13248, Feb. 27, 2013; USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38434, July 7, 2014]

§ 126.11 Waiver authority based on local or unusual conditions.

Whenever the Commandant, the District Commander, or the Captain of the Port finds that the application of any provisions contained in §§ 126.15 and 126.16 is not necessary to the safety or security of the port and vessels and waterfront facilities therein, or that its application is not practical because of local conditions or because the materials or personnel required for compliance are not available, or because the requirements of the national defense justify a departure from such provision, the Commandant, the District Commander, or the Captain of the Port may waive compliance with such provision, to the extent and under such requirements as they determine.

[CGD 78-023, 44 FR 4643, Jan. 22, 1979]

§ 126.12 How do I request the use of an alternative method of complying with a requirement in this part?

(a) An owner or operator of a waterfront facility may request that the COTP allow the use of an alternative method of complying with a requirement in this part.

(b) The request must establish, to the COTP's satisfaction—

(1) That compliance with the requirement is economically or physically impractical; and

(2) That the alternative requested provides an equivalent or greater level of safety.

(c) The COTP examines the request and provides an answer, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the request.

[USCG-1998-4302, 68 FR 55441, Sept. 26, 2003]

§ 126.13 Designation of waterfront facilities.

(a) Waterfront facilities which fulfill the conditions required in § 126.15, unless waived under provisions of § 126.11, and only such waterfront facilities are designated for the handling, storing, stowing, loading, discharging, or transporting of dangerous cargo, subject to compliance with other applicable requirements and provisions set forth in this part.

(b) Handling, storing, stowing, loading, discharging, or transporting dangerous cargo at any waterfront facility other than one designated by this section is hereby prohibited, and violation of this prohibition will subject the violator to the civil or criminal penalties provided in 46 U.S.C. 70036.

[CGFR 57-52, 22 FR 10302, Dec. 20, 1957, as amended by CGD 78-023, 44 FR 4643, Jan. 22, 1979; USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58279, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 126.15 What conditions must a designated waterfront facility meet?

(a) All designated waterfront facilities must meet the following:

(1) Fire extinguishing equipment. Fire extinguishing equipment, such as automatic sprinklers, hydrants, hose connections, and firefighting water supplies must be available and maintained in adequate quantities and locations. Fire extinguishing equipment must meet State and local laws. In the absence of applicable State and local laws, fire extinguishing equipment must meet NFPA 10, 13, 14, and 307. (Incorporated by reference, see § 126.5.)

(2) Fire appliances. The location of all fire appliances, such as hydrants, standpipes, hose stations, fire extinguishers, and fire alarm boxes must be conspicuously marked and readily accessible according to NFPA 10, 13, 14, and 307.

(3) Warning signs. Warning signs must be constructed and installed according to NFPA 307, chapter 7-8.7.

(4) Lighting. If the facility transfers dangerous cargo between sunset and sunrise, it must have outdoor lighting that adequately illuminates the transfer work area. The lighting must be installed and maintained according to NFPA 70 (Incorporated by reference, see § 126.5.) and must be located or shielded so that it cannot be mistaken for an aid to navigation and does not interfere with navigation on waterways.

(5) International shore connection. If the facility conducts cargo operations involving foreign-flag vessels, the facility must have an international shore connection meeting ASTM F-1121. (Incorporated by reference, see § 126.5.)

(6) Access to the facility. Whenever dangerous cargo is transferred or stored on the facility, access to the facility must be limited to—

(i) Personnel working on the facility or vessel;

(ii) Delivery and service personnel authorized to conduct their business;

(iii) Coast Guard and other Federal, State, and local officials;

(iv) Local emergency personnel, such as police officers and firemen; and

(v) Other persons authorized by the owner or operator of the facility.

(7) Security measures. Guards must be stationed, or equivalent controls acceptable to the COTP must be used, to deter and detect unlawful entrance; to detect and report fire hazards, fires, and releases of dangerous cargoes and hazardous materials; to check the readiness of protective equipment; and to report other emergency situations at the facility.

(8) Coast Guard personnel. At any time, Coast Guard personnel must be allowed to enter the facility to conduct inspections or board vessels moored at the facility.

(9) Material handling equipment, trucks, and other motor vehicles. When dangerous cargo is being transferred or stored on the facility, material handling equipment, trucks, and other motor vehicles operated by internal combustion engines must meet the requirements of NFPA 307, chapter 9.

(10) Smoking. Smoking is allowed on the facility where permitted under State or local law. Signs must be posted marking authorized smoking areas. “No Smoking” signs must be conspicuously posted elsewhere on the facility.

(11) Rubbish and waste material. All rubbish, debris, and waste materials must be placed in adequate receptacles.

(12) Adequacy of equipment, materials, and standards. The COTP may determine that any equipment, material, or standard is not reasonably adequate under the circumstances. If so, the COTP informs the owner or operator in writing and provides an opportunity for the owner or operator to have the deficiency corrected.

(b) All designated waterfront facilities that handle dangerous cargo, not in transport units, must also meet the following:

(1) Arrangement of cargo, freight, merchandise, or material. Cargo, freight, merchandise, and other items or material on the facility must be arranged to provide access for firefighting and clearance for fire prevention according to NFPA 307, chapter 8-5.

(2) Portable fire extinguishers. Each facility must have and maintain, in adequate quantities and locations, portable fire extinguishers that meet the requirements of NFPA 10. These extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10.

(3) Electrical systems. All new electrical equipment and wiring installed on the facility must be of the same type and installed as specified under NFPA 70. All defective or dangerous electrical equipment and wiring must be promptly repaired, replaced, or permanently disconnected.

(4) Heating equipment and other sources of ignition. Open fires and open-flame lamps are prohibited on the facility. Heating equipment must meet NFPA 307, chapter 9-4.

(5) Maintenance stores and supplies. Hazardous material(s) used in the operation or maintenance of the facility may be stored only in amounts necessary for normal operating conditions. These materials must be stored in compartments that are remote from combustible material; constructed to provide safe storage; and kept clean and free of scrap materials, empty containers, soiled wiping rags, waste, and other debris. Flammable liquids must be stored according to NFPA 30, chapter 4. (Incorporated by reference, see § 126.5.)

(c) All designated waterfront facilities that handle dangerous cargo in transport units must also meet the following:

(1) Terminal yards. Terminal yards must conform to the standards in NFPA 307, chapter 5.

(2) Containers. Containers packed with dangerous cargo that are vertically stacked must be stacked no more than four high.

[USCG-1998-4302, 68 FR 55441, Sept. 26, 2003]

§ 126.16 Conditions for designating a “facility of particular hazard.”

(a) Basic requirements. The facility shall comply with all the conditions in § 126.15 except where specifically waived by § 126.11.

(b) Warning alarms. Warning alarms shall be installed at the waterside of such a facility to warn approaching or transiting water traffic of immediate danger in the event of fire or cargo release. Warning alarms shall be of the siren type, or the emergency rotating flashing light type, and be of sufficient intensity to be heard, or seen, a distance of 1 mile during normal facility working conditions. The alarm signal shall not conflict with local municipal prescription.

[CGFR 67-93, 32 FR 20774, Dec. 23, 1967]

§ 126.17 Permits required for handling designated dangerous cargo.

Designated dangerous cargo may be handled, loaded, discharged, or transported at any designated waterfront facility only if a permit therefor has been issued by the Captain of the Port. This permit requirement may be waived, at the discretion of the Captain of the Port, when such cargoes are contained within railroad cars or highway vehicles which are moved on or across a waterfront facility used primarily for the transfer of railroad cars or highway vehicles to or from a railroad or highway vehicle ferry or carfloat; provided such designated cargoes are not removed from, or placed in, the railroad car or highway vehicle while it is in or on such waterfront facility.

[CGFR 58-43, 23 FR 8542, Nov. 1, 1958]

§ 126.19 Issuance of permits for handling designated dangerous cargo.

Upon the application of the owners or operators of a designated waterfront facility or of their authorized representatives, the Captain of the Port is authorized to issue a permit for each transaction of handling, loading, discharging, or transporting designated dangerous cargo at such waterfront facility provided the following requirements are met:

(a) The facility shall comply in all respect with the regulations in this subchapter.

(b) The quantity of designated dangerous cargo, except Class 1 (explosive) materials shipped by or for the Armed Forces of the United States, on the waterfront facility and vessels moored thereto shall not exceed the limits as to maximum quantity, isolation and remoteness established by local, municipal, territorial, or State authorities. Each permit issued under these conditions shall specify that the limits so established shall not be exceeded.

(c) The quantity of designated dangerous cargo consisting of Class 1 (explosive) materials shipped by or for the Armed Forces of the United States on the waterfront facility and vessels moored thereto shall not exceed the limits as to maximum quantity, isolation and remoteness as established by the Captain of the Port. Each permit issued under these conditions shall specify that the limits so established shall not be exceeded.

[CGFR 53-27, 18 FR 5348, Sept. 3, 1953, as amended by CGD 92-050, 59 FR 39965, Aug. 5, 1994]

§ 126.21 Permitted transactions.

All permits issued pursuant to § 126.19 are hereby conditioned upon the observance and fulfillment of the following:

(a) The conditions set forth in § 126.15 shall at all times be strictly observed.

(b) No amount of designated dangerous cargo, except Class 1 (explosive) materials shipped by or for the Armed Forces of the United States, in excess of the maximum quantity established by local, municipal, territorial, or State authorities shall be present on the waterfront facility and vessels moored thereto.

(c) Designated dangerous cargo shall not be brought onto the waterfront facility from shore except when laden within a railroad car or highway vehicle and shall remain in such railroad car or highway vehicle except when removed as an incident of its prompt transshipment. Designated dangerous cargo shall not be brought onto the waterfront facility from a vessel except as an incident of its prompt transshipment by railroad car or highway vehicle.

(d) No other dangerous cargo shall be on the waterfront facility during the period of transactions involving designated dangerous cargo, unless its presence is authorized by the Captain of the Port. This shall not apply to maintenance stores and supplies on the waterfront facility in conformity with § 126.15(b)(5).

[CGFR 53-27, 18 FR 5348, Sept. 3, 1953, as amended by CGD 92-050, 59 FR 39965, Aug. 5, 1994; USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38434, July 7, 2014]

§ 126.23 Termination or suspension of permits.

Any permit issued pursuant to § 126.19 shall terminate automatically at the conclusion of the transaction for which the permit has been issued and may be terminated, or suspended, prior thereto by the Captain of the Port whenever he deems that the security or safety of the port or vessels or waterfront facilities therein so requires. Confirmation of such termination or suspension by the Captain of the Port shall be given to the permittee in writing.

[CGFR 51-37, 16 FR 8679, Aug. 28, 1951]

§ 126.25 Penalties for handling designated dangerous cargo without permit.

Handling, loading, discharging, or transporting any designated dangerous cargo without a permit, as provided under § 126.17, being in force, will subject persons responsible therefore to the civil or criminal penalties provided in 46 U.S.C. 70036.

[CGD 78-023, 44 FR 4643, Jan. 22, 1979, as amended by USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58279, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 126.27 General permit for handling dangerous cargo.

A general permit is hereby issued for the handling, storing, stowing, loading, discharging or transporting of dangerous cargo (other than designated dangerous cargo) in bulk, portable tanks, containers, or packagings, at designated waterfront facilities, conditioned upon the observance and fulfillment of the following:

(a) The conditions set forth in § 126.15 shall at all times be strictly observed.

(b) You must notify the COTP before you handle, store, stow, load, discharge, or transport, in the net weight amounts specified, the following dangerous cargo, except when contained within transport units or railroad or highway vehicles being transported across or on the waterfront facility solely for transfer to or from a railroad-car ferry, highway-vehicle ferry, or carfloat:

(1) Class 1, Division 1.3 and Division 1.5 (Explosive) materials, with a net explosive quantity in excess of 36,400 kg (40 net tons) at any one time.

(2) Class 2, Division 2.1 (Flammable Gas) materials in bulk packaging; or Division 2.3 (Poison Gas) materials in excess of 72,800 kg (80 net tons) at any one time.

(3) A Class 7 (Radioactive) material in a highway route controlled quantity, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403.

(4) Flammable solids or oxidizers, in excess of 100 net tons at any one time.

(5) Flammable gases, in excess of 10 net tons at any one time.

(6) Poisons (Class A).

(7) A bulk shipment of a cargo of particular hazard.

(c) No Class 1 (explosive) materials (as defined in 49 CFR 173.50) or other dangerous cargoes prohibited from, or not permitted for, transportation by 46 CFR part 148 or 49 CFR parts 171 through 179 may be present on the waterfront facility.

(d) Break-bulk dangerous cargo must be segregated according to 49 CFR 176.83(a) through (c). No separation is required for break-bulk dangerous cargo in limited-quantity packaging.

(e) Transport units and portable tanks containing dangerous cargo must be segregated according to 49 CFR 176.83(a), (b), and (f). The requirements for vertical segregation and for on-deck, horizontal segregation in 49 CFR 176.83(f) apply. No separation is required for transport units containing dangerous cargo only in limited quantity packaging.

(f) Break-bulk dangerous cargo must be segregated from transport units containing dangerous cargo according to 49 CFR 176.83(e).

(g) Solid dangerous bulk cargo must be separated to prevent the interaction of incompatible materials in the event of an accident. Cargo not required to be segregated, when in break-bulk form, is not required to be segregated, when in bulk form. Dangerous cargo in break-bulk form must be segregated from solid dangerous cargo in bulk according to 49 CFR 176.83.

(h) Materials that are dangerous when wet (Division 4.3), water-soluble oxidizers (Division 5.1), and corrosive solids (Class 8) must be stored in a manner that prevents them from coming into contact with water.

(i) Corrosive liquids (Class 8) and liquid oxidizers (Division 5.1) must be handled and stored so that, in the event of a leak from their packaging, they would not come in contact with organic materials.

(j) Dangerous cargo stored on the facility must be arranged in a manner that retards the spread of fire, such as by interspersing dangerous cargo with inert or fire retardant material.

(k) Dangerous cargo stored on the facility, but not intended for use on the facility, must be packaged, marked, and labeled according to 49 CFR parts 171 through 180, as if the cargo was in transportation.

(l) Class 7 (Radioactive) material must be stored as specified in 49 CFR 173.447.

[CGD 78-023, 44 FR 4643, Jan. 22, 1979, as amended by CGD 75-238, 44 FR 63676, Nov. 5, 1979; CGD 75-238, 45 FR 57394, Aug. 28, 1980; CGD 92-050, 59 FR 39965, Aug. 5, 1994; USCG-1998-4302, 68 FR 55442, Sept. 26, 2003]

§ 126.28 Ammonium nitrate, ammonium nitrate fertilizers, fertilizer mixtures, or nitro carbo nitrate; general provisions.

(a) When any item of ammonium nitrate, ammonium nitrate fertilizers, fertilizer mixtures, or nitro carbo nitrate, described and defined as an oxidizer by the regulations of 49 CFR part 173 is handled, stored, stowed, loaded, discharged or transported on a waterfront facility, the following provisions shall apply:

(1) All outside containers shall be marked with the proper shipping name of the nitrate packed within the container.

(2) The building on a waterfront facility used for storage of any of these materials shall be of such construction as to afford good ventilation.

(3) Storage of any of these materials shall be at a safe distance from electric wiring, steam pipes, radiators or any heating mechanism.

(4) These materials shall be separated by a fire resistant wall or by a distance of at least 30 feet from organic materials or other chemicals and substances which could cause contamination such as flammable liquids, combustible liquids, corrosive liquids, chlorates, permanganates, finely divided metals, caustic soda, charcoal, sulfur, cotton, coal, fats, fish oils or vegetable oils.

(5) Storage of any of these materials shall be in a clean area upon clean wood dunnage, or on pallets over a clean floor. In the case of a concrete floor, storage may be made directly on the floor if it is first covered with a moisture barrier such as a polyethylene sheet or asphaltic laminated paper.

(6) Any spilled material shall be promptly and thoroughly cleaned up and removed from the waterfront facility. If any spilled material has remained in contact with a wooden floor for any length of time the floor shall be scrubbed with water and all spilled material shall be thoroughly dissolved and flushed away.

(7) An abundance of water for firefighting shall be readily available.

(8) Open drains, traps, pits or pockets which could be filled with molten ammonium nitrate if a fire occurred (and thus become potential detonators for the storage piles) must be eliminated or plugged.

Note:

See 49 CFR 176.415 for permit requirements for nitro carbo nitrate and certain ammonium nitrates.

[CGD 78-023, 44 FR 4644, Jan. 22, 1979]

§ 126.29 Supervision and control of dangerous cargo.

(a) Authority. The Captain of the Port is authorized to require that any transaction of handling, storing, stowing, loading, discharging, or transporting the dangerous cargo covered by this subchapter shall be undertaken and continued only under the immediate supervision and control of the Captain of the Port or his duly authorized representative. In case the Captain of the Port exercises such authority, all directions, instructions, and orders of the Captain of the Port or his representative, not inconsistent with this part, with respect to such handling, storing, stowing, loading, discharging, and transporting; with respect to the operation of the waterfront facility; with respect to vessels handling, stowing, loading, or discharging of dangerous cargo at anchorages when the operations are under the immediate control and supervision of the Captain of the Port or his duly authorized representative; with respect to the ingress and egress of persons, articles, and things and to their presence on the waterfront facilty or vessel; and with respect to vessels approaching, moored at, and departing from the waterfront facility, shall be promptly obeyed.

(b) Reporting discharge of dangerous liquid commodities into the waters of the United States. To enhance the safety of the port and to protect vessels, their cargo, and waterfront facilities therein, the discharge into the navigable waters of the United States of petroleum products, petroleum byproducts or other dangerous liquid commodities which may create a hazard or toxic condition in the port area will be immediately reported to the Captain of the Port or District Commander by the owner or master of the vessel from which the discharge occurred, or the owner or operator of a waterfront facility from which the discharge occurred.

[CGFR 69-89, 34 FR 17478, Oct. 29, 1969]

§ 126.30 What are the conditions for conducting welding and hotwork?

(a) The facility operator must ensure that all welding or hotwork conducted at the facility meets the requirements of this section. Each operator of a vessel moored to the facility must ensure that all welding or hotwork conducted on the vessel meets the requirements of this section.

(b) The COTP may require an operator of a facility or of a vessel moored at the facility to notify the COTP before conducting welding or hotwork. Regardless of whether or not the COTP required notice, the facility operator must notify the COTP before conducting welding or hotwork on a vessel when containerized dangerous cargo is located within the distances listed in paragraph (f) of this section.

(c) Before conducting welding or hotwork, flammable vapors, liquids, or solids must be completely removed from any container, pipe, or transfer line being worked on.

(d) Before conducting welding or hotwork on tanks, tanks used for storage of flammable or combustible substances must be tested and certified gas free.

(e) All welding and hotwork must be conducted according to NFPA 51B. (Incorporated by reference, see § 126.5.)

(f) Welding or hotwork is prohibited during gas freeing operations within 30.5 meters (100 feet) of bulk cargo operations involving flammable or combustible materials, within 30.5 meters (100 feet) of fueling operations, within 30.5 meters (100 feet) of explosives, or within 15.25 meters (50 feet) of other hazardous materials.

(g) If the welding or hotwork is on the boundary of a compartment (i.e., bulkhead, wall, or deck), a fire watch, in addition to that called for in NFPA 51B, must be stationed in the adjoining compartment.

(h) Personnel on fire watch must have no other duties except to watch for the presence of fire and to prevent the development of hazardous conditions.

(i) All safety precautions in relation to purging, inerting, or venting for all hotwork on containers must be followed.

(j) All local laws and ordinances must be followed.

(k) If a fire or other hazard occurs, all cutting, welding, or other hotwork equipment must be shut down.

[USCG-1998-4302, 68 FR 55442, Sept. 26, 2003]

§ 126.31 Termination or suspension of general permit.

The Captain of the Port is hereby authorized to terminate or to suspend the general permit granted by § 126.27 in respect to any particular designated waterfront facility whenever he deems that the security or safety of the port or vessels or waterfront facilities therein so requires. Confirmation of such termination or suspension shall be given to the permittee in writing. After such termination, the general permit may be revived by the District Commander with respect to such particular waterfront facility upon a finding by him that the cause of termination no longer exists and is unlikely to recur. After such suspension, the general permit shall be revived by the Captain of the Port with respect to such particular waterfront facility when the cause of suspension no longer exists, and he shall so advise the permittee in writing.

[CGFR 51-37, 16 FR 8680, Aug. 28, 1951, as amended by CGFR 69-89, 34 FR 17479, Oct. 29, 1969]

§ 126.33 Penalties for handling dangerous cargo without permit.

Handling, storing, stowing, loading, discharging, or transporting any dangerous cargo covered by § 126.27 under circumstances not covered by the general permit granted in § 126.27 or when such general permit is not in force will subject persons responsible therefor to the civil or criminal penalties provided in 46 U.S.C. 70036.

[CGD 78-023, 44 FR 4644, Jan. 22, 1979, as amended by USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58279, Sept. 18, 2020]

§ 126.35 Primary responsibility.

Nothing contained in the rules, regulations, conditions, and designations in this part shall be construed as relieving the masters, owners, operators, and agents of vessels, docks, piers, wharves, or other waterfront facilities from their primary responsibility for the security of such vessels, docks, piers, wharves, or waterfront facilities.

[CGFR 51-37, 16 FR 8680, Aug. 28, 1951]

§ 126.37 Separability.

If any provision of the rules, regulations, conditions, or designations contained in this part or the application of such provision to any person, waterfront facility, or circumstances shall be held invalid, the validity of the remainder of the rules, regulations, conditions, or designations contained in this part and applicability of such provision to other persons, waterfront facilities, or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby.

[CGFR 51-37, 16 FR 8680, Aug. 28, 1951]

§ 127.001 Applicability.

(a) Subparts A and B of this part apply to the marine transfer area for LNG of each new waterfront facility handling LNG and to new construction in the marine transfer area for LNG of each waterfront facility handling LNG.

(b) Subpart A of this part and §§ 127.301 through 127.617 apply to the marine transfer area for LNG of each active existing waterfront facility handling LNG.

(c) Sections 127.007(b), (c), and (d), and 127.019(b) of subpart A of this part apply to the marine transfer area for LNG of each inactive facility.

(d) Subparts A and C of this part apply to the marine transfer area for LHG of each active waterfront facility handling LHG.

(e) Sections 127.007 (b), (c), and (d); 127.019(b); and 127.1325(c) of subparts A and C of this part apply to the marine transfer area for LHG of each inactive facility.

(f) Waterfront facilities handling LNG and LHG constructed, expanded, or modified under a contract awarded after March 4, 2022, are required to comply with the applicable standards referenced in § 127.003. All other facilities, unless expanded or modified in accordance with this part, are required to meet previously applicable standards but may request to apply a later edition of the standards in accordance with § 127.017.

[CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39794, Aug. 3, 1995, as amended by USCG-2007-27022, 75 FR 29426, May 26, 2010; 87 FR 5689, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.003 Incorporation by reference.

Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish a document in the Federal Register and the material must be available to the public. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Operating and Environmental Standards (CG-OES), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE, STOP 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, 202-372-1410, and is available from the sources listed in the following paragraphs. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, email fr.inspection@nara.gov or go to https://www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html. (See § 127.017 for alternative compliance methods.)

(a) American Petroleum Institute (API), 200 Massachusetts Avenue NW, Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20001-5571, 202-682-8000, http://www.api.org.

(1) API Recommended Practice 2003 (“API RP 2003”), Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning and Stray Currents, Eighth Edition, September 2015, for § 127.1101(h).

(2) [Reserved]

(b) The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Two Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990, 800-843-2763, https://www.asme.org.

(1) ASME B16.5-2020, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, NPS 1/2 Through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard, Issued January 29, 2021, for § 127.1102(a).

(2) ASME B31.3-2020, Process Piping, ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31, Issued June 18, 2021, for § 127.1101(a).

(c) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA, 19428-2959, 610-832-9500, https://www.astm.org.

(1) ASTM E119-20, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, approved May 1, 2020, for § 127.005.

(2) ASTM F1121-87 (Reapproved 2019), Standard Specification for International Shore Connections for Marine Fire Applications, approved December 1, 2019, for §§ 127.611 and 127.1511.

(d) Det Norske Veritas (DNV), Veritasveien 1, 1363 Høvik Norway, +47 6757 9900, https://www.dnv.com.

(1) DNVGL-RP-G105, Recommended Practice, Development and operation of liquefied natural gas bunkering facilities, October 2015 Edition, for § 127.008(d).

(2) [Reserved]

(e) International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), IEC Central Office, 3 rue de Varembé, P.O. Box 131, CH 1211, Geneva 20, Switzerland, +41 22 919 02 11, https://www.iec.ch.

(1) IEC 60079-29-1, Explosive atmospheres—Part 29-1: Gas detectors—Performance requirements of detectors for flammable gases, Edition 2.0, July 2016, for § 127.1203(a).

(2) [Reserved]

(f) International Organization for Standardization (ISO), Chemin de Blandonnet 8, CP 401, 1214 Vernier, Geneva, Switzerland, +41 22 749 01 11, https://www.iso.org.

(1) ISO/TS 18683:2015(E), (“ISO/TS 18683”), Guidelines for systems and installations for supply of LNG as fuel to ships, First Edition, January 15, 2015, for § 127.008(d)(1).

(2) ISO 28460:2010(E), (“ISO 28460”), Petroleum and natural gas industries—Installation and equipment for liquefied natural gas—Ship-to-shore interface and port operations, First edition, December 15, 2010, for § 127.008(d)(2).

(g) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471, 800-344-3555, https://www.nfpa.org.

(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2018 Edition, effective August 21, 2017, for §§ 127.603(a) and 127.1503.

(2) NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 2018 Edition, effective September 6, 2017, for §§ 127.313(b) and 127.1313(b).

(3) NFPA 51B, Standard for Fire Prevention During Welding, Cutting, and Other Hot Work, 2019 Edition, effective July 15, 2018, for §§ 127.405(b) and 127.1405(b).

(4) NFPA 59A, Standard for the Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG), 2019 Edition, effective November 25, 2018, for §§ 127.008(d), 127. 101, 127.201(b) and (c), 127.405(a) and (b), and 127.603(a).

(5) NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2020 Edition, effective August 25, 2019, for §§ 127.107(a) and (c), 127.201(c), and 127.1107.

[87 FR 5689, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.005 Definitions.

As used in this part:

Active means accomplishing the transfer of LHG or LNG, or scheduling one to occur, within 12 months of the current date.

Captain of the Port (COTP) means the Coast Guard officer designated by the Commandant to command a Captain of the Port Zone as described in part 3 of this chapter, or an authorized representative.

Commandant means the Commandant of the U.S. Coast Guard or an authorized representative.

Control room means a space within the LNG waterfront facility from which facility operations are controlled.

District Commander means the Coast Guard officer designated by the Commandant to command a Coast Guard District as described in part 3 of this chapter, or an authorized representative.

Environmentally sensitive areas include public parks and recreation areas, wildlife and waterfowl refuges, fishing grounds, wetlands, other areas deemed to be of high value to fish and wildlife resources, historic sites, and other protected areas.

Existing as applied to a waterfront facility means a facility handling LNG constructed or being constructed under a contract awarded before June 2, 1988, or a facility handling LHG constructed or being constructed under a contract awarded before January 30, 1996.

Facility means either a waterfront facility handling LHG or a waterfront facility handling LNG, and includes LNG fuel facilities.

Fire endurance rating means the duration for which an assembly or structural unit will contain a fire or retain structural integrity when exposed to the temperatures specified in the standard time-temperature curve in ASTM E119-20 (incorporated by reference, see § 127.003).

Flammable product means a product indicated by the letter “F” or by the letters “F + T” in Table 127.005.

Inactive means not active.

Impounding space means a space formed by dikes and floors that confines a spill of LHG or LNG.

LHG means liquefied hazardous gas.

LHG vessel means a vessel constructed or converted to carry LHG, in bulk.

Liquefied hazardous gas (LHG) means a liquid containing one or more of the products listed in Table 127.005.

Liquefied natural gas (LNG) means a liquid or semisolid consisting mostly of methane and small quantities of ethane, propane, nitrogen, or other natural gases.

Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) means a liquid consisting mostly of propane or butane or both.

LNG means liquefied natural gas.

LNG fuel facility means a waterfront facility that handles LNG for the sole purpose of providing LNG from shore-based structures to vessels for use as a marine fuel, and that does not transfer LNG to or receive LNG from vessels capable of carrying LNG in bulk as cargo.

LNG vessel means a vessel constructed or converted to carry LNG, in bulk.

Loading flange means the connection or group of connections in the cargo transfer pipeline on the facility that connects the facility pipeline to the vessel pipeline.

Marine transfer area for LHG means that part of a waterfront facility handling LHG between the vessel, or where the vessel moors, and the first shutoff valve on the pipeline immediately inland of the terminal manifold or loading arm, including the entire part of a pier or wharf used to serve LHG vessels.

Marine transfer area for LNG means that part of a waterfront facility handling LNG between the vessel, or where the vessel moors, and the last manifold or valve immediately before the receiving tanks.

Mating flange means that flange in the product-transfer pipeline on a waterfront facility handling LHG or a waterfront facility handling LNG that connects this pipeline to the pipeline or transfer hose of the vessel.

MAWP means maximum allowable working pressure.

Maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP) means the maximum gauge pressure permissible at the top of equipment, containers, or pressure vessels while operating at design temperature.

New as applied to a waterfront facility means a facility handling LNG constructed or being constructed under a contract awarded on or after June 2, 1988, or a facility handling LHG constructed or being constructed under a contract awarded on or after January 30, 1996.

Person in charge of transfer operations on the vessel is the person designated the person in charge of cargo transfer under 46 CFR 154.1831.

Release means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment, except a minor release of LHG or its vapor, that may occur during the routine handling of LHG. No release is minor if it creates an atmosphere that exceeds the Lower Flammable Limit (LFL) for a flammable product or any Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) listed in 29 CFR 1910.1000, Table Z-1 or Z-2, for a toxic product.

Substructure means the deck of a pier or wharf and the structural components below that deck.

Toxic product means a product indicated by the letter “T” or by the letters “F + T” in Table 127.005.

Waterfront facility handling LHG means any structure on, in, or under the navigable waters of the United States, or any structure on land or any area on shore immediately adjacent to such waters, used or capable of being used to transfer liquefied hazardous gas, in bulk, to or from a vessel.

Waterfront facility handling LNG means any structure on, in, or under the navigable waters of the United States, or any structure on land or any area on shore immediately adjacent to such waters, used or capable of being used to transfer liquefied natural gas, in bulk, to or from a vessel.

Table 127.005—List of Products and Hazards

Product | Hazard

Acetaldehyde | F + T

Ammonia, anhydrous | T

Butadiene | F

Butanes | F

Butane and propane (mixtures) | F

Butylenes | F

Chlorine | T

Dimethylamine | F + T

Ethane | F

Ethyl chloride | F + T

Ethylene | F

Ethylene oxide | F + T

Methyl-acetylene and propadiene (mixtures) | F

Methyl bromide | F + T

Methyl chloride | F + T

Propane | F

Propylene | F

Sulphur dioxide | T

Vinyl chloride | F + T

Note: “F” indicates a flammable product. “T” indicates a toxic product. “F + T” indicates a product both flammable and toxic.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39795, Aug. 3, 1995; CGD 97-023, 62 FR 33363, June 19, 1997; 87 FR 5689, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.007 Letter of intent and waterway suitability assessment for waterfront facilities handling LNG or LHG.

(a) An owner or operator intending to build a new facility handling LNG or LHG, or an owner or operator planning new construction to expand marine terminal operations in any facility handling LNG or LHG, where the construction or expansion will result in an increase in the size or frequency of LNG or LHG marine traffic on the waterway associated with a facility, must submit a Letter of Intent (LOI) to the Captain of the Port (COTP) of the zone in which the facility is or will be located. The LOI must meet the requirements in paragraph (c) of this section.

(1) The owner or operator of an LNG facility must submit the LOI to the COTP no later than the date that the owner or operator files a pre-filing request with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) under 18 CFR parts 153 and 157, but, in all cases, at least 1 year prior to the start of construction. The LOI must include the nation of registry for, and the nationality or citizenship of the officers and crew serving on board, vessels transporting LNG that are reasonably anticipated to be servicing the LNG facility.

(2) The owner or operator of an LHG facility must submit the LOI to the COTP no later than the date that the owner or operator files with the Federal or State agency having jurisdiction, but, in all cases, at least 1 year prior to the start of construction.

(b) An owner or operator intending to reactivate an inactive facility must submit an LOI that meets paragraph (c) of this section to the COTP of the zone in which the facility is located.

(1) The owner or operator of an LNG facility must submit the LOI to the COTP no later than the date the owner or operator files a pre-filing request with FERC under 18 CFR parts 153 and 157, but, in all cases, at least 1 year prior to the start of LNG transfer operations.

(2) The owner or operator of an LHG facility must submit the LOI to the COTP no later than the date the owner or operator files with the Federal or State agency having jurisdiction, but, in all cases, at least 1 year prior to the start of LHG transfer operations.

(c) Each LOI must contain—

(1) The name, address, and telephone number of the owner and operator;

(2) The name, address, and telephone number of the Federal, State, or local agency having jurisdiction for siting, construction, and operation;

(3) The name, address, and telephone number of the facility;

(4) The physical location of the facility;

(5) A description of the facility;

(6) The LNG or LHG vessels' characteristics and the frequency of LNG or LHG shipments to or from the facility; and

(7) Charts showing waterway channels and identifying commercial, industrial, environmentally sensitive, and residential areas in and adjacent to the waterway used by the LNG or LHG vessels en route to the facility, within at least 25 kilometers (15.5 miles) of the facility.

(d) The owner or operator who submits an LOI under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section must notify the COTP in writing within 15 days of any of the following:

(1) There is any change in the information submitted under paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(7) of this section; or

(2) No LNG or LHG transfer operations are scheduled within the next 12 months.

(e) An owner or operator intending to build a new LNG or LHG facility, or an owner or operator planning new construction to expand marine terminal operations in any facility handling LNG or LHG, where the construction or expansion will result in an increase in the size or frequency of LNG or LHG marine traffic on the waterway associated with a facility, must file or update as appropriate a waterway suitability assessment (WSA) with the COTP of the zone in which the facility is or will be located. The WSA must consist of a Preliminary WSA and a Follow-on WSA. A COTP may request additional information during review of the Preliminary WSA or Follow-on WSA.

(f) The Preliminary WSA must—

(1) Be submitted to the COTP with the LOI; and

(2) Provide an initial explanation of the following—

(i) Port characterization;

(ii) Characterization of the LNG or LHG facility and LNG or LHG tanker route;

(iii) Risk assessment for maritime safety and security;

(iv) Risk management strategies; and

(v) Resource needs for maritime safety, security, and response.

(g) The Follow-on WSA must—

(1) Be submitted to the COTP as follows:

(i) The owner or operator of an LNG facility must submit the Follow-on WSA to the COTP no later than the date the owner or operator files its application with FERC pursuant to 18 CFR parts 153 or 157, or if no application to FERC is required, at least 180 days before the owner or operator begins transferring LNG.

(ii) The owner or operator of an LHG facility must submit the Follow-on WSA to the COTP in all cases at least 180 days before the owner or operator begins transferring LHG.

(2) Contain a detailed analysis of the elements listed in §§ 127.007(f)(2), 127.009(d), and 127.009(e) of this part.

(h) Until the facility begins operation, owners or operators must:

(1) Annually review their WSAs and submit a report to the COTP as to whether changes are required. The deadline for the required annual report should coincide with the date of the COTP's Letter of Recommendation, which indicates review and validation of the Follow-on WSA has been completed.

(2) In the event that revisions to the WSA are needed, report to the COTP the details of the necessary revisions, along with a timeline for completion.

(3) Update the WSA if there are any changes in conditions, such as changes to the port environment, the LNG or LHG facility, or the tanker route, that would affect the suitability of the waterway for LNG or LHG traffic.

(4) Submit a final report to the COTP at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to the start of operations.

(i) An owner or operator intending to construct a new LNG fuel facility or modify any LNG fuel facility, or reactivate an inactive LNG fuel facility, may comply with § 127.008 in lieu of meeting the requirements in this section.

[USCG-2007-27022, 75 FR 29426, May 26, 2010, as amended by USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5689, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.008 Letter of intent and operational risk assessment for LNG fuel facilities.

(a) An owner or operator intending to build a new LNG fuel facility, modify construction of any LNG fuel facility, or reactivate an inactive LNG fuel facility electing to complete an operational risk assessment (ORA) in lieu of a WSA as outlined in § 127.007, must submit an LOI and ORA to the COTP of the zone in which the LNG fuel facility is or will be located at least 1 year prior to the start of LNG transfer operations.

(b) Each LOI must contain the information in § 127.007(c)(1) through (c)(5).

(c) The owner or operator who submits an LOI under paragraph (a) of this section must notify the COTP in writing within 15 days of any of the following:

(1) There is any change in the information submitted under paragraph (b) of this section; or

(2) No LNG fuel transfer operations are scheduled within the next 12 months.

(d) The ORA required by paragraph (a) must:

(1) Be carried out in accordance with Chapter 7 of ISO/TS 18683 and Appendix D of DNVGL-RP-G105; or Chapter 19 of NFPA 59A (all incorporated by reference, see § 127.003); or other industry developed risk assessment method acceptable to the Office of Operating and Environmental Standards, Commandant (CG-OES); and

(2) Consider possible factors affecting the ship/shore interface and port operations described in Section 6 of ISO 28460 (incorporated by reference, see § 127.003).

[87 FR 5690, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.009 Letter of recommendation.

(a) After the COTP receives the information and analyses required by § 127.007 or § 127.008, the COTP issues a Letter of Recommendation (LOR) as to the suitability of the waterway for LNG or LHG marine traffic or the operational safety and security of the LNG fuel facility to the Federal, State, or local government agencies having jurisdiction for siting, construction, and operation, and, at the same time, sends a copy to the owner or operator, based on the—

(1) Information submitted under § 127.007 or § 127.008;

(2) Density and character of marine traffic in the waterway;

(3) Locks, bridges, or other man-made obstructions in the waterway;

(4) Following factors adjacent to the facility such as—

(i) Depths of the water;

(ii) Tidal range;

(iii) Protection from high seas;

(iv) Natural hazards, including reefs, rocks, and sandbars;

(v) Underwater pipelines and cables;

(vi) Distance of berthed vessel from the channel and the width of the channel; and

(5) Any other issues affecting the safety and security of the waterway and considered relevant by the Captain of the Port.

(b) An LOR issued under this section is a recommendation from the COTP to the agency having jurisdiction as described in paragraph (a), and does not constitute agency action for the purposes of § 127.015 or the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551 et seq.).

(c) The owner or operator, or a State, local, or Indian tribal government in the vicinity of the facility, may request reconsideration as set forth in § 127.010.

(d) Persons other than the owner or operator, or State, local, or Indian tribal government in the vicinity of the facility, may comment on the LOR by submitting comments and relevant information to the agency having jurisdiction, as described in paragraph (a), for that agency's consideration in its permitting process.

(e) Paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section apply to LORs issued after December 28, 2012. For LORs issued prior to that date, persons requesting reconsideration must follow the process set forth in § 127.015.

[USCG-2011-0227, 77 FR 70890, Nov. 28, 2012, as amended by USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5690, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.010 Reconsideration of the Letter of Recommendation.

(a) A person requesting reconsideration pursuant to § 127.009(c) must submit a written request to the Captain of the Port (COTP) who issued the Letter of Recommendation (LOR), and send a copy of the request to the agency to which the LOR was issued. The request must explain why the COTP should reconsider his or her recommendation.

(b) In response to a request described in paragraph (a) of this section, the COTP will do one of the following—

(1) Send a written confirmation of the LOR to the agency to which the LOR was issued, with copies to the person making the request and the owner or operator; or

(2) Revise the LOR, and send the revised LOR to the agency to which the original LOR was issued, with copies to the person making the request and the owner or operator.

(c) A person whose request for reconsideration results in a confirmation as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and who is not satisfied with that outcome, may request, in writing, the opinion of the District Commander of the district in which the LOR was issued.

(1) The request must explain why the person believes the District Commander should instruct the COTP to reconsider his or her recommendation.

(2) A person making a request under paragraph (c) of this section must send a copy of the request to the agency to which the LOR was issued.

(3) In response to the request described in this paragraph (c), the District Commander will do one of the following—

(i) Send a written confirmation of the LOR to the agency to which the LOR was issued, with copies to the person making the request, the owner or operator, and the COTP; or

(ii) Instruct the COTP to reconsider the LOR, and send written notification of that instruction to the agency to which the original LOR was issued, with copies to the person making the request and the owner or operator.

(d) The District Commander's written confirmation described in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section ends the reconsideration process with respect to that specific request for reconsideration. If the COTP issues an LOR pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) or (c)(3)(ii) of this section, persons described in § 127.009(c) may request reconsideration of that revised LOR using the process beginning in paragraph (a) of this section.

[USCG-2011-0227, 77 FR 70890, Nov. 28, 2012]

§ 127.011 Inspections of waterfront facilities.

The operator must ensure that the COTP or his representative is allowed to make reasonable examinations and inspections to determine whether the facility meets this part.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39795, Aug. 3, 1995; USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5690, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.013 Suspension of transfer operations.

(a) The COTP may issue an order to the operator to suspend LHG or LNG transfer operations if the COTP finds any condition requiring immediate action to—

(1) Prevent damage to, or the destruction of, any bridge or other structure on or in the navigable waters of the United States, or any land structure or shore area immediately adjacent to such waters; and

(2) Protect the navigable waters and the resources therein from harm resulting from vessel or structure damage, destruction, or loss.

(b) Each order to suspend transfer operations issued under paragraph (a) of this section—

(1) Is effective immediately;

(2) Contains a statement of each condition requiring immediate action; and

(3) Is withdrawn by the COTP whenever each condition is corrected or no longer exists.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39795, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.015 Appeals.

(a) Any person directly affected by an action taken under this part may request reconsideration by the Coast Guard officer responsible for that action.

(b) Except as provided under paragraph (e) of this section, any person not satisfied with a ruling made under the procedure contained in paragraph (a) of this section may—

(1) Appeal that ruling in writing to the District Commander of the district in which the action was taken; and

(2) Supply supporting documentation and evidence that the appellant wishes to have considered.

(c) The District Commander issues a ruling after reviewing the appeal submitted under paragraph (b) of this section. Except as provided under paragraph (e) of this section, any person not satisfied with this ruling may—

(1) Appeal that ruling in writing to the Assistant Commandant for Prevention Policy, U.S. Coast Guard, (CG-5P), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Ave. SE, Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509; and

(2) Supply supporting documentation and evidence that the appellant wishes to have considered.

(d) The Assistant Commandant for Prevention Policy issues a ruling after reviewing the appeal submitted under paragraph (c) of this section, which is final agency action.

(e) If the delay in presenting a written appeal has an adverse impact on the operations of the appellant, the appeal under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section—

(1) May be presented orally; and

(2) Must be submitted in writing within five days after the oral presentation—

(i) With the basis for the appeal and a summary of the material presented orally; and

(ii) To the same Coast Guard official who heard the oral presentation.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 96-026, 61 FR 33665, June 28, 1996; CGD 97-023, 62 FR 33363, June 19, 1997; USCG-2002-12471, 67 FR 41332, June 18, 2002; USCG-2010-0351, 75 FR 36283, June 25, 2010; USCG-2014-0410, 79 FR 38434, July 7, 2014; USCG-2020-0304, 85 FR 58279, Sept. 18, 2020; USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5690, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.017 Alternatives.

(a) The COTP may allow alternative procedures, methods, or equipment standards, including alternatives to standards listed in § 127.003, to be used by an operator instead of any requirements in this part if—

(1) The operator submits a written request for the alternative at least 30 days before facility operations under the alternative would begin, unless the COTP authorizes a shorter time; and

(2) The alternative provides at least the same degree of safety provided by the regulations in this part.

(b) The COTP approves or disapproves any alternative requested under paragraph (a) of this section—

(1) In writing; or

(2) Orally, with subsequent written confirmation.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5690, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.019 Operations Manual and Emergency Manual: Procedures for examination.

(a) The owner or operator of an active facility must submit an Operations Manual and Emergency Manual in printed or electronic format to the COTP of the zone in which the facility is located.

(b) At least 30 days before transferring LHG or LNG, the owner or operator of a new or an inactive facility must submit an Operations Manual and Emergency Manual in printed or electronic format to the Captain of the Port of the zone in which the facility is located, unless the manuals have been examined and there have been no changes since that examination.

(c) Operations Manuals and Emergency Manuals submitted after September 10, 2021 must include a date, revision date or other revision-specific identifying information.

(d) If the COTP finds that the Operations Manual meets § 127.305 or § 127.1305 and that the Emergency Manual meets § 127.307 or § 127.1307, the COTP will provide notice to the facility stating each manual has been examined by the Coast Guard. This notice will include the revision date of the manual or other revision-specific identifying information.

(e) If the COTP finds that the Operations Manual or the Emergency Manual does not meet this part, the COTP will notify the facility with an explanation of why it does not meet this part.

[USCG-2020-0315, 86 FR 43940, Aug. 11, 2021]

§ 127.101 Design and construction: General.

The marine transfer area for LNG must meet the following criteria in NFPA 59A (incorporated by reference, see § 127.003):

(a) Chapter 5, Section 5.3.1.7;

(b) Chapter 6, Section 6.7;

(c) Chapter 10;

(d) Chapter 11, except Sections 11.9, and 11.10;

(e) Chapter 12;

(f) Chapter 15, except Sections 15.4 and 15.6; and

(g) Annex B.

[USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5690, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.103 Piers and wharves.

(a) If the waterfront facility handling LNG is in a region subject to earthquakes, the piers and wharves must be designed to resist earthquake forces.

(b) Substructures, except moorings and breasting dolphins, that support or are within 5 meters (16.4 feet) of any pipe or equipment containing LNG, or are within 15 meters (49.2 feet) of a loading flange, must—

(1) Be made of concrete or steel; and

(2) Have a fire endurance rating of not less than two hours.

(c) LNG or LPG storage tanks must have the minimum volume necessary for—

(1) Surge protection;

(2) Pump suction supply; or

(3) Other process needs.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended at CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.105 Layout and spacing of marine transfer area for LNG.

(a) LNG impounding spaces must be located so that the heat flux from a fire over the impounding spaces does not cause structural damage to an LNG vessel moored or berthed at the waterfront facility handling LNG.

(b) Each LNG loading flange must be located at least 300 meters (984.3 feet) from the following which are primarily intended for the use of the general public or railways:

(1) Each bridge crossing a navigable waterway.

(2) Each entrance to any tunnel under a navigable waterway.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.107 Electrical power systems.

(a) The electrical power system must have a power source and a separate emergency power source, so that failure of one source does not affect the capability of the other source. The system must meet NFPA 70 (incorporated by reference, see § 127.003).

(b) The emergency power source must provide enough power for the operation of the—

(1) Emergency shutdown system;

(2) Communications equipment;

(3) Firefighting equipment; and

(4) Emergency lighting.

(c) If an auxiliary generator is used as an emergency power source, it must meet Section 700.12 of NFPA 70 (incorporated by reference, see § 127.003).

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5690, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.109 Lighting systems.

(a) The marine transfer area for LNG must have a lighting system and separate emergency lighting.

(b) All outdoor lighting must be located or shielded so that it is not confused with any aids to navigation and does not interfere with navigation on the adjacent waterways.

(c) The lighting system must provide an average illumination on a horizontal plane one meter (3.3 feet) above the deck that is—

(1) 54 lux (five foot-candles) at any loading flange; and

(2) 11 lux (one foot-candle) at each work area.

(d) The emergency lighting must provide lighting for the operation of the—

(1) Emergency shutdown system;

(2) Communications equipment; and

(3) Firefighting equipment.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39795, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.111 Communications systems.

(a) The marine transfer area for LNG must have a ship-to-shore communication system and a separate emergency ship-to-shore communication system.

(b) Each ship-to-shore communication system must be a dedicated system that allows voice communication between the person in charge of transfer operations on the vessel, the person in charge of shoreside transfer operations, and personnel in the control room.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39795, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.113 Warning signs.

(a) The marine transfer area for LNG must have warning signs that—

(1) Meet paragraph (b) of this section;

(2) Can be seen from the shore and the water; and

(3) Have the following text:

Warning Dangerous Cargo No Visitors No Smoking No Open Lights

(b) Each letter in the words on the sign must be—

(1) Block style;

(2) Black on a white background; and

(3) 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) high.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.201 Sensing and alarm systems.

(a) Fixed sensors must have audio and visual alarms in the control room and audio alarms nearby.

(b) Fixed sensors that continuously monitor for LNG vapors must—

(1) Be in each enclosed area where vapor or gas may accumulate; and

(2) Meet Section 16.4 of NFPA 59A (incorporated by reference, see § 127.003).

(c) Fixed sensors that continuously monitor for flame, heat, or products of combustion must—

(1) Be in each enclosed or covered Class I, Division 1, hazardous location defined in Section 500.5(B)(1) of NFPA 70 (incorporated by reference, see § 127.003) and each area in which flammable or combustible material is stored; and

(2) Meet Section 16.4 of NFPA 59A (incorporated by reference, see § 127.003).

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5690, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.203 Portable gas detectors.

The marine transfer area for LNG must have at least two portable gas detectors capable of measuring 0-100% of the lower flammable limit of methane.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.205 Emergency shutdown.

Each transfer system must have an emergency shutdown system that—

(a) Can be activated manually; and

(b) Is activated automatically when the fixed sensors under § 127.201(b) measure LNG concentrations exceeding 40% of the lower flammable limit.

§ 127.207 Warning alarms.

(a) The marine transfer area for LNG must have a rotating or flashing amber light with a minimum effective flash intensity, in the horizontal plane, of 5000 candelas. At least 50% of the required effective flash intensity must be maintained in all directions from 1.0 degree above to 1.0 degree below the horizontal plane.

(b) The marine transfer area for LNG must have a siren with a minimum 1/3-octave band sound pressure level at l meter of 125 decibels referenced to 0.0002 microbars. The siren must be located so that the sound signal produced is audible over 360 degrees in a horizontal plane.

(c) Each light and siren must be located so that the warning alarm is not obstructed for a distance of 1.6 km (1 mile) in all directions.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.301 Persons in charge of shoreside transfer operations: Qualifications and certification.

(a) No person may serve, and the operator of the waterfront facility handling LNG may not use the services of any person, as a person in charge of shoreside transfer operations, unless that person—

(1) Has at least 48 hours of LNG transfer experience;

(2) Knows the hazards of LNG;

(3) Knows the rules of this subpart; and

(4) Knows the procedures in the examined Operations Manual and the examined Emergency Manual.

(b) Before a person in charge of shoreside transfer operations supervises a transfer, the operator must certify in writing that the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section are met. The operator must maintain a copy of each current certification available for inspection at the waterfront facility handling LNG.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995; 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.303 Compliance with suspension order.

If an order to suspend is given to the operator or owner of the waterfront facility handling LNG, no LNG transfer operations may be conducted at the facility until the order is withdrawn by the COTP.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.305 Operations Manual.

Each Operations Manual must contain—

(a) A description of the transfer system including mooring areas, transfer connections, control rooms, and diagrams of the piping and electrical systems;

(b) The duties of each person assigned for transfer operations;

(c) The maximum relief valve setting or maximum allowable working pressure of the transfer system;

(d) The facility telephone numbers of facility supervisors, persons in charge of shoreside transfer operations, personnel on watch in the marine transfer area for LNG, and security personnel;

(e) A description of the security systems for the marine transfer area for LNG;

(f) The procedures for—

(1) Transfer operations including gauging, cool down, pumping, venting, and shutdown;

(2) Transfer operations start-up and shutdown;

(3) Security violations; and

(4) The communications systems; and

(g) A description of the training programs established under § 127.503.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.307 Emergency Manual.

Each Emergency Manual must contain—

(a) LNG release response procedures, including contacting local response organizations;

(b) Emergency shutdown procedures;

(c) A description of the fire equipment and systems and their operating procedures;

(d) A description of the emergency lighting and emergency power systems;

(e) The telephone numbers of local Coast Guard units, hospitals, fire departments, police departments, and other emergency response organizations;

(f) If the waterfront facility handling LNG has personnel shelters, the location of and provisions in each shelter;

(g) First aid procedures and if there are first aid stations, the locations of each station; and

(h) Emergency procedures for mooring and unmooring a vessel.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995]

§ 127.309 Operations Manual and Emergency Manual: Use.

The operator must ensure that—

(a) LNG transfer operations are not conducted unless the person in charge of transfer for the waterfront facility handling LNG has in the marine transfer area a readily available printed or electronic copy of the most recently examined Operations Manual and Emergency Manual. Electronic devices used to display the manuals must comply with applicable electrical safety standards in this part;

(b) Each transfer operation is conducted in accordance with the examined Operations Manual; and

(c) Each emergency response is in accordance with the examined Emergency Manual.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995; USCG-2020-0315, 86 FR 43940, Aug. 11, 2021]

§ 127.311 Motor vehicles.

(a) The operator must designate and mark parking spaces that—

(1) Do not block fire lanes;

(2) Do not impede any exits;

(3) Are not located in any impounding space; and

(4) Are not within 15 meters (49.2 feet) of any storage tank or loading flange.

(b) During transfer operations, no person may—

(1) Stop or park a motor vehicle in a space that is not designated a parking space; or

(2) Refuel any motor vehicle.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5690, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.313 Bulk storage.

(a) The operator must ensure that only the following flammable materials are stored in the marine transfer area for LNG:

(1) LNG.

(2) LPG.

(3) Vessel fuel.

(4) Oily waste from vessels.

(5) Solvents, lubricants, paints, and other fuels in the amount used for one day's operations and maintenance.

(b) Flammable liquids must be stored in accordance with NFPA 30 (incorporated by reference, see § 127.003).

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995; USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.315 Preliminary transfer inspection.

Before transferring LNG, the person in charge of shoreside transfer operations must—

(a) Inspect the transfer piping and equipment to be used during the transfer and replace any worn or inoperable parts;

(b) For each of the vessel's cargo tanks from which cargo will be transferred, note the pressure, temperature, and volume to ensure they are safe for transfer;

(c) Review and agree with the person in charge of cargo transfer on the vessel to—

(1) The sequence of transfer operations;

(2) The transfer rate;

(3) The duties, location, and watches of each person assigned for transfer operations; and

(4) Emergency procedures from the examined Emergency Manual;

(d) Ensure that transfer connections allow the vessel to move to the limits of its moorings without placing strain on the loading arm or transfer piping system;

(e) Ensure that each part of the transfer system is aligned to allow the flow of LNG to the desired location;

(f) Ensure that warning signs that warn that LNG is being transferred, are displayed;

(g) Eliminate all ignition sources in the marine transfer area for LNG;

(h) Ensure that personnel are on duty in accordance with the examined Operations Manual; and

(i) Test the following to determine that they are operable:

(1) The sensing and alarm systems.

(2) The emergency shutdown system.

(3) The communication systems.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995; USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.317 Declaration of inspection.

(a) After the preliminary transfer inspection under § 127.315 has been satisfactorily completed, the person in charge of shoreside transfer operations must ensure that no person transfers LNG until a Declaration of Inspection that meets paragraph (c) of this section is executed and signed in duplicate.

(b) The person in charge of shoreside transfer operations must give one signed copy of the Declaration of Inspection to the person in charge of transfer operations on the vessel, and must retain one signed copy at the waterfront facility handling LNG for 30 days after completion of the transfer.

(c) Each Declaration of Inspection must contain—

(1) The name of the vessel and the waterfront facility handling LNG;

(2) The date and time that transfer operations begin;

(3) A list of the requirements in § 127.315 with the initials of the person in charge of shoreside transfer operations after each requirement, indicating that the requirement is met;

(4) The signature of the person in charge of shoreside transfer operations and the date and time of signing, indicating that he or she is ready to begin transfer operations; and

(5) The signature of each relief person in charge and the date and time of each relief.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995; USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.319 LNG transfer.

During LNG transfer operations, the following must be met:

(a) The operator of the waterfront facility handling LNG must ensure that—

(1) The marine transfer area for LNG is under the supervision of a person in charge, who has no other assigned duties during the transfer operation;

(2) Personnel transferring fuel or oily waste are not involved in LNG transfer; and

(3) No vessels are moored outboard of any LNG vessel without the permission of the COTP.

(b) The person in charge of shoreside transfer operations must—

(1) Be in continuous communication with the person in charge of transfer operations on the vessel;

(2) Ensure that an inspection of the transfer piping and equipment for leaks, frost, defects, and other symptoms of safety and operational problems is conducted at least once every transfer;

(3) Ensure that transfer operations are discontinued—

(i) Before electrical storms or uncontrolled fires are adjacent to the marine transfer area for LNG; and

(ii) As soon as a fire is detected; and

(4) Ensure that the lighting systems are turned on between sunset and sunrise.

Note:

Vessel transfer requirements are published in 46 CFR part 154.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995; USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.321 Release of LNG.

(a) The operator of the waterfront facility handling LNG must ensure that—

(1) No person releases LNG into the navigable waters of the United States; and

(2) If there is a release of LNG, vessels near the facility are notified of the release by the activation of the warning alarm.

(b) If there is a release of LNG, the person in charge of shoreside transfer operations must—

(1) Immediately notify the person in charge of cargo transfer on the vessel of the intent to shutdown;

(2) Shutdown transfer operations;

(3) Notify the COTP of the release; and

(4) Not resume transfer operations until authorized by the COTP.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995; USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.401 Maintenance: General.

The operator of the waterfront facility handling LNG must ensure that the equipment required under this part is maintained in a safe condition so that it does not cause a release or ignition of LNG.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995; USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.403 Inspections.

The operator must conduct a visual inspection for defects of each pressure-relief device not capable of being tested, at least once each calendar year, with intervals between inspections not exceeding 15 months, and make all repairs in accordance with § 127.405.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.405 Repairs.

The operator must ensure that—

(a) Equipment repairs are made so that—

(1) The equipment continues to meet the applicable requirements in this subpart and in NFPA 59A (incorporated by reference, see § 127.003); and

(2) Safety is not compromised; and

(b) Welding is done in accordance with NFPA 51B and Section 10.4.3 of NFPA 59A (both incorporated by reference, see § 127.003).

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by CGD 88-049, 60 FR 39796, Aug. 3, 1995; USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.407 Testing.

(a) The operator must pressure test under paragraph (b) of this section the transfer system, including piping, hoses, and loading arms, and verify the set pressure of the safety and relief valves—

(1) After the system or the valves are altered;

(2) After the system or the valves are repaired;

(3) After any increase in the MAWP; or

(4) For those components that are not continuously kept at cryogenic temperature, at least once each calendar year, with intervals between testing not exceeding 15 months.

(b) The pressure for the transfer system test under paragraph (a) of this section must be at 1.1 times the MAWP and be held for a minimum of 30 minutes.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.409 Records.

(a) The operator must keep on file the following information:

(1) A description of the components tested under § 127.407.

(2) The date and results of the test under § 127.407.

(3) A description of any corrective action taken after the test.

(b) The information required by this section must be retained for 24 months.

[CGD 78-038, 53 FR 3376, Feb. 7, 1988, as amended by USCG-2019-0444, 87 FR 5691, Feb. 2, 2022]

§ 127.501 Applicability.

The training required by this subpart must be completed before LNG is transferred.

§ 127.503 Training: General.

The operator shall ensure that each of the following is met:

(a) All full-time employees have training in the following subjects:

(1) Basic LNG firefighting procedures.

(2) LNG properties and hazards.

(b) In addition to the training under paragraph (a) of this section, each person assigned for transfer operations has training in the following subjects:

(1) The examined Operations Manual and examined Emergency Manual.

(2) Advanced LNG firefighting procedures.

(3) Security violations.

(4) LNG vessel design and cargo transfer operations.

(5) LNG release response procedures.

(6) First aid procedures for—